(logo)
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Open Source Books | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Mentor Magazine 1913-14 Vol. 1 pt. 2 Serial Nos. 26-51"

ASS-\ > U \J% BOOK ^T"^J 



FREE 
PUBLIC LIBRARY 

DECATUR 

IL UINOIS 

J f ^if Jilt I 







VOL.1 AUGUST 11. 1913 No 26 





MENTOR 

A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



American 
LandscapePainters 

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 



.Issued V/eelJy ty 
TKe Associated New3aper Sckool.Inc 
Fourin Avenue andiNineieerrtn Street 

New York Ciiy 
PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 






The Associated Newspaper School 

ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBJ President Princeton University 

MILTON W. M ABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. FAN DYKE . . Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . Prof .of Government, Harvard Univ. 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY . . Director New York Zoological Park 
DJl lGHT L. ELMENDORF , Lecturer and Traveler 



The Associated Newspaper School is conducted under the advice and counsel of the 
ory Board. Each member has supervision over one of the departments of education 
Literal lire. Fine Arts, History, Natural History, Travel, and Science. 

THE PURPOSE OF THE PLAN 

To make you well acquainted with the world s knowledge by devoting a little time 
aeresting reading and to looking at beautiful pictu; 

To enable you to acquire this knowledge without special effort, so that you may 
come easily and agreeably to know the world s big men, big things, and big achievements. 

The Mentor gives you each week a simple, lucid article by a well known authority, 
and six exquisite pictures. On the backs of these pictures is the daily reading 
interesting, descriptive comment. In this way you learn one thing every day, and 
clay by day and week by week, you learn the things you have always wanted to know. 

As a result, you will find at the end of a year that you have learned 312 thing?. 

You will know what the best authorities can tell you of these things, and you will have 

cry of 312 beautiful pictures. And a most pleasing feature of the plan is that you 

will have been quite unaware of any effort to acquire knowledge, and conscious only of 

having e: -urself reading interesting matter and looking at attractive pictures. 

"THE MENTOR" U published by The Associated Newspaper School, Inc., at 52 East Nineteenth Street, 
New York, N.Y. R. M. Donaldson, President and Treasurer; W. M. Sarford, Vice President; L. D. Gardner, 
Secretary. Copyright, 1 91 3, by The Associated Newspaper School, Inc. 






\ jQ 

THEMENTOR 



"A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend" 



Vol. i 



AUGUST n, 1913 



No. 26 



AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 



GEORGE INNESS 

HOMER MARTIN 

A. H. WYANT 




THOMAS MORAN 



D. W. TRYON 



F. E. CHURCH 



American Art Annual 



By SAMUEL ISIUM 
t 

THE beginnings of art in America were confined almost exclusively 
to portrait painting. In the earliest colonial times unskilled 
limners came from the mother country and made grotesque effi 
gies of our statesmen and divines. As the settlements developed 
and the amenities of life increased better men came, and native 
painters were found, until about the end of the eighteenth century 
a portrait school of surprising merit arose, founded on the contem 
porary English school, and developed men like Copley, Stuart, and 
Sully. The other branches of painting, however, history, allegory, 
genre, still life, landscape, and the rest, were rarely attempted, and 
usually with unsatisfactory results. 

Probably no artist devoted himself entirely to landscape until 
1820, when Thomas Doughty, who was already twenty-seven years old, 



62385 



AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 



gave up his leather trade and took to painting American views in delicate 
gray and violet tones, with small encouragement from his contemporaries. 

THOMAS COLE, THE IDEALIST 

Soon after came Thomas Cole, the real founder of the school, 
who emigrated to America with his father s family when he was nineteen. 
He was a sensitive, delicate youth, who suffered much in his wanderings 
while trying to support himself, at first by his trade of wood engraving, 
hut most of all after the chance meeting with an itinerant portrait painter 

led him to take up art. 
It was not until he came 
to New York in 1825 that 
his merits were recognized 
and his difficulties ceased. 
Some small canvases that 
he exhibited were quickly 
bought, and from this time 
until his death his popu 
larity steadily increased. 
The quality of Cole s work 
owes much to his own 
character, and perhaps 
also to his early English 
bringing up. He was an 
idealist rather than a real 
ist. He cared less to re 
produce the beauties of 
the nature around him 
than to awaken high, 
moral thoughts. It was 
not for the pleasure of the 
eye, but to suggest profit 
able musings on the 
grandeur and decline of 
nations, the transitoriness 
of life, the rewards of 
virtue after death, that he 
painted the "Course of 
Empire," the "Voyage of 
Life," and the rest. He 
was the founder of a ro- 




Metropolitan Museum of Art 

THE VALLEY OF VAN CLUSE, BY THOMAS COLE 



AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 





Metropolitan Museum of Art 



THE AEGEAN SEA, BY F. E. CHURCH 



mantle school, which may be traced even down to the present day. 
The succeeding artists did not indeed paint allegories; but they put the 
main interest of their pictures in the strangeness or beauty of their sub 
ject, rather than in rendering ordinary scenes with personal feeling. 

CHURCH, PAINTER OF NOBLE SCENERY 

The best known of these followers was F. E. Church, who was a 
pupil of Cole and the only pupil that he could properly be said to have 
had; for Church lived and studied in his house for years. While he 
showed no desire to imitate the mystic subjects of his master, Church 
cared little for the common world immediately around him. He seems to 
have thought that the nobler the subject the nobler the picture, and he 
ransacked the whole earth for its beautiful, strange, or impressive scenes. 
The luxurious vegetation of the tropics, the isles of the ^gean Sea, the Par 
thenon, icebergs, volcanos, he painted them all, set off by sunset, clouds, 
thunderstorms, rainbows, or whatever else would enhance their beauty, and 
he painted them well. He was the best artist of his school; much better 
than Cole, whose careful studies of real scenes are often well done, but 



AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINT E:R S 




Metropolitan Museum of Art 

THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS, BY ALBERT BIERSTADT 

whose workmanship degenerated rapidly when, leaving 
nature, he entered into the realm of pure imagination. 
The succeeding men who took Church s view 
point and sought subjects for their exceptional beauty 
or majesty had an additional impulse given to their 
imagination by the discovery of such subjects in 
their o\vn country. Church painted no important 
picture of his own land; but when exploring parties 
began to enter the great West they were accom 
panied by artists eager to set down marvels no less 
striking than those of the tropics or of Europe. 

ALBERT BIERSTADT 

ALBERT BIERSTADT 

The foremost of these artists was Albert Bier- 

stadt, who gave to the public its first impressions of the vastness of the 
Rockies and all their strange fauna, the buffalo, the big trees, and the 
rest. The public, both educated and uneducated, enjoyed and ad 
mired the pictures which offered it a new impression of the grandeurof 
its country and flattered the somewhat uncouth but real pride of the time. 




AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 



Other men besides Bierstadt 
accompanied the explorers of the 
West, Whittredge, Wyant, Samuel 
Colman, and others, but though 
they painted the plains and the 
Rockies they soon deserted them 
for other subjects. One man, how 
ever, now a veteran of his profes 
sion, has remained faithful to his 
early ideals. 

THOMAS MORAN 

Thomas Moran, who was one of 

three brothers, all distinguished in 

art, came with them to this country 

from England in 1844, when he 

was seven years old. He continues 

to our day the traditions of Church; 

not directly, for his training came 

from an entirely different source, 

but by his natural preference for 

Nature in her more striking and 

impressive forms. A trip to the 

Yellowstone as early as 1871 fur 
nished him with a series of subjects 

peculiarly his o\\n; but, while he has always found matter for his brush 
in the marvels of the great West, he has added to 
them many of the most beautiful scenes of Great 
Britain, Switzerland, Venice, and the Orient, render 
ing them all with a sure facility and brilliance that 
make his canvases recognizable at a glance. 

In contrast to these men, who sought to give 
interest and dignity to their work by choosing imag 
inative or strange, far-sought subjects, may be placed 
those whose interest was rather in the familiar native 
landscape that lay about them, who found in it 
beauty sufficient for their needs if only they could 
fully express the emotions with which it inspired 
them. The two schools are anything but rigidly 
separated. The idealists made careful studies from 
THOMAS MORAN nature, and the realists attempted excursions into 




LAKE OF THE WOODS 
BY THOMAS MORAN 




AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 




ASHKR B. Dl RAM) 



allegory or scenic beauty; but the fundamental 
difference of the point of view is sufficiently marked. 
The two founders of our landscape schools are 
typical examples of the two temperaments. Thomas 
Cole, born abroad, with much of the sentimentality 
of Europe of that time, was a dreamer, sensitive, 
shy, living in his visions. 

THE TRUTH AND FEELING 
OF DURAND S ART 

Asher H. Durand, on the contrary, was of 
sturdy Huguenot stock, one of the many children 
of a farmer who cultivated his land on Orange 
Mountain, but whose ingenuity made him also a 

watchmaker, silversmith, and skilled mechanic generally. His son, after 

some boyish efforts at engraving, was apprenticed to that trade, and 

rapidly became by far the best engraver in the country, both prosperous 

and skilful. His masterpiece is 

the "Declaration of Independ 
ence," which holds its own today 

as a most creditable production. 

He was still an engraver when 

Cole came to New York, and was 

one of the first to encourage him 

and buy his pictures. At this 

time Durand, though an older 

man by some five years than 

Cole, had not yet begun to paint. 

\\ hen he did some ten years later, 

in 1835, his first productions were 

portrait heads admirable in their 

delicate draftsmanship and sure, 

fine characterization; but he soon 

abandoned these for landscape, 

and for the latter part of his long 

life devoted himself entirely to it. 
Durand s landscapes, like his 

portraits, showed his training as 

an engraver in their accurate and 

minute drawing. Contrary to 

the general practice of the time, IN THK WOODS, BY ASHER B. DURAND 




AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 




Metropolitan Museum of Art 

A GLIMPSE OF THE SEA, BY A. H. WYANT 



he painted many 
of his large can 
vases out of doors 
in face of nature. 
His love for nature, 
combined with his 
training as an en 
graver, probably 
accounts for his 
almost invariable 
choice of full mid 
summer daylight 
for his pictures, 
when vegetation 
was at its fullest 
and all its details 
could be minutely 

seen. Yet, for all his love of detail, he does not loose unity, and the color 
is true to the soft, warm haze of summer, and the shadows keep 
their local atmosphere. 

THE HUDSON RIVER SCHOOL 

Durand s landscapes were popular, and there grew up about him 
a school of painters treating nature much as he did. They loved the 
country that they visited in their summer excursions, and like him they 
painted Lake George, the White Mountains, the 

P Hudson, and so there grew up what has been called 

^^^^ the Hudson River School. Durand was old when 

<& < 4* he began painting, and his followers were of a younger 
generation. Kensettwas probably the best of them. 
He worked less from nature than Durand; his detail 
has none of Durand s tranquil thoroughness, and his 
shadows are apt to be rendered by a facile generali 
zation of brown. However, he made a decided 
advance over the older master in representing all 
aspects of nature, all seasons and all times of day, 
with a special leaning toward sunsets. 

Of the others of the school there is space to 
recall only a few names at random, Whittredge, 
McEntee, Bristol, Sandford R. Gifford, Cropsey, 

were mostly sincere, hard- 




A. II. WYANT 



and the rest. Thev 



AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 



working painters, and very charming, worthy men personally. They 
won for themselves a social position in the old New York of the 6o s 
and yo s greater and more important than any other artistic group has 
enjoyed in this country. Their paintings were also admired and bought 
for handsome prices, and as a whole they were prosperous. Time has 
dealt rather hardly with their fame. Though all of the men whose names 
have just been cited left works that may still be seen with pleasure, yet 
as a rule the pictures of the school were thin, laborious, and timid. There 

was no rich, strong handling of the pigment, 
no decorative quality to the composition, 
no massing of light and shade, and no revela 
tion of individual temperament and emotion. 




WYANT, MARTIN, AND INNESS 

Approaches to these qualities were 
occasional!} made; but to find them the 
general rule we must go to the men who 
are now conceded to be the culminating 
masters of the school, Wyant, Homer 
Martin, and Inness. 

Of these Wyant holds closest to the 
traditions of the school. He had a larger 
sense of composition, a completer mastery 
of technic, a freer handling, and a finer 
draftsmanship. He represented with in 
finite refinement the heaped up summer 
clouds and the smooth, delicate tree trunk 
beyond which the widespread landscape was 
seen; but on the whole it was only a culmination of the qualities of the 
school and awoke no opposition. With Martin and Inness it was differ 
ent. They succeeded in giving to their landscapes a deeper note of personal 
emotion and feeling than any of their predecessors. Both were men of ex 
ceptional spiritual and mental endowment. Their characters were formed 
not in a conventional model imposed by their surroundings, but by much 
solitary meditation. Both had begun by painting in the general style 
of the Hudson River School, and both found the result unsatisfactory. 
Martin s desertion of the old traditions consisted largely in a change 
of workmanship. Instead of the thin, smooth coating of pigment general 
at the time, which he himself had practised in the beginning, he used 
a thick impasto, laid on with a heavily loaded brush or even the palette 
knife. The color, too, was not used in unbroken tones, but draw r n 



HOMER D. MARTIN 



AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 




SEPTEMBER AFTERNOON, BY GEORGE INNESS 



and blended together in streaks 
and spots, which gave it quiver 
and vitality. Apart from the 
method of painting, the man 
ner changed also. Detail, so 
admired by the public of the 
day, was more and more simpli 
fied. The composition resolved 
itself into a few strong masses 
of light and dark, the relations 
between which became more and 
more balanced and subtle as the 
little incidents disappeared. His 
pictures in this latter manner 
are not very numerous, for he- 
could not paint when he was not 
in the mood; but the best ol 
them make a profound impres 
sion by their strong simplicity. 

THE ART OF INNESS 

Inness was a much more 
prolific painter, and his work 



shows greater variety. He early felt the 
monotony of the old school, its lack of cer 
tain qualities that he found in engravings of 
European landscapes, and he used to take 
the prints with him when he went sketching, 
to try to discover wherein their merit con 
sisted. He studied nature continually, living 
with it, so that at last he knew its moods 
and methods by heart. Toward the end of his 
life he painted much from memory. Aland- 
scape painting, perhaps originally sketched 
from nature, would change under his 
brush much as the scene itself might under 
changing lights or varying seasons. The sky 
tilled with clouds, then cleared again, the 
sunlight spotted the grass or the shadows 
stretched across it, while the trees turned 
from the green of summer to the russet of 




GEORGE INNESS 







Metropolitan Museum of Art 



ACROSS THE FIELDS, BY D. W. TRYON 




autumn. Naturally work of this later period, much 
of it left unfinished, is very unequal in merit; but at 
its best it marks his highest achievement rather than 
the more carefully planned productions of his middle 
life. It is more vital and more subtle; but all of 
Inness s work except his very earliest reflects the inner 
nature of the man. It has none of the dignified 
melancholy of Martin, which has also at times its note 
of revolt. Inness is never trivial: he keeps his seri 
ousness; but he is never sad. Nature is to him always 
beautiful, always kindly. 

With Wyant, Martin, and Inness our early land 
scape school reached its culmination. Their lives all 
continued after the end of the Civil War, they even 
did their best work after it; but they belonged to a 
school formed in other surroundings. After the war 
conditions changed. The country was less isolated, intercourse was 
easier, wealth had increased, and foreign paintings, calculated to show 
the deficiencies of native work, became increasingly common. The bud 
ding artists were no longer willing to pick up their art by their own 



American Art Annual 
D. W. TRYON 



AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 



exertions, aided by occasional counsel from their elders 
or such inadequate schools as the country then fur 
nished, but departed in ever increasing numbers to 
the famous schools of Europe. 

The difference was not that the earlier painters 
had ignored Europe. They traveled to see the mas 
terpieces of art and the beauties of nature in foreign 
countries; but they were on the whole contented with 
their work and proud of their native school. The 
younger men absorbed enthusiasm for foreign work 
manship, and adopted foreign standards. 

THE SENTIMENT OF TRYON 

D. W. Tryon is an example of this new spirit at 
its best. His sentiment, if not so deep and strong as 
Inness at his best, is yet more delicate and subtle. 
That is due to a difference of temperament; but the 
way in which the picture is developed is a matter of 
training. With Inness the first thing was to express 
somehow his feeling, and then the canvas was worked 
over until it was got into construction; with Tryon 
the draftsmanship was fundamental and indispensa 
ble, and the sentiment was built upon that. One ma} 
say of our recent landscapes that they show a con 
struction gained from the 
study of the nude and a 
handling adapted from the 
best foreign models. This 
education has greatly raised 





H. W. RANGER 




BRUCE CRANE 



J. FRANCIS MURPHY 



the average of our art; but a few men of the 
older time had strength and feeling to work 
out a training for themselves more personal 
and perhaps as permanent as that of the later 
day. Time tests all things, and its verdict can 
not be foreseen; but it is doubtful if it will 
place any of our modern landscape artists be 
fore Martin or Inness. Among these modern 
landscape painters are men of such talent as H. 
W. Ranger, Bruce Crane, and J. Francis Alur- 
phy, without mention of whom no article on 
American landscapepainters would becomplete. 



AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 

SUPPLEMENTARY READING 

American Painters &"* w - SMdon 

Art in America S.G.W. Benjamin 

American Masters of Painting . . c - H. Caflin 

The Story of American Painting . . C. //. Coffin 

A History of American Painting . . Samuel Isham 

A History of American Art. ... K. S. Hartman 

Book of the Artists .... Henry T. Tuckerman 

Life and Times of Asher B. Durand . John Dmand 

Homer Martin Frank J&MU Mather 

George In ness . . . . . Elliott Daingerfield 

George Inness: A Memorial . . . Alfred Trumble 
Homer Martin: A Reminiscence 



QUESTIONS ANSWERED 

Anyone desiring further information concerning the subject of the week 
can obtain it by writing to the Inquiry Department of the Associated 
Newspaper School, Nineteenth Street and Fourth Avenue, New York 
City. A list of all previous issues of "THE MENTOR" will be sent free on 
request. Price per issue, 15 cents. 

SUBSCRIPTION RATES TO "THE MENTOR" 

One Year, 52 Issues - ... Five Dollars 



NEXT WEEK S MENTOR 

VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 

Beautiful intaglio-gravure pictures of the Grand Canal, St. Mark s Cathedral, the 
Doge s Palace and Campanile, Bridge of Sighs, Rialto Bridge, and a Typical 

Venetian Canal. 



A Trip Around the World with 
D WIGHT L. ELMENDORF, Lecturer and Traveler. 



The Associated Newspaper School 

DO YOU LIKE THIS MENTOR? WHY NOT GET THE PRECEDING NUMBERS? 

The simple, attractive, educative value of THE MENTOR will surely make 
you feel the need of haying every number. While each number is complete in itself, 
you will want all the issues in the various Departments of Travel, Art, History, 
Literature, or Music. Nowhere in the world of print can you get such condensed] 
instructive reading and such rich picture value as you find in THE MENTOR! 

WHAT THE PRECEDING NUMBERS GIVE YOU 



FEB. 17. BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IX ART 

Gustav Kobbe. 
FEB. 24. MAKERS OF AMERK i RY 

Hamilton W. Mabie. 
MAR. 3. WASHINGTON, TI 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
MAR. 10. BEAUTIFUL WO;. -,RT 

J. T. Willing. 

MAR. \i. ROMANTIC IRELAND 

Dwight L. Elmendorj. 

24. MASTERS OF MUSIC 

// ". /. HenJcT 
MAR. 31. NATURAL V 

AMERICA 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
APR. 7. PICTURES WI )L1YF W 

James Huneker. 
APR. 14. THE CONQl 

Professor Charles E. Fay. 
APR. 21. SCOTLAND. THE LAND 

AND SCENERY 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
APR. 28. CHERUBS IN ART 

Gustav A 
MAY 5. STATUES WI i 

Lorado Taft. 
MAY 12. STORY OF AMERICA IN Ph 

THF. DISCOVERERS 



DON 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

MAY 26. THE STORY OF PANAMA 
Stephen Bonsai. 

2. AMERICAN BIRDS OF BFA 
trd H.Forbush. 

E 9. DUTCH MASTERPIEC 
Professor J. C. Van Dyke. 

JUNE 16. PARIS, THE INCOMPARABLE 

Dtt ight L. Elnie : 

JUNE 23- FLOWERS OF DECOi 

H. S. Ad . 

\o. MAKERS OF AMERICA 
Surges Johnson. 

AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 
<r Hoeber. 

[ULY 14. STORY OF AMERICA IN 
TURES: THE EXPLOK 
Professor Albert Bushnell Hart. 

JULY 21. SPORTING VACATI 
Daniel C. Beard. 

JULY 28. SWITZERLAND: Tin- 
SCENIC SPLENDORS 
;/ L. Elmendorf 

MERICAI 



FORTHCOMING ISSUES 



J. 18. VENICE, Ti; l> CITY 

Bridge of Sighs, St. Mark s Cathedra! 
Bridge, the Doge s Palace ar, : 
Canal, a Typical Venetian Canal. 

AUG. 25. THE WIFE IN ART 
Lucrezia Fedi. by An 
Buti, by Fra Filippo I 
by Rubens; Saskia Van Ulenberg, b- 
brantit; Maria Ruthven, byVanDyck;!: 
Sidall, by Rossetti. 
Gustav Kobbt, Author and Cr 

SEPT. i. GREAT AMERICA 

Samuel F. B. Morse, Thomas A. Edison, 
Fulton. Aio Bell. Eli Whitney. 

Elias ; 

H. 

SEPT. 8, ! 
Thorn. 



::CT, Andre Henri . 

15. SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 
. Madrid, The Ea 

Itar. 

.ecturet and Tr. 

HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 

Ticonderoga, Plymouth Rock. The A : 
, Indepenci 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS Of 

ILD 

The 1 :ateau Cham- 




Many leading newspapers of the United States are 

now publishing every weekday a human interest 

story about one picture in 

THE MENTOR 



READ THE DAILY STORY IN THE FOLLOWING PAPERS: 



tfi 



ARKANSAS 

Pine Bluff Graphic 
Texarkana Four States Press 

CALIFORNIA 
Eureka Humboldt Standard 
Pasadena Star 
Redlands Daily Facts 
Santa Ana Blade 
Vallejo Daily Times 

COLORADO 

Leadville Herald Democrat 

GEORGIA 

Augusta Herald 
Rome Tribune-Herald 
.cross Journal 

IDAHO 

Twin Falls Times 

ILLINOIS 

Chicago Record-Herald 

5AS 

Coffeyville Journal 
Hutchim 

rence Journal-World 

TUCKY 

-ag Green News 

MISSOURI 

r Bluff Daily Repi>bli- 
can 
Sedalia Capita! 



MINNESOTA 
Bemidji Pioneer 

NEBRASKA > 

Hastings Daily Tribune 

NEVADA 
Reno Gazette 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 
Concord Patriot 

NEW JERSEY 

Atlantic City Daily Press 
Hackensack Record 
Millville Republican 
Newark Star. 
Phillipsburg Daily Press 
Trenton Times. 

NEW YORK 

Elmira Star-Gazette 
Ithaca Journal 
Olean Evening Herald 
Utica Herald-Dispatch 

NORTH CAROLINA 
Greenville Reflector 
Rocky Mount Evening Tele 
gram 
Washington Daily N 

NORTH DAKOTA 
Fargo Courier-News 

OHIO 

Dayton Journal 
Hamilton Republican 
Marion Star 
Norwalk Reflector-rl 
Sandusky Register 
Toledo Times 



OREGON 
Coos Bay Times 
Salem Oregon Statesman 

PENNSYLVANIA 

Allentown Morning Call 
Bradford Star and Record 
Carlisle Evening Herald 
Chambersburg Public Opin 
ion. 

Mt. Carmel Item 
Pittsburgh Sun 
Warren Mirror 
Waynesboro Herald 

SOUTH CAROLINA 
Spartanburg Herald 
Sumter Item 

SOUTH DAKOTA 
Aberdeen American 
Lead Black Hills Call 
Yankton Press and Dakotan 

TEXAS 

Corpus Christi Caller and 
Herald 

UTAH 

Ogden Standard 

VIRGINIA 

Newport News Daily Press 
Richmond News Leader 

WEST VIRGINIA 
Grafton Sentinel 
Maitinsburg Journal 

AUNG 
Sheridan Enterprise 










VOL.1 AUGUST 18. 1913 No 27 




MENTOR 

A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



Venice, 
The Island City 

DEPARTMENT OF TRAVEL 



Issued Vv eekly \>y 
TLe Mentor Association, Inc. 
Fourth Avenue and Nineteenth Street 

New York City 
PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. M ABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. FAN DYKE . . Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT B US H NELL HART . Prof, of Government, Harvard Univ. 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY . . Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF . Lecturer and Traveler 



The Mentor Association is conducted under the advice and counsel of the Advisory 
Board. Each member has supervision over one of the departments of education Literature, 
Fine Arts, History, Natural History, Travel, and Science. 

THE PURPOSE OF THE PLAN 

To make you well acquainted with the world s knowledge by devoting a little time 
to interesting reading and to looking at beautiful pictures. 

To enable you to acquire this knowledge without special effort, so that you may 
come easily and agreeably to know theworld s big men,bigthings,andbigachievements. 

The Mentor gives you each week a simple, lucid article by a well known authority, 
and six exquisite pictures. On the backs of these pictures is the daily reading 
interesting, descriptive comment. In this way you learn one thing every day, and 
day by day and week by week, you learn the things you have always wanted to know. 

As a result, you will find at the end of a year that you have learned 312 things. 
You will know what the best authorities can tell you of these things, and you will have 
a gallery of 3 1 2 beautiful pictures. And a most pleasing feature of the plan is that you 
will^have been quite unaware of any effort to acquire knowledge, and conscious only of 
having enjoyed yourself reading interesting matter and looking at attractive pictures. 

, T " E MENTOR " " Published by The Mentor Association, Inc., at 52 Ea.t Nineteenth Street, New York, 
. M. Donaldson, Pre.ident and Trea.urer; W.M.Sanford, Vice Pre.ident; L. D. Gardner, Secretary. 
Copyright, 1913, by The Mentor Association, Inc. 

.altar March 10. 1913. at the post office at New York. N. V ., under the Act of March 3, 1S7J. 



THE MENTOR 






"A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend" 



VOL. I 



AUGUST 1 8, 1913 



N T o. 27 



VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 



ST. MARK S CATHEDRAL 

DOGE S PALACE AND 
CAMPANILE 

BRIDGE OF SIGHS 




GRAND CANAL 

TYPICAL VENETIAN 
CANAL 

RIALTO BRIDGE 



A Trip Around the World with 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF, Lecturer and Traveler. 

THE PEARL OF THE ADRIATIC," she has been called. " Queen 
of the Sea" is another of the poetic terms applied to her. If all 
the expressions that have been used by admirers to pay tribute 
to the beauty of Venice were gathered together, they would make a glos 
sary of eulogy of considerable size. It was inevitable from the beginning 
that Venice should receive such homage; for she has a beauty that dis 
tinguishes her from all other cities. She is absolutely unique in picturesque 
attraction and in romantic interest. There are many cities that draw the 
admiration of the traveler: there is but one Venice, and anyone who has 
been there and felt her spell cannot wonder at the worshipful admiration 
that she has received from the time of her birth in the sea. 

The fascination of Venice for the traveler is such that ordinary terms 
of appreciation are insufficient. The city takes complete possession of 



VENICE 



THE 



ISLAND CITY 



one, and visitors who have surrendered to her charms are referred to as 
having the "Venice fever." All who love beauty have had more or less 
violent attacks the artist is most susceptible to it. 

HOW I T CAME TORE 

Venice is built on a group of little islands. At a depth of from ten 
to fifteen feet there is a firm bed of clay; below that a bed of sand or 
gravel, and then a layer of peat. Artesian wells dug to the depth of 
sixteen hundred feet have shown a regular succession of these beds. On 
this base, piles, where they have been used for the foundation, have become 
petrified. So the city may be described actually as having been built up 
from the bed of the sea. In its physical aspect it may be summed up 




THE GRAND CANAL DURING A FETE 

This is the main artery of traffic in Venice. It is nearly two miles long, and varies from IOO to 2OO feet in width. 
It is adorned with, about two hundred magnificent old patrician palaces. 



VENICE, 



THE 



ISLAND CITY 




THE GRAND CANAL BY MOONLIGHT 



by saying that Venice 
stands on 117 small 
islands formed by some 
thing like 150 canals and 
joined together by 378 
bridges. 

There is but little in 
the way of sidewalks. 
Occasional narrow paths 
of stone skirt the canals; 
but in many places the 
water laps the very walls 
of the buildings, and 
transportation is to be 
had only by boat. Of 
course there are many 
lanes and passages among the houses; but the general effect is such as 
would make an impression on the traveler of a city set in the sea, and 
the people live, move, and have their being on either stone or water. 
They are strangers to groves, shady lanes, and country places. Some of 
the inhabitants of Venice have never seen a horse or a cow. 

The city is divided into two parts by the Grand Canal, which is 
nearly two miles in length and varies from 100 to 200 feet in width. It 
makes a fine curve like the letter S, and by this it displays to advantage 
the magnificent residences that line it. There on its gleaming surface are 
to be seen the brilliant pageants of the city, gondolas and autoboats 
in great number, gay parties, chatting and laughing and tossing flowers, 
and the whole stretch a blaze of intoxicating color. Some of the most 
attractive views of Venice are to be had not from within the canal, but 
from some point out in the lagoon. Your map of Venice will show you 
the city not literally situ 
ated in the Adriatic Sea, but 
located within the lagoon 
and protected from the outer 
sea by long sand hills 
strengthened by bulwarks of 
masonry. From the strip to 
the mainland, across the 
lagoon, where Venice is sit 
uated, the distance is about 




A GONDOLA 



These black- pair.ted crajl take the place of cabs in Ver.ice. 
are propelled by a gondolier, who stands at the rear. 



They 



VENICE 



THE ISLAND CITY 




VENICE AND THE ADRIATIC SEA 

A panorama of the beautiful "Island City." 

five miles, and in this stretch of water you will see many striped posts 
called "pali." These mark the navigable channels about the city. 

ST. MARK S 

It is not the physical conditions alone that make Venice unique. 
In the beauty and interest of its domestic architecture it ranks before 
any city in the world. The mosaics of Venice have been famous for cen 
turies, and are today the marvel of all who see them. The spot where 
Venice has massed the gems of her beauty is St. Mark s Place. 

The view of Venice most familiar to stay-at-home bodies is the one 
to be had from across the water looking at St. Mark s Place, and includ 
ing, besides the cathedral of St. Mark, the Doge s (doje) Palace and 
Campanile (cam-pa-nee -le) Tower, and in some cases a glimpse of the 
Bridge of Sighs. The Piazza of St. Mark is called the "Heart of 
Venice." All the life of the city surges there at certain times, then 
sweeps from there through its various channels. It is gayest on summer 
evenings, when the population turns out to enjoy the fresh air and listen 



VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 




A VENETIAN CANAL 



to the military band. At 
that time the piazza is bril 
liant with fashionable people. 
Go there on a moonlight 
night, and you will find it a 
dream of beauty. You must 
see, of course, the pigeons of 
St. Mark s. Flocks of them 
circle about the square or 
gather in groups on the 
pavement, wherever food is 
to be found. The pigeons 
of St. Mark s used to be fed 
at public expense. It is not 
necessary now: there are 
always plenty of travelers 

.1 *ll ^.L ^ i One of the smaller and narrower canals of Venice. 

that will pay them this 

pleasant toll for the sake of being photographed in their company. St. 

Mark s Place is 191 yards in length, and in width 61 yards on one side and 

90 on the other. 
The beautiful ef 
fect of it can hard 
ly be expressed. 
It is paved with 
trachyte and mar- 
b 1 e, and s u r- 
rounded by build 
ings that are not 
only important 
historically but 
most interesting 
architecturally. 

The Church of 
St. Mark, now a 
cathedral, was be 
gun in 830. The 
year before that 
the bones of St. 
Mark, the saint 
of Venice, were 
brought from 




ST. MARK S CATHEDRAL 

Tlie remains of St. Mark, the tutelary saint of Venice, are said to have been brought 
from Alexandria in 829, and to have been buried here. 



VENICE 



THE ISLAND CITY 



Alexandria, and they now lie buried in the church. This marvelous 
building is Romanesque in style. During the eleventh and twelfth cen 
turies it was remodeled and decorated with most lavish magnificence. In 
the fifteenth century it received some Gothic additions which enhanced 
its effect. In such short space as this it is impossible to do justice to the 
beauty of St. Mark s. It is best by far to rest on what Ruskin has said 
in his " Stones of Venice": 

The effects of St. Mark s depend not only upon the most delicate 
sculpture in every part, but eminently on its color also, and that the most 

subtle, variable, inex 
pressible color in the 
world, the color of 
glass, of transparent 
alabaster, of polished 
marble, and lustrous 
gold." 

The building is in 
the form of a Greek 
cross, with mosaics 
covering more than 
4,500 square feet. Over 
the upper entrance are 
four horses in gilded 
bronze, counted among 
the finest of ancient 
bronzes. They may 
have adorned the tri 
umphal arch of Nero 
or that of Trajan in Rome. The Emperor Constantine sent them to 
Constantinople, and from there they were brought by the Doge Dandolo 
to Venice in 1204. These horses were taken to Paris by Napoleon in 
1797, and for awhile crowned a triumphal arch in that city. After 
Napoleon s downfall, in 1815, the bronzes were restored to their original 
place at Venice. 

PALACE AND CAMPANILE 

Close beside the cathedral of St. Mark stands the square Campanile, 
the most prominent feature in all Venetian views. Standing 325 feet 
high, the Campanile always dominated the picturesque low stretch of 
Venice s skyline and gave a peculiar distinction to the whole scene. It 
seemed indeed to many Venetians and to lovers of Venice all over the 




THE RECONSTRUCTED CAMPANILE OF ST. MARK S 



VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 




AMERICANS FEEDING THE DOVES OF 
ST. MARK S 



scale. The older part of the present edifice was 
built in 1309; while the west wing, facing on the 
piazzetta, was built between 1424 and 1438 by 
the celebrated architects Buon, father and son. 

In gazing at 
the Doge s Pal- 



world that the city had lost its crowning 
feature when, in 1902, the Campanile col 
lapsed. It was originally erected in 900 
and rebuilt in 1329. After it had fallen 
Venice seemed maimed, and the hearts of 
thousands felt the depression until the 
tower was rebuilt and the city could once 
again hold up its beautiful head. A new 
tower was built by Piacentini (pee -ah- 
chen-tee -nee) during the years 1905 to 
191 1, and on com 
pletion it was con 
secrated with most 
impressive ceremo 
nies. 

The Doge s Pal 
ace was originally 
founded about 800 ; 
but was destroyed 
by fire five times, 
and each time re 
built on a grander 




"" 




,0. 



LION OF ST. MARK S 



THE BRONZE HORSES OF ST. MARK S 

These horses are among the finest of ancient bronus. 

Ti:ey probably once adorned the triumphal arch of 

Nero, emperor of Rome. 



ace the eye is first caught by the upper 
arcade. From there the sentences of 
the "Council of Ten" were pro 
nounced listened to by [the assembled 
people in silence and in awe. 

The columns of this arcade arc 
most beautiful, and have been pointed 
to with pride for years. Ruskin de 
scribes the detail of the sculptured 
columns, and declares that they are 
the finest of their kind in Europe. The 
interior of the Doge s Palace is won 
derful. Tintoretto s painting of 



VENICE 



THE 



ISLAND CITY 



"Paradise" is there, a 
marvel in size and in de 
tail. The residence of the 
Doges and the apartment 
in which the authorities 
held their meetings are 
there, revealing still much 
of their ancient glory. 
The palace is virtually a 
museum, and it shows a 
great display of fine paint 
ings, containing, among 
others, notably works of 
Tintoretto, Paul Vero 
nese, (vay-ro-nay -seh) 
and Palma Giovane 
(jo-vah -neh) . Days could 
be spent profitably wan 
dering through these 
halls, studying the treas- 




THE PALACE OF THE DOGES 

The Doge s Palace is said to have been founded beside the church of St. 

Theodore about Boo for the first Doge of Venice. It has been rebuilt and 

altered many times. 




ures of art and history 
be found there. 



to 



SCALA DEI GIGANTI, DOGE S PALACE 

The Stairway of the Giants, so calhd from the colossal statutes of Mars 

and Neptune at the top, leads to the Palace of the Doges. On the 

highest landing of these steps, in the later days of the Republic, the 

Doges were crowned. 



BRIDGE OF SIGHS 

In one room you will 
find yourself gazing from 
a window at a sight that 
will be familiar to you; 
though you may never 
have traveled before. You 
will exclaim when you see 
it, "The Bridge of Sighs!" 
A corridor nearby leads 
you to the bridge. You 
will take it, and find that it 
conducts you across from 
the Palace of the Doges 
to the prison, where are to 
be seen the gloomy walls 
as well as the torture 



VENICE, 



THE 



ISLAND CITY 



chamber and the place of execution of former days. The Bridge of Sighs 
is best known in Venice, and the reason for it is chiefly sentimental. The 
Council of Ten of the Middle Ages is supposed to have sent doomed state 
prisoners across this bridge to their execution. We gather that these 
unfortunates saw the light of day for the last time when crossing the 
bridge. The thought is 
enough to seize upon the 
imagination of visitors, and 
many of them indulge them 
selves in sympathetic reveries 
when there. The interior of 
the Bridge of Sighs is gloomy 
enough to start creepy feel 
ings; but there is no need of 
wasting too much sentiment 
on it. W. D. Howells calls it a 
"pathetic swindle." As a mat 
ter of fact, there is no evidence 
that any great number of pris 
oners, or any prisoner of im 
portance, ever crossed there. 
Aside from any sentimental 
reason, however, the Bridge of 
Sighs is most interesting arch 
itecturally. It was built in 
1600. It is attractive in design, and it makes 
a good picture, connecting with fine lines the 
two grim buildings on each side and bridg 
ing over the long, narrow canal beneath. 




HALL OF THE GRAND COUNCIL, DOGE S PALACE 

This was the assembly hall of the great council, which consisted 
of all members of the nobility over twenty. 




BRONZE WELL, DOGE S PALACE 



PICTURESQUE WATERWAYS 

The canals of Venice are of varying 
width, and as they wind through the city 
they offer picturesque nooks and corners 
that have from the earliest times captivated 
the eye of the artist. F. Hopkinson Smith, 
a long-time devotee of Venice, has painted several hundred pictures, 
and at that has drawn but lightly on the possibilities of the subject. 

Little canals in deep shadows, wider canals in sunlight, some straight, 
some curved, and at various points picturesquely bridged, supply effects 
in light and color that the eye greets with delight. 



VENICE 



THE ISLAND CITY 



THE GRAND CANAL 

It is trite and ineffective simply to say that the Grand Canal is the 
great artery and thoroughfare of Venice. It is so much more than that: 
it is a magnificent show course adorned with two hundred or more mag 
nificent palaces dating from 
the fourteenth to the eigh 
teenth centuries, and beau 
tiful churches and interest 
ing public buildings. A 
sightseeing trip in a gon 
dola affords the visitor an 
object of architectural 
beauty and historic interest 
at every rod. The historic 
interest of some of these 
houses is double, the in 
terest attached to them by 
virtue of the original patri 
cian owners, and a new 
interest acquired through 
the residence in them of 








PALAZZO VENDRAMIN-CALERGI 



THE CHURCH OF SANTA MARIA DELLA SALUTE 

Erected in 1641-56 in commemoration of the removal of the plague 
in 1630. The interior contains excellent paintings by Titian. 

notable men of later time. Drift slowly 

along this splendid waterway. Marble steps .... ,,. 

iij r i i i Richard Wagner, the composer, died in this 

lead down irom the noble residences to the house in 1883. 

water s edge. Tall posts bearing the colors 

of the family serve as hitching posts for the boats. Your guide will tell 
you the stories, poetic and dramatic, of the families whose names are set 
down in the great roll of the nobility of Venice entitled "The Book of 
Gold." Then you will be told of the later associations that enhance the 



VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 




THE GRAND CANAL 

Leaking across the canal we see here an example of the beautiful 
palaces which line this famous thoroughfare. 



interest of some of the pal 
aces. That handsome man 
sion over there is where Des- 
demona lived. Nearby it is 
the Palazzo Vendramin- 
Calergi,(ven-drah -min cahl- 
ehr -gee) in which Richard 
Wagner (vahg -ner) died in 
1883. That stately palace 
over there was for a time 
the home of Robert Brown 
ing; he died there in 1889, 
and there is a memorial tab 
let on the wall. Look at 
those three palaces close 
together. The one in the 
center was occupied by Lord 
Byron in 1818. Nearby is 
the Browning home, a Gothic building, in which \V. D. Howells wrote his 
"Venetian Life." In another palace George Sand had residence for a 
time. The great painter Titian (tish -an) lived in one of these buildings. 
Each structure has its interest. Each bend of the canal reveals new 
beauties. Across the beautiful waterway are three bridges the name of 
one is familiar the world over. 

THE BRIDGE OF THE RIALTO 

For many years this was the only bridge across the Grand Canal, 
and it stands for much of the past glory of Venice. It is made of marble, 
and is over 150 feet long. It was built between the years 1588 and 1592, 
and is today, as it was in early times, a place of shops. Here Shylocks 
have bargained and Bassanios have met their friends these many years. 
More literally speaking, it was not the Bridge of the Rialto that Shylock 
refers to in Shakespeare s "Merchant of Venice," but the district nearby. 

It is difficult for anyone who has visited Venice to select single 
points for comment or description. The city appeals to him as a whole, 
and each object of beauty in it is a part of the wonderful whole. The 
essence of Venice is a dreamy, poetic charm, a charm of light, color, and 
form, not of sound. Mrs. Oliphant writes : 

" Venice has long borne in the imagination of the world a distinctive posi 
tion, something of the character of a great enchantress, a magician of the 
seas. ..She is all wonder, enchantment, the brightness and glory of a dream." 



VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING 

Studies in the History of Venice . . H. R. F. Brown 

Venice ...... H. R. F. Brown 

Makers of Venice ..... Mrs. Oliphant 

The Venetian Republic (two volumes) . . W. C. Hazlitt 

Venetian Life IV. D. Howells 

St. Mark s Rest John 

The Stones of Venice .... John 

Gondola Days ..... F. Hopfcnson Smith 

Literary Landmarks of Venice . . Laurence Hutton 

Pen Sketches Finley Archer 



QUESTIONS ANSWERED 

Anyone desiring further information concerning the subject of the week 
can obtain it by writing to the Inquiry Department of The Mentor 
Association, Inc., Nineteenth Street and Fourth Avenue, New York City. 
A list of all previous issues of " THE MENTOR " will be sent free on 
request. Price per issue, fifteen cents. 



SUBSCRIPTION RATES TO "THE MENTOR" 
One Year, 52 Issues .... Five Dollars 



NEXT WEEK S MENTOR 

THE WIFE IN ART 

Exquisite photogravures of Lucrezia Fedi, by Andrea del Sarto; Lucrezia Buti, by 

Fra Filippo Lippi; Helena Fourment, by Rubens; Saskia Van Ulenburg, by 

Rembrandt; Maria Ruthven, by Van Dyck; Elizabeth Siddal, by Rossetti. 

Comment by GUSTAT KOBBE, Author and Critic. 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

DO YOU LIKE THIS MENTOR? WHY NOT GET THE PRECEDING NUMBERS? 

The simple, attractive, educative value of THE MENTOR will surely make 
you feel the need of having every number. While each number is complete in itself, 
you will want all the issues in the various Departments of Travel, Art, History, 
Literature, or Music. Nowhere in the world of print can you get such condensed, 
instructive reading and such rich picture value as you find in THE MENTOR. 

WHAT THE PRECEDING NUMBERS GIVE YOU 



1 IB. i-. BKA! 1 II UL CHILDREN IN ART 

:av Kobbe. 
FEB. 24. MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 

Hamilton // . Mabie. 
MAR. 3. WASHINGTON, THE CAPITAL 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
MAR. 10. BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 

J. T. ft illing. 
MAR. 17. ROMANTIC IRELAND 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
MAR. 24. MASTERS OI- MUSIC 

If. J. Henderson. 
MAR. 3 1. NATURAL WONDERS OF 



Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
APR. 7. PICTURES WE LOVE T< > LIVE WITI I 

James Huneker. 
APR. 14. THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 

Professor Charles E. Fay. 
APR. 21. SCOTLAND, THE LAN! 

AND SCENERY 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
APR. 28. CHERUBS IN ART 

Gustav Kobbt. 
MAY 5. STATUES WITH A STORY 

Lorado Taft. 
MAY 12. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVER I 

rsor Albert Bushnell Hart. 



MAY 19. LONDON 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
MAY 26. THE STORY OF P 

Stephen Bonsai. 
JUNE 2. AMERICAN BIRDS OF ; 

Edward H. Forbush. 
JUNE 9. DUTCH MASTERPIECES 

Professor J. C. Van Dyke. 
JUNE 16. PARIS, THE INCOMPARA1 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
JUNE 23. FLOWERS OF DECORATI 

H. S. Adams. 
JUNE 30. MAKERS OF AMERICAN H 

Surges Johnson. 
JULY 7- AMERICAN SEA PAIN I 

Arthur Hoeber. 

JULY 14. STORY OF AMERICA IN PIC 
TURES: THE EXP1 

Professor Albert Bushnell Hart. 
JULY 21. SPORTING VACATlt 

Daniel C. Beard. 
JULY 2 S. SWITZ1 REAM): THE LAI 

SCO 

Dwight L. Elmendorf 

AUG. 4. AMER :-ISTS 

Hamilton ff r . Mabie. 
AUG. n. AMERICAN LANDSCAJ 

ERS 

>fl Isham. 



FORTHCOMING ISSUES 



iFE IN ART 

Lucrezia Ferti, by Andrea del Sarto; L icrezia 

Buti. by Fra Filippo i 

by R -:ia Van I 

.ia Ruthven. by Van Dyck; 1.. 

. 
Gustav Kobbe, Author and Cr 

SEPT. i. (iRF.AT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
Samutl P. B. Morse. Thomas A. Edison, Robert 

, Alexander Graham Bell, Eli V, 
Elias HD, ., . 
//. Addington Bruce, Author. 

Thomas Chippendale, Daniel Marot, 

Andre Henri Boulle. 
George Hei 
Profe- or C. R. Richards, Director of Cooper 



SEPT. 15. SPAIN AM ; I AR 

irid, The K 
Gibi 
Dwight L. Elmendorf, Lecturer and 1 



SEPT. 21. HISTORIC SPO1> 

Rock, The Alamo. James- 
.irg, Independenc 



.LTH- L L BUILDINGS OF THE 

. .Ll> 

The T ihambra. Chateau Cham- 

. hedral. 

College. 



y v <C_ 



Many leading newspapers of the United States are 

now publishing every weekday a human interest 

story about one picture in 

THE MENTOR 



READ THE DAILY STORY IN THE FOLLOWING PAPERS: 



ARKANSAS 

Pine Bluff Graphic 
Texarkana Four States Press 

CALIFORNIA 

Eureka Humboldt Standard 
Pasadena Star 
Redlands Daily Facts 
Santa Ana Blade 
Vallejo Daily Times 

COLORADO 

Leadville Herald Democrat 

GEORGIA 
Augusta Herald 
Rome Tribune-Herald 
Waycross Journal 

IDAHO 
Twin Falls Times 

ILLINOIS 
Chicago Record-Herald 

KANSAS 
Coffeyville Journal 
Hutchinson Ne 
Lawrence Journal-World 

KENTUCKY 
Bowling Green News 

MISSOURI 

Plattsburg Leader 
Poplar Bluff Daily Republi 
can 
Sedalia Capital 



MINNESOTA 
Bemidji Pioneer 

NEBRASKA 
Hastings Daily Tribune 

NEVADA 
Reno Gazette 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 
Concord Patriot 

NEW JERSEY 

Atlantic City Daily Press 
Hackensack Record 
Millville Republican 
Newark Star. 
Phillipsburg Daily Press 
Trenton Times. 

NEW YORK 

Elmira Star-Gazette 
Ithaca Journal 
Olean Evening Herald 
Utica Herald-Dispatch 

NORTH CAROLINA 
Greenville Reflector 
Rocky Mount Evening Tele 
gram 
Washington Daily News 

NORTH DAKOTA 
Fargo Courier-News 

OHIO 

I>ayton Journal 
Hamilton Republican 
Marion Star 

Norwalk Reflector-Herald 
Sandusky Register 
Toledo Times 



OREGON 
Coos Bay Times 
Salem Oregon Statesman 

PENNSYLVANIA 
Ailentown Morning Call 
Bradford Star and Record 
Carlisle Evening Herald 
Chambersburg Public Opin 
ion. 

Mt. Carmel Item 
Pittsburgh Sun 
Warren Mirror 
Waynesboro Herald 

SOUTH CAROLINA 
Spartanburg Herald 
Sumter Item 

SOUTH DAKOTA 
Aberdeen American 
Lead Black Hills Call 
Yankton Press and Dakotan 

TEXAS 

Corpus Christi Caller and 
Herald 

UTAH 
Ogden Standard 

VIRGINIA 

Newport News Daily Press 
Richmond News Leader 

WEST VIRGINIA 
Grafton Sentinel 
Martinsburg Journal 

WYOMING 

Sheridan Enterprise 



USI3 



* 4* 



VOL.1 AUGUST 25. 1913 No. 28 




THE 




A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



The Wife 
In Art 

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 



Issued Weekly Ly 

13 ls\ - i The Mentor Association. Inc. 

Fourth Avenue ond Mneieentn Sireei 

New York Crty 
PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 

AnmKTitcvBmvaHvar 



ITSISISISIE / 



& ^M\* 

\*/?\ , > . xs- 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN ...... President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W.M ABIE ........ Author and Editor 

JOHN C. FAN DYKE . . Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT B US H NELL HART . Prof, of Government, Harvard Univ. 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY . . Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF ....... Lecturer and Traveler 



The Mentor Association is conducted under the advice and counsel of the Advisory 
Board. Each member has supervision over one of the departments of education Literature, 
Fine Arts, History, Natural History, Travel, and Science. 

THE PURPOSE OF THE PLAN 

To make you well acquainted with the world s knowledge by devoting a little time 
to interesting reading and to looking at beautiful pictures. 

To enable you to acquire this knowledge without special effort, so that you may 

:ome easily and agreeably to know theworld s big men,bi g things,andbigachievements. 

The Mentor gives you each week a simple, lucid article by a well known authority 

and six exquisite pictures. On the backs of these pictures is the daily reading 

nteresting, descriptive comment. In this way you learn one thing every day, and 

day by day and week by week, you learn the things you have always wanted to know. 

As a result, you will find at the end of a year that you have learned 312 things 

know what the best authorities can tell you of these things, and you will have 

lery of 3 12 beautiful pictures. And a most pleasing feature of the plan is that you 

have been quite unaware of any effort to acquire knowledge, and conscious only of 

having enjoyed yourself reading interesting matter and looking at attractive pictures. 



N Y n " ublUhed by The M * ntor A..ociatlon, Inc., at 52 E..t Nineteenth Street, New York, 

rieht 19?rH rT M ""* "^ Tre " Ur " W.M.S.nford, Vice Pre.ident; L. D. Gardner, Secretary. 
Copyright, 1913, by The Mentor Association, Inc. 

Entered as second-closs matte, Match 10. 1913. the post office at New York. N. Y.. under the Act of March 3. J879. 



THE MENTOR 



A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend" 



Vol. i 



A I GUST 25, 1913 



No. 28 



THE 



W I F E 



I N 



ART 



Ll CREZIA FEDI- 

ANDREA DEL SARTO 

I.l CREZIA BUTI- 

FRA FILIPPO LIPPI 

HELENA FOURMENT- 

RUBENS 




SASKIA VAN ULEXBt RG 

REMBRANDT 

MARIA RUTHVEN- 

YAX DYCK 

ELIZABETH SID DAL 

ROSSETTI 



By GL STJ/ KOHRE 

IT may be that he who rides alone rides fastest; and that the man 
encumbered with wife and family feels his pace slacken and the goal 
as far away as ever. Andrea (ahn -dree-ah) del Sarto, in the closing 
lines of Browning s poem, utters the same thought. He is addressing his 
wife, Lucrezia Fedi, whose extravagant and wayward tastes, many think, 
ruined his career and prevented his ranking with Leonardo (lay-o-nar - 
do), Raphael (rah -f ay-ell), and Angelo (ahn -jel-o) : 

In heaven, perhaps, new chances, one more chance 

Four great walls in the New Jerusalem, 

Meted on each side by the angel s reed, 

For Leonard, Raphael, Angelo, and me 

To cover- the three first without a wife, 

While I have mine! So still they overcome 

Because there s still Lucrezia, as I choose. 

And so, in that supreme painting contest with his three rivals, he 
still is distanced, "because there s still Lucrezia" (loo-crate -see-ah). But 



H E 



W I 



E 



I N 



R T 



note that he adds, "as I choose." He had 
rather fail with her than triumph without her. 
Indeed, my point in mentioning Andrea 
and Lucrezia is to assert that he rode faster 
for not riding alone; that he was not the 
equal of the three artists he aspired to rival; 
and that, if it is sometimes thought he might 
have rivaled them, this is due to the works 
he painted under the inspiration of his love 
for Lucrezia. She kept him in a constant 
state of impecuniosity and jealousy; hut it 
was "as I choose." And well it might have 
been! His art seems to rise to a higher 
plane from the moment her dark, imperious 
beauty a new note in religious paint 
ing looks out at us from works like the LUCREZIA FEDI, BY DEL SARTO 
"Madonna of the Harpies" and the youth- in the R<,yai Gallery, Berlin. 

ful Saint John. For from her face he- 
painted the faces not only of women, but also of boys and youths, 
and always it is her beauty that dominates the picture. 





ANDREA DEL SARTO, BY HIMSELF 

In the Pitti Gallery, Florence. 



INFLUENCE OF THE WIFE 

If she, in character the worst kind of 
\\ife a man can have, so inspired her hus 
band, how rare and exquisite must have 
been the influence of Lucrezia Buti (boo - 
tee) over Fra Filippo Lippi (lip pee), of 
Helena Fourment (hel-en-ah fur -ment) over 
Rubens (roo-benz), of Maria Ruthven over 
Van Dyck, of Saskia over Rembrandt, of 
Elizabeth Siddal over Rossetti! For these 
women were devoted to their artist-hus 
bands, and were in turn adored by them. 
Doubtful, indeed, if any of these men would 
have subscribed to the doctrine that he rides 
fastest who rides alone. 

Lucrezia Buti, who was the wife of Fra 
Filippo Lippi, must not be confused with 
the Lucrezia Fedi (fay -dee) whom Andrea 
married. Moreover, the circumstances 



H E 



W I 



E 



I N 



R 




DETAIL OF THE VIRGIN AND CHILD 
BY FRA FILIPPO LIPPI 

LucreziaButi was f he model for the [Fir gin. 



under which Fra Filippo wooed and won 
his Lucrezia were far more romantic. He was 
a man whose great talent manifested itself 
early in life, and, although he had been put 
in a monastery because his relatives were too 
poor to educate him, his evident genius for 
art earned him many liberties. In fact, he 
was decidedly gay, and the hero of numerous 
escapades, the most famous of which has 
been immortalized by Browning, who found 
in the two Italian artists, Andrea and 
Lippo, subjects for two of his finest poems. 
The adventure of which Browning 
writes occurred upon the triumphant return 
to Florence of Cosimo de Medici (med -e- 
chee) and his patronage of/ Fra Filippo. 
Cosimo, frequently annoyed by the friar s 
loose habits, and despairing of his ever 
finishing an important picture that he had 
commissioned him to paint, caused him to 

be locked up in a room of the Medici Palace. Fra Filippo stood this for 

a few days. Then one night, wearying of his confinement, he escaped. 

The friar s own pleading in Browning s 

poem tells the story: 

I could not paint all night 
Ouf! I leaned out of window for fresh air. 
There came a hurry of feet and little feet, 
A sweep of lute-strings, laughs, and whifts of song 

. . . Round they went. 

Scarce had they turned the corner with a titter, 
Like the skipping of rabbits by moonlight, three 

slim shapes, 
And a face that look d up. . . Zooks, Sir, flesh and 

blood, 

That s all I m made of! Into shreds it went, 
Curtain and counterpane and coverlet, 
All the bed furniture a dozen knots, 
There was a ladder! Down I let myself 
Hands and feet, scrambling somehow, and sodropped, 
And after them. 

Notwithstanding his conduct, so out of 
keeping with his cloth, he was appointed 




FRA FILIPPO LIPPI 



H E 



W I 



E 



I N 



R 




PETER PAUL RUBENS, BY HIMSELF 

In Windsor Castle, England. 



chaplain to the nuns of the convent of 
Santa Margherita (mahr -gare-ee-tah) in 
Prato (prah -to) and commissioned by the 
abbess to paint a picture of the Madonna 
for the altar of the convent church. It 
chanced that there was in the nunnery a 
novice to whom convent life was just as 
ill suited as monastic life would have been 
to Era Filippo had he been obliged to abide 
by its tenets. 

FILIPPO AND LUCREZIA BUTI 

The name of the novice was Lucrezia 
Buti, and, struck by the grace and beauty 
of this young woman, the artist begged 
that she might be allowed to pose for him 
for the picture, and the request was granted. 
It may indeed have been diplomacy on 
the part of the abbess; for it is not unlikely 
that Lucrezia, who had no vocation what 
soever for 



conventual life, had proved herself refrac 
tory, and that the convent authorities saw 
a chance of getting rid of her, which they 
could not do by returning her to her 
family, because she had been consigned 
to them against her will by a stepbrother, 
anxious to get rid of her care and expense. 
In any event, the friar Lippi fell in love 
with her and she with him. Profiting by 
the crowd and confusion attendant on 
the festival of the Madonna of the Girdle, 
which is celebrated in Prato on the first cf 
May, Fra Filippo carried off Lucrezia, ap 
pealed to his patron, Cosimo de Medici, 
and through the latter s intercession re 
ceived from the Pope, Pius II., a special 
brief, absolving both himself and the 
novice from their ecclesiastical vows and 
granting them dispensation to marry. He 




HELENA FOURMENT, BY RUBENS 



T II E 



W I 



I. 



I N 



R T 



and Lucrezia had two chil 
dren; their son, Filippino 
Lippi, more than rivaling 
his father s fame as a 
painter. The Madonna 
that Fra Filippo painted 
for the convent may still 
he seen in Prato, and there- 
are other pictures in which 
Lucre/.ia s lovely face is 
discernible. 

THE TWO WIVES 
OF RUBENS 

Rubens was so happy 
with his first wife, Isabella 
Brandt, who died after 
eighteen years of blissful 
married life with him, that 
he could not endure the 
loneliness of being a wid 
ower, but four years after 
Isabella s death took as 
his second wife Helena 
Fourment. This marriage 
proved to be as happy as 
the first; although he was 
already fifty-three and 
she barely sixteen. Their 
union was blessed w r ith five 
handsome children; so that his declining years found him surrounded by 
youth and beauty, and with a splendid young wife as comrade. 

During the eighteen years of his first marriage Isabella appeared 
in nearly all his large pictures. She was of a more refined type than 
Helena; so that, with his second marriage, when he began to introduce 
his second wife into his pictures, his style becomes broader and more 
vigorous. For Helena had a strong, fully developed figure of pronounced 
contour, rosy flesh tints, golden hair, and lips that seemed always partly 
open to show the flash of pure white teeth. These were her attractions. 
She was obviously more beautiful, more brilliant, than Isabella, although 
in her youth her development was somewhat too luxuriant, a picture 




HELENA FOURMENT, BY RUBENS 

A portrait oj the artist s second wife and two of their children, hang 
ing in the Louvre, Paris. 



H E 



W I 



E 



I N 



R 




SASKIA, BY REMBRANDT 



of healthy, bursting, buoyant young woman 
hood. Indeed, so proud does Rubens seem 
of having, at his age, won a woman of her 
pronounced and youthful charms, that in 
some of his pictures he expresses them too 
freely, as, for example, in the Helena in a 
fur pelisse in the Imperial Gallery, Vienna. 
That Rubens drew a vast amount of inspi 
ration from his two wives, Isabella and 
Helena, is obvious to anyone familiar with 
his work; for they appear in picture after 
picture from his brush. His married life, 
first with Isabella and then with Helena, 
\vas a constant stimulus to his best work. 

REMBRANDT AND SASKIA 

Rembrandt, too, was married twice, and 
although his first wife was refined and aris 
tocratic and his second far from it, having 
been a servant in his household, he was intense!}- happy with both and 
painted them many times. Saskia van Ulenburg, although not strictly 

speaking a beauty from the casual point of 
view, lent herself admirably, nevertheless, 
to pictorial treatment, especially that pic 
torial treatment of lights and deep shadows 
of which her husband was the greatest 
master that ever lived. Indeed, the pic 
tures in which she appears are almost too 
numerous to mention. There is the de 
lightful portrait of her in the gallery at 
Cassel, said to have been painted in her 
own home in 1633, tne year before she and 
Rembrandt were married. Her face in pro 
file, the features delicately delineated, is 
shown against a background of deep, rich 
colors. With the lightest touch her wavy 
chestnut hair lies upon her cheek and fore 
head. A spray of rosemary in her hand 
rests across her heart. This, the emblem 
REMBRANDT, BY HIMSELF of a. Dutch maiden s betrothal, tells its 

In the Royal Gallery, Berlin. OWn StOTV. 




H E 



W I 



i; 



I N 



R 



Probably, however, the most famous portrait ever painted of an 
artist and his wife is that by Rembrandt in the Dresden Gallery, of Saskia 
seated on his knees while he clasps her waist with his left hand and 
raises in his right a half-filled glass. The joy on their faces gives witness 
to the pride and pleasure they found in each other. Saskia was a wealthy 
woman, and while she lived want never entered Rembrandt s house. 
But, alas! she was delicate, and died in 1642, less than a year after giving 
birth to the son who was 
christened Titus. Rem 
brandt had spent much 
money in filling his house 
with objects of art, prints, 
rich stuffs for costumes, 
and other things and not 
long after Saskia s death 
he found himself impov 
erished. Some idea of the 
richness of his collections 
is obtained from the adorn 
ments with which Saskia 
appears in the picture 
known as the "Jewish 
Bride," and in the genre 
portrait, "Minerve," in 
which she is shown as a 
learned lady in the richest 
of costumes, seated at a 
beautiful table and reading 
from an ancient tome. 

Rembrandt ranks with 
the greatest masters in art. 
" He rides fastest who rides 
alone." Is it possible that 
Rembrandt could have rid 
den faster or reached a farther goal without Saskia and Hendrikjc: 




RKM BRANDT AND SASKIA. BY REMBRANDT 

In the Royal Galli-ry, Dresden. 



VAN DYCK S PORTRAIT OF MARIA RUTH YEN 

Van Dyck, the favorite pupil of Rubens, so much so that when some 
romping pupils in Rubens absence brushed against a partly finished 
picture and marred it he was asked to retouch it in order that the master 
might not notice the defect,- also was a favorite in t he world of women, and 



H 



W I 



E 



I N 



R T 




much influenced by them. Kven in youtli a love adventure is said to 
have sent him from Rubens atelier to Italy. In England, where no one 
is more closely identified than he with the period of Charles I., "die 

schonen ladies," as a German writer on Van 
Dyck expresses it, fairly fought for the 
honor of being painted by him. 

If his works lack the vital vigor and 
joyous abandon of the typical Flemish mas 
ters, it must be remembered that his Italian 
sojourn, passed largely in court circles, 
greatly refined his style, and that he, the 
painter of aristocrats, is also an aristocrat 
among painters. His output for his short 
life (1599-1641) was great, and of the 1,500 
works catalogued as his 300 are portraits of 
women. Walpole speaks of their beautiful 
hands. But Van Dyck had special models 
for the hands, for those of both the men and 
the women. The elegance and refinement 
of his work is, however, undoubted, and, 
though he lacks the power of a Rembrandt 
and the tremendous verve of a Rubens, 
much of his work (within the limitations 
imposed by elegance) is executed in the "large" manner. 

It is said that his ability to accomplish so much was due to the fact 
that he never allowed a sitter to weary him, obviating this by dismissing 
them at the end of an hour. At the time 
appointed for the sitting the artist appeared in 
his studio. At the end of the hour he rose, 
made his obeisance, and appointed the hour for 
the next sitting. A servant cleaned the brushes 
and reloaded the palette, \vhile the artist re 
ceived and entertained the next sitter. He had 
many love affairs in England, and especially one 
with Margaret Lemon, who threatened, when 
his love began to cool, to cut off his hand. 
The world is the richer by a beautiful por 
trait for this love affair, and fortunately, in 
stead of cutting off his hand or even attempt 
ing to, Margaret went to Holland with friends. 
Van Dyck s gay life, however, seriously alarmed 



VAN DYCK, BY HIMSELF 

This portrait, which hangs in the Hermi 
tage, St. Petersburg, shows the artist as a 
young man. 




VAN DYCK, BY HIMSELF 



THE 



WIFE 



I N 



ART 




MARIA RUTHVEN, BY VAN DYCK 

the king, who, being genuinely attached to him and also admiring his art, 
feared for his health. Accordingly, his Majesty chose for him a wife, a 
beautiful young woman, Maria Ruthven, daughter of Lord Ruthven. 
Van Dyck painted her several times, and one of his best known por 
traits is that of her with her violoncello, which is in the old Pinakothek 
(pin -a-ko-thek), Munich. His married life seems to have been happy, 
though brief. He died within two years of his nuptials, leaving us the 
portraits of Maria as souvenirs of his happiness. 

ROSSETTI S "BLESSED DAMOZEL" 

Dante Gabriel Rossetti, who was poet as well as painter, buried the 
manuscript of his poems, although they had been announced for publica- 



H 



W I 



K 



I N 



R 




tion, in the coffin of his wife, who died in Feb 
ruary, 1862. Not until October, 1869, was the^ 
manuscript resurrected and the publication of his 
poems made possible. It is doubtful if poet or 
painter has ever paid a greater tribute than 
Rossetti thus paid to Elizabeth Siddal. 

Rossetti was introduced to Elizabeth bv a 



ROSSETTI, BY HIMSELF 

Painted in f$jj. 

brother artist, who had 
discovered her in a mil 
liner s shop in London. 
She consented to pose 
for Rossetti. His 
brother, in some charm 
ing reminiscences of 
her, writes that to fall 
in love with Elizabeth 
Siddal was a very easy 
performance, and that 
Dante Gabriel did it at 
an early date. The name Elizabeth, however, 
was never on Dante s lips; but rather Lizzie or 
Liz, and fully as often Guggums, Guggum, or 
Gug. Mrs. Hueffer, the younger daughter of 
Ford Madox-Brown, says that when she was a 
small child she saw Rossetti at his easel in her 
father s house uttering momentarily, in the 
absence of the beloved one, "Guggum, Gug 
gum!" After awhile "Guggum" became a set 
tled institution in Rossetti s studio, and other 
people, his brother included, understood they 
were not wanted there. Dante was constantly 
drawing from Guggum, and she designing under 
his tuition. He was unconventional, and she, if 




ROSA TRIPLEX, BY ROSSETTI 




ELIZABETH SIDDAL 
BY ROSSETTI 



IO 



T H E 



WIFE 



I N 



R 



not so originally, became so in the course of her companionship with him. 
In her appearance, as in her character, she was a remarkable young woman. 

THE BEAUTY OF ELIZABETH SIDDAL 

The artist s brother writes of her that she was truly a beautiful girl, 
tall, with a stately throat and fine carriage, pink and white complexion, 
and massive, straight, coppery golden 
hair. Her heavy-lidded eyes 4 were 
large and greenish blue. But, as this 
narrator says, it is not necessary to 
speak much about her appearance, 
ki as the designs of Dante Rossetti 
speak for it better than I could do. 1 
Her whole manner, in spite of her 
great beauty, was reserved, self-con 
trolling, and alien from approach." 
Rossetti s brother says that her talk 
was, in his experience, scant} ; slight 
and scattered, with some amusing 
turns, and little to seixe hold upon; 
little clue to her real self, or any 
thing determinate. 

But, alas! the beautiful Eliza 
beth was a sufferer from consump 
tion, accompanied by neuralgia. For 
the neuralgia frequent doses of laud 
anum had been prescribed. Her 
condition was such toward the end 
that sometimes she was obliged to 




BF.ATA BEATRIX, BY ROSSETTI 

A portrait of Elizabeth Siddal. 



take one hundred drops at a time. On February 10, 1^66, she dined at 
a hotel in London with her husband and Swinburne. She and Rossetti 
returned to their home about eight o clock. She was about to go to 
bed at nine, when Dante Gabriel went out again. When he came back 
at half-past eleven the room was in darkness. He called to his wife; but 
received no reply. He found her in bed, unconscious. On the table 
was a vial. It had contained laudanum it was empty. 

He paid her the tribute of burying his poems with her. He had 
already paid her the great tribute of painting her, and that often. Those 
large, greenish blue eyes of hers were his guiding stars. Let him who will 
say that he rides fastest who rides alone. There are six great artists and 
manv more to sav him nav. 



i i 



THE WIFE IN ART 

SUPPLEMENTARY READING 

Fra Filippo Lippi ..... Edward C. Strutt 

Rembrandt and His Work (Svois.) . . Wilhclm Bode 

Rembrandt R. Muther 

The RoSSettis ..... Elisabeth Luther Cary 

L Oeuvre de P. P. Rubens . . . Maximilian Rooses 

RubenS (Masterpieces in Color Series) . S. L. Bensusan 

Andrea del Sarto ..... H. Guinness 

Sir Anthony Van Dyck . . . Lionel Cust 

NEXT WEEK S " MENTOR " 

GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 

Beautiful intaglio-gravure pictures of S. F. B. Morse, Thomas A. Edison, Robert 
Fulton, Alexander Graham Bell, Eli Whitney, and Elias Howe. 

Comment by H. ADDINGTON BRUCE, Author 



SUBSCRIPTION RATES TO "THE MENTOR" 

One Year, 52 Issues - Five Dollars 



Let Your Friends Enjoy The Mentor 

You are enjoying the benefits that The Mentor brings. Letters tell 
us every day how much pleasure and profit the readers of The Mentor 
are getting from its interesting reading matter and its beautiful pictures. 
Give your friends a chance to enjoy The Mentor. Send us the names 
of those who ought to have The Mentor, and we will send them sample 
copies, and will write to them about The Mentor Association. Don t 
overlook it. ^ ou will be doing your friends a good service. 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

DO YOU LIKE THIS MENTOR? WHY NOT GET THE PRECEDING NUMBERS? 

The simple, attractive, educative value of THE MENTOR will surely make 
you feel the need of having every number. While each number is complete in itself, 
you will want all the issues in the various Departments of Travel, Art, History, 
Literature, or Music. Nowhere in the world of print can you get such condensed 
instructive reading and such rich picture value as you find in THE MENTOR 

WHAT THE PRECEDING NUMBERS GIVE YOU 



17. BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN I\ 

Gustav Kobbe. 

FEB. 24. MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 

Hamilton H . Mabie. 

MAR. 3. WASHINGTON, THE CAPITAL 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

MAR. 10. BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
J. T. Witting. 

MAR. 17. ROMANTIC IRELAND 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

MAR. 24. MASTERS OF MUSIC 
// . /. Henderson. 

MAR. 31. NATURAL WONDERS OF 
AMERH 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

APR. 7. PICTURES WE I.OVK TO LIVE WITH 
James Huneker. 

APR. 14. THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
Professor Charles E. Fay. 

APR. 21. SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF 
;RY 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

APR. 28. CHERUBS IN ART 

Gustav Kobbi. 

MAY 5. STATUES WITH A STORY 

Lorado Taft. 
MAY 12. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICT! 

THEDI- RS 

nell Hart. 



MAY IQ. ] 

Dwight L. Elmtndorf. 

MAY 26. THE STORY OF PANAMA 

Stephen Bonsai. 
JUNE 2. AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 

Edward H. Forbv.sk. 
JUNE 9. DUTCH MASTE1- 

Professor] :> y kt. 

JUNE 16. PARIS, THE IXCOMPARA : 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
JUNE 23. FLOWERS OF DECORA T, 

H. S. Adams. 
JUNE 30. MAKERS OF AMERICAN lr 

Surges Johnson. 
JULY 7. AMERICAN SEA P 

Arthur Hoeber. 

JULY 14. STORY OF AMERICA IN PIC 
TURES: THE EXPLOR 

Professor Albert Bujhnell Hart. 
JULY 21. SPORTING VAC 

Daniel C. Beard. 
[ULY 2S. SWITZERLAND: THE LAN 

SCENIC SPLi 

Dwight L. Elmendorf 

AUG. 4 AMERICAN NOVE] 

Hamilt i. If. Maine. 

AUG. ii. AMERICAN I 

ERS 

Samuel Isltam. 
AUG. is. VENIC1 

Dwight L. Elmtndorf. 



FORTHCOMING ISSUES 



i. GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
Samuel F B Morse. Thomas A. Edison. Robert 
Pulton, Alexander Graham Bell. Eli V 
Elias Howe. 
//. Addington Bruce, Author. 

1TURE AM) ITS MAKERS 

Thomas Chippendale. Daniel Marot. Thomas 
U.T, Andre Charges Boulle. 
bite. 
/or C. R. Richards, Director of Cooper 

1 irk. 
.IN AND GIBRALTAR 

Toledo. Madrid, The Escorial, Seville. Granada. 

Gibraltar. 

Du:ight L. Elmendorf, Lecturer and Traveler. 



SEPT. 22. HI- 

TiconderoK 

town Tower. Get 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 

The Taj Mehal, The Alhambra. Chateau d. 

New 

//or Clarence Ward, Rutgers College. 

OCT. 6. GAME BIRDS MCA 

= s Back Duck. Bob White. Canada 

Duck, Gr> 

//. t urif. {:/., Slate Ornilkologi 
achusetts. 



Many leading newspapers of the United States are 

now publishing every weekday a human interest 

story about one picture in 

THE MENTOR 



READ THE DAILY STORY IN THE FOLLOWING PAPERS: 



ARKANSAS 

Pine Bluff Graphic 
Texarkana Four States Press 

CALIFORNIA 

Eureka Humboldt Standard 
Pasadena Star 
Redlands Daily Facts 
Santa Ana Blade 
Vallejo Daily Times 

COLORADO 

Leadville Herald Democrat 

GEORGIA 
Augusta Herald 
Rome Tribune-Herald 
Waycross Journal 

IDAHO 
Twin Falls Times 

ILLINOIS 
Chicago Record-Herald 

KANSAS 

Coffeyyille Journal 
Hutchinson News 
Lawrence Journal-World 

KENTUCKY 
Bowling Green News 

MISSOURI 

Plattsburg Leader 
Poplar Bluff Daily Republi 
can 
Sedalia Capital 



MINNESOTA 
Bemidji Pioneer 

NEBRASKA 
Hastings Daily Tribune 

NEVADA 
Reno Gazette 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 
Concord Patriot 

NEW JERSEY 
Atlantic City Daily Press 
Hackensack Record 
Millville Republican 
Newark Star. 
Phillipsburg Daily Press 
Trenton Times. 

NEW YORK 

Elmira Star-Gazette 
Ithaca Journal 
Olean Evening Herald 
Utica Herald-Dispatch 

NORTH CAROLINA 
Greenville Reflector 



OREGON 
Coos Bay Times 
Salem Oregon Statesman 

PENNSYLVANIA 

Allentown Morning Call 
Bradford Star and Record 
Carlisle Evening Herald 
Chambersburg Public Opin 
ion. 

Mt. Carmel Item 
Pittsburgh Sun 
Warren Mirror 
Waynesboro Herald 

SOUTH CAROLINA 
Spartanburg Herald 
Sumter Item 

SOUTH DAKOTA 

Aberdeen American 
Lead Black Hills Call 
Yankton Press and Dakotan 

TEXAS 

Corpus Christ! Caller and 
Herald 



Rocky Mount Evening Tele 
gram UTAH 
Washington Daily News Ogden Standard 



NORTH DAKOTA 

Fargo Courier-News 

OHIO 

Dayton Journal 
Hamilton Republican 
Marion Star 

Norwalk Reflector-Herald 
Sandusky Register 
Toledo Times 



VIRGINIA 

Newport News Daily Press 
Richmond News Leader 

WEST VIRGINIA 
Grafton Sentinel 
Martinsburg Journal 

WYOMING 

Sheridan Enterprise 







>L^ 



VOL.1 SEPTEMBER 1. 1913 No. 29 






THE 

MENTOR 

A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



Great American 
Inventors 

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE 



Issued Weekly Ly 

The Mentor Asspciatioa Inc 

FouriK Avenue ancl Nineteenth Street 
New York City 

PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 



1S1S151515 



sfl 

\ 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W.M ABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. VAN DYKE . . Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . Prof, of Government, Harvard Univ. 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY . . Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 



The Mentor Association is conducted under the advice and counsel of the Advisory 
Board. Each member has supervision over one of the departments of educationLiterature, 
Fine Arts, History, Natural History, Travel, and Science. 

THE PURPOSE OF THE PLAN 

To make you well acquainted with the world s knowledge by devoting a little time 
to interesting reading and to looking at beautiful pictures. 

To enable you to acquire this knowledge without special effort, so that you may 

: easily and agreeably to know theworld s big men, big things, and big achievements. 

The Mentor gives you each week a simple, lucid article by a well known authority 
and six exquisite pictures. On the backs of these pictures is the daily reading- 
interesting, descriptive comment. In this way you learn one thing every day, and 

by day and week by week, you learn the things you have always wanted to know. 

As a result, you will find at the end of a year that you have learned 312 things. 

know what the best authorities can tell you of these things, and you will have 

a gallery of 3 1 2 beautiful pictures. And a most pleasing feature of the plan is that you 

will have been quite unaware of any effort to acquire knowledge, and conscious only of 

. ing enjoyed yourself reading interesting matter and looking at attractive pictures. 



N YMD" " S ttbl .!! h * d by - M *" t0r A ""-on, Inc., at 52 East Nineteenth Street, New York, 

Lh l?lT " " I T r-T erf W M - S " f d VI- P-d-t, L. D. Gardner. Secretary 
mgnt, isu, by The Mentor Association, Inc. 

Ma March 10, 1913. at the post office at New York, N. Y .. under the Act of March 3, 1879. 



SEP 2 1913 



THE MENTOR 



A \Yi-e and Faithful Guide and Friend" 



VOL. i 



SEPTEMBER i, 1913 



No. 29 



GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 



KLI WHITNKV 

1765-1825 

ROBERT FULTON 

1765-1815 

KIJAS HO\VF. 

1819 1867 




S. F. B. MORSF 
1791 1X72 

ALKX. GRAHAM HFI.I. 
1847- 

HOMAS AIA A FDISON 

1847- 



By II. ADDINGTON KRLCE 

ANYONE who reads the history of the United States must be 
/-\^ impressed with the supremely important part played by the 
inventor in the evolution of the nation. The explorer and 
pioneer, the statesman, diplomat, and soldier, all these have con 
tributed, and contributed notably, to the upbuilding of the mighty repub 
lic of today. But it is beyond dispute that in the long run their efforts 
would have counted for comparatively little had it not been for the genius 
of those who have bent their energies to the devising of means for the 
development of the country s marvelously rich resources, and have- 
still further added to the national wealth by the creation of unsuspected 
channels for the profitable employment of human enterprise and labor. 
It was in the humble workshops of men like Whitney, Fitch, and 
Fulton that, almost as soon as the independence of the United States had 
been won by the sword, the foundations were laid for its rise to the 
standing of a world power. Kvery invention these men made meant 



GREAT 



A M E R I C A N 



I N V E N I () R S 



a gain in the nation s strength, and 
a wider opening of the door of oppor 
tunity to all native-born Americans, 
and to the constantly increasing host 
of newcomers from abroad. The 
American inventors have not simply 
astonished mankind; they have en 
hanced the prestige, power, and pros 
perity of their country. 




WHITNEY S ARMORY 



THE COTTON GIN 

In 1798 tht- inventor of the cotton gin began the man- 
Take, for example, the results ^ufacture of firearms near New Haven,ConnectieiU. 

that have flowed from a single inven 
tion, that of the Whitney cotton gin. When the young Yankee school 
master and law student, Eli Whitney, was graduated from Yale and 
settled in Georgia in 1792, the production of cotton in the Southern 
States was insignificant. At that time, indeed, cotton was grown by the 
Southerners chiefly for decorative effect in gardens, because of its hand 
some flowers. Its cultivation for commercial purposes was virtually out of 
the question, owing to the fact that no means were available for economic 
ally separating the lint from the seed. This had to be done by hand, 
and since it took ten hours for a quick worker to separate one pound of 
lint from its three pounds of seed no adequate returns could be had. 
What was needed, as his southern friends pointed out to Whitney, 
was the invention of some apparatus for performing the work of separa 
tion cleanly and quickly. The problem was one that appealed to him 

with peculiar force. Even as a boy in 
Massachusetts he had been fond of tin 
kering with mechanical appliances. At 
the early age of twelve he had made a 
violin of fairly good tone; a year later 
he was making excellent knives; and 
before he was fifteen he was recognized 
as the best mechanic in his native town 
of Westborough. It was therefore with 
real enthusiasm that he set up a work 
shop in the basement of his Georgia 
home, and varied his law studies by ex 
perimenting in the manufacture of a 
cotton gin. Within a few months he 




BIRTHPLACE OF WHITNEY 

In this house in Wes thorough, Massachuittt 
Eli Whitney was born on December 8, 1765. 



GREAT 



AMERICAN 



INVENTORS 



had successfully completed his self-imposed task by the creation of a 

machine equipped with hundreds of tiny metal fingers, each of which 

did more work in quicker time than the human hand could possibly do. 

That same year (1793) fully five million pounds of cotton were 

harvested in the United 
States, the product of 
a planting stimulated 
solely by faith in the 
Whitney gin. By the 
year of Whitney s death 
(1825) cotton was in 
disputably king in the 
commercial life of the 
nation, the value of the 
cotton exports for that 
year being more than 
$36,000,000, as against 
a valuation of barelv 




THE FULTON HOMESTEAD 

The inventor purchased this farm in It 1 as king- 
ton County, Pennsylvania, when he was but 
twenty-one years of age. Here he left his mother 
when he went to England to study art. 

$30,000,000 for all other Amer 
ican exports. The eventual 
abolition of slavery served 
only to accentuate the stu 
pendous importance of the cot - 
ton gin. Under free labor the 
production of cotton has 
steadily risen, until nowadays 
it annually runs into the bil 
lions of pounds, with a valua 
tion of many hundreds of mil 
lions of dollars, and affords 
employment not only to an 
enormous army of cultivators, but to a still greater army of workers in 
factory, office, and store. 

Even of much greater importance have been the results of the labors of 
another illustrious American inventor, Robert Fulton. Born in Lancaster 




ROBERT FULTON 

Fulton was tall, and his face showed great intelligence, lie wa< 
refined, and possessed grace and elegance of manner. 



GREAT 



AMERICAN 



INVENTORS 



County, Pennsylvania, 
in November, 1765, 
Fulton, by reason of the 
astonishing number 
and variety of his inven 
tions, may well be called 
the Edison of his time. 

ROBERT FULTON 

Similar to all truly- 
great inventors, he 
was a man of broad 
vision and keen imagi 
nation. What he was 
most interested in was 
not immediate conse 
quences, but ultimate effects, and in working on the complicated me 
chanical problems with which his mind was incessantly occupied he kept 
steadily in view their significance to society as a whole. Thus, one of his 
most ingenious creations the famous Fulton torpedo, crude forerunner 
of the deadly submarine missiles of today was inspired by an ardent 
desire to produce something that would make war so terrible as to impel 




FULTON S FIRST EXP r RIMENT WITH PADDLE WHEELS 

In the summer of 1779 Fulton first tried the method of propelling a boat 
by means of paddle wheels on Conestoga Creek in eastern Pennsylvania. 







MODEL OF ROBERT FULTON S FIRST STEAMBOAT, THE CLERMONT 

Constructed for the Hudson-Fulton celebration at New York in the fall of 1909. 



(, R E A T 



AMERICAN 



I N V E N T O R S 



mankind to universal peace. And similarly it was with an eye to increas 
ing the welfare and happiness of society that he went to work on the 
invention with which his name will always be linked, the steamboat. 
He was not the first to whom the idea had occurred of applying the 
steam engine to purposes of water transportation. Already the Pennsyl 
vania!). William Henry, the Connecticut mechanic, John Fitch, the New 
Jersey inventor, John Stevens, and the Scotsman, William Symington, had 

demonstrated more or less suc 
cessfully the possibility of 
using steam as a motive power 
on the water; but it was left to 
Fulton to establish definitely 
the value of the steamboat as 





BIRTHPLACE; OF ELI vs HOWE 

.{mid thr-M- humble surroundings the inventor of the sewing 
machine was born at Spencer, Massachusetts, in 1819. 

a medium for passenger and freight traffic. 
This he did with his historic Clermont, 
built at New York in 1807, partly with 
funds provided by Chancellor Livingston 
and partly by loans from reluctant and 
skeptical friends. 

The general impression was that Ful 
ton had undertaken a hopeless and vis 
ionary task. "As I had occasion," he 
himself has related, "daily to pass to and from the shipyard while my 
boat w r as in progress, I often loitered unknown near idle groups of stran 
gers, gathering in little circles, and heard various inquiries as to the 
object of this new vehicle. The language was uniformly that of scorn, 
sneer, or ridicule. The loud laugh often rose at my expense; the dry 
jest; the wise calculation of losses and expenditures; the dull but end 
less repetition of Fulton s Folly." 



BEFORE THE WAR 

A fftcing machine of 1851. 



GREAT 



AMERICAN 



INVENTORS 





THE FIRST BOBBIN WINDER 

As everybody knows, the Clcr- 
mont did not sink or otherwise 
come to grief when she started up 
the Hudson, August n, 1807, for 
her maiden voyage to Albany. On 
the contrary, she made the journey, 
against the wind, at an average rate 
of nearly five miles an hour; and, 
with the wind again ahead, returned to New York at about the same 
speed. Compared with the steaming powers of the modern ocean 
leviathan, this was a sorry enough showing; but, with the continued 
success of the Clermont and her sister boats, the Raritan and the Car of 
Neptune, which together constituted the world s first regular line of 
steamboats, it was sufficient to prove for all time that man had made 
another superb advance in the 
masterv of t he forces of Natu re. 



A SEWING MACHINE OF 1860 

"// has stitched many hundred mile- of seam, and is 
still in go id working order." 



INVENTOR OF THE 
SEWING MACHINE 

Very different, but also of 
great value, was the service 
rendered by Klias Ho\\e of 
sewing machine fame. There 
are two stories as to the genesis 
of this wonderful labor-saving 
device. One is that it was 
suggested to Howe by the 
chance remark of a visitor to 
the Boston machine shop in 
which he was employed. The 
other and more romantic storv 











BIRTHPLACE OF S. F. B. MORSE 

inventor of the telegraph was born at the foot of Breed s 
Hill, CkarlfstOtPn, Massachusetts. 



GREAT 



AMERICAN 



INVENTORS 





is that the idea of a machine for sewing gar 
ments originated from a desire on Howe s 
part to lighten the labor of his wife, who, 
when he was ill and out of work, was obliged 
to take in sewing and toil far into the night. 
Whichever version is correct, it is cer 
tain that in 1843 (Howe was then only 
twenty-four years old) he set to work in the 
garret of his father s home in Cambridge, 
and about a year later gave to the world a 
sewing machine that embodied the principal 
features of the most up-to-date models of 

the present day. 
For long, ho\\ - 
ever, the world 
was reluctant to 
accept this splen 
did invention. 
The tailors of 
Boston, to whom 
he first offered it, 
refused to adopt 

it, on the ground that it would ruin their busi 
ness; and later, in New York, there were anti- 
sewing machine demonstrations, fomented by 
labor leaders, who failed to realize that in the 
end labor-saving devices of any real merit were 
always certain to increase, not decrease, the 
demand and opportunities for the workingman 
and workingwoman. 

In the case of the sewing machine the truth 
of this has long since been demonstrated. Not 
only has it become a familiar household adjunct, freeing millions of 
women from the slavery of the needle, and thus most effectively answer 
ing the piteous plea of Hood s "Song of the Shirt," but it has also 
brought about a marvelous expansion of the clothing industry. It has 
in fact created an entirely new and most important branch of that in 
dustry, the ready-made clothing business,- -giving employment to 
hundreds of thousands of people, and providing well patterned and 
well finished garments at prices undreamed of in other days. Surely 
Howe, no less than Fulton and Whitney, deserves to be regarded 



THE NEW YORK HOME OF 
S. F. B. MORSE 

house was located on West Twenty- 
econd Street near Fifth Avr.u -. 



SAMUEL F. B MORSE 



GREAT 



AMERICAN 



I N V E N T R S 




THE FIRST 

as a benefactor 01 humanity. TELEPHONE 

So, too, with Samuel F. B. 
Morse, and Alexander Graham Bell, the one 
the father of the electric telegraph, the other 
the inventor of the telephone. If anybody 
had told Samuel Morse in 1811, when as a 
youth of twenty he sailed from Xew York to 

Liverpool to 
study paint- 





THK FIRST TELEGRAPH 
INSTRUMENT 



ing under Benjamin West, that he \\ould 
be known to posterity as an inventor rather 
than as an artist, he would have laughed 
the prophecy to scorn. But, as has hap 
pened to other gifted men, circumstances 
conspired to turn and fix the thoughts of 
this brilliant son of New England on prob 
lems unconnected with the routineof his daily 
life, yet appealing to him with such force 
as to change the whole course of his career. 

TELEGRAPH AND TELEPHONE 

With Morse the turning point was 
reached in 1827 when, some years after his 
return from England, he attended a course 
of lectures in New York on the subject of 
electromagnetism. What he then heard 
fired his imagination, and led him, during 
a second visit abroad, to study more closely 



GREAT 



AMERICAN 



INVENTORS 



the nature of electricity. He spe 
cially became interested in the pos 
sibility of utilizing this great natural 
force as a medium for long-distance 
communication, and when homeward 
bound, in the autumn of 1832, ap 
plied himself to this one problem to 
such good purpose that before land 
ing in New York he was able to 
show to his fellow passengers plans 
of the instrument that was to im 
mortalize his name. 

It was not until five years after 
ward, however, that Morse made 
the first working demonstration of 
his invention, which by most people 
was regarded as a scientific toy rather 
than a creation of the highest practi 
cal utility. And a scientific toy it 
remained until, after a heartbreaking 
struggle to secure the necessary finan 
cial aid, Morse persuaded Congress 
in 1843 to appropriate $30,000 for 
the construction of a telegraph line 
between Washington and Baltimore. 
The first message to be flashed over 
this line, May I, 1844, was the news 




"LONG DISTANCE 



Alexander Graham Bell opening tht New York-Chi 
cago longdistance telephone line, October 18, 1892. 




ALEXANDER GRAHAM BELL S SUBURBAN RESIDENCE AT WASHINGTON, D. C. 

9 



GREAT 



AMERICAN 



INVENTORS 




THE EDISON HOUSE AT MILAN, OHIO 

Here Thomas A. Edison was born on February II, 1847. 



of the nomination of 
Henry Clay for the presi 
dency; and with the send 
ing of that message one of 
the greatest inventions in 
the history of mankind def 
initely gained recognition 
as an accomplished fact. 
Alexander Graham 
Bell, experimenting in the 
same field of long-distance 
communication by the aid 
of electricity, was more for 
tunate in securing early 
acknowledgment of the 
merits of his telephone, a 
public demonstration of 
which was given at the Centennial Exhibition in 1876. Connected with 
this invention a most interesting story is told. Bell, it is said, was experi 
menting with a device for multiplex telegraphy, when the accidental 
snapping of a wire sent a sound vibrating through another wire which 
had attached to it at each end a thin sheet-iron disk a few inches in 
circumference. At once Bell asked himself if the sound could be repeated. 
Experiment showed that it could, and the query then suggested itself 
to him, Could vocal sounds be thus transmitted? Forthwith he set him 
self to the task that resulted, 
after many failures, in the cre 
ation of the telephone. 

But even in the case of 
this marvelous instrument it 
was for a long time impossi 
ble to obtain the necessary 
financial support. When, 
in 1877, Bell took the tele 
phone to England, he could 
find no purchaser for half 
the European rights at $10,- 
ooo, and in this country a 
personal friend declined to 
advance #2,500 for a half in 
terest. Today, so it is stated, 



* ~^fe 

!+ 

. -^^SRSflfriP^ ^fjm 



THE FIRST PHONOGRAPH 

// was with this machine that Editon in 1877 originally demon 
strated the fact that sound could be recorded and reproduced. 



10 



GREAT 



AMERICAN 



INVENTORS 



there arc in use in the I nited States alone approximately seven and a 
halt million telephones. 

EDISON, THE MASTER INVENTOR 

Never has there been an American inventor who has contributed more 
abundantly than Thomas Alva Edison to the republic s industrial expan 
sion, nor one who has achieved greatness under a heavier handicap of 
early disadvantages. Born (1847) of a poor family in an obscure Ohio 
canal village, Kdison began his career at the age of twelve in the 
occupation of a railway newsboy. 

It was as a telegrapher, which 
he became at eighteen, that his 
inventive genius first displayed 
itself. One after another various 
devices for improving telegraphic- 
service flowed from his fertile 
mind, until, after his astonishing 
success in inventing a duplex and 
quadruplex telegraph, he was able 
to command the support of a group 
of New York capitalists in carry 
ing through a long series of experi 
ments that finally resulted in the 
invention of the now familiar 
Kdison electric light. 

Had it been for only this one- 
invention Edison s name would 
be gratefully remembered for all 
time. But to strengthen his claims 
on the gratitude of his countrymen 
and of posterity there has since 
come from his New Jersey labo 
ratory a succession of inventions, to name only a tew, the- phonograph, 
the kinetoscope, the mimeograph, the storage battery, and the "talking 
moving pictures," which have meant new openings for capital, new 
opportunities for labor, and an incalculable enlargement of the resources 
of the human race. Whitney, Fulton, Howe, Morse, Bell, Kdison, 
clearly it is only simple historic justice to rate these great inventors with 
the great statesmen, warriors, and pioneers who in days gone by have won 
undying fame as makers of the American republic. 




KDISON LISTENING TO THE PHONOGRAPH 



GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 

SUPPLEMENTARY READING 

Leading American Inventors . . George lies 

Inventors ...... P. G. Hubert, Jr. 

Four American Inventors ... P.M. Perry 

Edison His Life and Inventions . F. L. Dyer and T. C. Martin 

Bell s Electric Speaking Telephone . George B. Prescott 

Samuel Finley Breese Morse . . J. Trowbridge 

Life of Robert Fulton ... T.W. Knox 

Memoir of Eli Whitney ... D. Olmstead 



NEXT WFKK S MENTOR 

FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 

Beautiful photogravures of Thomas Chippendale, Daniel Ma rot, Thomas Sheraton, 
J. Henri Riesener, Charles Andre Boulle, George Hepplewhite. 

Comment by PROFESSOR C. R. RICHARDS, Director of Cooper Union, \e-:c York 



SUBSCRIPTION RATES TO THE MENTOR 

One Year, 52 Issues - Five Dollars 



Let Your Friends Enjoy The Mentor 

You are enjoying the benefits that The Mentor brings. Letters tell 
us every day how much pleasure and profit the readers of The Mentor 
are getting from its interesting reading matter and its beautiful pictures. 
Give your friends a chance to enjoy The Mentor. Send us the names 
of those who ought to have The Mentor, and we will send them sample 
copies, and will write to them about The Mentor Association. Don t 
overlook it. You will be doing your friends a good service. 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

DO YOU LIKE THIS MENTOR? WHY NOT GET THE PRECEDING NUMBERS? 

The simple, attractive, educative value of THE MENTOR will surely make 
you feel the need of having every number. While each number is complete in itself, 
you will want all the issues in the various Departments of Travel, Art. 

.tture, or Music. Nowhere in the world of print can you get such c 
instructive reading and such rich picture value as you find in 1 ! OR. 



WHAT THE PRECEDING NUMBERS GIVE YOU 



APR. 

APR. 
APR. 



17. BEAUTIFUL CHII.i ART 



Lkvight L. J 

10. FULWOW !<T 

J- T - 

, orf. 

TERS OF MUSIC 
IV. J. . 

URAL 3 OF 

. L, Elmendorf. 

7- PI< VKWITH 

ker. 

IF THE P: 
Professor Charlt 

21. S< 

28. CHER \RT 

- Kobbe. 

5. STATUES Wl I KV 

Lorado Taft. 

LCAIN PICTURES: 
Professor Albert / 



MAY 26. THI 

Stephen Bonsai. 

Edward J: 

Professor J. C. i 

ME 

JUNE 23. FT. 
H. S. Ad, 

JUNE 30. MAKERS 
Surges jo i: 

Arttu. 

STORY OF AMERK 

TUR 

Professor 
JULY 21 

Daniel C. Beard. 
JULY 

Sarn 



FORTHCOMING ISSUES 






ERS 



Director of 
\NDGIEi 

irtd. The Escorial. Se-> 

- /or/, Lecturer and Traveler. 

i THE 






(XT. f 






Many leading newspapers of the United States are 

now publishing every weekday a human interest 

story about one picture in 

THE MENTOR 



READ THE DAILY STORY IN THE FOLLOWING PAPERS 



ARKANSAS 

Pine Bluff Graphic 
Texarkana Four States Press 

CALIFORNIA 
Eureka Humboldt Standard 
Pasadena Star 
Redlands Daily Facts 
Santa Ana Blade 
Vallejo Daily Times 

COLORADO 

Leadville Herald Democrat 

GEORGIA 

Augusta Herald 
Rome Tribune-Herald 
Waycross Journal 

IDAHO 
Twin Falls Times 

ILLINOIS 
Chicago Record-Herald 

KANSAS 

Coffeyville Journal 
Hutchinson News 
Lawrence Journal- World 

KENTUCKY 
Bowling Green News 

MISSOURI 

Plattsburg Leader 

Poplar Bluff Daily Republi- 

can 
Sedalia Capital 



MINNESOTA 
Bemidji Pioneer 

NEBRASKA 
Hastings Daily Tribune 

NEVADA 
Reno Gazette 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 

Concord Patriot 

NEW JERSEY 

Atlantic City Daily Press 
Hackensack Record 
Millville Republican 
Newark Star. 
PhilJipsburg Daily Press 
Trenton Times. 

NEW YORK 
Elmira Star-Gazette 
Ithaca Journal 
Olean Evening Herald 
Utica Herald-Dispatch 

NORTH CAROLINA 
Greenville Reflector 
Rocky Mount Evening Tele 
gram 
Washington Daily News 

NORTH DAKOTA 
Fargo Courier-News 

OHIO 

Dayton Journal 
Hamilton Republican 
Marion Star 

Norwalk Reflector-Herald 
Sandusky Register 
Toledo Times 



OREGON 

Coos Bay Times 

Salem Oregon Statesman 

PENNSYLVANIA 

Allentown Morning Call 
Bradford Star and Record 
Carlisle Evening Herald 
Chambersburg Public Opin 
ion. 

Mt. Carmel Item 
Pittsburgh Sun 
Warren Mirror 
Waynesboro Herald 

SOUTH CAROLINA 
Spartanburg Herald 
Sumter Item 

SOUTH DAKOTA 

Aberdeen American 
Lead Black Hills Call 
Yankton Press and Dakotan 

TEXAS 

Corpus Christ? Caller and 
Herald 

UTAH 
Ogden Standard 

VIRGINIA 

Newport News Daily Press 
Richmond News Leader 

WEST VIRGINIA 
Grafton Sentinel 
Marunsburg Journal 

WYOMING 

Sheridan Enterprise 





ts 






VOL.1 SEPTEMBER 8. 1913 No. JO 





MENTOR 

A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



Furniture And 
Its Makers 

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 



i 



r&mm 



Jssued Weekly Ly 

e Mentor Association, Inc 

Fourtk Avfcnue oni Pfineieenin Street 
New^Kork Ciiy 

PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 






The Mentor Association 

ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBi President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W.M ABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. f r JN DYKE . . Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . Prof, of < went, Harvard Univ. 

WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY . . Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L ELMENDORF Lecturer and Tn 

The Mentor Association is conducted under the advice and counsel of the 
Board. Each member has supervision over one of the departments of educationLiterature, 
Fine Arts, History, Natural History, Travel, and Science. 

THE PURPOSE OF THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION 

To make you well acquainted with the world s knowledge by devoting a little time 
every day to interesting reading and to looking at beautiful pictures. 

To enable you to acquire this knowledge without special effort, so that you may 
come easily and agreeably to know the world s big men, big things, and big achievements. 

The Mentor gives you each week a simple, lucid article by a well known authority, 
and six exquisite pictures. On the backs of these pictures is the daily reading- 
interesting, descriptive comment. In this way you learn one thing every day, and 
day by day and week by week, you learn the things you have always wanted to know. 

As a result, you will find at the end of a year that you have acquired knowledge 
of 312 subjects. You will know what the best authorities can tell you of these sub 
jects, and you will have a gallery of 3 12 beautiful pictures. And a most pleasing feature 
of the plan is that you will have been quite unaware of any effort to learn. You will 
be conscious on ing enjoyed yourself reading interesting matter and looking 

at attractive pict:, 

" THE MENTOR" is pubii.hed by The Mentor Association, Inc., at 52 East Nineteenth Street, New York, 
N.Y. R. M. Donaldson, President and Treasurers W. M.Sanford, Vice President; L. D. Gardner, Secretary 
Copyright, 1913, Ly The Mentor Association, Inc. 

Entf !> 10, 1913. at the post office c, V ., under th< 



THE MENTOR 



; A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend" 



Vol. I 



SEPTEMBER 8, 1913 



No. 



FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 



CHARLES ANDRE BOULLE 



DANIEL MAROT 



J. HENRI RIESENER 




THOMAS CHIPPENDALE 



THOMAS SHERATON- 



GEORGE HEPPLEWHITE 



By PROFESSOR C. R. RICHARDS 
Director of Cooper Union, New York. 

IT is rather surprising to find how late a development furniture is 
in the modern sense. Up to the seventeenth century chairs were 
far from common. Outside of the large and heavy armchairs re 
served for the head of the family, benches, chests, and stools were the 
only seats in all but the wealthiest households. Before the sixteenth 
century fixed tables were unusual. Dining tables were almost always 
composed of a set of boards placed upon trestles at mealtime. Going a 
little further back to the fourteenth century we find furniture, even in 
castles of the nobility, of the scantiest and simplest. In the sleeping 
rooms the pieces were limited to a bed, one or two chests, a bench before 
the fireplace, and seats built into the wall, commonly under the windows. 
In the hall where meals were served the only indispensable article besides 
the trestle tables and benches was a dressoir or buffet for the display of 
plate. All of these pieces were exceedingly heavy and massive, and often- 



FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 



times built into the structure of the room. Not 
until the seventeenth century did furniture be 
come lighter, more easily movable, and more 
comfortable. It was at this period that chairs be 
gan to be made with sloping backs and furnished 
with cushioned seats of leather or woven stuff. 

Every age has impressed its artistic stan 
dards strongly upon the furniture of the period. 
Long after Gothic cathedral building had ceased, 
the cabinetmakers of northern Europe con 
tinued to carve their delicate window tracery 
upon the panels of chests and buffets and to 
copy the moldings of pier and mullion. 

The Renaissance brought a great change 
in the surface appearance of furniture, and in 
Italy, France, Flanders, and Germany the new 
art spirit manifested itself in different forms, 
each of which reflected the peculiar genius of the 
people of the land. 

But all the earlier developments in furni 
ture we re over 
shadowed by 




. 



LOUIS XIV CABINET 
EXAMPLE OF BOULLE 




FRENCH OR FLEMISH CABINET OF 
THE FIFTEENTH CENTURY 



the splendid achieve 
ments of French art in the latter part 
of the seventeenth century. These began 
under Louis XIV, and continued with 
undiminished productiveness and refine 
ment of design through the reigns of 
jL Louis XV and Louis XVI, to a decline 
under the Empire. 

LOUIS XV FURNITURE OF 
THE BOUDOIR 

The foundation by Colbert, minister 
of Louis XIV, of the Manufactures Royales 
des Meubles de la Couronne, commonly 
called the Gobelins, brought together for 
the production of furniture and tapestry 
for the royal palaces the most talented 
designers and expert craftsmen of the 
time. Of these Charles Andre Boulle was 
the master cabinetmaker. His name is 



FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 



commonly identified with marquetry of tortoise shell and brass, 
which he carried to a high state of perfection; but he was much 
more than a craftsman. He developed a furniture style that har 
monized perfectly in its vigor and magnificence with the splendid 
proportions of the great royal residences. Large in scale and mas 
sive in construction, his pieces rely for their effect upon bold and 
striking decoration of gilded bronze 
and marquetry. 

Boulle s pieces accord thor 
oughly with the years of pomp and 
splendor of Le Grand Monarque; 
but even before the death of Louis 
a notable change in the appearance 
of furniture set in. The nobility, 
whose resources had been severely 
strained to maintain the splendor 
set by the king, found it necessary 
to substitute smaller apartments for 
their great rooms and galleries. 
Moreover, the heroic quality of the 
earlier Louis XIV decorations was 
no longer suited to the growing soft 
ness and effeminacy of the age. 
Smaller and more delicate furnish 
ings were demanded. The Louis 
XIV chairs had borrowed the high 
upholstered backs, together with the 
S curves for arms and legs, from the 
Italians later on the bold bombe 
curve appeared in the supports of 
the tables. By the time of the 
Regency these outlines had become more slender and refined and 
the reign of the curved line in furniture became established, a reign 
that lasted for fully half a century, during which time some of the 
ablest masters of design that have ever lived played and conjured 
with curves delicate and curves bold, now bringing forth an outline 
pure and exquisite in quality, and again with amazing inventiveness 
interlacing curve with curve in combinations of infinite variety and 
bewildering richness. 

Most Louis XV furniture develops naturally from that of Louis 
XIV, and is built upon thoroughly structural lines. The reaction, 




AN EXAMPLE OF RIESENER MARQUETRY 
STYLE OF LOUIS XV 



FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 



however, against severity and the increasing demand of a frivolous 
aristocracy for new and more striking effects, gradually produced a style 
in which decoration was often not subordinated to structure, but made 
an end in itself. 

The rococo (from rocaille, rock, and coquille, shell) ran its extravagant 
course with increasing exaggeration and license during the first half of the 
reign of Louis XV; but it should not be thought of as affecting all the 
furniture even of this period, for its manifestations were mainly in the 

field of the carver and bronze 
worker, and the outlines of furni- 
ture were very little influenced, 
except in the case of the smaller 
and lighter pieces, such as console 
tables. About the mid 
dle of the reign the limit 
of artistic license had 
been passed and a re 
action set in. The 
ormolu, which had 
reached excessive size 
and had become over 
loaded on the surface, 
was withdrawn to the 
edges, and made smaller 
and more suitable for 
the delicate proportions 
of the pieces. In its 

place marquetry of beautiful colored woods, more or less practised for 
over a century, was brought to a perfection never before equaled. 

LOUIS XVI THE INFLUENCE OF THE CLASSIC 

The reaction against the excesses of the rococo which had set in as 
early as the middle of the eighteenth century continued to gain strength 
during the next two decades, and to carry the design of furniture farther 
and farther from the fashion of the early years of Louis XV. 

The new impulse turned naturally to the straight contour. This 
meant almost inevitably the adoption of classic lines. At first the 
change showed itself in the straightened bodies of commodes, cabinets, 
and writing tables, which still retained their curved supports. Finally 
the legs themselves were made straight or rather tapering; until by the 
end of the reign of Louis XV the curved outline had quite disappeared 




LOUIS XV TABLE 



FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 




and the style called 
Louis XVI was fairly 
launched. 

The ormolu takes 
new forms. It is lim 
ited to the edges and 
to frames of pa*nels, 
to friezes, and to im 
portant centers, and 
follows the classic 
spirit: not an out 
right imitation of Ro 
man or Greek forms, 
but a charming French 
interpretation of the 
antique. The designs oi the metal worker had never been more deli 
cate, or his execution finer. Delicacy and appropriateness of ornament, 
fineness of proportion, and sobriety of treatment were the ideals of the 
new cabinetmakers. The art of marquetry was still further advanced, 
and reached perhaps its culminating expression in the fine examples of 
Riesener and Rontgen. 

It was during this reign that mahogany began to be extensively and 
almost exclusively used as a cabinet wood, in place of the walnut pre 
viously employed. Where walnut was still used, as in the case of chairs, 
it was generally gilded or enameled. The chair and the canape or sofa 
stand out as among the most successful achievements of the Louis XVI 
designers. Simple as to structural lines, their details \\cre worked out 
with scrupulous care and, from fluted 
tapering legs to the carved frames in 
closing the beautiful tapestry backs, 
they represent extreme elegance and 
consistency of style. 

Toward the end of the reign of 
Louis XVI the quality of furniture design 
degenerated. Instead of charming 
adaptations and interpretations of the 
classic spirit, mechanical imitations of 
Greek and Roman forms appear, and 
heavy bronze caryatids overweigh and 
distort the outlines of cabinets and tables. 
Dull heaviness takes the place ol ele- 




FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 




gance and the play of fertile invention. The 
decline had begun. 

EMPIRE THE IMITATION 
OF THE CLASSIC 

The new order, built on the overthrow 
of monarchical society and with no sympathy 
for delicacy and refinement, desired a setting 
free from the traditions of the past. The 
cabinetmakers, however, had only their train 
ing of the reign of Louis XVI, and this they 
could not transcend. For motives they had 
only their knowledge, or what they considered knowledge, of the antique. 
On this they endeavored to build a new style by direct adoption of 
classic forms. In chairs and couches they attempted to reproduce the 
actual shape used by the Greeks and Romans. Figures of caryatids and 
sphinxes take the place of simpler structural supports in tables and stands. 
Ormolu was no longer employed in an architectural manner in which 
one decorative detail is set off against another in a play of rhythm and 
contrast; but was applied as single figures or small ornamental motives on 
a plain surface of mahogany. Oftentimes this ornament has so little 
relation to the space decorated that it could well be omitted without loss 
of real effectiveness. This enthusiasm for the antique passed through 
Egyptian, Greek, and Roman phases. Heavy and unimaginative 

as most of the Em 
pire pieces seem, it 
can at least be said 
that they are more 
consistent and satis 
fying than the inhar 
monious mixture that 
characterized the fur 
niture of the last year 
of Louis XVI. Many 
of the Empire chairs 
indeed are of real 
dignity and beauty of 
proportion. In some 
of these ormolu, intro 
duced for the first time 
in chairs, was used in 




FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 



combination with polished mahog 
any; but in most cases the wood 
work was sparingly carved with 
rosettes and enameled in white and 
gold. For the coverings, silk brocade 
and applique in the prevailing colors 
of yellow and red took the place of 
tapestry. 

CHIPPENDALE THE 
MASTER OF LINE 

The French styles were the 
result of many designers working 
upon common lines; but in Kngland 
during the last half of the eighteenth 
century certain noted individual 
cabinetmakers set the fashion, 
and for a period of years the 
designs of Chippendale, Hepplc- 
white, and Sheraton were each in 
turn recognized as the established 
vogue. 

Thomas Chippendale began 
business in London on his own ac 
count about 1735, and evidently rapidly built up a very flourishing 
establishment, inasmuch as the "Gentleman and Cabinetmaker s Direc 
tor," which he published in 1754, contains a 
wide variety of designs suitable only for wealth} 
customers. 

The "Director" contains main- designs 
that are fantastic, and many that arc difficult 
and even impossible to execute. Fortunately 
Chippendale s fame does not rest upon these 
designs, made to catch the eyes of his richer 
patrons, but upon the pieces actually made, 
and it is refreshing to see how much finer arc 
these latter, evolved by the trained craftsman, 
understanding every limitation and every pos 
sibility of his material. Chippendale s chairs 
represent by far the best expression of his 
genius. Starting with the modified Dutch 




JEWEL CABINET OF MARIE LOUISE 
LATE EMPIRE 




EMPIRE ARMCHAIR 



FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 



forms introduced by \\ illiam and Man- and Queen Anne, in which 
the cabriole leg with ball and claw feet and the flowing curved back with 
solid splat are the prominent features, he soon developed an individual 
style marked by great dignity, strength, and originality. His earliest 
chairs are perhaps the finest. In these the 
cabriole leg is always employed, and the side 
frames of the back curve outward as they 
run up to more or less pronounced ears at 
the top. The top rail takes more or less of 
a cupid bow shape, and the central splat fills 
in the inclosed space. It is in the design 
of these central splats and the inclosed frame- 






EMPIRK ARMCHAIRS 



work that Chippendale is at his best. The 
almost inexhaustible variety of figure in these 
pierced and interlaced centers, always in the 
happiest relation to the framework, gives 
the principal interest to these chairs, and 
stamps Chippendale as one of the great mas 
ters of design. 

Chippendale s styles represent many influences. His early work 
was patterned closely upon Queen Anne models; but with the " Direc 
tor" appeared many examples of Gothic and fretted furniture. The 
Gothic, unsuitable as it was for domestic use, obtained little vogue; 
but the ornamentation of chairs and tables, either by open or, more 
commonly, applied fretwork, was popular for a dozen years or more, 



FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 




CHIPPENDALE PIE 
CRUST TABLE 




CHIPPENDALE TABLE 

This table shows strong Chinese influence. 



and is characteristic of some of Chippendale s most successful if not 
most showy productions. 

During this same period a rage for things Chinese possessed the 
popular taste, and in many latticed chair backs and canopied tops of 
cabinets the versatile cabinetmaker catered to this ne\v interest. 

Besides his chairs, the name of Chippendale is closely associated with 
the charming tripod tables, generally made with tilted top and often with 
molded or "piecrust" border, with the flat card tables so much used in 
the gaming of the period, and with the all-china cabinets and bookcases 
with glass fronts, and oftentimes with a characteristic broken pediment 
at the top. 

The two other men who identified their names with English styles 

worked under the influence of the 
classical revival brought about in 
England largely 
by the influence 
of the brothers 
Adam. In the 
case of Hepple- 
white this influ 
ence greatly af 
fected but did 
not absolutely 
determine the 
style; for this 
practical cabi- 

CHIPPENDALE nptmflL pr was 

CHIPPENDALE SETTEE-FRETWORK ARMCHAIR 




FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 




man of independent if not original ideas, and his work 
bears a strong stamp of individuality. Hepplewhite 
died in 1786, and the "Cabinet-maker and Upholsterer s 
Guide," published by his widow and partners in 1788, 
shows us in the form of a trade catalogue much of the 
spirit and quality of his work. 

HEPPLEWHITE THE EXPONENT 
OF ELEGANCE 

The most characteristic designs of Hepplewhite are 
his chair backs. These are commonly shield or oval 
shaped, with open center splats, in the center of which 
were often introduced the ostrich plumes of the Prince 
of Wales. Another form of back frequently employed 

nm** I by Hepplewhite was that with slightly curved sides 
and strongly bowed top, known as the "camel back." 
I The legs of Hepplewhite s chairs are almost always 

tapering and square in sections and end in a spade foot. 
APPLEWHITE rpL r ^i i rr c 

CORNER CABINET [ ne proportions of these chairs give an effect of extreme 
elegance and refinement. They seem almost fragile; 
but the material is disposed with such skill and the workmanship is 
so excellent that in reality they are far stronger than might appear. 
From the time of the Middle Ages the buffet has existed as an 
important article of furniture; but to Hepplewhite is due the credit 
of perfecting the sideboard in its present English form. He combined 
the pedestal cellaret and side table of Robert Adam in one structure, 
and effected a union of utility 
with elegance, which he executed 
in many pleasing designs of bow 
and serpentine front. 

To Hepplewhite we must also 
give credit for the most refined 
and tasteful use of inlay and of 
veneers to be found in English 
furniture. On the doors of ward 
robes and on the front of drawers 
he employed veneers of the beau 
tiful curl mahogany that came 
into favor about 1760, and on the 
front of his solidYnahogany tables, 




HEPPLEWHITE COMMODE 



1C 



FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 




EXAMPLES OF HEPPLEWHITE CHAIRS 



EXAMPLES OF SHERATON CHAIRS 



sideboards, and bookcases he substituted for carving the inlay of low- 
toned colored woods in the form of lines and narrow bands and other 
ornamental motives. 

SHERATON THE PURIST 

The last of the three great cabinetmakers represents the culmination 
of the classic spirit derived both from the brothers Adam and the French 
Louis XVI style. Sheraton s productions, or rather his designs, depicted 
in the "Cabinet-maker and Upholsterer s Drawing-Book," have little of the 
vigor and strength of Chippendale s work; but they are always character 
ized by delicacy and refinement. 

Sheraton designed furniture both in mahogany and in satinwood, 
decorated by inlay and by painting, and [it is w r ith this last style, the 
introduction of which was largely due to the popularity of the gifted 
young artist Angelique Kauffmann, that he is particularly identified. 

His work in mahogany is 
characterized by simplicity 
of form and by the taste 
ful use of inlay, in which 
respect he was perhaps 
the equal of Hepplewhite. 
His chair backs are 
almost always based upon 
the straight line, and, 
although sometimes made 
petty by the introduction 
of inappropriate classic 




FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 

ornament, they exhibit on the whole much skill and refinement 
in composition. In the legs of chairs and tables he almost invariably 
used turned and tapering supports, which were frequently decorated by 
reeding. In the sides and often the backs of his chairs he reintroduced 
the vogue of canework, \vhich had not appeared in fashionable furniture 
since the seventeenth century. 

Sheraton s satinwood furniture took the form mainly of commodes or 
bureaus, small writing desks, toilet tables, and other lighter articles for 
the boudoir. The daintiness and elegance of some of these pieces deco 
rated by the brush of Angelique Kauffmann or Pergolesi challenge com 
parison with some of the exquisite furniture made during the reign of 
Louis XVI, and they mark the final culmination of English furniture 
before its degeneration into the mediocrity of later times. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING 

French Furniture ....... A. Saglio 

A History of English Furniture .... Percy Macquoid 

French Furniture in the Eighteenth Century . . Lady Dilke 

Colonial Furniture in America .... Luke Vincent Lockwood 

English Furniture of the Eighteenth Century . . Herbert Cescinsky 

Furniture . . . . .. . . Esther Singleton 

French and English Furniture . . . Esther Singleton 

French Furniture in the Eighteenth Century . . Lady Dilke 

The Furniture Designs of Thomas Chippendale . . /. Munio Bell 



NEXT WEEK S MENTOR 

SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 

Beautiful photogravures of the Alcazar at Seville, Royal Palace at Madrid, Cathedral 
of Toledo, the Alhambra at Granada, Cathedral of Seville, the Rock of Gibraltar. 

A Trip Around the World with D WIGHT L. ELMENDORF 
Lecturer and Traveler 



Subscription Rates to The Mentor :: One Year, 52 Issues, Five Dollars 

12 



The Mentor Association 

DO YOU LIKE THIS MENTOR? WHY NOT GET THE PRECEDING NUMBERS? 

The simple attractive, educative value of THE MENTOR will surely make 

you feel the need of haying every number. While each number is complete in itself 

you will want all the issues in the various Departments of Travel, Art, History 

Literature, or Music. Nowhere in the world of print can you get such condensed 

tive reading and such rich picture value as you find in THE MENTOR! 

WHAT THE PRECEDING NUMBERS GIVE YOU 



FEB. 17. BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN I\ ART 

bbe. 

FEB. 24 MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 

"<J" .bit. 

MA * THE CAPITAL 

Dwtght L. 

MAR. 10. BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
J. T. Willing. 

ROMANTIC IRELAND 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

MAR. 24. MASTERS OF MUSIC 
Hinder sun. 

MAR. 31 NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
ht L. Elmendorf. 

APR. 7 PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
James Huneker. 

APR. 14. THE T OF TKE PEAKS 

fssor Charlts E. Fay. 

APR. 21. SCOTLAND. THE LAND OF SONG A\ D 
VERY 
ht L. ElmtH 

HERUBS IN ART 
iv Kobbf. 

MAY 5. STATUES WITH A STORY 
Lor ado Taft. 

MAY 12. STORY OP AMERICA IN PICTURES- 
THE DISCOVERERS 
Professor Albert / , r t 

;9. LONDON 
DiDight L. Elmendorf. 
<-,. THE STOR : .MA 

!fn Bomal. 



JUNE 2. AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
:rd H.ForbHSh. 

ASTERPIE 
nor J.G. Van Dyke. 

16. PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLK 
Ouight L. Elmendorf . 

JUNE 23. FLOWERS OF DECORAT 
H. S. Adams. 

JUNE 3Q. MAKERS OF AMER 
Burges Johnson. 

JULY 7. AMERICAN SEA PA 
Arthur Hotber. 

!4. STORY OF AMERICA IX PICTURES- 
THE EXPLORERS 
Professor Albert Bushnetl Hart. 

JULY 21. SPORTING VACATI 
Danitl C. Beard. 

JULY 28. SWITZERLAND: THE LAVD OF 
SCENIC SPLENDf 
Dwtgkt L. Elmen 

AUG. 4. AMERICAN NOVELI 
Hamilton \V. Uabie. 

AUG. 11 AMERICAN LANDSCAPE P\I\TER3 
fl Iskam. 

AUG. 13. VENICE. THE ISLA: 
Dwitkt L. Elmendorf. 

25. THE WIFE IN ART 
Cttitav Kobbs. 

SEPT 1. C,REAT AMERICAN 
//. Addingto* Bruce. 



FORTHCOMING ISSUES 



D GIBRALTAR 

^tar. 
Wmeiidorf, Lecturer and Trair 

POTS OP 

.jnce Hall. 
fvsor of A. 
lory 

IFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

The Alhambra. Ch-r. 

athedral, Amiens Cathe- 



OCT. 13. STORY OF AMERICA IN PIC 



ittrsity. 



August 



;. RHigert CdUge. 

!E BIRDS OF AMERICA 

anada 
Turkey, M 

of 



Prench, P. 
Lor ado Toft, Sculptor and Aulh 

fOUB 

Nans. 
Amimdsi 

Admiral t try. D 

Pole. 






Goos*. 



3. THE MEDITERK 

te Carlo, The R> , 

/.. Elmtndot 



Many leading newspapers of the United States are 

now publishing every weekday a human interest 

story about one picture in 

THE MENTOR 



READ THE DAILY STORY IN THE FOLLOWING PAPERS: 



ARKANSAS 
Pine Bluff Graphic 
Tezarkana Four States Press 

CALIFORNIA 

Eureka Humboldt Standard 
Pasadena Star 
Redlands Daily Facts 
Santa Ana Blade 
Vallejo Daily Times 

COLORADO 
Leadville Herald Democrat 

GEORGIA 
Augusta Herald 
Rome Tribune-Herald 
Waycross Journal 

IDAHO 
Twin Fall* Times 

ILLINOIS 
Chicago Record-Herald 

KANSAS 
Coffeyyille Journal 

Hutchinson News 
Lawrence Journal-World 

KENTUCKY 
Bowling Green News 

MISSOURI 

Plattsburg Leader 
Poplar Bluff Daily Republi 
can 
Sedalia Capital 



MINNESOTA 
Bemidji Pioneer 

NEBRASKA 
Hastings Daily Tribune 

NEVADA 
Reno Gazette 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 
Concord Patriot 

NEW JERSEY 
Atlantic City Daily Press 
Hackensack Record 
Millville Republican 
Newark Star. 
Phillipsburg Daily Press 
Trenton Timea. 

NEW YORK 

Elmira Star-Gazette 
Ithaca Journal 
Olean Evening Herald 
Utica Herald-Dispatch 

NORTH CAROLINA 
Greenville Reflector 
Rocky Mount Evening Tele 
gram 
Washington Daily New* 

NORTH DAKOTA 
Fargo Courier-News 

OHIO 

Dayton Journal 
Hamilton Republican 
Marion Star 

Norwalk Reflector-Herald 
Sandusky Register 
Toledo Times 



OREGON 
Coos Bay Times 
Salem Oregon Statesman 

PENNSYLVANIA 

Allentown Morning Call 
Bradford Star and Record 
Carlisle Evening Herald 
Chambersburg Public Opin 
ion. 

Mt. Carmel Item 
Pittsburgh Sun 
Warren Mirror 
Waynesboro Herald 

SOUTH CAROLINA 

Spartanburg Herald 
Sumter Item 

SOUTH DAKOTA 

Aberdeen American 
Lead Black Hills Call 
Yankton Press and Dakotan 

TEXAS 

Corpus Christ! Caller and 
Herald 

UTAH 
Ogden Standard 

VIRGINIA 

Newport News Daily Press 
Richmond News Leader 

WEST VIRGINIA 
Grafton Sentinel 
Martinsburg Journal 

WYOMING 

Sheridan Enterprise 




VOL.1 SEPTEMBER 15, 1913 No. 31 



THE 




A "Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY 



Spain And 
Gibraltar 

DEPARTMENT OF TRAVEL 



IssuecLWeekJy Ly 

The Mentor As spciatioa Inc 

hmrm Avenue and Nineteenth Streei 

new York Ciiy 
PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 



ISlSlSlSlTi, 



t, f**&9.Qr\^ 




JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. M ABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. FAN DYKE . . Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . Prof.of Government, Harvard Univ. 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY . . Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

The Mentor Association is conducted under the advice and counsel of the Advisory 
Board. Each member has supervision over one of the departments of education Literature, 
Fine Arts, History, Natural History, Travel, and Science. 

THE PURPOSE OF THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION 

To make you well acquainted with the world s knowledge by devoting a little time 
every day to interesting reading and to looking at beautiful pictures. 

To enable you to acquire this knowledge without special effort, so that you may 
come easily and agreeably to know the world s big men, big things, and big achievements. 

The Mentor gives you each week a simple, lucid article by a well known authority, 
and six exquisite pictures. On the backs of these pictures is the daily reading- 
interesting, descriptive comment. In this way you learn one thing every day, and 
day by day and week by week, you learn the things you have always wanted to know. 

As a result, you will find at the end of a year that you have acquired knowledge 
of 312 subjects. You will know what the best authorities can tell you of these sub 
jects, and you will have a gallery of 312 beautiful pictures. And a most pleasing feature 
of the plan is that you will have been quite unaware of any effort to learn. You will 
be conscious only of having enjoyed yourself reading interesting matter and looking 
at attractive pictures. 

" THE MENTOR " is published by The Mentor Association, Inc., at 52 East Nineteenth Street, New York, 
N.Y. R. M. Donaldson, President and Treasurer; W. M.Sanford, Vice President} L. D. Gardner, Secretary. 
Copyright, 1913, by The Mentor Association, Inc. 

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1913, at the post office at New York, N. Y.. under the Act of March 3, 1879. 



THE MENTOR 



: A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend 



Vol. i 



SEPTEMBER 15, 1913 



No. 



SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 






TOLEDO CATHKDRAL 



ROY A L PA LACE, MADRID 



ALCAZAR AT SEVILLE 




SEVILLE CATHEDRAL 



THE A LH AM BRA, 

GRANADA 



GIBRALTAR 



A Trip Around the World with 
L. ELMENDORF, Lecturer and Traveler 



GONE is the ancient glory of Spain. To the visitor it appeals 
chiefly as a country of a splendid past. This is not true, of course, 
of some of the more populous localities. Barcelona is full of life 
and commercially enterprising, and Madrid is full of activity and is a natu 
ral center of interest as the capital of the nation. But many of the cities 
and towns of Spain attract chiefly as interesting and picturesque survivals. 
They breathe the atmosphere of a former age. We feel the influence of 
it wherever we turn. Spain is not much traveled by tourists. More 
would go perhaps if they realized what splendid scenery was there, and 
how rich in historic and romantic associations the country was. 

Since the days of the first inhabitants, the Iberians, and beginning 
with the Celts who crossed the Pyrenees some five hundred years B. C., 
Spain has been invaded by Phenicians, Carthaginians, Romans, Vandals 



SPAIN 



AND 



GIBRALTAR 




GENERAL VIEW OF TOLEDO 

Toledo is one of the most ancient cities in Spain, It was at its zenith under the Moors. Later it became the 

residence of the kings of Castile. 

and Visigoths, Arabs and Moors, and each of these races has left evidences 
of its dominion, in monuments of one kind or another, in architectural 
forms, in roads and buildings, and in the language and customs of com 
munities. The interesting Basque people of the northern provinces of 
Spain are declared by students of history to be almost unmixed descend 
ants of the original Iberians. 

THE GLORY THAT WAS SPAIN S 

And in these many years what glory has been Spain s! She has been 
aptly called an "eddy of tribes and races." Under Moorish rule she 
commanded the Mediterranean. Then as a Christian kingdom, beginning 
with Rodrigo the Cid and Alfonso VI in the eleventh century, and extend 
ing through several hundred years under such famous rulers as Ferdinand 
and Isabella and later Charles V and Philip II, Spain acquired the whole 
peninsula and rose to be a great world power. In war she was a dreaded 
foe of France, England, and the Netherlands. Her armada for years 
swept the seas. In search of treasure and to extend Spain s power and 
possessions, Vasco da Gama discovered India and Columbus opened up 
the new continents of the western world. 

All the achievements of Spain in the brilliant past are brought home 
to the visitor who spends even a few weeks in that country. So many 



SPAIN 



AND 



GIBRALTAR 



things in Spain are interesting for what they were! The visitor soon 
comes to know the mood of Washington Irving, who dwelt for a time 
in the Alhambra. His impressions are like those of a beautiful dream. 
Irving withdrew from the world of his day and immersed himself in the 
romance of the past. That is the mood in which the traveler will enjoy 
himself most when visiting many places in Spain. 

THE LAND OF THE DONS 

The very entrance to Spain is a fit preparation for the strange, inter 
esting and beautiful things to be seen there. No one can forget the day 
that he crosses the impressive boundary between France and Spain, wind 
ing about and tunneling through the majestic Pyrenees. Once this 
superb mountain range is passed, the traveler feels as if he had come upon 
a different world from any that he has seen before. His attention turns 
first, most naturally, to the great cities, which differ essentially from one 
another. Perhaps no two more contrasting cities could be selected than 
Toledo and Madrid. Toledo was from the earliest times a capital city. 
The Romans, Goths, Moors, and finally the Christians, made it the head 
quarters of authority. 
It was the scene of 
the triumph of that 
world-admired hero of 
the eleventh century, 
Rodrigo the Cid. To 
ledo is in all respects 
an impressive relic of 
bygone splendor. Ma 
drid, on the other 
hand, is a modern city. 
In the days when To 
ledo was most mag 
nificent and had a 
poulation of over 200,- 
ooo, Madrid was a 
little town. Today 
Madrid numbers over 
500,000 inhabitants, 




PUENTE DE TOLEDO, MADRID 

The bridge of Toledo at Madrid was completed in 1872. The banks of 
the stream art continually rising, and the piers are therefore partly 
buried in the ground. 

while Toledo s popula 
tion has dwindled to less than 30,000. In Toledo we find many things as they 
have been for hundreds of years. The city is still famous for its swords. 
The Toledo blade is known the world over todav as it was in Roman times. 



SPAIN 



AND 



GIBRALTAR 



The traveler does well to visit Toledo first. Its very situation is 
extraordinary. The river Tagus flows about it and almost binds it in like 
a rope. The banks of the river are rocky and steep, and spanned by several 
interesting old stone bridges. 

A CITY OF THE PAST 

The effect of Toledo viewed from the south and looking across the 
gorge through which the river flows is remarkable. The city is inclosed 
within ancient Moorish and Gothic fortifications, and presents an aspect 
of a jumble of housetops dominated by two great structures, the cathedral 
and the Alcazar. 

Enter Toledo, and you find novelty and picturesqueness on every 
side. The streets are narrow and 
crooked. The houses are blind and 
forbidding on the outside, reserving 
their attractions for their inner 
courts. Everything about you is 
strange and curious, and full of his 
toric significance. If you wish to get 
the history of Spain in condensed 
form, you will find it in Toledo. 

The cathedral is the most im 
portant feature of the city, and one 
of the finest and most interesting 
in Europe. The religious life of 
Spain centered there for centuries. 
On that site a Christian temple 
stood in the sixth century. When 
the Moors came they made a mosque 
of it. Then Alfonso VI took pos 
session in 1085, and the Moors were 




PUERTA DEL SOL, MADRID 

The "Gate of the Sun" the big square in the center of 

Madtid and the busiest spot in the city, has long 

been the real political arena of Spanish history. 



driven out. In the thirteenth century 
the old building was torn down and 
the present edifice was begun. Dur 
ing 265 years it was in course of 
construction a lifework for many 
architects and artisans. And there the great archbishops of Toledo 
controlled the government and civilization of Spain for years. Every 
thing of importance that made Spanish history w r as then in their hands. 
You are made to realize this when you visit the cathedral. It con- 



SPAIN 



AND 



G I B R A L T A R 




THE ESCORIAL 

This immensf building was constructed at the great cost of over $3,000,000, by 

Philip II of Spain. It was the result of a vow made by the king to build a 

monaster\ to Sain/ Lawrence. 



tains many valua 
ble relics of history 
and art treasures. 
When you have 
seen these go to the 
tower. The view 
will repay you. The 
most prominent 
object to be seen 
from there is the 
Alcazar, standing 
on the highest 
ground of the city. 
This building is the 
phenix that has 
risen over confla 
grations of former 
structures on that 

site. The original building was a Roman citadel. When the Cid reigned 
supreme, in the eleventh century, he resided there. Afterward fires con 
sumed the building, and it was rebuilt several times. It has been in 
turn a castle, a palace, a cadet academy, and now it stands there a 
stately and imposing monument to the past. 

MADRID, THE CAPITAL OF SPAIN 

Madrid was made the capital by Philip II in 1560. It was not by 
nature attractive. The winter winds are cruel, and the summer heat is 
intense. The country roundabout is bleak, and for years after it became 
the capital it remained a city of small buildings and unimposing appear 
ance. But the court being there, it was the center of all political and 
religious activities. Arts and letters received their greatest stimulus under 
the patronage of church and court. Cervantes lived there, and it was 
in Madrid that he finished his immortal "Don Quixote." The Bourbons 
came into power in the eighteenth century, and then the great royal 
palace was built. After that Madrid increased rapidly in population 
and improved in appearance. Today it is a city of great activity, full of 
life, gaiety, and fashion; in short, the Spanish Paris. 

The two things that command most interest in Madrid are the 
palace and the museum. The palace, which stands on high land on the 
site of the old Moorish Alcazar, was erected between 1738 and 1764, and 
is a most imposing structure, no matter from what side it is viewed. Some 



SPAIN 



AND 



GIBRALTAR 




idea of its immensity may be gathered 
from the statement that it covers 26,900 
square yards of ground and its sides are 
500 feet long. Like many great struc 
tures in Spain, it is built of native granite. 
It is not easy to gain access to the in 
terior of the palace. Sometimes in the 
absence of the royal family permission 
may be obtained, and those who have 
the privilege of being admitted find 
there many relics of historic value, a 
priceless collection of tapestry, a num 
ber of most interesting old works of 
art, and a library containing many 
volumes of unique worth. 

The collection of paintings in the 
art museum is one of the finest in all 



THE ESCORIAL 

One ot the monks oj the monastery on the bal 
cony, overlooking the formal gardens. 

Kurope. There is a magnificent rep 
resentation of the Spanish school, 
and especially of the great painter 
Velasquez. There are sixty pictures 
of his, including some of his most 
brilliant works. There are also many 
splendid examples of the art of 
Murillo, and many paintings by Ru 
bens and Van Dyck. 

THE ESCORIAL 

Situated twenty-seven miles 
from Madrid is the village and palace 
of Escorial. The Escorial is a most 
extraordinary building. Many of the 
Spanish people regard it as the eighth 
wonder of the world. It is a fitting 
memorial of the cold, cruel monarch 




LIBRARY OF THE ESCORIAL 

This splendid room contains many rare and valuable 

works. The older books stand with their fronts toward 

the spectator and have their titles stamped on the 

gilt edges. 



SPAIN 



AND 



GIBRALTAR 



who built it. It is related that Philip II constructed the Kscorial in 
fulfilment of a vow, made during the battle of St. Quentin, which took 
place on Saint Lawrence s day, August 10, 1557. King Philip declared 
that he would, in case of victory, erect a memorial building to Saint 

Lawrence that would transcend any structure of 
its kind that had ever been built before. 

Saint Lawrence, it will be remembered, was 
burned to death on a gridiron, and it is said that, in 
memorial of this, the structure of the Escorial was 
planned to resemble a gridiron in form. There is 
nothing authoritative to substantiate this tradition, 
however. It is simply the story that goes with the 
place. This monstrous building was begun in 1563 
and was completed in 1584. It is a monastery and 
a palace at the same time. Its vastness overwhelms 
the mind. At first sight you are awed by the 
solemn, stern, and forbidding aspect of the build- 




THE LEANING TOWER OF 
SARAGOSSA 

lllg, and this first 
j<, 




GRANADA AND THE ALHAMBRA 

*he Alhambra occupies thf plateau of thf Monte de la Assabria. This wonder- 
*! building was begun by Mohammed /, who was the originator of the motto 
jr. It old ih&liba ill .-illdhta dld" (there is no conqueror but the Most Hieh God). 

ened after going .,, 

. . e o which is so conspicuous among the inscriptions of the Alhambra. 

through the im 

mense courts, corridors, and chambers. It has but little ornament to 
relieve its severity. It is the work of a morbid and supersti 
tious man. As one visitor has put it, "Philip was the proudest 



SPAIN 



GIBRALTAR 



among kings and the most bigoted among devotees. What wonder 
that he should build a convent and palace and make its costliest room 
his sepulcher!" 

The Escorial staggers description. Perhaps an 
adequate idea of it may be had from a brief statement 
of facts. It cost three and one-quarter million dollars, 
and covers 500,000 square feet. It is 700 feet long, 
580 feet wide, and is divided into sixteen courts. The 
great towers at the corners rise 200 feet. The main 
cupola or tower above the church, in the center, is 320 
feet in height. When we add that there are 86 
staircases, 89 fountains, 15 cloisters, 1,200 doors, 
2,600 windows, and miles of corridors, we sum up 

in a measure 

the astounding 

dimensions of 

this wonderful 

structure. 
The Escorial 

is well kept by 

the Augustin- 

ian brothers 

who are in 

charge. The 





BELL TOWER, CORDOVA 
CATHEDRAL 

7 his tower is three hundred 
feet high, and was built on the 
foundations of the Moorish 
minaret. At the top is a figure 
of Saint Raphael with a 
weather fane. 



PALACIO DE GENERALIFE, GRANADA 

The Palace of theCeneralife was the summer residence 

oj the .Moorish kings. This interior view shows the 

Patio de la Acequia. 

pleasant to turn south to Granada; 
itor in Spain awaits him there, 
in a valley, on ground that rises 



su rrou nding 
terrace and 
gardens are 
carefully cul 
tivated, and 
these outer 
adornments 
help a little to 
soften the austerity of the stupendous 
pile of granite buildings. 

In this country of contrasts 
there is no more striking contrast 
than that between the cruel Escorial 
and the romantic Alhambra. It is 
for the greatest treat of all for a vis- 
Granada is picturesquely situated 
toward the hill of the Alhambra. 



SPAIN 



AND 



GIBRALTA R 




A SEVILLE INTERIOR 

The private life of Seville is focused in the inner courts of the 
houses. This picture shows the beauty of one of these courts. 



The view from the highest 
points is beautiful. 

THE ALHAMBRA 

Granada is not especially 
attractive in itself. It is 
chiefly a city of the past. It 
is the Alhambra that draws 
the visitor there. This cele 
brated building is a dream 
of Moorish magnificence 
made real. It is impossible 
to do justice to its wondrous 
beauties in brief space. An 
extensive literature has been 
written in description and in 
appreciation of its architec 
tural splendors and of its romantic interest. Washington Irving has 
done most for the subject in his "Tales of the Alhambra." He lived 
there for a time, and wrote there during his stay. You will find his 
name registered in the visitors book under date of 1829. The 
Alhambra, like many Moorish buildings, is severely simple on the out 
side; but when you enter your senses are captivated by the exquisite 
beauty of design and decoration that stretches out before you as you 
go through the courts and halls of this wonder palace. \\ hile in tin- 
whole it presents an effect of 
uniformity, there is infinite 
variety in detail, and there 
are countless forms of beauty 
about you that captivate the 
mind and fill the soul with 
delight. 

Aside from the Alhambra 
there are two buildings in Gra 
nada that command special 
attention, the Palace of 
Charles V, which adjoins the 
Alhambra, and the Palace 
of the Generalife. Both of 




THE GARDENS OF THE ALCAZAR, SEVILLE 

The plants and flowers of these gardens are very beautiful. 



NOTE. Further information concerning the Alhambra will be printed in a future number of The Mentor, de- 
yoted to "Beautiful Buildings of the World." 



SPAIN 



AND 



GIBRALTAR 



them have features of great architectural beauty. The former building 
was never completed. The palace of the Generalife is situated to the 
east of the Alhambra and 165 feet higher. It was the summer 
residence of the Moorish kings. From there the finest view about 
Granada can be had, covering the Alhambra below and stretching far 
across the vega (plain) to the distant mountains. The interior of the 
Generalife in its time must have been as beautiful as that of the Alhambra. 
The most beautiful spot is the garden of the Generalife, with its ter 
races, pools, grottoes, hedges, and overhanging trees. 

SEVILLE 

It is a great relief to turn from the squalor in Granada to the comforts 
and delights of Seville. There is no town or city in Spain that can com 
pare in charm with Seville. By its snow-white cleanliness, its fragrant 
fruit and flowers, its luxurious foliage, its gay and harmonious life, it 
invites the traveler to stay and few can resist the invitation. Once intro 
duced to the home life of the inhabitants, the visitor is apt to renounce 
gladly for a time all thought of departure. Everywhere about him is 
competence, comfort, and content. It seems as if families vie with one 
another in making their homes attractive. The family life is in the inner 
court or patio. That is the summer parlor, and there in the midst of 
flowers, plants, and beautiful birds friendly parties gather in happy com 
panionship. It is in Seville, it seems to me, that the life of the native 

Spaniard may be seen 
in its most attractive 
light. 

The two most 
notable sights in Se 
ville are the Alcazar, 
which was the palace 
of the Moorish kings 
and afterward the 
home of Spanish rul 
ers, and the cathedral, 
which is one of the 
finest, largest, and 

THE HARBOR AT BARCELONA mOSt beautiful Gothic 

Through Barcelona passes almost one-fourth of the entire foreign commerce Churches tO DC TOUnd 

0} Spain. This city is the most important commercial and industrial town anywhere. 

in Spain, and has a population of 530,000. The Alcazar has 




10 



SPAIN 



AND 



GIBRALTAR 




much of the beauty that is to|be found 
in the Alhambra. Many of the interior 
decorations are not of the original build 
ing, but were the result of a restora 
tion, and in this work many of the de 
signs were frankly borrowed from the 
Alhambra. 

The cathedral is one of the largest 
and most beautiful in Europe. Within 
this great building there are so many 
interesting and valuable works of his 
toric and art interest that it might fairly 
be called a museum. One feature of the 




THE VILLAGE OF GIBRALTAR 

In the distance is seen the misty outline oj the Rock of 
Gibraltar. 



GIBRALTAR 

This, the key to the Mediterranean, is one oj 

the most important coast fortresses in the world. 

It has been in possession of Great Britain 

since 1704. 

exterior of the cathedral arrests 
the eye of a New Yorker at once, 
the tower. He is apt to ex 
claim on sight of it, "The Madi 
son Square Tower!" The simi 
larity is close. When the plans of the Madison Square building were 
made the tower of Seville was copied. 

We have gone now far to the south. A few miles brings us to Cadiz, 
on the ocean coast, or Malaga on the Mediterranean. The distance 
from either of these two attractive cities to Gibraltar is short. 

GIBRALTAR, THE IMPREGNABLE 

And when we reach Gibraltar the change of scene and life is abrupt 
and almost startling. If we go to Gibraltar by the road from Spain, 
we cross a narrow strip called Neutral Ground. It is arbitrarily fixed 
territory between Spanish and British ground. It is so low that it can 
hardly be seen from a distance. The effect is to make Gibraltar seem 
like an island. In case of emergency it would not be difficult to blow up 
this neutral strip and make an actual separation. 



SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 

The rock of Gibraltar has been for years the symbol of stability and 
of strength. It is in a military sense the "key to the Mediterranean." It 
was taken by the British in 1704, during the war of the Spanish Succession, 
by Admiral George Rooke, who commanded the British fleet. It has 
been fortified by the English government in a manner that is most dis 
couraging to anyone contemplating a hostile advance through the straits. 

The shape of Gibraltar is that of an enormous lion. As Thackeray 
says, "It crouches there, to guard the passage for its British mistress." 
At the base of the rock are batteries; up on the summit are guns of 
heavy caliber, and over its face are holes through which cannon muzzles 
look out across the water like sullen and malignant eyes. 

Gibraltar is over 1,400 feet high and is composed of limestone. 
Under its present conditions of fortification it is declared to be impreg 
nable. It looks it. At the foot of the great rock is a town of 30,000 
inhabitants, of whom 6,500 are soldiers, composing the British garrison. 
In this town is to be found a cosmopolitan mixture of men, and the 
character of it shifts from time to time according to conditions of traffic 
through the straits. There is enough to entertain a visitor for a day. 
Life there for a long time must grow monotonous. The impressions, 
however, of a single day at Gibraltar are not forgotten. You carry away 
the conviction that, whatever might happen to anything else in this 
world, Gibraltar is likely to stay. 

SUPPLEMENTARY READING 

Spanish Cities C. A. Stoddard 

Spain and Morocco . Henry T. Finck 

Castilian Days John Hay 

Tales of the Alhambra Washington Irving 

Spain ........... Edmondo De Amicis 

The Story of Spain E. E. and Susan Hale 

Spain: Its Greatness and Decay (1479-1788) . . . Martin Hume 

Modern Spain (1788-1898) . . . . . Martin Hume 

A Record of Spanish Painting ...... C. G. Hartley 

Gibraltar and Its Sieges ....... J . H. Mann 

Gibraltar H. M. Field 



NEXT WEEK S MENTOR 

HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 

Beautiful photogravures of Jamestown Tower, Plymouth Rock, Ticonderoga, Inde 
pendence Hall, the Alamo, and Gettysburg. 

Comment by 
ROBERT M. McELROY, Professor of American History, Princeton University. 

Subscription Rates to The Mentor :: One Year, 52 Issues, Five Dollars 

12 



he Mentor Association 



DO YOU LIKE THIS MENTOR? WHY NOT GET THE PRECEDING NUMBERS? 

The simple, attractive, educative value of THE MENTOR will surely make 
you feel the need of having every number. While each number is complete in itself, 
you will want all the issues in the various Departments of Travel, Art, History, 
Literature, or Music. Nowhere in the world of print can you get such condensed, 
instructive reading and such rich picture value as you find in THE MENTOR. 

WHAT THE PRECEDING NUMBERS GIVE YOU 



FEB. 17. BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
Custav Kolbe. 

FEB. 24. MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 
Hamilton It . M 

MAR. 3. WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

MAR. 10. BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
J. T. Willing. 

MAR. 17. ROMANTIC IRELAND 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

MAR. 24. MASTERS OF MUSIC 
IV. J. Henderson. 

MAR. 31. NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
.hi L. Elmendorf. 

APR. 7. PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
James Huneker. 

APR. 14. THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
Professor Charl> 

APR. 21. SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SONG AND 
SCENERY 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

APR. 2S. CHERUBS IN ART 
Custav Kobbe, 

MAY 5. STATUES WITH A STORY 
Lor ado T 

MAY 12. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 
THE DISCOVERERS 
Professor Albert Bushndl Iljrt. 

19. LONDON 

!orf. 

MAY 20. THE STORY OF PANAMA 
Stephen Bonsai. 



JUNE 2. AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
Edward H.Forbush. 

JUNE 9. DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
Professor J. C. Van Dyke. 

JUNE 16. PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

JUNE 23. FLOWERS OF DECORAT. 
//. S. Adams. 

JUNE 30. MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 
Burges Johnson. 

JULY 7. AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 
Arthur Hoeber. 

JULY 14. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 
THE EXPLORERS 
Professor Albert Bushnell Hart. 

JULY 21. SPORTING VACATIONS 
Daniel C. Beard. 

JULY 28. SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OP 
SCENIC SPLENDORS 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

AUG. 4. AMERICAN NOVELISTS 
Hamilton W. Mabie. 

AUG. 11. AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 
..id Isham. 

AUG. 18. VENICE. THE ISLAND CITY 
Dwight L. Klmeti 

AUG. 25. THE WIFE IN ART 

Gustav A 

SEPT. 1. GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
//. Addington Bruce. 

SEPT. S. FURNITUR! MAKERS 

Professor C. R. i 



FORTHCOMING ISSUES 



SEPT. 22. HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERI 

Ticonderoga, Plymouth Rock, The Al.uiu>. James- 

:n // ?- 
niversity. 

SEPT. 29. BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 
WORLD 

The Taj Mahal, The Alhambrn. 
Chan ! iry Cathcd: 

: . Rutgers College. 
: BIRDS OP AMERICA 
s Back Du ; Goose, 

: Turkey, Mallard DucV 

Ornithologist of \tassa- 
chu 
OCT. 13. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

,f (Jue- 



bcc. Capture of Louisburg, Braddock s 

rnment, 

ll iri ird { 

Lorado Taft, Sculptor and Author. 

he Abruzzi, 
iry. 
Rear v. Discorertr of Ike 

Kuril: 

NOV. 3. THE MKDITERRANF 

,rlo. The Ri Genoa. 

^ht L. Elmendiwf . Lecture and Trjtrler. 



Many leading newspapers of the United States are 

now publishing every weekday a human interest 

story about one picture in 

THE MENTOR 

READ THE DAILY STORY IN THE FOLLOWING PAPERS: 



ARKANSAS 
Pine Bluff Graphic 
Texarkana Four States Press 

CALIFORNIA 

Eureka Humboldt Standard 
Pasadena Star 
Santa Ana Blade 
Vallejo Daily Times 

COLORADO 

Leadville Herald Democrat 

GEORGIA 

Rome Tribune-Herald 
Waycross Journal 

IDAHO 

Twin Falls Times 

ILLINOIS 

Chicago Record-Herald 

KANSAS 

Coffeyville Journal 
Hutchinson News 
Lawrence Journal-World 

KENTUCKY 

Bowling Green News 
MISSOURI 

Plattsburg Leader 

Poplar Bluff Daily Republi 
can 

Sedalia Capital 



MINNESOTA 
Bemidji Pioneer 

NEVADA 
Reno Gazette 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 
Concord Patriot 

NEW JERSEY 
Atlantic City Daily Press 
Hackensack Record 
Millville Republican 
Newark Star. 
Phillipsburg Daily Press 
Trenton Times. 

NEW YORK 

Elmira Star-Gazette 
Ithaca Journal 
Olean Evening Herald 
Utica Herald-Dispatch 

NORTH CAROLINA 

Greenville Reflector 
Rocky Mount Evening Tele 
gram 

OHIO 
Marion Star 

Norwalk Reflector-Herald 
Sandusky Register 

OREGON 
Coos Bay Times 
Salem Oregon Statesman 



PENNSYLVANIA 

Allentown Morning Call 
Bradford Star and Record 
Carlisle Evening Herald 
Chambersburg Public Opin 
ion. 

Mt. Carmel Item 
Pittsburgh Sun 
Warren Mirror 
Waynesboro Herald 

SOUTH CAROLINA 
Spartanburg Herald 

SOUTH DAKOTA 
Aberdeen American 
Lead Black Hills Call 

TEXAS 

Corpus Christi Caller and 
Herald 

UTAH 
Ogden Standard 

VIRGINIA 
Newport News Daily Press 

WEST VIRGINIA 
Grafton Sentinel 
Martinsburg Journal 

WYOMING 

Sheridan Enterprise 




^->w-~**2^^^^^l VMViMWiMiMiMlHMVIVVMHBiV 







VOL.1 SEPTEMBER 22, 1913 No. 32 









THE 




A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



Historic Spots 



Of America 



DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY 




issued Weekly Ly 

The Mentor Association, Inc 

fourth Avenue anJTJineieerrm Streei 

New York City 
PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 



ifSfivfSIE 






The Mentor Association 

ADVISORY BOARD 



JOHNG.HIBBEN ...... President 



Princeton 



JOHN C. FAN DYKE . Professor History of Art> R 
ALBERT BUSHNELL HART . Prof. of Governs, Harvard Uni, 
WILLIAM T. HORN ADAY . . Director Nev, York Zoo,o g ical 
WIGHT L. ELMENDORF ....... Lecturer 



The Mentor Association is conducted under the advice and counsel of the Advisor, 
Board Each member has supervision^ one tf the departments of education-Literal " 
Fine Arts, History, Natural History, Travel, and Science. 

THE PURPOSE OF THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION 

To make you well acquainted with the world s knowledge bv devotin* a little 
every day to interesting reading and to looking at beautiful pictures. 

To enable you to acquire this knowledge without soecial ^fW 

^.nd, gre ^^^ 

The Mentor gives you each week a simple, lucid article by a well known authority 
" " he daily 



^ 



^cresting matter and 



MD. 

, 19,3, by Th. MenJ.,. 1 ;;" 



, , 1913 . 



n. r . S.cr..r,. 



THE MENTOR 



A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend" 



VOL. 



SEPTEMBER 22, 1913 



No. 32 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 



JAMESTOWN 

PLYMOUTH ROCK 
TICONDEROGA 




INDEPENDENCE MALI. 



GETTYSBURG 



By ROBERT McNUTT McELROY 

Head of the Department of History and Politics, Princeton University 

A FEW years before the settlement of the territory now known as 
the United States the people of Europe had witnessed a great 
naval battle in which two kinds of civilizations contended for 
supremacy. England and Spain were the combatants, and the issue, as 
we now clearly see, was whether the old idea of monarchy or the new idea 
of democracy should dominate two continents. Gold from Mexico and 
Peru had made Spain a great power. Successive royal inheritances had 
given to her kingly line the control of a large part of Europe. She was 
the champion of the Church of Rome, and regarded it as her mission to 
prevent all heretics from planting colonies in the New World. England, 
on the other hand, was the champion of Protestantism, whose doctrine of 
the direct responsibility of the individual led logically to democracy 
in government. England won the battle, destroying Spain s great 
Armada, and thus opening the New \Yorld to the settlement of men pro- 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 




JAMESTOWN ISLAND 

The exact site of the original settlement. Once a peninsula, this ground has been cut away from the mainland 
by the constant washing of the river. It is now protected by a stone wall. 



fessing Protestant doctrines; for as 
soon as Spain s power on the seas was 
shattered Protestants could plant col 
onies without danger of having them 
destroyed by a Spanish man-of-\var. 

THE VIRGINIA COMPANY 

Within a few years after the 
destruction of the Armada a great col 
onizing company was established in 
England for the purpose of sending out 
men to settle the New World. Sir 
Thomas Gates, Sir George Somers, and 
a number of associates asked King 
James the First of England to grant 
them a charter of incorporation. He 
consented, and on April 10, 1606, trans 
ferred to them the vast district called 
Virginia, which comprised practically 
all the territory later occupied by the 
thirteen American colonies. The char 
ter which made the grant clearly 

declared "that all and every the Persons . . . .which shall dwell and 
inhabit within every or any of the said colonies or Plantations, and every 
of their children, .... shall have and enjoy all liberties, Franchises, and 
Immunities ... .as if they had been abiding and born within this our 
Realm of England." This was a promise of self-government for all 
English colonies in America, and if England had carried it out in good 
faith there would not later have been the necessity of fighting the Revo- 




OLD CHURCH AT JAMESTOWN 

A ruined tower of the earliest colonial days. 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 




JAMESTOWN CHURCH 

A reproduction of the church built 1639-1647. This building was put 

up for the Jamestown Exposition in 1907, using the old tower, which 

can be seen in the background, for its entrance. 



lutionary War; since all that the Americans 
demanded at the opening of that conflict was 
to be taxed only by their own representatives, 
a privilege which Englishmen in England had 
enjoyed for many generations. 

The Virginia Company, as this great cor 
poration was called, was divided into two 
subcompanies, the London and the Plymouth 
Companies, to each of which was assigned the 
task of colonizing one-half the territory. 

Before many weeks had passed George 
Popham attempted to plant a colony in the 
part assigned to the Plymouth Company, but 
it utterly failed. 

The London Company, meanwhile, had 
fitted up three small vessels, the Godspeed, the 
Discovery, and the Susan Constant, placed one 
hundred and five colonists aboard, and sent 

them forth to plant a colony. They sailed from the Downs on New 
Year s Day, 1607, and after a stormy voyage of almost four months 
dropped anchor off a pleasant point of land, to which in gratitude 
they gave the name " Point Comfort." 










JAMESTOWN MONUMENT 

A shaft to commemorate the first 

permanent English settlement on 

American soil. Jamestown teas 

founded May 13, 1607. 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 




JAMESTOWN, THE 

FIRST ENGLISH 

SETTLEMENT 

As they had been 
warned, however, to 
establish this settle 
ment far up a naviga 
ble river, out of danger 
from wandering vessels 
of the Spanish Main, 
they entered the beau 
tiful river of Pow- 
hatan, which they 
called the James, and 
sailed up it for some 
fifty miles until they 
to a wooded 



THE MAYFLOWER 

The pilgrim ship is shown as it entered Plymouth Harbor bringing the first 
New England settlers. 

came to a 

island, which they chose as the site of their colony. There they cut logs 
and built the rude huts which marked the site of Jamestown, the first 
permanent English settlement within the limits of what we now know as 
the United States of America. 

Through sorrow and privations, surrounded by the nameless terrors 
of an unknown wilderness, harassed by savages, and disheartened by sick 
ness, the little colony survived as by a 
miracle, and became the nucleus of a nation. 
Of the old Jamestown nothing now remains 
but an ancient church tower overgrown with 
ivy and a few crumbling tombstones. But 
its honor remains, secure in the hearts of 
a grateful people. 

The failure of the Popham colony had 
discouraged the Plymouth Company, and 
it was not until Jamestown was a flourishing 
village that a permanent settlement was 
made in the northern part of the region 
which King James had granted to the Vir 
ginia Company. Those years had been 
years of strife and sorrow in England. The 
king in the narrow bigotry of his ecclesias 
tical views, had declared that if any refused 
to conform to the rules of worship prescribed 
by the established Church of England, he 




EDWARD WINSLOW 



From the only portrait of a "Mayflower" 

pilgrim in existence. Edward Winslow was 

one oj the governors of Plymouth colony. 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 



would "harry them out of the land," and King James had kept 
his word. Many Englishmen had been "harried out of the land," and 
had taken refuge on the continent of Europe; but the band for whom 
history was reserving the largest place had escaped from Scrooby in Not 
tinghamshire and established themselves at Leyden, Holland. Here they 
had prospered; but they were still English, and, seeing their children 
growing up with distinctly Dutch characteristics, they determined to 
migrate to a land where the son of an Englishman would grow up an 
Englishman. It is often said that the chief aim of the Puritans was to 
settle in a land where they could worship God as they pleased. This, 
however, they were quite at liberty to do in Holland. It might be said 
with greater truthfulness that they desired to settle in a land where they 

could compel others to worship 

( jod as they commanded and this 
they managed quite effectively for 
some years after their landing. 

THE PILGRIMS 

The>- accordingly obtained 
from the London branch of the 
Virginia Company permission to 
settle at the mouth of the Dela 
ware, and from the king the 
promise that he would "wink at 
their heresy." When all was 
ready, the youngest and strongest 
of the Leyden congregation, with 
Brewster, Bradford, W inslow, and 
Myles Standish at their head, re 
paired to Delft Haven, where they 

embarked for England upon the Speedwell. At Southampton they were 
joined by the Mayflower, with recruits from London, and the two little 
vessels turned their prows toward the vast waters of the Atlantic. 
The Speedwell, however, soon sprang a leak, and the two vessels 
entered the harbor of Plymouth in Devonshire, where as many as possible 
of the Speedwell s passengers were transferred to the Mayflower, those 
who could not be there accommodated being placed ashore. As the May 
flower glided out of the harbor on September 6, 1620, the one hundred 
and two devoted souls on board waved a sad farewell to their twenty 
disconsolate fellow Pilgrims who stood on the quay. As the dim outlines o f 
ancient Cornwall faded from their view, the hearts of flesh cried out, but 
the steady voice of the Spirit gave them courage; for to the Puritan, in 
spite of his faults, which were many and great, duty was always first, 




PLYMOUTH ROCK 

The granite boulder on which the Pilgrims are said :o have 
landed in 1620. 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 



and the^planting of the wilderness with the choicest seed, as he modestly 
called himself, was a solemn duty laid upon him by God. 

Driven from their course, lost on the vast oceans of an unknown 
world, the little company pressed bravely on, and on November 9 
sighted Cape Cod, far to the north of their intended destination. Here 
their patent was useless, and as some of the company in "discontented 

and mutinous speeches" during the voyage 
had declared that "they would use their 
own liberty" after landing, it was thought 

I A wise to draw up a compact binding its 

signers to render "all due submission and 
obedience" to the government therein pro 
vided. This document has been called the 
first written constitution in the world s 
history. It was not a constitution, how 
ever; but only a compact. 

:3* ~ . fc5~- 




PLYMOUTH ROCK 



After five w r eeks of careful inspection 
of the coast they selected for their colony 
a spot which Captain John Smith had 
already named Plymouth, in honor of the 
lovely harbor from which they had sailed. 
Here, as tradition says, upon a great rock, 
now known throughout the w r orld as Ply 
mouth Rock, they landed on December 
21, plowed through the deep snow, and 
amid the "murmuring pines and the hem 
locks" began to build a House of God and 
about it rude cabins of logs. To this scene 
every true American heart should turn 
with reverence, whatever his creed, political 
affiliation, or sectional tradition; for it, 
more than any other in American colonial 
history, typifies the spirit which has made 
of America a great nation. At Plymouth, 
more even than at Jamestown, the political doctrines which had grown 
out of Calvinistic theology took firm root. In religion the Puritans 
were bigoted and intolerant; but in political theories they represented 
the idea of the freedom and dignity of the individual. The God-given 
right of self-government was their political motto, and from it they 
never swerved. The great contest which we call the American Revo 
lution was not, as is sometimes asserted, an attempt to throw off the 



Copr. 1906, A. S. Burbank, Plymouth, Mass. 

NATIONAL MONUMENT TO 
THE FOREFATHERS 

Erected in remembrance of their sufferings 
for civil and religious liberty. 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 




PLAN OF FORT TICONDEROGA 

A restoration begun in 1909. The first fort, called Fort Carillon, was built by the French in 1755. It was taken 
by the British in 1758 and rebuilt as Fort Ticonderoga. 

shackles of tyranny, but was, on the contrary, a determined refusal to 
allow these shackles to be put on. George the Third and his obse 
quious minister, Lord North, were the real revolutionists; for they 
sought to take away from the American colonies rights of self-government 
as old as Jamestown and Plymouth. In this they failed, and their failure 
cost England an empire. 

TICONDEROGA AND INDEPENDENCE HALL 

To tax a man without his consent has always been, since Magna 
Charta was written, contrary to the liberties of native-born Englishmen. 
It was therefore contrary also to the liberties of native-born Americans, 
and as such it was resisted by our ancestors of the revolutionary epoch, 
as it had been resisted by our ancestors of the colonial era. When, on 
May 10, 1775, Ethan Allen and Benedict Arnold, sword in hand, called 
upon the king s ancient fortress of Ticonderoga to surrender, giving as 
their authority "the great Jehovah and the Continental Congress," they 
were but putting into striking phrase the political doctrines of Calvinism 
and seeking to enforce the royal promise that Americans of whatever 
colony were entitled to "all Liberties, Franchises, and Immunities. . . . 
as if they had been abiding and born, within this, our Realm of England." 
And when the great political figures of the Revolution Adams, Wither- 
spoon, Franklin, Jefferson, and the rest assembled in Independence Hall, 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 



Philadelphia, and signed the Declaration of Independence, while the Lib 
erty Bell pealed forth the notes of freedom, they were but repeating the 
declaration of the first American charter. 

Our Revolution was thus a war calmly entered upon to maintain im 
memorial rights and ancient institutions, whose preservation meant liberty 
not alone for America, but for England as well. Today we can clearly see 

what was at stake atTiconderoga, at Bunker 
Hill, and upon the long chain of Revolution 
ary battlefields, stretching from the lakes 
to the faraway swamps of Georgia. Repre 
sentative government 
hung in the balance, 
and whenever we hear 
of a nation s rising 
against despotism and 
demanding that the 
people shall rule, we 





TABLET AT TICONDEROGA 

On this rock are the names of Ticonder- 

oga s heroes, Champlain, Montcalm, 

Lord Howe, Amherst and Burgoyne. 






THE ETHAN ALLEN HOUSE 

An inn at Dorset, Vermont, where the 
Revolutionary hero used to stop. 

should add one more blos 
som to the garland which 
we are weaving for the 
graves of the men who 
gave Liberty to enlighten 
the world. Tennyson, 

with the soul of a true poet, though writing for 
Englishmen, has expressed the thought for all men: 

"Oh! Thou who sendest out the man, 

To rule by land and sea, 
Strong mother of a Lion-line, 
Be proud of those strong sons of thine, 
Who wrench d their rights from Thee!" 

Years passed by. The ideas which had triumphed in the Revolution 
grew ever stronger in the nation that war had created. By slow degrees 
men came to understand more fully what it meant for the people to rule. 




ETHAN ALLEN MONU 
MENT 

Erected at Manchester, Ft., to 

the daring frontiersman who 

captured Fort Ticonderoga 

from the British. 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 



The colonies grew to populous 
cities, and the far off plains of Texas 
became the field for pioneer activity: 
Austin, Houston, and a host of others, 
with their love of "God s out of 
doors," left settled parts of America 
and sought homes upon the spreading 
prairies of that distant province of 
Mexico. With these men ideals of 
American freedom had become in 
stinctive, and from the very first a 
trial of strength was inevitable be 
tween them and Santa Anna, t he- 
despotic ruler of Mexico. 

THE ALAMO 

The Alamo was a Franciscan 
mission, dating from the eighteenth 
century. It was strongly built, and 
inclosed an area of about three acres, 
upon which stood a roofless church 
and a few other crumbling buildines. 





ROOM IN INDEPENDENCE HALL 

The room where the Declaration of Independence was adopted July 4, 1776. 

Much of the original furniture is preserved here, and the portraits of those 

who signed the Declaration hang about the walls. 



LIBERTY BELL 

In Independence Hal!. Philadel 
phia. 

Its garrison consisted 
of 186 men, under 
Colonel Travis, and 
included the famous 
frontiersmen, James 
B o w i e and Da v i d 
Crockett. Sam Hous 
ton, commander of the 
Texas forces, had or 
dered that the Ala 
mo be blown up and 
abandoned; but his or 
ders had been disre 
garded, and the gallant 
little garrison was now 
to pay the terrible price 
of its disobedience. 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 



On February 23, 1836, the Alamo was invested by four thousand 
Mexican soldiers and the final reckoning began. On March 6, after a 
gallant defense, it was taken by storm, its garrison having been slaughtered 
to a man. "Thermopylae had its messenger of defeat the Alamo had 
none," so runs the epitaph w r hich stands upon the 
monument of these heroes of liberty. 

But the blood-avenger was at hand. A few weeks 
later Sam Houston, standing with bared head before 
his little army of Texas patriots, gathered at San 
Jacinto, gave the watchword, "Remember the Alamo!" 
and within twenty minutes the army of Santa Anna 
was scattered "like the chaff which the wind driveth 
away." Texas was free. 

GETTYSBURG 

But I have mentioned one other battlefield, and 
one which in numbers and in the military skill of 
those engaged, as well as in the principles at stake, 
stands among the great battles of the world. Gettys 
burg is a name w r hich is justly mentioned with pride 
by Americans of all sections; for when its ,aged vet 
erans, North and South, can clasp hands and declare 
themselves brothers, it would be presumptuous for 
others to display the rancor of partizanship. 

The settings of the battle were dramatic. Robert 
E. Lee, the ablest commander of the Confederacy, had 
crossed into Pennsylvania with his main column. The 
Federal army of the Potomac was close behind, intent 
upon pressing northward after Lee to protect Balti 
more should it be endangered. Gettysburg lies in a 
fruitful valley of Pennsylvania, just north of the Mary- 
land borderline. It is walled in by low mountain 
ranges studded with peaks Culp s Hill, Round Top, 
and Little Round Top whose names rouse thrilling 
memories. Here on July I, 2, and 3, 1863, the two 
armies fought the most fearful and significant open 
battle of the whole Civil War. 
For the first two days fate favored the Confederate army, and "these 
partial successes," writes General Lee, "determined me to continue the 
assault next day." A movement was planned in which Pickett s division 
of Longstreet s corps was to strike the Federal line in the center, while 
Stuart with his cavalry attacked it in the rear. It was a desperate ven- 




Copr Archer s Studios 

PROPOSED ALAMO 
HEROES MONUMENT 

The tower will be 802 

feet high, the loftiest in 

America, and will cost 

2,000,000 dollars. 



HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 




THE BATTLE OF GETTYSBURG 

This struggle, the crisis of our Civil War and one of the great battles of the world, raged for three days. 

ture, and Longstreet declared that when the moment came for ordering 
Pickett and his gallant five thousand to advance, his lips refused to form 
the words, and to the calm inquiry, "General, shall I advance?" he could 
only reply by an affirmative bow. Within thirty minutes two thousand 
of the detachment had fallen, and of the officers who had headed this 
desperate venture, only Pickett and one lieutenant came out unharmed. 

Stuart had failed to reach the Federal rear in time to aid the attack 
which, unsustained, had ended in disaster. "It was all my fault," gener 
ously commented Lee, when the whole tragic result was understood, "Let 
us do the best we can toward saving that which is left us." Meade made 
no attempt at pursuit. Lee led his army back to Virginia and was safe. 

In an order of July 4, Meade had used the expression, "driving the 
invader from our soil," which, when the great, sad-eyed Lincoln read, he 
heaved a deep sigh and remarked, "Will our generals never get that idea 
out of their heads? The whole country is our soil." 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING John Fiske s "Old Virginia and Her Neighbors," 
" Beginnings of New England," " The Critical Period of American History," and " The 
American Revolution"; "True Relation of Virginia," Smith; "Plymouth Plantation," 
Bradford; "Sam Houston," Bruce; "Stuart s Cavalry in the Gettysburg Campaign," 
John S. Mosby. 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc, 

Fourth Avenue at Nineteenth Street 
NEW YORK 



MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 22, 1913 
Volume I Serial Number 32 Number 32 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, FIVE DOLLARS IN ADVANCE. 
SINGLE COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS EACH. FOREIGN 
POSTAGE, $1.50 ADDITIONAL, CANADIAN, fl.oo AD 
DITIONAL FOR EACH SUBSCRIPTION. 



Editorial 

The Mentor Association is less than a 
year old. The Mentor plan is a few 
months older than that. But the idea 
of which The Mentor Association is the 
outgrowth is one of the oldest in the 
world. It is as old as Curiosity and just 
as human. The "Wonder Why" of 
Curiosity is always linked with the 
"Want to Know." The two lead on to 
Knowledge. What has always been want 
ed and what is wanted now is a quick, 
easy and agreeable way of getting 
Knowledge. That is what The Mentor 
Association gives. 



The plan of The Mentor Association 
fills so definitely a real want, that every 
one ought to know about it. All members 
of the Association and all others who see 
The Mentor will want to know not only 
what we have done and are doing, but what 
we shall do for months in the future. In a 
broad, popular, educational plan of this 
kind there should be the fullest confi 
dence. The importance of this grows 
week by week, for The Mentor idea has 
drawn the interest of many thousands, 
and the membership increases day by day. 



Though these lines are headed "edi 
torial," we feel a good deal of hesitancy 
in using the word. It gives the impres 
sion that The Mentor is simply a maga 
zine, while actually it is much more than 
that. It is an important part of a broad 



educational plan, which includes an In 
quiry Department, Suggested Courses of 
Reading, and other advantages. 



It is not easy to find the exact word for a 
plan of this sort. Some day a brief phrase 
will come to us no doubt some member 
of the Association will supply it that 
will tell fully and adequately all that 
The Mentor Association stands for. 
We have described it many times. We 
cover the plan fairly well when we say 
in our prospectus that "the purpose of The 
Mentor Association is to make it easy to 
learn the things we want to know and 
ought to know," but in that we say 
nothing of the beautiful pictures, which 
are a most important feature. There is a 
value in the stimulating phrase that we 
use, "Learn one thing every day," but 
there is no hint in that of the delight 
afforded by the exquisite illustrations 
furnished in The Mentor. In the service 
of The Mentor Association Information 
and Art go hand in hand. 



^ The quick recognition of the value of 
The Mentor plan during the eight 
months of its existence is naturally gratify 
ing, but what is most interesting is the* 
wide reach of its appeal. We have hun 
dreds of letters coming to us from all 
sources, and the message is much the 
same, whether it be a lawyer, a college 
professor, a teacher, a clubwoman, an 
engineer or a doctor. The burden of all 
these messages can be summed up in three 
phrases: First, "The idea is fine"; second, 
"You have carried it out admirably"; and 
third, "It fills a real want." 

We have referred to our prospectus. 
This is a booklet in which the plans and 
purposes of The Mentor Association 
tion are fully described, and the sched 
ule of the year is given. It also tells 
something of what we have in preparation 
for 1914. Send for copies of this prospec 
tus. If you are a member of The Mentor 
Association you will, of course, want 
it, and you should have some extra copies 
to give to your friends. You will be doing 
them a service. 



The Mentor Association 

DO YOU LIKE THIS MENTOR? WHY NOT GET THE PRECEDING NUMBERS? 

The simple, attractive, educative value of THE MENTOR will surely make 
you feel the need of having every number. While each number is complete in itself, 
you will want all the issues in the various Departments of Travel, Art, History, 
Literature, or Music. Nowhere in the world of print can you get such condensed, 
instructive readin? and such rich picture value as you find in THF. MFA TOR. 

WHAT THE PRECEDING NUMBERS GIVE YOU 



FEB. 17. BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
Custac Kobbe. 

FEB. 24. MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 
Hamilton II . Mabie. 

MAR. 3. WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

MAR. 10. BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
J. T. Willing. 

MAR. 17. ROMANTIC IRELAND 
Pv/ight L. Elmendorf. 

MAR. 24. MASTERS OF MUSIC 
IV. J. Henderson. 

MAR. 31. NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

APR. 7. PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
James Ihintker. 

APR. 14. THE CONQUEST OP THK PEAKS 
1 rofessor Charles E. Fay. 

APR. 21. SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SONG AND 
SCENERY 
Dvight L. Elmendorf. 

APR. 28. CHERUBS IN ART 
Custav Kobbe . 

MAY 3. STATUES WITH A STORY 
Lorado Taft. 

MAY 12. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 
THE DISCOVERERS 
Professor Albert Bushntll Hart. 

MAY 19. LONDON 

Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

MAY 20. THE STORY OF PANAMA 

Stephen Bor.sal, 



JUNE 2. AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAl TY 
Edvard H.Forbush. 

JUNE 9. DUTCH MASTERPIECES 

Professor J. C. Van Dyke. 
JUNE 10. PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 

Diuight L. Elmendurf. 

JUNE 23. FLOWERS OF DECORAT. 
U.S. Adams. 

JUNE 30. MAKERS OF AMERICAN 
Burges Johnson. 

JULY 7. AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 

Arthur lloeber. 

JULY 14. STORY OP AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE EXPLORERS 

Professor Albert BuskneH 11 
JULY 21. SPORTING VACATI 

Daniel C. Beard. 
JULY 28. SWITZERLAND: THE LAND 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 
;ht L. Elmendorf. 

AUG. 4. AMERICAN NOVEL!- 
Hamilton II . Mabie. 

AUG. 11. AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 
Samuel I sham. 

VENICE. THE ISLAND CITV 
Dwighl L. Elmer 

AUG. 25. THE WIFE IN ART 

Gu star Kobbf. 

SEPT. 1. GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
//. Addington Li 

FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 
( . R. Rithardi. 

SEPT. I. .. SPAIN AND OIBRAL 
.orf 



FORTHCOMING ISSUES 



89. BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 
WORLD 

The Taj Mahal. The Alhambra, Chateau de 
Chambord, Salisbury Cathedral, Arnier.s Cathe 
dral, New York City Hall. 
Profestor Clarence Ward, Rutgers College. 

OCT. 6. GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 
t* Back Duck. Bob White, C 
Wild Turkey, Mallard Duck, Grouse. 
Edward 11. Forbnsk, State Ornithologist of 
chusetts. 

OCT 13. STORY OP AMERICA IN PICTURES: 
THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AME: 

rfield Massacre. H 

bee. John Wesley, Braddock s Dif. 
Mission. 

Albert Bushncll flart. Prf essvr of G^.trnment. 
Harvard University. 



OCT. 20. FAMi- "LPTORS 

.lonnles. 
I. U. D. C. 

h. P. W. B;i: 
Lorado Taft. Sculptor ,1 



OCT. 27. THE CONQUEST OF THE I 

A uruKi, 

Amundsen, Scott. Pi 
Rear Admiral Robert 1 
Pole. 



NOV. 3. THE MEDITERRANEAN 
Algitr .irlo. The K. 

Naples. 

iW L. r.lniendorf, Leitu / -ler. 




Many leading newspapers of the United States are 

now publishing every weekday a human interest 

story about one picture in 

THE MENTOR 

READ THE DAILY STORY IN THE FOLLOWING PAPERS: 



ARKANSAS 
Pine Bluff Graphic 
Texarkana Four State* Press 

CALIFORNIA 
Eureka Humboldt Standard 
Pasadena Star 
Santa Ana Blade 
Vallejo Daily Times 

COLORADO 
Leadville Herald Democrat 

GEORGIA 

Rome Tribune-Herald 
Waycross Journal 

IDAHO 
Twin Falls Times 

ILLINOIS 

Chicago Record-Herald 
KANSAS 

Coffeyville Journal 

Hutchinson News 

Lawrence Journal- World 



MINNESOTA 
Bemidji Pioneer 

NEVADA 
Reno Gazette 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 
Concord Patriot 

NEW JERSEY 
Atlantic City Daily Press 
Hackensack Record 
Millville Republican 
Newark Star. 
Phillipsburg Daily Press 
Trenton Times. 

NEW YORK 
Elmira Star-Gazette 
Ithaca Journal 
Clean Evening Herald 
Utica Herald-Dispatch 

NORTH CAROLINA 
Greenville Reflector 
Rocky Mount Evening Tele 
gram 



PENNSYLVANIA 
Allentown Morning Call 
Bradford Star and Record 
Carlisle Evening Herald 
Chambersburg Public Opin 
ion. 

Mt. Carmel Item 
Pittsburgh Sun 
Warren Mirror 
Waynesboro Herald 

SOUTH CAROLINA 
Spartanburg Herald 

SOUTH DAKOTA 
Aberdeen American 
Lead Black Hffla Call 



KENTUCKY 

Bowling Green News 
MISSOURI 

Plattsburg Leader 

Poplar Bluff Daily Republi- 
can 

Sedalia Capital 



OHIO 
Marion Star 

Norwalk Reflector-Herald 
Sandusky Register 

OREGON 
Coos Bay Times 
Salem Oregon Statesman 



TEXAS 

Corpus Christi Caller and 
Herald 

UTAH 
Ogden Standard 

VIRGINIA 
Newport News Daily Press 

WEST VIRGINIA 
Grafton Sentinel 
Martinsburg Journal 

WYOMING 
Sheridan Enterprise 




VOL.1 SEPTEMBER 29. 1913 No. 



THE 

MENTOR 

A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



Beautiful Buildings 
Of The World 

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 



m 



15151515151! 



Iasue< 

The Mentor Asspciatioalnc 

Rurfli Arenvw andUmeteentn Strett 

New u>rk Cify 
PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 



V*\r>f>y 



Tramr 




AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART LIT- 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 



THE ADVISORY BOARD 




THE ASSOCIATION 

^HE purpose of The Mentor Association is to give people, in an in 

teresting and attractive way, the information in various fields of 

owedge that they all want and ought to have. This information is 

imparted by interesting reading matter, prepared under the direction 

leading authorities, and by beautiful pictures, reproduced by the 

most highly perfected modern processes. 

The object of The Mentor Association is to enable people to acquire 

useful knowledge without effort, so that they may come easily and 

agreeably to know the world s great men and women, the great achieve- 

ts, and the permanently interesting things in art, literature, science, 

history, nature and travel. 

The annual membership fee of The Mentor Association is Five 

ollars. Lvery member, upon accepting an invitation to membership, 

receives an engraved certificate of membership and becomes entitled to 

e privileges of the Association for one year, including fifty-two num 

bers of The Mentor. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 

NEW YORK 



THE MENTOR 



"A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend" 



Vol. I 



SEPTEMBER 29, 1913 



No. 3.3 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS of the WORLD 



TAJ MAHAL 



THE ALHAMBRA 



AMIENS CATHEDRAL 




SALISBURY CATHEDRAL 



CHATEAU de CHAMBORD 



NEW YORK CITY HALL 



By CLARENCE WARD 

Professor of Architecture, Rutgers College 

BEAUTY in architecture is as difficult to define as beauty in nature. 
No single factor renders a building beautiful. Size and propor 
tion, style and decoration, age and setting, all enter into account. 
And moreover there is the power a building possesses to appeal to the 
ideals of the beholder, to his mind as well as to his sight and touch. Even 
when judged from this broad viewpoint, the number of beautiful buildings 
in the world is legion. It would be impossible to point to anyone as the 
finest, or even to select a dozen without leaving a dozen more that were 
equally beautiful. Every age, and every nation, has left to us some crown 
ing achievements of the builder s art. The following are therefore merely 
selections from this storehouse, illustrating to some degree the wealth of 
architectural treasures that is our heritage. 

Few if any buildings in the world have been the subject of such praise 
as that bestowed upon the Taj Mahal ("Gem of Buildings"). Travel- 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE WORLD 




THE TAJ MAHAL 

The approach through the splendid gardens seen in the foreground is bordered by dark cypress trees, which contrast 
admirably with the color of the marble domes beyond. 

ers, painters, authors, and poets have all sought to express in word or 
color the indefinable charm of this gem of Indian art. Built at Agra, in 
India, by the great mogul of Delhi, Shah Jahan, as a tomb for his favorite 
wife, Mumtaz Mahal, the Taj is a veritable translation into stone of 
human remembrance and affection. It was begun in 1632, and was com 
pleted in twenty-two years. The material of which it is built is 
pure white marble, and inlaid in its walls are jaspers, agates, and other 
stones in marvelous designs. But it is perhaps the dome that gives 
the greatest beauty to this tomb. Of typical Eastern shape, it rises a 
mass of white against the deep blue of the Indian sky, or shines like 
silver in the radiance of the Indian moon. 

THE WORLD S MOST BEAUTIFUL TOMB 

It cannot be denied that the Taj Mahal (tahzh man-hahl ) owes much 
of its beauty tp its setting. Not merely has it the contrast of the brilliant 
sky above, but also the deep green of the gardens at its feet, and more 
than this the four tall, graceful minarets standing like sentinels at the 
corners of the marble terrace on which the tomb is placed. The interior 
is scarcely less impressive than this outside view. Its subdued light 
serves only to show more clearly the beauty of the garlands of red and 
blue and green inlaid along its walls as never- withering memorials of the 
queen who sleeps beneath the lofty dome. 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE WORLD 



It is perhaps beside her tomb that the traveler sees a vision of the 
proud and mighty Jahan, cruel in many ways, but steadfast in his love, 
building this glorious resting place for his fair consort, whom he called 
by the familiar name of Taj. One may see even farther still and picture 
to himself this once proud ruler, bereft of all his power and even of his 
throne, looking out from his chamber window toward this same Taj 
Mahal. Perhaps its wondrous dome gleamed in the moonlight on that 
last night before he came to rest beneath its shades as it gleams today to 
the enraptured gaze of thousands who take the pilgrimage to Agra to see 
this wonder of the Eastern world. 

THE PALACE OF THE MOORISH KINGS 

It is not such a step as it may seem from the Taj Mahal to the 
Alhambra (al-ham -bra). Both 
are oriental. Both are the prod 
ucts of Mohammedan art, and 
mark in a way its Eastern and 
its Western expressions. As 
early as the eighth century 
of our era the Moors of north 
ern Africa crossed to Spain and 
made the Iberian peninsula a 
Moorish califate or kingdom. 
Its capital and last stronghold 
was Granada. And here on a 
lofty hill, overlooking the city, 
King or Calif Al Hamar began 
the mighty fortress of the 
Alhambra in the early years 
of the thirteenth century. 

As is the case with almost 
every Mohammedan building, 
its exterior is extremely plain. 
But once the door is passed one 
seems to have stepped from Eu 
rope to the Orient. Courtyards 
and porticos, halls and passages, 
open before the visitor in a truly 
oriental maze of color and decoration. The first important court is 
known as that of the Myrtles. In its center is a marble basin a hundred 
and thirty feet long, bordered with trees of myrtle and orange, and 
flanked at both ends by two-storied pavilions with slender marble shafts 




COURT OF THE MYRTLES. ALHAMBRA 

The pool is bordered on both sides by beautiful old hedges. 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE WORLD 



and graceful Moorish arches. From 
one of these pavilions opens the Hall 
of the Ambassadors, the throne room 
of the califs, and the largest cham 
ber in the palace. 

THE ALHAMBRA S BEAUTY 

But it is not its size that makes 
this room imposing. Here, as else 
where in the palace, it is the deco 
ration. Rising for three or four feet 
from the floor is a band of colored 
Moorish tiles. All the wall above is 
of stucco, molded in lacelike patterns 
and painted in blues and reds and 
brilliant golden yellows. The designs 
are largely geometrical or floral, fre 
quently interspersed with Arabic 
inscriptions. Some of these when 
translated read, "God is our refuge," 
"Praise be to God," familiar phrases 
in Mohammedan faith, or "There 
is no conqueror but God." Add to 
this decoration of the walls imposing 
stalactite domes, and ceilings often 
of cedarwood inlaid with mother of 
pearl, and imagine the floors and 
windows again adorned with oriental 
rugs and hangings, and the beauty of 
the Alhambra \vill be easily under 
stood. 

But neither the Court of the 
Myrtles nor the Hall of the Ambas 
sadors is the crowning glory of the 
palace. This honor belongs to the 
Court of the Lions. One hundred 
and sixteen by sixty-six feet in size, 
this court compares with any apart 
ment in the world for pure, exquisite 
beauty of design. An open portico, 
its ceiling borne on a hundred and 
twenty- four slender and beautiful 
marble columns and delicately orna- 




HALL OF REPOSE OF THE BATHS. ALHAMBRA 




THE GATE OF JUSTICE 

A part of the Alhambra palace not well preserved. 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE WORLD 



inented arches, incloses the central space, in the middle of which rises 
a magnificent fountain, its basin cut from a single giant block of alabaster, 
and supported on the backs of twelve lions of white marble, emblems of 
courage and strength. 

It is small wonder that the last of the Moorish kings, Boabdil (bo- 
ahb-deel )i looked back with many tears at this glorious palace as he 

surrendered it in 1492 to his 
Christian conqueror Ferdi 
nand. Sadly indeed he and his 
followers must have crossed 
again to the dreary deserts of 
Africa, since they left behind 
them the whole fair land of 
Spain, which they had adorned 
not merely with the Alhambra, 
but with the Alcazar at Se 
ville, the mosque at Cordova, 
and other monuments of their 
civil and religious greatness. 




INTERIOR OF THE ALHAMBRA 

,-lrched window in the "Tower of the Captivity of Isabel." 



THE GREAT CATHE 
DRALS 

At the very period when 
the Mohammedan conquerors 
of Spain were building their 
palace of the Alhambra, the 
Christians of northern France 
were erecting those vast cathe 
drals which stand today as the 
crowning achievements of the 
builder s art. Paris, Chartrcs 



(shahrtr), Bourges (boorzh), Rheims (reemz), Rouen (roo-ong ), Le Mans 
(lee-mong ), Beauvais (bo-vay ) and Amiens (ah-mee-ong ) are but a few 
of the long list of French Gothic cathedrals of the twelfth and thirteenth 
centuries. From such a list it is most difficult to choose. Each one has its 
distinctive claim to recognition, and its distinctive features which are not 
surpassed in any of the others. This fact, indeed, has caused it to be said 
that the ideal cathedral should have the facade of Rheims, the spires of 
Chartres, the nave of Amiens, and the choir of Beauvais. But even such 
an ideal cathedral would not be perfect without the addition of features 
from each of the other churches in our list. 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE WORLD 



Since, however, it is necessary to choose, let us choose Amiens; for 
perhaps this church is most widely acknowledged as the finest example 
of the Gothic style. Its facade is a masterpiece of decoration. Three 
deeply recessed portals in the lower story are covered with a wealth of 
sculptured figures in the round and in relief. Bible lessons and the 
events of human life and history, carved here in stone, taught the terrors 
of sin and hell and the joys of a godly life as preached in the church 
beyond these lofty doors. Nor is the decoration confined to sculpture; 
for the whole facade, and in fact the entire church, is a tracery of stone. 

THE GOTHIC GLORY OF AMIENS 

It is from a side view r , however, that Amiens shows at its best the 
true glory of Gothic architecture. Nearly five hundred feet long and over 
two hundred feet to the ridge line of the roof, it rises high above the 

buildings of the city in which 
it stands, a symbol of the 
supremacy of spiritual over 
earthly things. To be sure 
it has its faults. The towers 




are too low and the central 
spire is of awkward shape; 



SOUTH PORTAL OF AMIENS CATHEDRAL 

The statue of the Virgin which stands in the portal replaces that of 

St. Honore, which was moved to the north transept. The carvings 

about the south portal are taken from the life of St. Honore. 

but the huge windows, with their tracery 
in geometric patterns, occupying the 
entire space between the buttresses, and 
these buttresses themselves with their 
soaring arches spanning the aisle roofs 
below, afford an unsurpassed example of 
beauty of design combined with the 
utmost structural daring. Moreover, the 




NAVE OF AMIENS CATHEDRAL 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE WORLD 




interior is even more impos 
ing. Lofty piers and pointed 
arches separate the nave from 
the aisles. Slender shafts 
carry the ribs of the huge 
vaults of stone forty-three 
feet in span, which seem sus- 




SALISBURY CATHEDRAL 

A vino from the northeast, showing plainly the double-cross 
shape of the foundation. 

pended in air one hundred and forty feet 
from the pavement below. In the Sup 
port of these vaults lies the keynote of 
Gothic architecture. Though they seem 
hung as if by magic over walls of glass, 
with very little masonry for their sup 
port, their weight and thrust are borne 
by the sweeping arcs of the exterior flying 
buttresses and the huge piers of masonry 
from which they rise beyond the side 
aisle w r alls. Viewed from a central point, 
the majestic sweep of the nave, the soar 
ing height of the eastern apse, the wondrous window of the northern tran 
sept, and the maze of piers and arches and chapels, all unite to produce 
a glorious whole which cannot be surpassed in any monument of any age. 

SALISBURY S SIMPLE BEAUTY 

If the interior of Amiens personifies in the highest degree the majesty 
and glory of Christian faith, the spire of Salisbury may be said to embody 
its hope and aspiration. Rising four hundred and four feet from the 
ground, this spire has few to rival it in all the world. Other cathe 
drals might dispute its claim to first place among spires; but none is 
set upon a church so fine. That Salisbury is the most beautiful 
cathedral in England is not claimed. As was the case in France, so here, 



NAVE OF SALISBURY CATHEDRAL 

A number of interesting monuments were 
placed between the columns by James Wyatt. 



there are too many churches, each with its own distinctive points of beauty, 
for anyone to be the finest of them all. 

But Salisbury at least must find a place among the first, and is espe 
cially interesting because it is exactly contemporary as to date with Amiens 
in France. Architecturally both are Gothic; yet the difference in design 
is as great as the distance in miles between them. Low instead of lofty, 
with little decoration, and set in the midst of nature s grass and trees 
instead of in a crowded city, Salisbury s appeal is through the quiet 
beauty of its line, and the simplicity of its construction in contrast to 



m A ill ft 




CHATEAU tie CHAMBORD 

Showing the Mansard roof put on by the celebrated architect, Mansart, at the order of Louis XIV , to accom 
modate a large court. 

the complex structure of the French cathedral. The Gothic of England 
was rarely the Gothic of carefully balanced thrust and pressures, of flying 
buttresses and huge window spaces. Here at Salisbury the walls are still 
quite heavy and the windows only moderately large. They have no 
tracery of stone; but are simple, narrow openings in the walls, with 
pointed heads so like a lance in shape that they have given the name of 
Lancet to this period of English Gothic architecture. Slow to throw off 
their earlier traditions, the English builders clung, even in Gothic days, 
to many of the characteristics of the Norman era, which had produced 
such masterpieces as Durham and Peterborough, Ely and Norwich, cathe 
drals. The result of this is especially evident in the interior of Salisbury; 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE WORLD 



for here, in spite of the shafts of Purbeck marble, one for each hour in 
the year, and in spite of the rich moldings of the piers and arches, the 
lack of structural unity, and the comparative smallness of the windows 
and lowness of the vaulting cause Salisbury s nave to fall far short of that 
>f Amiens in beauty of construction. Viewed from the west, the cathedral 

is also disappointing; for the facade is an 
ugly screen wall, badly decorated, and 
deserving of little praise. But when seen 
from north or south or east, with its spire 
rising from the very heart of the church, 
Salisbury is truly inspiring. In its quiet 
close it seems the very expression of Un 
church at peace. 




CHATEAU de CHAMBORD 

Between the construction of Amiens 
and Salisbury and the building of the 
Chateau of Chambord (shong-bore ) lie 
two centuries of history. In them the 
spiritual power of the church, and the 




TOWER OF THE GRAND STAIRCASE 

Ckdtfau de Chambord. 

temporal power of the pope 
and clergy, which had been 
supreme throughout the Mid 
dle Ages, gave \vay to a large 
extent to a spirit of individ 
ualism and a rising power on 
the part of the king and 
nobles. This change had its 
effect upon the arts. The palace took precedence over the church in 
architecture as the secular took precedence over the religious in painting 
and the other arts. The Chateau of Chambord dates from the earlier 
stages of this new architectural era. Built by King Francis I in the early 
years of the sixteenth century, it is but one of the hundreds of chateaux 
erected by the kings and nobles of France, from Francis to the fall of the 
monarchy. Its architectural style is what is known as early Renaissance. 



HALL IN THE CHATEAU de CHAMBORD 

The two stairways seen in the back wind around the same central 
shaft and never join. 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE WORLD 



The claim of Chambord to beauty is due, not so much to its decoration 
as to its imposing size, to the sense of spaciousness it conveys, and to 
the manner in which it reflects the spirit of its age. 

Four hundred feet square along its outer walls, this vast chateau 
was designed by Francis I merely as a hunting seat. The chief exterior 
attraction of the building lies in its roof. This is a very maze of 
gables, dormers, chimneys, and cupolas, dominated by the lantern that 
crowns the center stair, and in which lights were hung to guide belated 
hunters from the forest. 

THE STAIRWAY OF GHAMBORD 

This stairway is the chief attraction of the interior. Sweeping round 
a central newel which forms an open well, it rises the full height of 
the building. Moreover, it is not a single flight of steps, but two, so 
placed that one person may go up and one come down, yet never meet. 
From this stairway four large halls open at every floor, and four hundred 
and forty rooms and fifty other stairs fill up the wings of this great 
palace. The interior, when richly furnished, must have been magnificent. 
In spite of its size, Chambord has little history of which to boast. 
Nothing of importance or even of special interest took place there. 

NEW YORK CITY HALL 

We are fortunate indeed 
as a nation to have had in 
our earlier days an architec 
ture that could boast of such 
pleasing monuments as the 
New York City Hall. Our 
ancestors in both the North 
and South were strongly influ 
enced from the point of view 
of art by that English Renais 
sance which reached its cul 
mination in the hands of Sir 
Christopher Wren. Many a 
New England church and 
many a Southern home boasts 
an architectural beauty of 
rare charm and in rare accord 
with the natural setting of 
this new land. Nor were we 
less fortunate in public works. 
The old and new statehouses 




STAIRWAY IN THE NEW YORK CITY HALL. 



10 



BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE WORLD 



in Boston, Inde 
pendence Hall in 
Philadelphia, and 
the Capitol in 
Washington are 
but a few of the 
early buildings in 
America that, like 
the New York City 
Hall, are worthy 
to rank among the 
best in beauty of 
design. The latter 
was the work of 
John McComb, 
Jr., and was built 
between 1803 and 
1812 in a style 
based largely upon 
the Italian Renais- 




OLD COLONIAL CHAMBER 



The office of the Borough President of Manhattan in Xew York City Hall. 



sance. Though not of very great size, its proportions are remarkably fine, 
and its architecture beautiful. For good taste and for excellence of work 
manship it is as worthy of the city of millions today as of the city of 
thousands for which it was first built. 

That the source of beauty in architecture is indefinable, this brief 
account of six of the world s finest buildings has clearly shown. No two 
are alike; yet all are beautiful. And this quality lies not merely in size 
and proportions, in design and decoration, but in the appeal that each one 
makes to the mind as well as to the eye. Thus the Taj Mahal fairly 
speaks of human remembrance, the Alhambra is the embodiment of 
oriental luxury, Amiens affords a majestic picture of religious power, and 
Salisbury of quiet Christian worship, Chambord conjures up visions of 
gay kings and courtiers, while New York in its City Hall possesses a 
worthy monument of civic interest and pride. Many another building 
could be added to such a list as ours, and in the case of each it would be 
found that added to its visible and tangible beauty was an invisible char 
acter that marked it above its fellows. It is from this broad standpoint 
that all architecture should be judged. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING: "History of Architecture," Hamlin; "Indian and 
Eastern Architecture," Fergusson; "Medieval Architecture," Porter; "Handbook of 
English Cathedrals," Van Rensselaer; "Renaissance Architecture in France," Blomfield. 



ii 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 29, 1913 
Volume I Number 33 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, FIVE DOLLARS. SIN 
GLE COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POST 
AGE $1.50 EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 
EXTRA. ENTERED AT THE POSTOFFICE AT NEW 
YORK, N. Y., AS SECOND-CLASS MATTER. COPY 
RIGHT, 1913. BY THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. 
PRESIDENT AND TREASURER, R. M. DONALD 
SON; VICE-PRESIDENT, W. M. SANFORD; SEC 
RETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

A man much occupied in his business 
was asked how he came to know so much 
on so many different subjects. His an 
swer was: "Not by study I have had no 
time for that I have got my knowldge 
from the men who could give it to me, and 
from the reading that they have sug 
gested to me. When several of my friends 
who know a subject have told me about 
it, I have got it in a way that I could not 
get in study. I have got it from different 
points of view." 



These words were said in the course of 
a conversation about The Mentor. Some 
one had referred to the variety of subjects 
offered in the schedule of The Mentor 
Association, and had asked whether cer 
tain regular courses of reading could not 
be included with advantage. With the 
thought of that business man and others 
like him, we are aiming for something 
larger and more beneficial than a fixed 
set of reading courses. We have planned 
to give in The Mentor the broad, liberal 
knowledge that comes not from a strict 
course of study closely adhered to, but 
from contact with writers of authority in 
varied fields. The readers of The Mentor 
get the rich benefits afforded by many 
minds, and the year s reading is wide in 
its reach and well balanced. 



So much for the general plan of The 
Mentor Association. But there is some 
thing to be said for the reader who wants 
to have a logical course of reading through 
the seasons. So while we offer variety 
from week to week, we plan to cover 
the larger subjects in groups of articles 
that are definitely related to each other. 



If one wants to follow out a certain sub 
ject, whether it be travel, history, or art, 
he can take up the reading of his Mentors 
in groups. Look at the schedule of 1913. 
In the varied program of the year s read 
ing you will detect numbers that naturally 
belong together. You can select a set of 
Mentors that will take you on a trip to 
interesting places, with Mr. Dwight L. 
Elmendorf as a companion. If literature is 
a subject of interest to you, you can select 
Mentors on literary matters prepared un 
der the advice of, and some of them 
written by, Mr. Hamilton W. Mabie. 
Suppose that history is what you are after; 
Professor Albert Bushnell Hart gives you 
the "Story of America" in several num 
bers. It is hardly necessary to point out 
what Professor John C. Van Dyke has 
done for fine art in the numbers of The 
Mentor prepared under his direction. And 
so groups of Mentors on other subjects 
may be brought together out of the 
schedule. 



In preparing the schedule for 1914 we 
have taken thought not only for the wide 
scope of the whole year s plan, but for the 
treatment of special subjects in a way that 
will form natural groups. We have found 
this condition has met with favor, and it 
seems worth while to assure ourselves that 
all the readers of The Mentor appreciate 
it. We are told that some are gathering 
the numbers relating to a single subject 
together so as to have a small library on 
each subject available for reference. Not 
a bad idea. Imagine what an attractive 
set of volumes could be made out of 
twenty or thirty Mentors on travel by Mr. 
Elmendorf! Think what a beautiful and 
valuable set of books could be had by 
binding up the art numbers! Keep your 
back numbers. They are just as valuable 
as the ones to come. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various Depart 
ments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 

MBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



7. 
8. 

10. 

11. 
\2. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IX ART 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON, THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OF MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SON 

SCENERY 
CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OP AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 
LONDON 

THE STORY OP PAX 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 



.7. DUTCH MASTERPIECES 

PARIS, THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 

20. MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 

21. AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 

22. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE EXPLORERS 

23. SPORTING VACATIONS 

24. SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OF 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 

25. AMERICA 

AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 
27. VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREATAMEK >RS 

30. FURNITURE AND ITS MAK? 

31. SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 

32. HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 



THESE BACK LUMBERS WILL BE S UPPLIED AT l-IFl CH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful color pictures 

GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 

Canvasback Duck, Bob White, Canada Goose, Wild Turkey, Mallard Duck, 
Ruffed Grouse. The story of their haunts and habits charmingly told by 
EDWARD H. FORBUSH, State Ornithologist of Massa, 

MBERS TO FOLLOW 



13s STORY OF AMERICA: THE < 
FOR NORTH AMEk 

iie. The Deerfiekl 
Of. Wesley, Braddot> 

>n. 

rt. Professor 
(, Harvard L 

TOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 

Au lerick Mac 

. J. Q. A. Ward. George Grey Bar 



>F THE Pr 
Pole. 

NOV. 3. THE MEDITERRA: 

Algiers. Monte Carlo, The I 

HEROES OF HISTORY: 

By 



Many leading newspapers of the United States are 

now publishing every weekday a human interest 

story about one picture in 

THE MENTOR 



READ THE DAILY STORY IN THE FOLLOWING PAPERS: 



ARKANSAS 

Pine Bluff Graphic 
Texarkana Four States Press 

CALIFORNIA 

Eureka Humboldt Standard 
Pasadena Star 
Santa Ana Blade 
Vallejo Daily Times 

COLORADO 
Leadville Herald Democrat 

GEORGIA 
Rome Tribune-Herald 
Waycross Journal 

IDAHO 
Twin Falls Times 

ILLINOIS 
Chicago Record-Herald 

KANSAS 
Coffeyville Journal 
Hutchinson News 
Lawrence Journal-World 

KENTUCKY 
Bowling Green News 

MISSOURI 

Plattsbure Leader 
Poplar Bluff Daily Republi 
can 
Sedalia Capital 



MINNESOTA 
Bemidji Pioneer 

NEVADA 
Reno Gazette 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 
Concord Patriot 

NEW JERSEY 
Atlantic City Daily Press 
Hackensack Record 
Millville Republican 
Newark Star. 
Phillipsburg Daily Press 
Trenton Times. 

NEW YORK 

Elmira Star-Gazette 
Ithaca Journal 
Olean Evening Herald 
Utica Herald-Dispatch 

NORTH CAROLINA 

Greenville Reflector 
Rocky Mount Evening Tele 
gram 

OHIO 
Marion Star 

Norwalk Reflector-Herald 
Sandusky Register 




PENNSYLVANIA 

Allentown Morning Call 
Bradford Star and Record 
Carlisle Evening Herald 
Chambersburg Public Opin 
ion. 

Mt. Carmel Item 
Pittsburgh Sun 
Warren Mirror 
Waynesboro Herald 

SOUTH CAROLINA 
Spartanburg Herald 

SOUTH DAKOTA 
Aberdeen American 
Lead Black Hills Cal! 

TEXAS 

Corpus Christi Caller and 
Herald 

UTAH 
Ogden Standard 

VIRGINIA 
Newport News Daily Press 

WEST VIRGINIA 

Grafton Sentinel 
Martinsburg Journal 

WYOMING 

Sheridan Enterprise 






Isiisi tsiisnsiisisns 







VOL.1 OCTOBER 6. 1913 No 34 



THE 

MENTOR 

A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



Game Birds 
Of America 



DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL HISTORY 



SISISISIST! 



Issued Weekly by 

The Mentor Association. Inc. 

Fourtk Avenue and Nine (eentn Sireei 
New York Crty 

PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 

maSnm 



jsieisjEia 




The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT- 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. FAN DYKE .... Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSHNELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

THE ASSOCIATION 

THE purpose of The Mentor Association is to give people, in an in 
teresting and attractive way, the information in various fields of 
knowedge that they all want and ought to have. This information is 
imparted by interesting reading matter, prepared under the direction 
of leading authorities, and by beautiful pictures, reproduced by the 
most highly perfected modern processes. 

The object of The Mentor Association is to enable people to acquire 
useful knowledge without effort, so that they may come easily and 
agreeably to know the world s great men and women, the great achieve 
ments, and the permanently interesting things in art, literature, science, 
history, nature and travel. 

The annual membership fee of The Mentor Association is Five 
Dollars. Every member, upon accepting an invitation to membership, 
receives an engraved certificate of membership and becomes entitled to 
the privileges of the Association for one year, including fifty-two num 
bers of The Mentor. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 

NEW YORK 



THE MENTOR "*-^ 

"A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend" 
VOL. i OCTOBER 6, 1913 No. 34 

GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 

RUFFED GROUSE CANADA GOOSE 

BOB WHITE MALLARD 

WILD TURKEY CANVASBACK 

By EDWARD II. FORBUSH, State Ornithologist of Massachusetts 

Author of " Useful Birds and Their Protection," "A 
History of Game Birds, Wild Fowl, and Shore Birds" etc. 

NORTH AMERICA, when discovered by Columbus, probably con 
tained more game birds than any other continent. The great 
falling off in the number of these birds in recent times has been 
accentuated by the extinction of the passenger pigeon and the Eskimo 
curlew, and the rapid disappearance of many others, among which are 
the whooping crane and the sandhill crane, great birds that are gradually 
being swept from the continent. The upland plover, formerly abundant 
in every suitable grassy region east of the Rocky Mountains, is now facing 
extinction, and its salvation is beyond hope, unless the regulations, pro 
tecting it at all times, recently made by the United States Department of 
Agriculture, under the Weeks-McLean law, can be enforced. The rails 
do not appear to have decreased in number quite so rapidly as have the 
shore birds; but from the king rail, the finest of them all, down to the sora 
they are much less numerous than in the early years of the last century. 



GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 



THE RUFFED GROUSE 

"Whir-r-r-r-r-r-r clip-clip-clip Heavens! what was that? Any 
how, it s gone, and nobody s hurt. How well I recall the startling sound 
that checked in an instant my headlong pursuit of a baby cottontail rabbit 
when, from the leaves almost beneath my feet, up sprang a feathered pro 
jectile with thundering wings, 
which sped away in headlong 
flight through whirling leaves 
and bending twigs, disappearing 
in an instant in the thick of the 





YOUNG GROUSE 

The young bird learning to perch above the reach of prowl 
ing enemies. 




A RUFFED GROUSE NEST 

trees. There I (aged eight) stood, 
gazing after this new wonder, 
while little Cottontail made good 
its escape. I had seen my first 
grouse, the king of game birds. 

In the North this grouse is known as the partridge; Southerners 
recognize it as the pheasant; but how few of us know more about it! 
How few realize that it flies quietly when undisturbed, or that it has a 
variety of notes, ranging from the soft, cooing mother s call to the harsh 



YOUNG GROUSE 

Confident that they are hidden from the camera man. 



GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 




RUFFED GROUSE ON NEST 

This picture was taken by leaving the camera set ail night. 
The bird itself pulled a thread which released the shutter early 
in the morning. 



scream or squeal with which she 
hurls herself at some enemy of 
her brood. Many have heard 
the drumming of the male, 
" Thump thump thump 
thump, thump; thump, thump- 
rup, rup rup rup r-r-r-r-r-r- 
r-r-r"; but how many know 
that some seasons in some local 
ities they do not drum at all? 
And why not? 

In my notebooks the nest 
of the ruffed grouse figures as 
a hollow in the ground, lined 
with dead leaves or pine nee 
dles. The eggs range from seven 
to twelve; in one case fifteen. 
The mother does not commonly cover them on leaving the nest; although 
a bird was once seen to do so by dropping straws and leaves on her back 
and then sliding out from under. 

What keeps the eggs from harm for weeks in the open woods? The 
grouse often brings off her young safely not far from the home of hawk, 
crow, or fox. Does the mother bird leave no scent by which her many 
four-footed enemies can find her? In one case, at least, well trained pointer 
and setter dogs could not find the bird on the nest, even after she had 
walked away and returned to it. Sometimes a dog or a fox blunders on 
the nest, and then the mother, every feather on end, flies at him in an 
attempt to drive 
him away; but this 
does not scare or de 
ceive cunning Rey 
nard, and in an in 
stant his mouth is 
full of eggs. Some 
times a prowling cat 
catches the mother 
on her eggs at night, 
and that ends the 
family history; but 
in the majority 
of cases the eggs 
safely hatch. 




GROUSE 

A favorite drumming log and trysting place. 



GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 



The little ones all come from the shell together, and are fully equipped 
to find their own living. They need the mother only as guard, defender, 
and shelter. When they pop out of the eggs they leave the nest forever, 
and thenceforth they are at home in Robin Hood s barn, and sleep wher 
ever weariness or night overtakes them. A little roving band of downy, 
brownie, striped chicks, they keep close together, running here and there, 
always hunting, picking insects from grass, ground, and foliage; while 
the mother, stalking behind, herds them along with soft and gentle calls, 
acting as rear guard, to give warning of any enemy that may be upon 
their trail, to lead the destroyer away if she can, to defend them with her 
life if she cannot, and to brood them beneath her maternal breast whenever 
they are wet, cold, tired, or sleepy. Wherever night finds them there 
they snuggle down to sleep, protected from cold and storm by her tire 
less devotion. Probably the little ones do not leave much scent; but the 
fox, racoon, mink, weasel, dog, and cat may cross their trail at any 
moment, crows, owls, and hawks menace them; yet commonly about 
half of them escape all danger and grow and thrive while the summer 
waxes and wanes. They learn to 
fly by the end of the first week. 
Before they are half grown they 
leave the ground at night, and 
roost with the mother in the trees. 

When the "leaves begin to 
turn" the well grow r n brood seeks 
the wild grapevines and the wild 
apple and thorn trees that it 
may eat the fruit. When the 
first heavy snow falls the few that 
have safely run the gantlet of the 
guns squat beneath the low- 
spreading branches of some ever 
green tree and calmly allow the 
snow to cover them if it will. 
They are ready for winter now, 
and have donned their snowshoes. 
What! really? Yes, actually. 
They have grown horny processes 
on both sides of the toes which 
will help to support their weight 

on packed snow or thin crust, and A YOUNG GROU SE 

they are perfectly at home on This grouse was but nine nonths dd _ Ai this age the 

Or Under the SnOW. If a CrUSt male is not distinguishable from the female. 




GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 



freezes over them, they 
make their way beneath 
it, feeding on twigs 
and ground vegetation 
until they can break 
out. When pursued 
they dive from on wing 
into the snow, and push 
their way below the 
surface, to burst out 
again farther on. It 
is exceedingly difficult 
to starve the grouse. 
They will live on frozen 
twigs, buds, laurel 
leaves, sumac berries, 
or birch and alder cat 
kins. So my notebooks 
cover the history of 
the grouse through all 





BOB WHITE IN WINTER 

These little birds have a hard time 

finding food when the snow is on 

the ground. 




the seasons of the livelong year. 
THE BOB WHITE 

"Bob white! You bob white! " cries a brave 
little fowl from the top rail of the old fence. 
His call is the embodiment of cheerfulness. 
There is something heartening in the sound. 
This is due in part to its rich and vigorous 
quality, and in part to its rising termination 
the question in the final note as if it said 
"All right there, Fellows?" How different 
from the note of the whippoorwill, with its 
falling inflection and its general expression of 

sad finality. The whippoorwill may be a cheerful bird. One is inclined 
to doubt it; but we know Bob White is happy. Just hear him! He looks 
it too. Thus this cheerful little optimist makes his way to the hearts 
of men. Even the sportsmen who slay him love him, and are often his 
best friends, after the shooting season, and the epicure loves him 
on toast. Down South they call him partridge. In the North he is 
known as the quail; but the ornithologists, who try to settle such matters 
for all, have taken his word for it and have named him Bob White. 

This cheery little manikin is about the most important North Ameri 
can bird that flies, not excepting even the American eagle. He is the 



A YOUNG BOB WHITE 



GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 



farmer s friend. Almost every insect pest of the garden and field is grist 
for his mill. All spring and summer he slays his thousands and tens of 
thousands, and in the fall he fattens up on millions of weed seeds. Yes, 
grain too; but only the waste grain left in the stubble. That is about all 
the grain he takes and, after all this, many farmers get the sportsman 
to pay off the taxes on their farms for the privilege of shooting their 
little friend! Thus the school taxes are paid, and Bob White settles for 
the education of the children. 

The pursuit of Bob White is a blessed boon to many jaded and brain- 
wearied business and professional men. Some believe that they have 
lengthened their lives by trying to shorten his. How the bird has sur 
vived with so many "friends" thirsting for his blood is hard to tell; but 
for all his trustfulness he is not so easily taken. Many gunners have 
believed that he can sometimes fool the best dog by "holding his scent." 
I have seen him several times squat close to the ground on the approach 

of a dog, draw his head flat 
between his shoulders, and 
"sit tight" while the dog 
poked along, his nose to 
the ground, absolutely un 
conscious of the w r here- 
abouts of the little bird; 
but let a man appear, and 
the bird shows more anx 
iety and takes greater pains 
to get away or hide. I 
have seen him, when 
alarmed, disappear as if he 
had put on a coat of invisi 
bility, and then, when the 
danger was past, grow out 
of the scenery, and walk 
right toward me from the 
very spot on which my 
powerful glass had been focused all the time. How he does this is 
another story. 

Why talk about his habits? Everybody who does not know them 
can have a good time studying them; for his life is open for all to see. 
What concerns us most is how we can make this useful, companionable 
friend to man more plentiful. In the District of Columbia they have 
solved the problem by forbidding shooting for the last few years, and there 
in some places the chorus of bob whites sounds like that of the little frogs 
in springtime. A close season for five years on this bird would do more 




YOUNG BOB WHITES 

The birds in this group are seven weeks old. 



GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 



to stock the country than any other method now known; except, perhaps, 
in the northernmost part of its range, where it is sometimes almost 
exterminated by a severe winter. Event 
ually artificial propagation may solve 
our problem; for Bob White is a very 
prolific bird. 

THE WILD TURKEY 

The ruffed grouse may be the king 
of game birds in the field; but the wild 
turkey, the largest game bird that flies, 
is to my mind king of them all on the 
table. A young wild turkey, well 
roasted, is a dish for the gods. The 
domesticated turkey is not in the same 
class; nor is it a descendant of our wild 
turkey. It was bred from the Mexican 
turkey, a bird of another race, not so 
handsome as ours, and having a white 
rump. This turkey was domesticated 
by the Aztecs, and hundreds of thou 
sands were bred by them in domestication 
long before America was discovered by 
Columbus. Europeans received the bird 
from the hands of 
the Indians. The 
white man never 
has succeeded in 
domesticating any 
American game 
bird sufficiently to 
bring it into gen 
eral use. The task 
still lies before us. 
The American 
Ornithologists 
Union now recog 
nizes but one 
species and five 
subspecies of the 
wild turkey, all of WILD TURKKY 

WniCn are natives This picture shows a female with its young. It is reproduced from one of the 
Of this Continent. famous set of plates of "Birds of America" made by J. J. Audubon. 




Copyright. 1912. by Outdoor World and Recreation 
THE WILD TURKEY 

Often called the grandest bird of America. 




GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 




A WOODCOCK 



The range of the species formerly 
extended over Mexico, most of the 
United States, and into southern On 
tario. The early explorers found it rov 
ing in large flocks along the Atlantic 
seaboard, and at times migrating in great 
armies in search of food. 

We can form little idea today of 
the former almost incredible abundance 
of these noble birds. Our forefathers 
were accustomed to hunt them for the 
Thanksgiving dinner, and they rarely 
failed to secure a good supply. The bird 
is now extinct through the greater part 

of its former range. It was hunted, trapped, and shot at all seasons, 
and is likely to vanish from the earth unless it can be propagated under 
partial domestication and restored to its former habitat. 

THE CANADA GOOSE 

There is a quality in the cry of the wild geese returning northward 
in the spring that stirs the blood of all to whom the "Red Gods" call. 
That wild and solemn clamor ringing down the sky is as "the voice of 
one crying in the wilderness." All eyes are turned to follow the baseless 
triangle drifting fast across the sky. What memories are awakened by 
that resounding call, memories of open marsh or prairie, sounding shore 
and placid bay, lake or river, scenes of a wilderness of waters or of plains; 
for the wild goose is a bird of the waste places! Two hundred years ago 
it nested over the greater part of the continent; but civilization and mar 
ket hunting have confined it now mainly to the vast morasses of the 
North, where it seeks some island in the 
marshy lands and there makes its nest. 

The goose normally mates for life, 
and as its life is reckoned to last about 
one hundred years the partnership, bar 
ring accidents, is a long one; but life is 
full of accidents. The goose does not 
reach maturity early, and therefore does 
not breed for the first few years. The 
gander is not such a goose as he looks; 
for in his constant watch over mate, 
nest, and young he shows both courage 
and sagacity. He defends his mate and 
brood to the utmost extremity. He is 




RING-NECK PLOVER 

This bird mother is brooding a chick. 



GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 




CANADA GOOSE 



The male is standing and the female sitting. 



said to be a victor sometimes over 
the crafty fox, and he easily drives 
away the deer or elk when his young 
are in danger. The goslings take to 
the water early; but they like to 
go ashore to feed on the green grass 
and herbage of the uplands, and there 
they often run into trouble. One of 
their greatest aquatic enemies is the 
snapping turtle. I have known one of 
these monsters to capture a full grown 
goose by catching its foot. In the 
fierce struggle that followed the goose 
escaped only by tearing its leg from 
the socket, and died a miserable death 
from the result of its fearful wound. 
When advancing winter seals the 
waters of their northern home, the 
geese gather in flocks, rise in air, and 
turn their faces to the south. They 
travel by well known landmarks, and 
unlike many sea fowl often become 
confused in a fog. Therefore, I believe they never intentionally fly 
out of sight of land; though they often cross wide bays and inlets. 

THE MALLARD 

The mallard is a cosmopolitan, the wild duck of the world, the pro 
genitor of the domestic duck, and the chief water fowl of the game pre 
serve. Its eggs and flesh formed a considerable part of the food of Indians 
and early settlers. Vast numbers of mallards formerly bred not only in 
Canada and Alaska, but in the western United States. Tons and tons 
of these birds were killed for their feathers by Indians and halfb reeds in the 
South and West. Boats loaded to the gunwales, wagons piled with 
ducks, to be given away; tons of birds spoiled before they could be shipped, 
then hauled out and dumped into the coulees; markets glutted and mar- 
ketmen unable to handle the birds, these were all episodes of the time 
of plenty. The result of this appalling waste, and the settlement of a 
large part of their breeding grounds, has been a tremendous decrease in 
the number of mallards in the country; but the birds may be readily 
replaced by protection and artificial propagation, and the mallard is not 
in any immediate danger of extinction. 

It nests in marsh or slough wherever it is undisturbed. The little 
ones, when hatched, soon reach shallow water, where they are perfectly 



GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 



at home. They swim about the sedge and water plants, catching insects, 
and when danger threatens keep concealed and sheltered by the herbage. 
They are often in peril, not only from hawks, owls, eagles, gulls, and 
herons, foxes, minks, and dogs, but they are attacked on all sides in their 
own element. Great frogs and fish spring to seize them with open mouths. 
Turtles prey upon them, and in the South alligators devour many. 
When a dog scents the little family in shoal waters and rushes in, the 
mother throws herself in his way and flutters off as if sorely wounded. 
While he chases her eagerly, his open mouth close to her tail, the little 
ones dive and swim away, more under water than above it, and, leaving 
the slough, crawl through the grass to the next refuge, hiding there safely 
until all danger is passed. Inherited experience has taught them the 

way of life, that 
their species may be 
perpetuated. 

THE CANVAS- 
BACK 

Long live the 
canvasback! His 
fame has gone far 
ther, perhaps, than 
that of any other 
American game 
bird. Some epicures 
rank him above the 
little-neck, the lob 
ster, or the terrapin, 
and he is considered 
a greater luxury 
than quail on toast. 
Yet the canvas- 
back,when deprived 
of its favorite food, 
the wild celery, is 
hardly superior to 
the despised mud- 
hen. Wilson tells 
us that many years 
ago a vessel loaded 
with wheat was 
wrecked near Great 
Egg Harbor. The 




BLACK DUCKS 

The birds are gathering to feed. 




BLACK DUCKS 

These birds were purposely flushed and taken on the first upward spring. 



GAME 



BIRDS 



O F 



AMERICA 




DUCKS SWIMMING ACROSS A BAY 



wheat floated out in quantities, and soon the bay was "covered" with a 
new kind of duck unknown to the local gunners. They had great sport 
for three weeks, shooting canvasbacks, and sold them for twenty-five 
cents a pair; but did not discover the particular excellence of their flesh. 
They finally learned what they were and that they might have disposed 
of them for four times the sum they had received. 

Redheads, which feed to a great extent on wild celery, often appear 
on the table masquerading as canvasbacks. In one case, at least, the 
gunner sold to some innocent clerks a lot of fish-eating sheldrakes or mer 
gansers under the name of canvasbacks. I am told that the dishes that 
resulted were about as palatable as a bundle of old stewed kerosene lamp- 
wicks. 

No longer ago than 1850 canvasbacks hovered in interminable flocks 
about Chesapeake Bay. Over ten thousand people were accustomed to 
shoot there. These ducks were then plentiful in all first class restaurants 
and hotels of the East. The glories of Chesapeake Bay as a shooting 
ground have largely departed, and canvasback ducks are now rarely seen 
on tables w r here they formerly appeared often; but there is still a stock of 
breeding birds left, and with adequate protection it will be long before 
we see the last of the species. So far as I know, no one has as yet suc 
ceeded in breeding this bird in captivity. Therefore we cannot depend 
on artificial propagation; but must protect the stock of wild birds. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING Birds of America, by John James Audubon; 
Game Birds of North America, Wild Fowl of North America, and North American 
Shore Birds, by Daniel Giraud Elliott; Feathered Game of the Northeast, by Walter 
H. Rich; American Game Bird Shooting, by George Bird Grinnell. 



1 1 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. V. 



MONDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1913 
Volume I No. 34 

ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N. Y. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT, 1913, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER, R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT, W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY. L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

The legend of The Mentor must by this 
time have become familiar to all readers. 
It is printed on the cover, "A Wise and 
Faithful Guide and Friend." We have 
been asked the origin of this. The phrase 
is quoted exactly from the definition of 
MENTOR as given by one of the highest 
authorities in the English language. We 
are glad that some one asked this. It is 
the sort of inquiry that makes our mail 
interesting. The character of corre 
spondence that comes to The Mentor is 
extraordinary. It is the natural response 
to the offer of service that The Mentor 
extends. The keynote of The Mentor 
Association plan is helpful service. Our 
mail shows that there is a large public 
that is eager and earnest in its desire to 
benefit by this service. It seemed to us 
that we could not express the spirit of 
The Mentor better than by quoting liter 
ally the phrase that defines the word "a 
guide and friend." 

* * * 

In return The Mentor reader can be in 
the full sense a guide and friend to us. 
There must be an exchange in order to 
get the greatest good out of an educa 
tional plan. You can help us if you do 
as many others have done write and tell 
us what you think of The Mentor. A 
number of valuable suggestions have come 
to us in the mail. Under the stimulus of 
the encouragement that we have had from 
so many we are broadening the plan in 
the future. Our new prospectus, just fin 



ished, will tell you fully about this. It is 
not simply a magazine subscription that 
we are concerned with. We offer a mem 
bership in an Association that brings 
many advantages. There is a saying, 
"It is a good thing to be doing a good 
thing, and it is a good thing to know that 
you are." We know that The Mentor is 
a good thing, and it is a good thing to be 
told so by so many. A member of our 
Advisory Board, Dr. Hamilton W. Mabie, 
wrote us recently: "The Mentor is 
really a triumph of high class work and 
popular treatment. I believe that the 
very best things can be given to people 
in the very best way, not by writing down, 
but simply by using standard language in 
stead of technical language. The more I 
think of the whole enterprise, the more I 
believe in it." 



We want to know what you think of 
The Mentor, and we want you to tell us 
how we can be of benefit to you as a mem 
ber of the Association. Our service is not 
complete in simply sending you The 
Mentor and the pictures week by week. 
We can bring you in touch with our Ad 
visory Board, so that you may have the 
best advice in matters of side reading, and 
intelligent direction as to the organization 
and conducting of reading clubs; also ex 
pert information concerning books and 
pictures that bear on the topics in The 
Mentor. In the day s mail we find one 
inquiry from a member of a reading club 
who wants to know what side reading she 
should take up to prepare for an evening 
on "American Landscape Painters." The 
copy of The Mentor treating that sub 
ject is to be the core and center of the 
evening s reading. The writers of authority 
associated with us enable us to give our cor 
respondent the benefit of the best advice. 



Another writer asks for a selection of 
pictures suitable for wall decoration in the 
schoolroom, leaving it to us to suggest 
appropriate subjects. This is the sort 
of inquiry that we delight in, and we 
can help of course, for we have a great 
store of good art material, to which we 
are adding each week and from which a 
wide variety of subjects can be selected. 



The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various De; 
ments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 

NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



>. 1. BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 

2. MAKERS OF AMERI< RY 

3. WASHINGTON, THE CAPITAL 

4. BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
6. ROMANTIC IRELAND 

6. MASTERS OF Ml 

7. NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 

8. PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 

9. THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 

10. SCOTLAND. THE LAND OF SON 

SCENERY 

11. CHERUBS IN ART 

i ATUES WITH A STORY 

13. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 

14. LONDON 

15. THE STORY OF PANAMA 

16. AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 

17. DUTCH MASTERPIECES 



ARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 

19. OF DEC u 

20. MAKERS OF AMERICA:. 

21. AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 

22. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE EXPLOk I 

23. SPORTING VAC ATI 

24. SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OF 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 

25. AMERICAN NOVELISTS 
AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 

27. VENICE. THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 

30. FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 

31. SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 

32. HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 

33. BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 



THESE BACK NUMBERS WILL BE S UPPLIRD AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

STORY OF AMERICA: 
CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 

La Salic, Williams House Deerfield, Death of General Montgomery, John 

Wesley, Braddock s Defeat, San Jose Mission. 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART, Professor of Government, Harvard I 

NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Oct. 20. FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 

Augvistus St. Gaudens. Frederick MacMon- 

Prench, P. W. B.v 
By Lor ado Tail. Sculptor and .1 

.. THE CONQUEST OF TH: 

:ekelton. Duke of the Abruzzi. 
Amundsci 

i/ Robert E. Pe^ry, Dis(Oi-trtr 
of the North Pole. 

Nov. 3. THE MEDITERRA.X 

By Du i^hl !..Elmtndorf. Lecturer and TV, 



0. GREAT HEROES OF HISTORY: 

Emperor Napoleoi 

n Board 
the B. 

By Ida Jf. Tarbtll. 

17. ITALIAN MASTERS OP PAINTI 

:-.naof the Cross. Raphael; The Dcl- 
ph: .- and 

the Dragon. 

Giorgione. 



Many leading newspapers of the United States are 

now publishing every weekday a human interest 

story about one picture in 

THE MENTOR 



READ THE DAILY STORY IN THE FOLLOWING PAPERS: 



ARKANSAS 
Pine Bluff Graphic 
Texarkana Four States Press 

CALIFORNIA 

Eureka Humboldt Standard 
Pasadena Star 
Santa Ana Blade 
Villejo Daily Times 

COLORADO 
Leadville Herald Democrat 

GEORGIA 

Rcme Tribune-Herald 
Waycioss Journal 

IDAHO 
Twin Falls Times 

ILLINOIS 
Chicago Record-Herald 

KANSAS 
Coffeyville Journal 
llutchinson News 
Lawrence Journal-World 

KENTUCKY 
Bowling Green News 

MISSOURI 

Piattsburg Leader 
Poplar Bluff Daily Republi 
can 
Sedalia Capital 



-MINNESOTA 
Bemidji Pioneer 

NEVADA 
Reno Gazette 

NEW HAMPSHIRE 
Concord Patriot 

NEW JERSEY 
Atlantic City Daily Press 
Hackensack Record 
Millville Republican 
Newark Star. 
Phillipsburg Daily Press 
Trenton Times. 

NEW YORK 
Elmira Star-Gazette 
Ithaca Journal 
Olean Evening Herald 
Utica Herald-Dispatch 

NORTH CAROLINA 

Greenville Reflector 
Rocky Mount Evening Tele 
gram 

OHIO 

Marion Star 

Norwalk Reflector-Herald 

Sandusky Register 

OREGON 

Coos Bay Times 

Salem Oregon Statesman 



PENNSYLVANIA 
Allentown Morning Call 
Bradford Star and Record 
Carlisle Evening Herald 
Chambersburg Public Opin 
ion. 

Mt. Carmel Item 
Pittsburgh Sun 
Warren Mirror 
Waynesboro Herald 

SOUTH CAROLINA 
Spartanburg Herald 

SOUTH DAKOTA 
Aberdeen American 
Lead Black Hills Cal! 

TEXAS 

Corpus Christi Caller and 
Herald 

UTAH 

Ogden Standard 

VIRGINIA 
Newport News Daily Press 

WEST VIRGINIA 

Grafton Sentinel 
Martinsburg Journal 

WYOMING 

Sheridan Enterprise 








ibiliaJralfalnaJteJtalfelraJialrap] 






VOL.1 OCTOBER 13. 1913 No. 




THE 



MENTOR 



A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



The Story of America in Pictures 
The Contest for North America 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY 



Issued Weekly Ly 

The Mentor Associate 

Fourth Avenue and Nineteenth Street 
New York Cii 






ioalnc 



PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 



The Mentor Association 



AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. H1BBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. VAN DYKE .... Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DW1GHT L. ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

THE ASSOCIATION 

THE purpose of The Mentor Association is to give people, in an in 
teresting and attractive way, the information in various fields of 
knowedge that they all want and ought to have. This information is 
imparted by interesting reading matter, prepared under the direction 
of leading authorities, and by beautiful pictures, reproduced by the 
most highly perfected modern processes. 

The object of The Mentor Association is to enable people to acquire 
useful knowledge without effort, so that they may come easily and 
agreeably to know the world s great men and women, the great achieve 
ments, and the permanently interesting things in art, literature, science, 
history, nature and travel. 

The annual membership fee of The Mentor Association is Five 
Dollars. Every member, upon accepting an invitation to membership, 
receives an engraved certificate of membership and becomes entitled to 
the privileges of the Association for one year, including fifty-two num 
bers of The Mentor. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
XKW YORK 



01 





THE MENTOR 



A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend" 



Vol. i 



OCTOBER 13, 1913 



No. 35 



THE STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 



LA SALLE 



CAPTURE OF LOUISBURG 



DEERFIELD MASSACRE 




CAPTURE OF QUEBEC 



BRADDOCK S DEFEAT 



POXT1AC WAR 



By ALBERT BUSH NELL HART 

Professor of Government, Harvard University 

THE whole round world is now open. Gone is the pleasure of find 
ing new lands, sighting strange mountains, floating down mysterious 
rivers, and meeting unknown races of men. After Mt. Everest 
is climbed by some daring mountaineer, and after an airship lands on the 
highest peak of Mt. McKinley, what will be left for the seeker of novelty ? 
Where can you now find a river or mountain range or tribe certified 
never before to have been seen by white men? 

That rich pleasure was enjoyed in the fullest measure by the explorers 
in North America; in fact, they enjoyed it so much that they kept it 
alive for four centuries. For a good two hundred and fifty years the 
English at intervals battered their way into Hudson Bay, and Davis 
Strait, and the Arctic deserts, trying to smash a route through the ice, 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 




ROBERT CAVELIER 
DE LA SALLE 

Born 1643; died 1687. 



around to the north of Asia and Europe. Nearly 
three centuries passed after De Soto reached 
the lower Mississippi before Lieutenant Pike 
found its source in its native lair. As late as 
1880 no man, white or red, knew the passes 
across the Canadian Rockies; and to this day 
only two boat parties have ever gone through 
the length of the canyon of the Colorado. 

In the work of opening up North America 
the French surpassed the English: if no bolder, 
they were more adventurous. From the lower 
St. Lawrence they held a direct route into the 
interior, which flanked the two great obstacles 
to western exploration; namely, the Six Nations 
of the Iroquois and the Alleghany Mountains. 
It is hard to say which was the firmer wall 
against English discovery. 

FRENCH ADVENTURE 

If we were only French, we could weep at the splendid story of French 
discovery, as compared with the final collapse of the French empire on 
the continent of North America. The French were the first to find the 
St. Lawrence; first to see each one of the Great Lakes; first to spread ex 
aggerated ideas about Niagara Falls where, according to Mark Twain, 
the hack fares in his time were so much higher than the falls that the visi 
tor did not perceive the 
latter. They were first to 
be awestruck at the site 
of the future city of Chi 
cago; first to reach the 
Mississippi; first to be 
stopped by the Falls of 
St. Anthony, which un 
fortunately were not at 
that time subject to con 
servation ; first to navigate 
the Mississippi; first to 
see the Rocky Mountains; 
first to cross from Lake 
Superior to Hudson Bay. 
What a fate, to be the 
star actors in so many 
first performances, and 




LA SALLE S SHIP, THE GRIFFIN 

From an old print. 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 



then not to appear at all in the last act! What a destiny for the earliest 
explorers of our country ! 

One reason why the French secured early control of the interior was 
that they had an astonishing gift of living on the country. When Stan 
ley crosses the Dark Continent, or Amundsen penetrates the White Con 
tinent, he carries great quantities of stores with him; but Champlain, 
and Marquette, and La Salle went light. The Frenchmen paddled their 

canoes along with their Indian friends, 

lived on game and Indian corn, found | fjfft 
much to engage and interest them, 
and were always ready for a joyous 
fight. Frenchmen know how to draw 
the pleasures of life out of unpromis 
ing surroundings. 

FOUNDING OF QUEBEC 

The French made their first per 
manent settlement at Quebec in 1608; 
but the English had then been in 
Jamestown a year. From the first 
the continent was too small to hold 
two such boisterous, expanding, and 
conflict-loving people. Captain Argall 
in 1613 opened the ball by capturing 
the little Jesuit settlement at Flying 
Mountain on Mount Desert. From 
that time, for just a hundred and fifty 
years, the two nations were sparring 
with each other. 

P or many years this warfare was 
hedged in, because mountains, woods, 
and savages filled up a broad belt of 
territory between the English coast 
settlements and the St. Lawrence. 
But in war, as in the chivalric game 
of football, when you cannot break through the center, you play round 
the ends. Hence in everyone of the six regular wars, besides various 
local squabbles, there was always fighting between French and English 
in Nova Scotia, or the islands of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, or along that 
river. In 1613 the English captured Port Royal on the Bay of Fundy, 
and again in 1690 and 1710, it became almost a habit, in 1670 they 
broke into Hudson Bay; in 1745 and 1758 they mastered Louisburg; 
and in 1759 took Quebec. 




own & Co Reproduced by 



LA SALLE PRESENTING A PETITION TO KING 
LOUIS XIV 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 




NIAGARA FALLS 



As -pictured by Father Louis Hennepin, probably the first white 

man to see this wonderful waterfall. From a plate made from 

the original Utrecht edition of 1697. 



LA SALLE 

The most gallant figure 
in this century and a half is 
the chevalier Robert Cave- 
lier, Sieur de la Salle, who 
had all the pluck and endur 
ance of his Norman ancestors. 
He was educated by the 
Jesuits; but preferred the life 
of a seignior on the frontier 
of Canada. There he heard 
tales of a river starting some 
where near the Great Lakes 
and following so long a course 
that he guessed it must be 
the Colorado. From that time 
he became a still hunter for 
the Mississippi River. He 
built the Griffin, the first ves 
sel ever seen on Lake Erie. Apparently he found the Ohio, and decided that 
that was not the advertised stream; and before he could get to the Missis 
sippi it had been discovered by the priest Marquette and the Indian trader 
Joliet, while Father Hennepin went up the great stream to the falls. 

La Salle had larger plans than to see new countries and float on 
strange rivers: he wanted to occupy that region for his sovereign and 
friend, Louis XIV, Le Grand Monarque. Early in 1682 he reached what 
the recorder of that expedition calls "the divine river, called by the 
Indians Checagou." With him was that picturesque figure Tonty, "the 
man with the iron hand" and his artificial member was no tougher and 
more enduring than his iron heart. 

February 6, 1682, the expedition reached what they called "the 
River Colbert," and six leagues lower they passed the mouth of the 
Missouri. There they registered the first protest against the St. Louis 
water supply; for that stream, they said, "is full as large as the River 
Colbert, into which it empties, troubling it so that from the mouth the 
water is hardly drinkable." The Indians entertained him with the fic 
tion that by going up the Missouri ten or twelve days he would come to a 
mountain, beyond which was the sea with many ships. 

La Salle was the man.who put the French into the Mississippi Valley, 
and thus gave them possession of the two finest regions in North Amer 
ica, the whole watershed of the St. Lawrence, including the Great Lakes, 
and the whole watershed of the Mississippi. How many different craft 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 



have followed after his canoes, a keel boat containing Aaron Burr and 
his misfortunes; a flat boat, with Abraham Lincoln stretching his long 
arms over the steering oar; the Belle of St. Louis racing the Belle of Mem 
phis, cramming sugar and hams into the furnace, and, just as she pulled 
abreast of her rival, blowing up in most spectacular style; and Porter s 
gunboats, driving past Yicksburg and exchanging broadsides with the 
batteries on the heights! Little did La Salle know that he was opening 
up a highway for a nation not yet born! 

ENGLISH CLAIMS 

Where were the English all this time? Did their Indian friends tell 
them nothing about great rivers full of crocodiles, and crook-backed, 
woolly oxen, and mountains of gold? After 1664 they held the whole 
coast from the St. Croix River to the Savannah River; but it took them 
a long time so much as to reach the edge of the Mississippi Valley. Two 
adventurous men, Thomas Batts, and the German, John Lederer, wormed 
their way through the confused mountains of western Virginia, and Batts 
reached the New River about 1671, "a pleasing but dreadful sight to 
see, mountains and hills piled one upon another." They took possession 
of "all the territories thereunto belonging" for his Majesty Charles II. 
Massachusetts, Connecticut, and Pennsylvania all had charters reaching 
west of the mountains; but they knew better than to try to pick up 
territory from under the lodge poles of the ferocious Iroquois. The Eng 
lish seemed to lack the discoverer s spirit, which can be satisfied only, 
as the colored 
preacher puts it, 
"by unscrewing the 
inscrutable." John 
Endicott thought 
he was as heroic as 
Marco Polo, when 
he went up the 
Merrimac River to 
Lake Winnepesau- 
kee, and there cut 
his initials on a 
rock ; and Governor 
Alexander Spots- 
wood of Virginia 
felt very proud of 
himself when in 
1716 he conducted 










GENERAL PEPPERELL AT LOUISBURG 

Central Pepperell was commander of the English furces which on June 16, 174$, 
captured the town of Louisburg. 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 



a party of gentlemen on horseback across the mountains into the vallev 
of the Shenandoah, which was still a long way from the Mississippi Basin. 
The French riveted their claim on the Mississippi by sending out a 
colony in 1699, which soon after founded the town of New Orleans, on 
the high bluff fourteen feet above the sea level of the nearby Lake Pon- 



chartrain. They made many 




settlements; such as Detroit, and St. 
Joseph, and Green Bay, Vincennes, Kas- 
kaskia, and Natchez. They set up trad 
ing posts among the Indians; they buried 
lead plates along the banks of the Ohio 
River, bearing the arms of the king, 
they had a clear claim to the two enor 
mous river valleys. 

What was a clear claim? The In 
dians thought they had a clear claim, and 
warlike tribes like the Iroquois and the 
Creeks fought for that conviction. The 
English claimed the Mississippi Valley 
because they wanted it, and took advan 
tage of the four international wars of 




DOOR OF OLD HOUSE, 
DEERFIELD 

Showing the holes chopped in the door by the 
Indians, through which they shot Mrs. Wei- 
don, a victim of the raid. 

the eighteenth century to 

make that claim good by 

further right of conquest. 

After the second war, by the 

treaty of Utrecht, in 1713, the first territory was chipped oflF - from the 

French possessions; Acadia (Nova Scotia) passed to the English, and with 

it they acquired whatever the French claims had been to Newfoundland 

and Hudson Bay. At the end of the third war, in 1748, they were holding 

Louisburg; but gave it back. Then in 1754 came the great struggle of 

the French and Indian War, in which the English attacked the French on 

the upper Ohio, on Lake Ontario, at Louisburg, and finally at Quebec, all 



OLD HOUSE IN DEERFIELD 

This old house escaped the conflagration in 1704. 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 




SOLDIERS MONUMENT, DEERFIELD 

This monument stands on the common in Deerfield, on the site of the 
church of 1704. 



with triumphant suc 
cess. The Canadian 
French were outnum 
bered five or six times 
to one in America, and 
their home govern 
ment had its hands 
full with European 
and naval wars, and 
could not help them. 

FRONTIER 
WARFARE 

All this fighting 
was not according to 
the nice, formal, ob- 
serve-the-laws-of-war 
methods, such as are now followed between civilized nations: it was 
more like a campaign in the Balkans, or the amenities of the Zulus 
in Africa. Europeans were not particularly gentle in their warfare. The 
early colonies were planted when the Thirty Years War was raging in 
Germany, a war in which the unoffending peasants expected both sides to rob 
them of their little property, and then to torture them because they had 
no more to give. The Indians were not the only race that found pleasure 
in inflicting awful suffering on other human beings. The cultivated Eng 
lish colonists and the French trappers and hunters were not above taking 
scalps on occasion; and, though they did not torture their prisoners, 
allowed their Indian allies to indulge themselves in that amusement. 

The French were 
better wood fighters 
than the English, 
and throughout 
these struggles had 
a disagreeable habit 
of raiding English 
settlements. Twice 
they captured vil 
lages within a day s 
march of sacred 
Boston. Their most 
DEERFIELD MEMORIAL spectacula r achieve - 

This stone marks the grave of the victims of the Deerfield massacre on ment Was the raid 

February 29, 1704. upon Deerfield in 




THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 




GENERAL MONTCALM S HEAD- 
QUARTERS AT QUEBEC 



1704, upon which an epic poem might be 
written. Depict the French and Indians steal 
ing two hundred miles through the frozen 
wilderness; the Puritans in Deerfield trusting 
to their stockade; the sudden dash at dawn; 
the shots, cries, screams; the Indians chop 
ping away with their hatchets at Parson Will 
iams front door, till they made a loophole 
through which to fire at the family; the file of 
captives quickly marshaled for the terrible 
northward trail; the valiant little band from 
Hatfield pursuing the Indians, many times 
their number, and getting a bad licking; the 
wrath and fear of all New England at this ap 
pearance of the fearful enemy! 

The people of Haverhill, Massachusetts, 
have put up a statue to a militant woman 
named Hannah Dustin w r ho, when carried 
away a captive, had the sweet thought to 
brain half a dozen of her captors, and so get 
home again with her children. Had there 
been more Hannah Dustins, there would have been fewer French raids! 
In all these wars the English colonists excelled as fighting seamen. 
We may still be proud of William Phipps and his levy of colonial forces, 
who took Port Royal in 1690. Who shall envy him his well earned title 
of Sir William, and his fair brick house on Green Lane, Boston? Think of 
the New England men, aided by a small British fleet, sallying out in 1745 
to attack Louisburg, the proudest fortress in the western world, 

laying siege to it, 
digging trenches 
before it, compli 
menting it with 
bombshells, and 
-compelling it to 
surrender! That 
was worth a score 
of Deerfields! 

The world has 
agreed to give the 
palm of pictur- 
esqueness in war 
fare to the capture 
of Quebec in 1759 







QUEBEC IN COLONIAL DAYS 

From an old print. 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 




DEATH OF GENERAL WOLFE 

When Quebec was captured from the French by the English under General 

Wolfe, the commanders on both sides were killed. General Montcalm was in 

command of the French forces. From the painting by Benjamin Wesi. 

by Wolfe s English fleet and army. Modern 
critics tell you that nothing could be easier; that 
anybody can make his way up the steep footpath 
in Wolfes Cove. But Montcalm, the French com 
mander, as brave a man and as skilled a warrior 
as you could find, did not think it likely that a 
British army would find its way to the Plains of 
Abraham at the top. Still he realized, when his 
little army came out of the strongly fortified town, 
and offered battle, that the French empire in 
America was at stake. The battle of Quebec was 
a stage battle, soldiers arriving in alarms and 
incursions, and both commanders fighting like 
heroes till they fell covered with wounds. Quebec 
was a battle that makes a man glad of being what 
he is, whether French or English. 

Four years earlier the French took their 
chance to defeat an army and kill a British gen 
eral. Somebody has said that it was a hard fate 
for a brave military officer to go down to history known only through 
"Braddock s Defeat." The trouble with Braddock was that he was an 
Englishman, bigoted, obstinate, know-it-all, but brave to his heart s core; 
and his march up through the wild country was managed with great skill. 



WOLFE S MONUMENT. 
QUEBEC 

Thi< memorial commemorate* 

the capture of Quebsc from the 

French by the English. 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 




BRADDOCK S MARCH 

General Braddock marched his army through the wilderness as though he were on a parade ground in Europe. 
To this lack of caution was due in great measure his defeat. 

Braddock was a good officer; for on that fateful day he recognized and 
gave responsibility to a better officer, young George Washington. The 
French had been on the point of fleeing 
from Fort Duquesne, and as a last des 
perate chance came out, faced the in 
vader, and defeated him. 

THE INDIAN S FATE 

"If the pitcher fall on the rock, the 
pitcher shall be broken; and if the rock 
fall on the pitcher, the pitcher shall be 
broken." So runs the Eastern proverb, 
and it applies to the fate of the Indian 
throughout the wars of the French and 
English. Every time an Indian tribe 
fought with either side it was sharpening an 
arrow that would be directed against itself. 

For a long time the Indian astutely 
played off one foreign nation against the 
other; but after the French were excluded 
the only Great Father left to the poor 
Indian was his Majesty KingGeorge III 




Copyright. 1908, by E. K. VVeller. 

BRADDOCK S GRAVE 

Near Uniontaivn, Pennsylvania, one mile east 
of Chalk Hill, beside the National Pike, lie 
the remains of General Edward Braddock. 
They are said to have been reinterred at this 
place in 1824. 



THE CONTEST FOR NORTH AMERICA 

God bless him! The French loved the Indians, in both a flowery and an 
actual way; but the English would neither protect them nor marry them. 
Hence the outbreak under Pontiac, after the Northwest had been turned 
over to England. He was one of the greatest of his race. He might have 
said, as one of his brethren did say to an Anglo Saxon potentate, "I am 

a man; and you are another." This was one of the 
few attempts in America to combine the Indian 
tribes and to attack the whites all along the line. 
When Pontiac failed there was nothing for it but 
to yield. 

Even the Iroquois gave in and learned to eat 
out of the hand of Sir William Johnson of John- 




PONTIAC 

The chief of the Ottawa*. In April, 
1769, he was murdered, when 
drunk, at Cahokia (nearly oppo 
site S. . Louis} by a Kaskaskia 
Indian, bribed by an English 
trader. He was buried near the 
St. Louis fort. 




STARVED ROCK 

In 1770 this rock became the last refuge of a small band of Illinois Indian; 
flying before a large force of Pottaivottomies, who believed that one of the 
Illinois had assassinated Pontiac, in whose conspiracy the Pottawottomies 
had taken part. Unable to dislodge th Illinois, the Pottawoltomies cut 
of their escape and let them die of starvation. 



son Hall; and they 
made the treaty of 
Fort Stamvix with the 
English in 1768, gen 
erously giving lands they had never possessed. That was fatal for tin- 
Six Nations; for they got so addicted to Great Father George III that 
they stood by him when the Revolution broke out. That gave to Patriot 
General Sullivan the chance to march into their own country in 1779, and 
to break to pieces the only American third power that ever tried to stand 
neutral between the French and the English. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING. "French and English in North America," Francis 
Parkman; " History of Canada," F. B. Tracy; " Formation of the Union," A. B. Hart; 
"France in America," Reuben G. Thwaites; "Sir William Johnson and the Six Na 
tions," W. E. Griffis; "United States" (Vol. II), Edward Channing; "Mississippi 
Basin," Justin Winsor; "Old Fort Loudon," Charles Egbert Craddock; " Seats of the 
Mighty," Gilbert Parker. 



1 1 



THE MENTOR 

ISSUED WEEKLY BY 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. V. 



MONDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1913 
Volume I Number 35 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 EX 
TRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POSTOFFICE AT NEW YORK, N. Y., AS SECOND- 
CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1913. BY THE MENTOR 
ASSOCIATION. INC. PRESIDENT AND TREASURER. R. 
M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. SANFORD; 
SECRETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

When the plan of The Mentor Associa 
tion was in its formative state a prominent 
educator said," Your principle, Learn One 
Thing Every Day, is good. Stick to it. 
Don t give too much in a single number. 
There are four things that I regard essen 
tial to the success of your plan. They 
are: Make your matter simple, make it 
interesting, be sure that it is correct and 
authoritative, and last, don t give too 
much at a time. The mental fare that 
you serve to your many readers should 
be frugal. If not, mental indigestion will 
follow." 



We have had that good advice in mind 
in all of our work. Some of our readers 
have asked us why we do not exhaust a 
subject in one number of The Mentor. 
Our answer is that, in no case, could we 
exhaust a subject, and, in most cases, we 
would exhaust the reader. We give as 
much on any subject as will interest the 
reader, and as much as he can conveniently 
retain in mind. 

* * * 

Just in the way of illustration : In the 
issue of September 29th, " Beautiful Build 
ings of the World," Professor Clarence 
Ward describes the Alhambra. Mr. 
Dwight L. Elmendorf also tells about this 
celebrated Moorish palace in the issue of 
September I5th. A large volume could 
be written on the Alhambra without ex 



hausting all that is interesting in it. But 
a large volume would be more than most 
people would care to read. The bare 
facts about the Alhambra could be told 
in a brief encyclopedic article. But that 
would be dry and, to many, uninterest 
ing. In The Mentor Mr. Elmendorf de 
scribes the Alhambra as an experienced 
traveler and observer sees it. Professor 
Ward, with the cultivated eye of a student 
of architecture, appraises the Alhambra 
as a beautiful building. Two well-informed 
men tell about the same subject, each 
from his own point of view. The result 
is a fuller and more satisfying impres 
sion. And later on, in considering the 
historic palaces of the world, the Alham 
bra may again be considered from another 
point of view. 



In this way the light of information is 
brought to bear on a subject from various 
sides, and the reader is brought with 
fresh interest to the subject several times, 
and can view it in its different aspects. 
We want all the members of The Mentor 
Association to appreciate the breadth of 
this plan, for it will make clear to them the 
reason why some important subjects are 
at present merely touched upon in The 
Mentor. We want our members to know 
that we are building up in a simple, con 
structive way, under the advice of the 
wisest educators. And we want our mem 
bers to feel a share in this constructive 
work. 



Write to us freely and frankly. It will 
be a great help. Tell us what has inter 
ested you most in The Mentor. It is most 
interesting in our work to note the desire 
shown by readers for certain subjects, and 
the demand for back numbers. In a plan 
of this sort back numbers are just as val 
uable as forthcoming numbers, and as the 
weeks go by the store of valuable material 
increases in volume. This makes a binder 
desirable. We have a very attractive 
Mentor box binder, neat in appearance 
and holding 13 copies. It will preserve 
your Mentors in good condition, and that 
is worth something, for you will always 
want them. The price is 50 cents each 
(or four for $i .75), by prepaid parcel post. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various Depart 
ments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



\o. 1. 

2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
IS. 

13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART N . 19 

MAKERS OP AMERICAN POETRY 20 

WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 21 

BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 

ROMANTIC IRELAND 

MASTERS OF MUSIC 23. 

NATURAL WONDERS OP AMERICA 24. 

PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 

THE CONQUEST OP THE PEAKS 25. 

SCOTLAND. THE LAND OF SONG AND #>. 

SCENERY 

CHERUBS IN ART 27. 

STATUES WITH A .STORY 28. 

STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES- 29. 

THE DISCOVERERS 30. 

LONDON 31. 

THE STORY OF PANAMA 32. 

AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 33. 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 

PARIS, THE INCOMPARABLE 34. 



FLOWERS OP DECORATION 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 
AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURKS 

THE EXPLORERS 
SPORTING VACATIONS 
SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OF 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 
AMERICAN NOVELISTS 
AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINT- 

ERS 

VENICE. THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 
SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 
HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 
BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 
GAME BIRDS OP AMERICA 



THESE BACK NUMBERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 



THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 

Augustus St. Gaudens, Frederick MacMonnies, J. Q. A. Ward, George Grey 
Barnard, D. C. French, P. W. Bartlett. 

By LORADO TAFT, Sculptor and Auiho,. 
NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Oct. 27. THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 

Naiwen, Shackclton. Duke of the Abruzzi. 
Amundsen, Scott. Peary. 
By Rear Admiral Robert E. Peary, Discoverer 
of the North Pole. 

Nov. 3. THE MEDITERRANEAN 

Algiers, Monte Carlo, The Riviera, 

Genoa, Naples. 

By Dv ight L.Elmendorf. Lecturer and Traveler. 

Nov. 10. GREAT HEROES OF HISTORY: 
NAPOLEON 

Emperor Napoleon. Bridge at Arcole 
Retreat from Moscow, Napoleon on Board 
the Bcllerophon, Napoleon at St. Helena. 
By l.ta M. IjrMl. 



Nov. 17. ITALIAN MASTERS OF PAINTING 

Madonna of the Cross. Raphael; The Del 
phic Sibyl, Michael Angelo; St. George and 
the Dragon. Tintoretto; Venice Enthroned. 
Veronese; Charles V at MUhlberg. Titian; 
Knight of Malta. Giorgione. 

ByGustat Kobbt, Author andCnii. 

J4. FAMOUS COMPOSERS. Chopin. Men- 
delssoan, Schubert, Schumann. 1. 
Brahms. 



By Henry 
Critic. 



T. FituJt, Author and 



The Mentor Idea 



HPHE idea of which The Men- 
tor Association is the out 
growth is one of the oldest in the 
world. It is as old as Curiosity 
and just as human. The "Won 
der Why" of Curiosity is always 
linked with the "Want to Know." 
The two lead on to knowledge. 
What has always been wanted and 
what is wanted now is a quick, 
easy and agreeable way of getting 
Knowledge. This is what The 
Mentor Association supplies 



Send the names and addresses of a few friends to whom you would 
like to have us mail copies of The Mentor with your compliments 



VOL.1 OCTOBER 2O, 1913 No. 36 




MENTOR 

A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 




LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



Famous American 
Sculptors 

DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 



Issued Weekly Ly 

The Mentor Association, Inc 

rourm Avenue ana Nineteenth Street 
Mew York Crty 

PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 



- 



The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G, HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE . . - Author and Editor 

JOHN C. VAN DYKE .... Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSHNELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
IPILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DW1GH T L ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

THE ASSOCIATION 

THE purpose of The Mentor Association is to give people, in an in 
teresting and attractive way, the information in various fields of 
knowedge that they all want and ought to have. This information is 
imparted by interesting reading matter, prepared under the direction 
of leading authorities, and by beautiful pictures, reproduced by the 
most highly perfected modern processes. 

The object of The Mentor Association is to enable people to acquire 
useful knowledge without effort, so that they may come easily and 
agreeably to know the world s great men and women, the great achieve 
ments, and the permanently interesting things in art, literature, science, 
history, nature and travel. 

The annual membership fee of The Mentor Association is Five 
Dollars. Every member, upon accepting an invitation to membership, 
receives _an engraved certificate of membership and becomes entitled to 
the privileges of the Association for one year, including fifty-two num 
bers of The Mentor. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
NEW YORK 



UU 



THE MENTOR 



; A Wise and Faithful Guide and Friend" 



Vol. i 



OCTOBER 20, 1913 



No. 36 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 



JOHN QUINCY ADAMS 
WARD 

FREDERICK WILLIAM 
iMACMONNIES 

GEORGE GREY BARNARD 




DANIEL CHESTER FREN CH 

AUGUSTUS 
SAINT GAUDENS 

PAUL WAYLAND 
BARTLETT 



By LORADO TAFT 

Sculptor, and Author of " History of American Sculpture J: 

THE story of American sculpture is a brief one compared with the 
chronicles of other lands. Our first professional sculptors, Horatio 
Greenough and Hiram Powers, were both born in 1805. In European 
countries the records of the last hundred years are but fragments, brief 
sequels to the story of ages of endeavor. It is difficult to realize that our 
actual achievement, from the very kindergarten stage of an unknown art 
to the proud eminence held by American sculpture in the Paris Exposi 
tion of 1900, was the work of but three score years and ten was seen in 
its entirety by many living men. 

BEGINNINGS OF AMERICAN SCULPTURE 

The beginnings of all arts in this country have been timid and 
imitative. Literature, music, and painting had something to found them 
selves upon in the national tradition; but sculpture was never abundant 
in England, and this art, usually one of the earliest, was the last to appear 
in America. Its first inspirations were Italian, and for half a century 
American sculpture was a crude parody on the art of Canova and Thor- 
valdsen. Many of our sculptors, like Powers, Greenough, Crawford 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 



Story, Randolph Rogers, Rinehart, Ball, Mead, and Harriet Hosmer, 
made their homes in Florence and Rome, and welcomed the ever swelling 
tide of American travel with wistful greetings. Perhaps their influence 
was greater there upon the receptive travelers than it could have been at 
home; but one cannot help feeling a high regard for men like Palmer, 
John Rogers, and Ward, who held the fort," developing the native ma 
terial of their own land. 

About the time of the Centennial, France was suddenly discovered 
by our young sculptors. Her opportunities were appreciated, and soon 
the entire stream of students was diverted thither from Italy and Ger 
many. Saint Gaudens was the first important product of the American- 
French school of sculpture, and his talent and training together offered 
an irresistible argument for the new methods. 

JOHN QUINCY ADAMS WARD 

Before speaking further of our greatest sculptor, a few words 
should be devoted to the last and most distinguished of the pioneers, 

John Quincy Adams Ward (1830- 
1910), who was privileged to see the 
triumphs of American sculpture at 
home and abroad, and to participate 
them to the end Always keenly 




in 



BIRTHPLACE OF J. O. A. WARD 

Ward was born in 1830, on a farm in the neigh 
borhood of Urbana, Ohio. 

alive and vibrantly responsive to 
the forces at work about him, he 
was ever a contemporary of the 
youngest men of his profession. 
Ward s earliest success, The 
Indian Hunter" in Central Park, 
New York City, was the result 
of a long journey among the red 
men. Its intensity is an uncon 
scious revelation of the man 
who made it: no lackadaisical 
dreamer could have conceived 




FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 




the idea, much less have carried it to its happy 
realization. The emotion of war times found 
expression in "The Freedman," and later in a 
notable series of memorials to heroes of the con 
flict, culminating in the great "Henry Ward 
Beecher" of Brooklyn, one of the most im 
pressive portraits in this country. None but a 
big man could have grasped that character; 
none but a strong nature could convey to others 
that impression of exuberant vitality and of con 
scious power. The great preacher stands solidly 
upon his feet, enveloped in a heavy overcoat and 




WASHINGTON, BY WARD 

On Watt Street, New York City. 
The pedestal bean the inscription: 
"On this silt, in Federal Hall, 
April 30, \j%<),George Washington 
took the oath as the first President 
oj the United States of America." 

cape, his hat in hand. 
The poise is superbly 
confident; the leonine 
head uplifted as if 
in command rather 
than in exhortation. 

New York City has many of Ward s works. His "Pilgrim" and 
"Shakespeare" in Central Park are well known. His "Horace Greeley : 
is the last word in faithful characterization, as vivid as his Wall Street 
"Washington" is noble and detached. The admirable equestrian "Gen 
eral Thomas" and the "Garfield" monument in Washington are equally 
familiar. The uprightness and dignity of the whole life of the sculptor 
left their impress upon every portrait he modeled. Some are greater 
than others; but they are men, everyone of them. They stand firmly 
on their feet, and they make no gestures, no attempt to win us. There 



THE WARRIOR, BY WARD 

One of the three figures that adorn the base of the Garfidd statue at Wa<h- 
ington. The other two are the " Statesman " and the " Student." 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 




is no restlessness, no anxiety; you feel 
eternity in their attitudes, in their com 
posure. Above all, the sculptor has 
known how to endow each with an 
individual intelligence. 



SAINT 
THE 



GAUDENS, 
MASTER 



Augustus Saint Gaudens, like so 
many of our best citizens, was a prod 
uct of another land; of two others, in 
fact. Born in Dublin in 1848 of a 
French father and an Irish mother, he 
represented an unusually fortunate 
combination of two artistic races. The 
humble family settled in 1850 in New 



GRIEF, BY SAINT GAUDENS 

This mysterious figure is sometimes called " Death," or 

" The Peace of God." It is in Rock Creek Cemetery, 

Washington, and is a memorial to Mrs. Adams. 

York, where the boy was early 
apprenticed to a cameo cutter, 
supplementing his childish efforts 
with a rigorous training in the 
drawing classes of Cooper Union. 
In 1880, after some years abroad, 
he exhibited at the Salon his 
remarkable figure of Admiral Far- 
ragut, now in Madison Square, 
New York, which still remains one 
of his finest works. This statue 
and its harmonious pedestal met 
with instant success, and was fol 
lowed by a series of triumphant 
works, so novel and original, so 



- 




DEACON CHAPIN, BY SAINT GAUDENS 

At Springfield, Massachusetts. 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 



significant and admirably perfected, that the master s position at the 
head of the profession in this country was constantly reaffirmed to the 
day of his death. 

Indeed, in reviewing the life of this great artist, one asks what other 
sculptor of modern times has produced such a succession of notable 
achievements as the "Farragut"; the "Lincoln" of Chicago; the "Dea 
con Chapin" of Springfield, Massachusetts; the "Adams Memorial" 
in Washington; the 
"Shaw Memorial"; 
the "Logan"; the 
"Sherman", and 
finally the seated 
"Lincoln." Add to 
this the countless 
exquisite medal 
lions, the delight 
fully decorative 
high relief portraits, 
and, perhaps most 
beautiful of all, that 
angelic brood of 
which the "Amor 
Caritas" is the type 
and [culmination, 




Copyright. 1905. by De W. C. Ward. 

AUGUSTUS SAINT GAUDENS IN HIS STUDIO 

From a painting by Kfnyon Cox. 



and where shall we 
look for a more in 
dividual expres 
sion ? Rodin himself, with all his contortions, has not produced so much 
beauty nor demonstrated himself more "original." 

To different moods these great works make their differing appeals. 
The heroic "Lincoln," with its strong, gaunt frame and its majestic head 
bowed in sympathetic tenderness; the sturdy "Chapin," wrapped in a 
voluminous cloak and self sufficiency; the mysterious, inscrutable genius 
of the Adams tomb; the rhythmic momentum of the colored regiment 
with its fated leader riding serenely, square shouldered, and level eyed 
to his doom; the glorious "Victory" of the Sherman group, the most 
spiritual, most ethereal of all sculptured types, what an array are these! 
What wealth to have brought to our national ideals! 

DANIEL CHESTER FRENCH 

Worthy successor to the great artist who put us all under such heavy 
obligations is Daniel Chester French, whose work is known throughout 
the land. French was born at Exeter, New Hampshire, in 1850, and 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 



grew up in Concord, Massachusetts, 
amid ideal surroundings. His first 
youthful effort in sculpture, "The 
Minute Man of Concord," was a suc 
cess, and his busy life has known no 
failures. No other American sculptor 
has produced so much, and we can 
name here but a few of his most 
important works. 

Best beloved is the noble "Death 
and the Young Sculptor," designed as 
a memorial to the sculptor, Martin 
Milmore. In this poetic group we 
have unquestionably one of the high 
est expressions of a purely American 




BIRTHPLACE OF D. C. FRENCH 

French was born in Exeter, New Hampshire, on 
April 20, 1850. 






Reproduced from American Sculpture, by Lorado 
Taft. Copyright, 1903. by The MacMillan Co. 

ALMA MATER, BY FRENCH 

Adorning the approach to the Library of 
Columbia University, New York City. 



DANIEL CHESTER 
FRENCH 

French is well known as a 

sculptor in both America and 

Europe. 



MINUTE MAN, BY FRENCH 

At Concord, Massachusetts. 



art. Other works of interest are the ascetic 
"John Harvard" of Cambridge; a vigorous 
"General Cass" and the touchingly sympathetic 
"Gallaudet" group, both in Washington, D. C.; 
the "O Reilly" monument of Boston; the 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 




FREDERICK WILLIAM 
MACMONNIES 



French, and many tnere are 
who owe to him their success 
ful beginnings. 

FREDERICK MACMONNIES 

When in 1884 Frederick 
MacMonnies arrived in Paris he 
was equipped as no American 
had ever been before. He was 
twenty-one years old, and had 
already spent five years in the 
studio of Saint Gaudens, besides 
learning to draw like a skilled 
painter. His progress was pro 
portionate, and it has been his 
joy ever since to meet his Eu 
ropean competitors upon their 
own field and to rival them in 
whatever they undertake. If 
there is nothing distinctively 
American in his art, it is sculp 
ture of the highest degree of 
workmanship, an international 



equestrian "Washington" in Paris and Chicago; 
"General Grant" in Fairmount Park, Philadelphia; 
and "General Hooker" in Boston. Among his most 
recent works are a "Lincoln" for Lincoln, Nebraska, 
and an "Emerson" for Concord. 

The Columbian Exposition was crowned by 
French s gigantic and truly monumental "Repub 
lic," a superb figure which reappears, comfortably 
seated for all time, in the "Alma Mater" of Colum 
bia. French does not disdain architectural sculpture, 
and has made beautiful groups for the Custom 
House of New York, the post-office of Cleveland, 
and the pediment of the Brooklyn Institute. In 
the recent Parkman and Melvin memorials he has 
shown a treatment peculiarly adapted to the stone, 
a most valuable suggestion to our younger men. 
No one has greater influence upon the trend of 
American 
sculpture 
than has 
there 




HORSE TAMERS, BY MACMON NIES 

Two groups, one of which is shown, that adorn an entrance to 
Prospect Park, Brooklyn. They formed part of the sculp 
tor s remarkable exhibit at the Paris Exposition of 1900. 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 



coin that passes current wher 
ever good art is known. 

No one has ever worked 
quite so feverishly as did Mac- 
Monnies during those wonderful 
first years of his career, and no 
one has ever done so much in 
the time. The list is too long 
even to chronicle here, much less 
to comment upon. Beginning 
with the "Nathan Hale" and 
"Stranahan" of the Salon of 
1891, the sculptor came insist 
ently into national view in 1893 
with his great Columbian foun 
tain, the jewel of the Chicago 
Exposition. It was the oppor 
tunity of a lifetime, and the 
young sculptor rose serenely and 
triumphantly to the occasion. 
The memory of that exquisite 
twilight vision remains a delight 
to all who saw it. Orders fol 
lowed in rapid sequence, and 
brought more successes, the 
archaistic "Shakespeare" of the 
Congressional Library; the 
irresistible "Bacchante" "Sir 





BIRTHPLACE OF G. G. BARNARD 

Barnard was born at Bellefonte, Pennsylvania, where 

his parents were temporarily residing in 1863. The 

sculptor is really a Westerner. 



THE HEWER, BY BARNARD 

The plat eon the pedestal says, "Erected in memory of William 

Parker Halliday, and presented to the city of Cairo, III., A. 

D. 1906, in token of his unswerving f aith in her destiny." 

Henry Vane" of Boston; and the 
sculptor s various contributions to 
Prospect Park, Brooklyn, the Me 
morial Arch, with its gigantic army and 
navy groups, and its glorious Quad 
riga above, and the "Horse Tamers." 
Upon the exhibition of these 
works at the Paris Exposition of 1900 
MacMonnies decided that he wanted 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 




GEORGE GREY BARNARD 



a rest, which in the case of one of his nervous 
temperament meant merely a change. He 
dropped his modeling tools absolutely, and 
for a number of years gave himself up to the 
joys of painting. All sculptors dream of this; 
but he could really do it. His work on canvas 
is no less masterly than his sculpture. Of late 
he has returned to his first love, and we look for 
ward eagerly to the new products of his studio. 

THE BOLD ORIGINALITY 
OF BARNARD 

George Grey Barnard is a Westerner, 

although he chanced to be born in Pennsylvania, 

where his par 

ents were tem 

porarily residing 

in 1863. The sculptor s father is a clergy 
man, and the fortunes of the ministry after- 
uard led him to Chicago, and thence to 
Muscatine, Iowa, where the son passed his 
boyhood. One cannot doubt that these 
circumstances had their profound influence 
upon the character of the young artist. In 
it is something of the largeness of the 
western prairies, something of the au 
dacity of a life without tradition or prec 
edent, a burning intensity of enthusiasm; 
above all, a strong element of mysticism 
which permeates all that Barnard does 
or thinks. 

The stories of his student struggles in 
Chicago and Paris are familiar. The first 
result of all this self sacrifice became tan 
gible in that early group, a tombstone for 
Norway, in which the youth portrayed 
"Brotherly Love," a work of "weird and 
indescribable charm." 

In 1894 Barnard completed his cele 
brated group, "Two Natures," upon which 
he had toiled, in clay and marble, for sev- 

. . . A oivid representation of the mighty Horen- 

eral years. Ihis masterful achievement tine, is on, o thebroKutfai,, that decorate 




Reproduced from American Sculpture, by Lorado 
Tart. Copyright. 1903. by The MacMillanCo. 

MICHELANGELO. BY BARTLETT 



gave him at once high standing in Europe, tke rotunda of tiu Comrtuionai Library. 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 



and his work has never since ceased to interest the cultivated public 
of the world s capitals. Then followed an extraordinary "Norwegian 
Stove," a monumental affair illustrative of Scandinavian mythology; 
and "Maidenhood" and the "Hewer," two of the finest nudes thus far 
produced in America. 

The great work of Barnard s recent years has been the decoration 
of the Pennsylvania capitol. It has been said of him that he was "the 
only one connected with that building who was not smirched"; but 
his part is a story of heroism and triumph. The writer has not yet seen 
the enormous groups in place, but is familiar with fragments that 
have won the enthusiastic praise of the best sculptors of Paris. They 
are inspiring conceptions which point the way to still mightier 

achievements in American sculpture. 




LAFAYETTE, BY BARTLETT 

In the Louvre, Paris. 



THE VIGOR OF BARTLETT 

Paul Wayland Bartlett was born 
in 1865 of artistic ancestry, his father 
being Truman Bartlett, teacher and 
critic. The boy grew up in Paris, 
entering the Beaux-Arts at the age 
of fifteen, and working also at the 
Jardin des Plantes under the help 
ful guidance of Fremiet, the great 
animalist. His art has always 
offered an interesting blend of the 
two influences, animal forms appear 
ing in nearly all his compositions. 

Bartlett s first important exhibit 
was the "Bohemian Bear Trainer"; 
the second, the Indian "Ghost Dan 
cer, " shown at the Chicago Expo 
sition. Soon followed those striking 
works for the Congressional Library, 
his "Columbus ""and "Michelan 
gelo." The former shows the dis 
coverer in a new light, no longer 
the gentle dreamer, the eloquent 
pleader, the enthusiast, nor yet the 
silent victim in chains, but a hero 
of might and confidence, hurling 
proud defiance at his calumniators. 
The "Michelangelo" is, if possible, 
an even more vivid though less 



10 



FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 



vehement presentation of its theme. The 
short, gnomelike figure with stumpy legs; 
the big, powerful hands; the stern face, rough 
hewn, with its frown and tight lips, all these 
combine to make this at first sight a not 
very winning presentation of the great 
master; but it has the quality that will out 
live all others. It was left to an American 
sculptor to grasp his character profoundly, 
and to create an adequate representation of 
the mighty Florentine. 

Bartlett s young "Lafayette" stands in 
one of the most coveted sites in all Paris, 
within the inclosure of the Louvre. It is well 
worthy of the honor, and is a monument to 
the artist s capacity for "taking pains," 
representing as it does many years of study 
and experiment. 

Bartlett collaborated with Ward upon 
the pedimental group of the New York Stock 
Exchange, and a logical result of the good 
work done there was the commission to 
design the long awaited pediment for the 
House of Representatives in Washington, a 
gigantic undertaking of great significance, 
which is now in progress. 

To select these six names out of a 
hundred seems invidious. One wants to talk 

r TT i A j 11-1 TII 

r IT AdamS 1 a " d hlS beau tlful busts, 

or Karl Bitter and all the fine things he has 
done, of MacNeil and Grafly and Aitken and the Piccirillis and the 
Borglums and all the rest, of the Boston men, of the women sculptors, 
even of the little western group; but space fails. They are all working 
enthusiastically for the love of their art and for the fair fame of America. 




BLACK HAWK, BY LORADO TAFT 

A concrete work of gigantic proportions, 
overlooking Rock Riser, Illinois. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING "History of American Sculpture," Lorado 
Taft; "American Masters of Sculpture," Charles H. Caffin. 

MAGAZINE ARTICLES "George Grey Barnard, Sculptor," G. B. Thaw, 
World s Work, December, 1902; "Daniel Chester French, Sculptor," Lorado Taft, 
Brush and Pencil, Vol. 5; "Bartlett" ("Some American Artists in Paris,") Francis 
Keyser, Studio, Vol. 13; "Frederick MacMonnies, Sculptor," H. H. Grier, Brush and 
Pencil, Vol. 10; "Augustus Saint Gaudens," Kenyon Cox, Century, Vol. 13; "The 
Work of J. Q. A. Ward," Russell Sturgis, Scribner s, Vol. 32. 



ii 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



OCTOBER 20, 1913 



Vol. i 



No. 36 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK, N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT, 1913, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION. INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY. L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

"Seek knowledge wherever it can be 
found throughout the world." So spoke 
Mutsuhito, late Emperor of Japan. It 
was a favorite maxim of his, and one fre 
quently repeated by his subjects. It 
might well be a legend of The Mentor, 
for the wise thought beneath that injunc 
tion of the emperor s is just what in 
spired The Mentor plan. 



The method pursued in The Mentor 
finds, too, a striking parallel in Japanese 
life. In seeking knowledge and in the 
enjoyment of beautiful things, the Jap 
anese set their minds on "one thing at a 
time." Their habit of thought and their 
method of study are such as might be ex 
pressed in The Mentor principle, "Learn 
one thing every day." 



The thoroughness of the Japanese is 
well known. Their intelligence, enter 
prise, and up-to-dateness have been illus 
trated many times in the arts of peace 
and in the science of war. In this one 
particular principle of concentration in 
study, and single mindedness in the en 
joyment of beautiful things, the Japanese 
may well be taken as a model for the rest 
of mankind. 



My friend Takashima showed me 
lately a beautiful vase. It stood on a 
pedestal in a room that seemed to me 
empty. Simple matting covered the 
floor; simply decorated screens covered 
the walls; a few pieces of furniture, 
equally simple, were all that the room 
contained beside that vase. "Is it not 
beautiful?" he said, and then he gave me 
its history, telling me who, among the 
early masters of Chinese pottery, had de 
signed and shaped this exquisite work of 
art. I remarked on the reverence that he 
showed for a single work of art in devot 
ing a room to it alone. "Enjoy one thing 
of beauty at a time," he said. "I could 
not enjoy this vase in a room filled with 
miscellaneous things. As well go to a 
shop. The mind would be in chaos 
knowing nothing well and appreciating 
nothing to the full." 



Such had always been Takashima s 
habit. He said it was a habit of his 
people. "Why," he asked, "should you 
have more than one thing of beauty in 
your room at a time? Enjoy it to the full. 
Then place something else there, but, be 
fore removing it, get out of it all that there 
is in it of beauty and of knowledge. You 
cannot do this in the confusion of a room 
filled with many varied things." The in 
cident was so strikingly in accord with 
The Mentor idea that it seemed as if 
Takashima might the next moment have 
added the phrase, "Learn one thing 
every day." 



And so the principle underlying the 
plan of The Mentor Association is one 
approved and exercised by a nation of 
intelligent people. How many other 
people follow this direct and simple path 
to knowledge we cannot say, but that it 
is not only the direct and simple way, but 
the one satisfying and effective way 
of acquiring knowledge, is plain. On that 
principle The Mentor Association is 
founded, and by following that prin 
ciple, the members of the Association can 
add day by day to their store of knowl 
edge, and can fully and intelligently enjoy 
the beautiful things in art. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various Depart 
ments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



6. 
7. 

8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13. 

Id. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OP AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OP MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND, THE LAND OP SONG AND 

SCENERY 
CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OP AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 
LONDON 

THE STORY OP PANAMA 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 



No. 20. MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 

21. AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 

22. STORY OP AMERICA IN PICT 

THE EXPLORERS 

23. SPORTING VACATIONS 

24. SWITZERLAND! THE LAND OP 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 
AMERICAN NOVEL! 

26. AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINT- 

ERS 

27. VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 

28. THE WIFE IN ART 

29. GREAT AAIERICAN INVENT 

30. FURNITURE AND ITS MAK1 

31. SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 

32. HISTORIC SPOTS OP AMERICA 

33. BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 

84. GAME BIRDS OP AMERICA 
35. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE CONTEST FOR NORTH 

AMERICA 



TBESE BACK NUMBERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 



THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 

Nanscn, Shackleton, Duke of the Abruzzi, Amundsen, Scott, Peary. 
By Rear Admiral ROBERT E. PEARY, Discoverer of the North Pole. 



NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 

3. THE MEDITERRANEAN 

Algiers. Monte Carlo, The Rivi< r 

Genoa, Naples. 

By Dwight L.Elmendorf. Lecturer an.; 

10. GREAT HEROES OF HISTORY- 
NAPOLEON 

Empror Napoleon, Bridie at Arcole."1807." 
Retreat from Moscow, Napoleon on Board 
the Bcllerophon. Napoleon at St 
By Ida M. TarbeU. 



Nov. 24. FAMOUS COM POSERS. 

delssobn, Schubert, Schumar. 

Brahms. 

By Henry T. Fitk. Author o>. 



. ANGELS IN ART 

:i St. Peter s, Melozzo da Forli; Angel 

da Vinci; Playin* 
Playing Lute. Carpac 
Pcrugino. 

. Vttt Dyke, Professor of the 
of Art, Rutgers CMegt. 



1. EGYPT, THE LAND OP : 
Pyramids, Sphinx, Luxor, Alt 
r.ak. Thebes. 

Elmendorf, Lecturer and 



-. THE REVOLUTION 



rt BuskxfR 



The Mentor Idea 



idea of which The Men- 
tor Association is the out 
growth is one of the oldest in the 
world. It is as old as Curiosity 
and just as human. The Won 
der Why" of Curiosity is always 
linked with the "Want to Know." 
The two lead on to knowledge. 
What has always been wanted and 
what is wanted now is a quick, 
easy and agreeable way of getting 
Knowledge. This is what The 
Mentor Association supplies 



Send the names and addresses of a few friends to whom you would 
like to have us mail copies of The Mentor with your compliments 



SfHli 



VlV 






VOL.1 OCTOBER 27. 1913 No. 37 



THE 



MENTO 



A Wise and Faithful 
Guide and Friend 





LEARN ONE THING 
A EVERY DAY A 



The Conquest Of 
The Poles 

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE 



Issued Weekly Lv 

The Mentor Associatioalnc 

Fourth Avenue ana Nineteenth Street 
New York Crty 

PRICE FIFTEEN CENTS 






The Mentor Association 



AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 



JOHN G. HIBBEN . 
HAMILTON W. MAB1E . 
JOHN C. FAN DYKE . 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF 



President Princeton University 

. . . . . Author and Editor 

Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 

Professor of Government, Harvard University 

Director New York Zoological Park 

. Lecturer and Traveler 



THE ASSOCIATION 

THE purpose of The Mentor Association is to give people, in an in 
teresting and attractive way, the information in various fields of 
knowedge that they all want and ought to have. This information is 
imparted by interesting reading matter, prepared under the direction 
of leading authorities, and by beautiful pictures, reproduced by the 
most highly perfected modern processes. 

The object of The Mentor Association is to enable people to acquire 
useful knowledge without. effort, so that they may come easily and 
agreeably to know the world s great men and women, the great achieve 
ments, and the permanently interesting things in art, literature, science, 
history, nature and travel. 

The annual membership fee of The Mentor Association is Five 
Dollars. Every member, upon accepting an invitation to membership, 
receives an engraved certificate of membership and becomes entitled to 
the privileges of the Association for one year, including fifty-two num 
bers of The Mentor. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
NEW YORK 



THE MENTOR 



OCTOBER 27, 1913 



THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 

BY 

REAR ADMIRAL ROBERT E. PEARY 

Discoverer of the North Pole 

FRIDTJOF NANSKN SIR KRXKST II. SHACKLETON 
DUKE OF THE ABRUZZI ROALD AMUNDSEN 

ROBERT E. PEARY ROBERT FALCON SCOTT 



TEN years ago many, perhaps the. majority, of intelligent people 
doubted if the Poles of the earth would ever be reached by man. 
From east to west, and west to east, the world seemed small. Jules 
Verne s "Round the World in Eighty Days" dream of not so many years 
ago had been cut in two; but from north to south the world still stretched 
in apparently unattainable infinity. 

Within the last four years the two Poles have been reached three 
times, and in their attainment the globe has shrunk to commonplace di 
mensions. With the attainment of the Poles the climax of polar discov 
ery has been reached, the last of the splendid series of great world voyages 
and mighty adventures has been finished. But while the glamour, the 
mystery, the speculation, as to what exists at the ends of the earth are 
gone, the work of detailed exploration, of continuous scientific observations 
and investigations, will continue until to the scientist and geographer the 
polar regions will be as well known as the more favored regions of the earth. 

EARLY POLAR EXPLORATION 

It is nearly four hundred years (1526) since the first recorded expedi 
tion went forth to seek the North Pole under the initiative of England. 

Trade, the great prize of the commerce of the opulent East, land 
lust, and the spirit of adventure in turn played their part as incentives 
for the earlier expeditions. It seems to be generally accepted that nothing 
had a more powerful influence on the work than England s determina 
tion to have a trade route of her own to the riches of the East, inde 
pendent of the southern routes controlled by Spain and Portugal. It was 



THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 





TRAVELING IN THE FAR NORTH 

Dog sledges used by Peary on his expedition to the North Pole. 

this determination that made the terms Northeast Passage and North 
west Passage historic, and brought about years of search that, though 
latterly scientific, have been largely the acme of adventure and sentiment. 

From the misty date of Pytheas (325 B. C.) down through the suc 
ceeding centuries, the record of polar exploration contains much of inter 
est, of mystery, of superstition, followed by some of the grandest epics, 
most heroic efforts and sacrifices, and somberest catastrophes and trag 
edies in all the wide field of exploration. Briton and Scandinavian, 
Teuton and Latin, Slav and Magyar, and American, have entered 
the lists and struggled for the prize. 

In the earlier years of this long 
record occurred the strange voyages of 
the Zeni, and Eric the Red, Icelandic 
outlaw, with his discovery and coloniza 
tion of Greenland, strange stories of 
hot springs in that far country, with 
which the monks warmed their monas 
tery and cooked their food; a tribute of 
walrus tusks toward the expenses of 
the Crusades; tales of the rich green 
pastures, and herds of grazing cattle, 
of these colonists, and later their myste 
rious and complete disappearance, 
leaving only a scattered ruin here and 
there to show that they ever existed. 

ARCTIC EXPEDITIONS 

Beginning with the earliest authen 
tic expedition (1526), it is possible to 
touch only on the most important inci- 




THE ROOSEVELT 

Peary s ship, in which he sailed to discover the 
North Pole. 



THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 




dents of the record of this later phase of the subject. The time from 
1526 to date may be roughly and generally divided into three periods: 

The first, from 1526, the time of the first North Polar expedition by 
England, to about 1853, the close of Great Britain s Franklin search expe 
ditions. In this period the preponderance of British efforts over those 
of all other nations combined was so great as almost to obscure them 
and make this period preeminently British. 

In this period British navigators essayed every route to the polar 
regions, attempted the Northeast and Northwest Passages again and 

again, and wrote some 

of the most brilliant 
pages of Great Brit 
ain s history over the 
names of Hudson, 
Davis, Baffin, Ross, 
Parry, Franklin, Mc- 
Clintock, and others. 

The second period 
covers from about 
1850 to 1895. In this 
period other nations 
the United States, 
Germany, Austria, 
Sweden, and Norway 
showed equal activity 
with Great Britain, 
and the namesof Kane, 
Hayes, Hall, Lockwood, Brainard (United States), Nares and Markham 
(Great Britain), Koldewey and Weyprecht (Germany), Payer (Austria), 
Nordenskjold (Sweden), and others were written indelibly into Arctic 
history. In this period the record of farthest north which had been 
held by Great Britain was wrested from her in 1882 by Lockwood 
and Brainard of the United States. 

THE NORTH POLE ATTAINED 

The third period is from 1895 to date. In this period, while other 
valuable work was being done, as Amundsen s navigation of the North 
west Passage, Sverdrup s extensive discoveries in the North American 
archipelago, Erichsen s completion of the last gap in the north Greenland 
coast line, three men, Nansen, Abruzzi, and Peary, each having for his ob 
ject the attainment of the North Pole, pushed in succession far beyond the 
farthest of their predecessors, penetrating the inmost regions of the north, 
and the last named attaining the Pole which had been the prize of centuries. 



From "On the Polar Star." by the Duke of the Abruzzi. Copyright, Dodd. Mead Sc f~o 
THE HUT OF THE DUKE OF THE ABRUZZI 

From a photograph taken by moonlight in the Arctic regions. 



THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 



Briefly summarized, from 1526 to 1882 Great Britain held the palm 
of nearest approach to the Pole, slowly pushing the record up till Mark- 
ham reached 83 20 north latitude. Then the lead came to the United 
States with Lockwood and Brainard s 83 24 . In 1895 Norway went to 
the front in a great leap in Nansen s 86 14 , and in 1900 Italy grasped 
the blue ribbon with Abruzzi s 86 33 . In 1906 the United States took 
the lead again with Peary s 87 6 , and finally closed the record with his 

attainment of the Pole on April 6 

and 7, 1909. 

ANTARCTIC EXPLORATION 

The exploration of the Antarc 
tic regions dates back much less far 
than that of the Arctic. In 1772 
Captain James Cook first crossed 
the Antarctic Circle and penetrated 
the Antarctic regions. After him 
came the Russian Bellingshausen in 
1819, who discovered the first land 
within the Antarctic Circle. Then 
came Weddell the British sealer, 
who in 1823 pushed his sailing ship 
south into the great bight southeast 
of Cape Horn, named after him 
Weddell Sea, to 74 15 south lati 
tude, 241 miles beyond Cook s rec 
ord, and not exceeded in that region 
until the last year. At Weddell s 
farthest no land or field ice was to 
be seen, and only three icebergs were 
in sight. 

In 1839-1841 occurred the im 
portant voyage of Sir James Ross. 
Ross a few years before had located 
the North Magnetic Pole. He was now in command of the Erebus and 
Terror, two^ ships that a few years later were to bear the Franklin ex 
pedition to its fate near the same North Magnetic Pole. Ross discovered 
South Victoria Land, directly south of New Zealand, with its long stretch 
of southerly trending savage coast line from Cape Adare to 78 10 south 
latitude, where he found an active volcano, Mt. Erebus. From here 
Ross followed the edge of the great ice barrier some three hundred miles 
to the eastward. The great indentation in the Antarctic continent thus 
discovered and navigated by Ross, and named after him Ross Sea, has 




From "On the Polar Star," by the Duke of the Abnizzi. Copy 
right, Dodd, Mead & Co. 

THE POLAR STAR 

Landing the stores while the ship was nipped by the ice. 



THE CONQUEST OF THE P O L E 8 



since been the base 
which the South Pole 



of operations from 
was twice attained. 



"FARTHEST SOUTH 

After Ross came various minor expedi 
tions contributing to the knowledge of the 
Antarctic regions, and in the i89o s began 
a renaissance of Antarctic interest and ex 
ploration. In 1892, 1893, 1894 Scottish, 
German, and Norwegian whalers recon- 
noitered the Antarctic seas of Ross and 
Weddell in search of new whaling grounds, 
and in 1894 the first landing was made 
upon the Antarctic continent by some 

members of 

Bull s Norwe 
gian crew; in 
1895 Ne\v- 
mayer intro 
duced in the 
sixth Geo 
graphical 
Congress in 





REAR ADMIRAL ROBERT E. PEARY 



AT THE NORTH POLE 

Photograph taken at the" Topofthf World." 

London a resolution upon the importance 
of Antarctic exploration; and in the years 
following there was an international at 
tack upon the problem by Belgium, Great 
Britain, Germany, Scotland, Sweden, and 
France. In 1898, for the first time in the 
history of Antarctic exploration, an expe 
dition (the Belgian under Commander 
de Gerlache), passed a winter within the 
Antarctic Circle beset in the ice; and a 
year later, in 1899, a British expedition 
under Borchgrevink passed a winter on 
the Antarctic continent itself, and made 
at Cape Adare, in Ross Sea, the first 
attempt at land exploration. 

In 1901-1902 a German expedition 
under Drygalski determined a new part 
of the coast of the Antarctic continent 
south of Africa, and three others, under 
Bruce of Scotland, Nordenskjold of Swc- 



THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 



den, and Charcot of France, made valuable discoveries in Weddell 
Sea, and the regions southeast, south, and southwest of Cape Horn. In 
1901-1903 Scott of Great Britain, selecting the Ross Sea region dis 
covered by Ross sixty years before as his base, effected the first serious 
land exploration of the Antarctic continent. In a magnificent sledge 
journey he covered three hundred and eighty miles due south, reaching a 
point within four hundred and thirty-seven miles of the South Pole. Fol 
lowing Scott, his lieutenant, Shackleton, in 1908-09, using essentially 
the same base and route as Scott, made an even more brilliant jour 
ney, and reached a point within ninety-seven miles of the Pole, Jan 
uary 9, 1909. At that time this was the "farthest south" record. 



THE SOUTH POLE 

The successes of Scott 
and Shackleton still fur 
ther stimulated interest in 
the Antarctic problem, 
and in 1910 and 1911 
Great Britain, Norway, 
Germany, Australia, and 
Japan sent expeditions 
into the field; the United 
States unfortunately, as 
in the past, being unrep 
resented. Four of these 
expeditions the Japanese, 
Australian, Norwegian, 
and British selected the 
Ross Sea region south of 
New Zealand and Aus- 



I 




Reproduced from "The Heart of the Antarctic," by Sir Ernest H. Shackleton. Copy 
right, J. B. Lippincott Co. 

SHACKLETON S EXPEDITION 

The hut in the early winter quarters near Mi. Erebus, the Antarctic 
volcano. 




Reproduced from "The Heart of the Antarctic," by Sir Ernest H. Shackleton. Copyright, J. B. Lippincott Co. 

THE "FARTHEST SOUTH" CAMP AFTER A SIXTY-HOUR BLIZZARD 



THE CON Q U EST OF THE POLES 



2L 




Reproduced 



Heart of the Antarctic." by Sir Ernest H. Shacklcton. 
Copyright. J. B. Lippincott Co. 



SHACKLETON S SHIP, THE MMROI) 

Moored to a stranded iceberg about a mile from winter quarters, the 
Ximriid wa? sheltered from blizzards. 

.tralia for their work; while the German 
expedition selected the Weddell Sea region 
southeast of Cape Horn, the most promising 
of all points of attack upon the Antarctic 

continent. All 





SHACKLETON AND HIS SON 



Reproduced froir 
by Sir Ernest H. 



Shaikleton. Cupyngh 
Lippincott Co. 



DISCOVERERS OF THE SOUTH 
MAGNETIC POLE 

Part of Shackleton s expedition reached 
for the first time the South Magnetic Pole 
that is, where the south part of the 
compass needle points. Those in the 
picture, reading jrom left to right, are Dr. 
Mackay, Professor Dacid, and Dougla* 
Mawson. 



these expedi 
tions have now 
returned. The Japanese expedition explored 
an unknown section of the coast of King 
Edward VII Land east of Ross Sea, the 
Australian expedition explored a long stretch 
of \\ilkes Land west of Ross Sea, the Ger 
man expedition made new discoveries in 
Weddell Sea, reaching a point farther south 
than ever before attained in that region; 
while Amundsen s Norwegian expedition, 
from its base in the southeast angle of Ross 
Sea, attained the South Pole, December 
14 to 17, 1911, and Scott s British expedi 
tion, from its base in the southwest angle 
of Ross Sea, attained it a month later, Jan 
uary 18, 1912, Scotland his four compan 
ions dying of cold and starvation on the 
return. 

The record of Antarctic exploration 
from 1772 to date may be divided into two 
periods; the first from 1772 to 1898 and 
1899, a period of summer voyages only, the 



T HE G O N Q U S T O F T H E POLES 




Copyright, 1897. Harper & Bros. 

NANSEN S EXPEDITION 



Digging the From out of the ice. 



work carried on 
entirely by ships, 
with no land or 
sledge work, and no 
attempt to winter 
in that region. 
During this period, 
though other na 
tions, notably the 
United States and 
France, took part 
in the work, the 
work of Great Brit 
ain was so pro 
nouncedly prepon 
derant as to more 
than equal all the 
others combined. T n e second period is from 1899 to date, and is the period 

of overland exploration with sledges. In 
this period, as in the last period of Arc 
tic exploration, three men, Scott, Shackle- 
ton, and Amundsen, each having for 
his object the attainment of the South 
Pole, pushed so far beyond all predecessors 
as to be in a class by themselves, two of 
them, Amundsen and Scott, actually reach 
ing the Pole. 

THE POLAR REGIONS- 
A COMPARISON 

After the foregoing condensed resume 
of Arctic and Antarctic exploration and 
discovery, I feel sure the reader will be 
interested in noting some of the striking 
contrasts between the two Poles and thc-ir 
surroundings. These contrasts are as great 
as the Poles are far apart. The North Pole 
is situated in an ocean of some fifteen hun 
dred miles diameter, surrounded by land. 
The South Pole is situated in a continent 
of some twenty-five hundred miles diam 
eter, surrounded by water. At the North 
Pole, Peary stood upon the frozen surface 





Copyright by Wilse Studio. 

AMUNDSEN IN POLAR COSTUME 

Dijcovertr of the South Pole. 



THE CONQUEST OF THE POLE S 




From "On the Polar Star," by the Duke of the Al>nizz 
right. IJodd. Mead & Co. 



ENTRANCE TO HUT 



Topy- 



A " horns" in the polar region*. 



of an ocean more than Vivo miles in 
depth. At the South Pole, Amundsen 
and Scott stood upon the surface of 
a great elevated snow plateau more 
than two miles above sea level. The 
lands that surround the North Polar 
Ocean have comparatively abundant 
life, musk oxen, reindeer, polar bears, 
wolves, foxes, arctic hares, ermines, 
and lemmings, together with insects 
and flowers, being found less than 
five hundred miles from the Pole. On 
the great South Polar continent no 
form of animal life is found. 

Permanent human life exists 
within some seven hundred miles of 
the North Pole; none is found within 
twenty-three hundred miles of the 
South Pole. The history of Arctic 
exploration goes back nearly four 
hundred years. The history of Ant 
arctic efforts covers one hundred and forty years. The record of Arctic- 
exploration is studded with crushed and foundering ships, and the deaths 
of hundreds of brave 
men. The record of 
Antarctic exploration 
shows the loss of but 
one ship, and the death 
of a dozen men. 

For all those who 
aspire to the North 
Pole, the road lies over 
the frozen surface of an 
ocean, the ice on which 
breaks up completely 
every summer, drifting 
about under the influ 
ence of wind and tide, 
and may crack into nu 
merous fissures and 
lanes of open water at 
any time, even in the 
depth of the severest 




Copyright. Underwood & Underwood 

AT THE SOUTH POLE PHOTOGRAPHED BY AMUNDSEN 



THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 

winter, under the influence of storms. For those who aspire to the South 
Pole, the road lies over an eternal, immovable surface, the latter part 

rising ten thousand and eleven thousand feet 
above sea level. And herein lies the inesti 
mable advantage to the South Polar explorer 
which enables him to make his depots at con 
venient distances, and thus lighten his load 
and increase his speed. 

THE FUTURE OF POLAR 
EXPLORATION 

The efforts and successes of the last fifteen 
years in the Antarctic regions ought to, and I 
hope will, spur us as individuals, as societies, 
and as a nation to do all in our power to enable 
the Lnited States to take its proper part and 
share in the great work yet to be 




("opr.. 1013, by International Newsservice 



IN MEMORY 

OF BRAVE 

MEN 

The cross erect 
ed on Observa 
tion Hill to 
Scott and his 
courageous 
companions. 



done in that field. There are three 
ways in which this country could 
make up for its past lethargy 
in regard to Antarctic work, 
and take front rank at once in 
this attractive field. 

One is to establish a station 
at the South Pole for a vear s 





Copyright, 1913, by International News Service 

PRECEDED BY AMUNDSEN 

When Captain Scott and his party reached the South Pole they found that Amundsen had been there before them. 
Captain Scott is peering into the tent left by Amundsen s expedition. 



10 



THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 




continuous observa 
tions in various fields 
of scientific investiga 
tion. With the practi 
cal experience in meth 
ods of travel and trans 
portation now at the 
commandof the United 
States as the result of 
our last twenty-five 
years of North Polar 
work, this would not 
be so difficult as it may 
seem to the layman. 
Another is to inau 
gurate and carry out, 
in a special ship, with 
a corps of experts, 
through a period of 
several seasons, a com 
plete and systematic survey and study of the entire circumference of the 
Antarctic continent with its adjacent oceans, with up to date equipment 
and methods. This plan would probably be the most attractive to scien 
tists, as it would secure a large harvest of new and valuable material to 
enrich our museums and keep our specialists busy for years. It would 
also be the most expensive. 

The third would be the thorough exploration of the Wcddell Sea 
region southeast of Cape Horn, which is specially within our sphere of 
interest, together with a sledge traverse from the most southern part of 
that sea to the South Pole. Such a traverse, with the journeys of 
Amundsen, Scott, and Shackleton from the opposite side, would give 
a complete transverse section across the Antarctic continent. 

This last would promise the largest measure of broad results in 
the shortest time, and least expense, and would probably be the most 
attractive to geographers. 

The successful accomplishment of any one of these ventures would 
put the United States in the front rank of Antarctic achievements. 



Copyright, 1913, by William H. Rail 

THE THREE POLAR STARS 

A photograph of Captain Roald Amundsen, Sir Ernest H. Shackleton, and 
Rear Admiral Robert E. Peary, taken at Philadelphia, January 16, 1913. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING " Nearest the Pole" and "The North Pole," 
Peary; "On the Polar Star," Duke of the Abruzzi; "The Heart of the Antarctic," 
Shackleton; " Farthest North," Fridtjof Nansen ; " The Uttermost South the Undying 
Story of Captain Scott," Everybody s Magazine, July, August, September, and 
October, 1913. 



: . 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume I 



OCTOBER 27, 1913 



Number 37 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE J1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE Jl. 00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N.Y., AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1913, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

This week s issue of The Mentor and 
that of last week are so distinguished in 
authority that we ask special attention to 
them. An interesting article on the Con 
quest of the Poles could have been pre 
pared by any good writer. The Mentor 
article was written by the supreme author 
ity on the subject, Rear Admiral Robert 
E.Peary. The article on "Famous Amer 
ican Sculptors," published last week, was 
written by Mr. Lorado Taft, one of the 
best-known sculptors in America. When 
Mr. Taft writes about Barnard, French, 
Bartlett and the other American sculptors 
he is giving an account of his fellows in art. 
It is fortunate that so able and so interest 
ing a critical writer on sculpture as Mr. 
Taft could be found among sculptors. He 
has given to us in The Mentor just what 
we want information imparted in a sim 
ple, interesting way, and with authority. 



It is worth a great deal to us to read 
what others have to say about The Men 
tor. It is a genuine satisfaction to re 
ceive from far-off California a message 
of "surprise and great delight over this 
wise and faithful guide and friend, which 
surely fills a need in the lives of busy peo 
ple." A friend nearer by, in Brooklyn, 
offers thanks for our "wonderful weekly. 
The pictures are lovely," she says. "Al 
ready I have shown it to many of my 
friends, and they are just as interested 
and pleased as I am. You most certainly 
deserve a vote of thanks from the people 



for placing this beautiful educational 
magazine within easy reach of everyone." 

* * * 

The thanks we appreciate, but what 
we value most is that our Brooklyn cor 
respondent showed The Mentor to many 
of her friends and that they were just 
as pleased and interested as she was. A 
letter like that from every reader of The 
Mentor would mean an aggregate mem 
bership for The Mentor Association that 
would make it unique among the educa 
tional institutions of the world. There is a 
prospect that we hold fondly before us 
that of every reader showing The Mentor 
to every friend that might be interested. 

* * * 

And then, when all of these friends have 
seen The Mentor, they will want the num 
bers from the beginning. We say they 
"will want" them, for that is what most of 
our subscribers demand. A teacher in 
Kansas writes, "The Mentor is a delight, 
and its value is beyond expression. I feel 
that I cannot miss a single issue, so please 
send me the numbers from the beginning." 
A teacher from Pittsburgh, immediately on 
receiving the first copy of the magazine, 
asks for all previous issues. An agent in 
insurance writes from Arkansas for the 
preceding numbers, adding, "I cannot af 
ford to lose one copy." 

* * * 

So from St. Louis we hear, "Send me 
all preceding issues," and from New Haven 
a college student writes, "I like the publi 
cation so much that I do not wish to miss 
even one number." We lack space to cite 
all cases of this kind, but as we turn over 
the mail we find here a request from To 
ronto for " all numbers, beginning with the 
first," another from Charleston, and a 
third from Hyannis, Massachusetts, de 
manding "all preceding numbers." 

* * * 

It has become a regular daily incident, 
and it shows the unique character of The 
Mentor publication. It is not simply a 
magazine. Subscribers do not send for all 
back numbers of the ordinary magazine 
from the beginning of its existence. Every 
number of The Mentor is part of an inter 
esting educational plan. The members of 
The Mentor Association want all parts of 
that plan. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various Depart 
ments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY 

. 1. BEAUTIFUL-CHILDREN IN ART 

2. MAKERS OP AMERICAN POETRY 

3. WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 

4. BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 

5. ROMANTIC IRELAND 
. MASTERS OF MUSIC 

7. NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 

8. PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE Vv ITH 

9. THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 

10. SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SONG AND 

SCENERY 

11. CHERUBS IN ART 

12. STATUES WITH A STORY 

13. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES- 

THE DISCOVERERS 

14. LONDON 

15. THE STORY OF PANAMA 

10. AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 

17. DUTCH MASTERPIECES 

18. PARIS, THE INCOMPARABLE 

19. FLOWERS OF DECORATI 

20. MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 30 



Xo. 21. 
22. 

23. 
24. 



27. 
88. 
29. 
30. 

31. 
32. 
33. 

34. 



ISSUED 

AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 

V OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE EXPLORERS 
SPORTING VACATIONS 
SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OP 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 
AMERICAN NOVELISTS 
AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINT- 

ERS 

VENICE. THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 
SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 
HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 
BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OP THE 

WORLD 

GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 
STORY OF AMERICA IN" PICTURES- 

THE CONTEST FOR NORTH 

AMERICA 
FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 



THESE BACK NUMBERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

THE MEDITERRANEAN 

Algiers, Monte Carlo, The Riviera, Nice, Genoa, Naples. A delightfully 

entertaining article 
By DJVIGHT L. ELMENDORF, Lecturer and Traveler. 

NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Nov. 10. GREAT HEROES OF HISTORY: 
NAPOLEON 

or Napoleon, Bridge at Arcole." 1807," 
Retreat from Moscow, Napoleon on Board 
the Bellero-ihon, Napoleon at St. Helena. 
! ,y Ida AI. 1 arbeU. 

Nov. 17. ANGELS IN ART 

Angel in St. Peter s. Melozzo da Forli ; Angel 

Choir, Benozzo Gozzoli; Angels, Leonardo 

da Vinci; Playing Angel, Bellini; Angel 

PUying Lute, Carpaccio; St. Michael. 

Perugino. 

By J. C. Van Dyke. Professor of the History 

of Art, Rutgers College. 

Nov. 24. FAMOUS COMPOSERS. Chopin, Men 



delssohn. Schubert, Schumann. Liszt. 

Brahms. 

By Henry T. Finck. Author and Music 

Cn 

DEC. 1. EGYPT. THE LAND OF MYSTERY 
Pyramids. Sphinx, Luxor, Alixandr. 
nak. Thi-t 
By DuighlL.Elmendorf, Lecturer and Traveler. 

DEC. 8. THE REVOLUTION 

Attack on Charlestown. Bunker Hill, Sur 
render at Yorktown, Bonhomme Richard, 
Declaration of Independence, Capture of 
Vincennes. 

By Albert BushntllHart, Professor of Govern 
ment, Harvard Lnh frsity. 



, Statement of the ownership, management, circulation, etc., of The Mentor, published weekly at New- 
York. N.Y., required by the Act of August 24. 1912. Name of editor. W. D. Moffat. 52 East 19th 
New York .Managing Editor. W. D. Moffat, 52 East 19th Street. New York. Busir.. :. L. D. 

Gardner . oJ East 19th Street, New York. Publisher. L. D. Gardner, 52 East 19th S Own 

ers R. M. Donaldson, 52 East 19th Street, New York. W. M. Sanford, 52 East l!Hh Str.-.-t, New York. L. D. 
(.ardner, 52 East 19th Street. New York, American Lithographic C t 19th Street. Ni -.% 

Known bond holders, mortgagees, and other security holders, holding 1 per cent, or more of total an. 
bonds, mortgages or other securities: None. L. D.Gardner, Publisher. 

Sworn to and subscribed before me this 20th day of September, 1913. J. S. Campbell. Notary Public. 
Oueens County. Certificate filed in Kings County. My commisswn expires March 30. - 



The Mentor Idea 



idea ofwhich The Men- 
A tor Association is the .out 
growth is one oi^the oldest in the 
world. It is.as old as Curiosity 
and just as human. The "Won 
der Why v of Curiosity is always 
linked with the "Wfant to Know." 
The two lead on to knowledge. 
What has always been wanted and 
what is wanted now is a quick, 
easy and agreeable way of getting 
Knowledge. This is what The 
Mentor Association supplies 



Send the names and addresses of a few friends to whom you would 
like to have us mail copies of The Mentor with your compliments 



51SI 



U5JS 



NOVEMBER 3 1913 



VOLUME 1 NUMBER 38 



THE 



NAPOI EON 



DEPARTMENT 
OF BIOGRAPHY 




The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. VAN DYKE .... Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

EFFICIENCY AND KNOWLEDGE 

-pHE MENTOR idea found its origin in a real human 
- need. Heretofore, in this busy work-a-day world, 
knowledge has been very hard to get, for there is little time 
to read many books or long articles. We have all felt the 
need of some quick, easy, effective way. of acquiring useful 
information. We have felt the need of that modern efficiency 
in acquiring knowledge which we have seen applied to other 
branches of endeavor. 

The Mentor supplies that need in art, literature, his 
tory, science, travel, and nature. It recognizes the value 
of the spare moment. It makes the spare moment count. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
NEW YORK 



THE MENTOR 



NOVEMBER 3, 1913 



NAPOLEON BONAPARTE 

BY 

IDA M. T A R B E L L 

Author of "Short Life of Napoleon 
Bonaparte" "He Knew Lincoln" etc, 

EMPEROR NAPOLEON BRIDGE AT ARCOLE - FRIEDLAND 1807 

R E T R E A T F R O M MOSCOW ABO A R D T II E B E L L E R- 

OPHON- ST. HELENA 

NOBODY who has lived in modern times has so stirred up the world 
as Napoleon Bonaparte. Nobody has upset so many old things, and 
started so many new ones. No man ever lived who had more faith 
in his own powers and less respect for those of other men. Napoleon 
had, too, an unusual combination of those personal qualities which excite 
and interest men. It is nearly a hundred years since he dropped out of 
active life; but his story is more rather than less thrilling as time goes on. 
There was nothing in his birth or schooling or his first activities in life 
to lead one to expect an unusual career. His family was poor and servile; 
his father trading on his name and his acquaintances to feed, educate, and 
place his family. The most promising thing about young Bonaparte was 
his resentment of this servility and his own flat refusal to participate in 
it to help himself. Throughout his boyhood in the island of Corsica, 
where he was born in 1769, during the six years he spent at school in 
France and the eight years of intermittent military service that followed 
his first appointment at the age of sixteen to a second lieutenancy, he 
lived a tempestuous inner life. Ambition for himself, devotion to his fam 
ily, love for Corsica, hatred of France, sympathy for the new ideas of 
human rights that were stirring Europe, these sentiments kept the mind 
and heart of the young officer in tumult and made him waver between 
allegiance to the land in which he was born and the land that had trained 
him; between the career of a soldier that was his passion and a career of 
money making, in order to educate his brothers, settle his sisters, and put 
his mother into a secure position. 



NAPOLEON 



BONAPARTE 




LjETITIA BONAPARTE 
The Mother of Napoleon. 



NAPOLEON THE OPPORTUNIST 

It is quite fair, I think, to characterize 
his early career as that of an adventurer. 
He was watching for a chance, and had 
determined to take it, regardless of where 
it offered itself. It was at a moment when 
he was in disgrace for having refused the 
orders of his superiors in the army that the 
chance he wanted came. 

The convention in which at that mo 
ment the French government centered was 
attacked by the revolting Parisians. Bona 
parte had no particular sympathy with the 
convention, in fact, he had more with the 
rebels, but w T hen one of his friends in the 
government who knew his ability as an 
artillery officer asked him to take charge of 
the force protecting the Tuilleries, where 
the convention sat, he accepted -with hesitation; but, having accepted, 
he did his \vork with a skill and daring that earned him his first important 
command, that of general in chief of the French Army of the Interior. 
Four months later he was made commander in chief of the Army of Italy, 
the army that was disputing the conquest of northern Italy with Austria. 

THE ITALIAN CAMPAIGN 

It was a ragged, disgusted, and half-revolting body, this Army of Italy, 
one that for three years had been conspicuous mainly for inactivity. With 
out waiting even for shoes, the new commander started it out swiftly 

on a campaign that for clever 
strategy, for rapidity of move 
ment, for dash and courage in 
attack, was unlike anything 
Europe had ever seen. In less 
than two months he drove his 
opponents fromLombardy and 
had shut up the remnant of 
their army in Mantua. The 
Austrians shortly had a new 
army in the field. It took 
eight months to defeat it and 
capture Mantua; but it was 
accomplished in that period. 




WHERE AN EMPEROR WAS BORN 
In thl room Napoleon was born In 1769. 



NAPOLEON 



BONAPARTE 



Austria then called her ablest general, Archduke Charles, and gave him 
one hundred thousand men with which to avenge her disasters. With 
half the number Bonaparte advanced to meet the archduke, and drove 
him step by step to Vienna. 

After a year and seven months of campaigning General Bonaparte, 
now twenty-eight years old, signed his first treaty. By that treaty he 
formed a new republic in northern Italy and made a new eastern frontier 
for France. Before the treaty, 
however, he had filled her 
empty treasury, had loaded 
her down with works of art, 
and had given her a new place 
in Europe; a place that he 
had proved he could sustain. 

The glory of the Italian 
campaign thrilled the French 
people; but it disturbed the 
politicians in power. Bona 
parte saw that if the govern 
ment could manage it he 
would have no further op 
portunities for distinguishing 
himself. It was this sense 
that led him to urge that 
England, the only nation then 
in arms against France, be 
attacked by invading Egypt. 
The government consented 
promptly. It was a way of 
disposingof Bonaparte. What 
the government did not 
dream, of course, was that 
Bonaparte with this army hoped to found an oriental kingdom of which 
he should be the ruler. 

But nothing went as he expected. He suffered terrible reverses, which 
he knew the government at home was using to break his hold on the peo 
ple; his supplies and information were cut off; his prestige in his own 
army weakened; his faith in his destiny was shaken. That the effect of 
this bad fortune was not more than skin deep was clear enough when he 
accidentally learned that things were in a very bad way in France, that 
much of what he had gained in Italy had been lost, and that Austria and 
Russia were preparing an invasion. 







BIRTHPLACE OF NAPOLEON 

In this house, on the little island of Corsica, the first em 
peror of France spent his boyhood. 



NAPOLEON 



BONAPARTE 



FIRST CONSUL 
FRANCE 



OF 




Promptly and secretly Bon 
aparte slipped out of Egypt, 
and before the powers at home 
knew of his intention he was 
in France and the people were 
welcoming him as their de 
liverer. He was ready to be 
just that. It was no great 
trick for a man of his daring 
and sagacity, adored by the 
populace, to overturn a dis 
credited and inefficient gov 
ernment and make himself 
dictator. It was done in a few 
weeks, and France had a new 
form of government, a consu 
late, of which the head was a 
first consul, and Bonaparte 
was the first consul. 

The most brilliant and 
fruitful four years of Napoleon 
Bonaparte s life followed; for 
it was then that he set out to 
bring order and peace to a 
country demoralized and exhausted by generations of plundering by privi 
leged classes, followed by a decade of revolution against privileges. France 
needed new machinery of all kinds, and this Bonaparte undertook to 
supply. There were many people who regarded him as a great general; 
but to their amazement he now proved himself a remarkable statesman. 

NAPOLEON THE STATESMAN 

He attacked the question of the national income like a veteran finan 
cier. The first matter was reorganizing taxation. He succeeded in dis 
tributing the burden more justly than had ever been known in France. The 
taxes were fixed so that each knew what he had to pay, and the inordinate 
graft that tax collectors and police had enjoyed was cut off. New financial 
institutions were devised; among them the Bank of France. The economy 
he instituted in the government, the army, his own household, everywhere 
that his power extended, was rigid and minute; as he personally exam 
ined all accounts, there was no escape. The waste and parasitism that per 
vaded the country began to give way for the first time since the Revolution. 



EMPRESS JOSEPHINE 
From a painting by Pierre Paul Prud hon. 



NAPOLEON 



BONAPARTE 



Industries of all kinds had sickened in the long period of war. Bona 
parte undertook their revival by one of the most severe applications ever 
made of the doctrine of protection, he even attempted to make his women 
folk wear no goods not made in France! His interest in agriculture was 
as keen as in manufacturing, and his personal suggestions and interfer 
ence of the same nature. The prosperity of the country was stimulated 
greatly by the public works Bonaparte undertook. One can go nowhere 
in France today without finding them. It was he who set the country at 
road building. Some of the most magnificent highways in Europe were 
laid out by him, including those over four Alpine passes. He paid great 
attention to improving harbors. Those now r at Cherbourg, Havre, and 
Nice, as well as at Flushing and Antwerp, Bonaparte planned and began. 
As for Paris, his ambition for the city was boundless. He was responsible 

for some of her finest features 
and monuments. 

His greatest civil achieve 
ment was undoubtedly the 
codification of the laws, and 
it was the one of which he 
was proudest. That he con 
tributed much to the Code 
Napoleon besides the driving 
power that insisted that it be 
promptly put through, there 
is no doubt. His great con 
tribution was the inestimable 
one of commonsense. I le had 
no patience with meaningless 
precedents, conventions, and 
technicalities. He wanted laws 
that everybody could under 
stand and would recognize as 
necessary and just. 

Nothing more daring was 
undertaken in this period by 
Bonaparte than his rcestab- 
lishment of the Catholic 
Church and his recall of thou 
sands of members of the old 
regime driven out of the coun 
try by the Revolution. It was 
an attempt to reconcile and 
restore the two most powerful 




NAPOLEON AS FIRST CONSUL 



NAPOLEON 



BONAPARTE 




NAPOLEON BONAPARTE 
From the painting by Delaroche. 



elements he 
was working 
with, the degree of his success is one of the 
wonders of statecraft. As time went on, 
however, he was subjected to more and 
more jealousy, criticism, and intrigue. And 
as he saw his power questioned his grasp 
tightened. He even began to employ the 

tactics of des 
pots, espion 
age, censor 
ships, sum 
mary punish 
ments. The 



enemies of the Revolution, the two that 
the first consul knew Europe would never 
cease to fight to restore to power. There 
was of course great opposition in radical 
and republican circles to both ventures. 

EMPEROR OF THE FRENCH 

What Napoleon aimed at was to fit to 
gether all the different elements that had 
made France, under a government that he 
should direct, and then to impose upon them 
all peace, industry, and loyalty. Consider 
ing the char 
acter and his 
tory of the 





LIEUTENANT OF ARTILLERY 
From a painting of Napoleon by Greuze. 



KING OF ROME 

From a painting by Sir Thomas Law- 
ence of the unfortunate little son of 
Napoleon and Marie Louise. His unhappy 
story is told by the French dramatist 
Rostand, in the play "L Aiglon." 



upshot of the 
attacks upon 

him and of his determination to impose 
his own will was that in 1804, when he- 
was thirty-five years old, he had himself 
made emperor of the French. I think 
there is no doubt that Napoleon believed 
that this was the only method by which 
he could make the position of France in 
Europe impregnable; but that he was will 
ing to play the emperor there is no doubt. 
The dream of a throne where he should 
rule for the welfare and happiness of 



NAPOLEON 



BONAPARTE 



everybody concerned, no doubt, but rule brilliantly and absolutely had 
never left his mind since boyhood and now it was a fact accomplished! 
The spectacle that followed is almost unbelievable. Napoleon with 
perfect seriousness set about to train himself, his lovable, but vain and 
unprincipled empress, Josephine, his selfish and vulgar family, his train 
of rough intimates of the battlefield, to the etiquette, ceremonies, and dig 
nity of a court. He worked with the same energy, attention to details, 
and with the same insistence on complete obedience as when directing a 
campaign. The Napo 
leonic court achieved 
real brilliance and dig 
nity; but to those born 
to the purple it was 
always an upstart s 
court. That it was far 
and away more moral, 
economic, and orderly, 
as well as more service 
able to France, counted 
for little with those of 
the old regime. 




NAPOLEON THE 
CONQUEROR 

The year after Na 
poleon was crowned 
emperor of the French 
(1804) he had himself 
crowned king of Italy. 
The territory he now 
governed included not 
only these two coun 
tries, but several Ger 
manic states. It was an 
enormous power, and 
the old kingdoms of 
Europe, England, Aus 
tria, and Russia looked on in dismay. It was not only his power, backed as 
it was by his genius, but it was the ideas he was spreading. Everywhere 
he went he put his new code of laws into force, and preached, even if he did 
not always practise, personal liberty, equality before the law, religious tol 
erance, ideas that many of his enemies feared more than they did armies. 



NAPOLEON AND QUEEN LOUISA OF PRUSSIA AT TILSIT 



NAPOLEON 



BONAPARTE 




NAPOLEON S FAREWELL TO JOSEPHINE 

For reasons of state Napoleon divorced the Empress Josephine to 
marry Marie Louise, the daughter of the emperor of Austria. His 
last words to the woman who loved him were: "My destiny and 
France demand it!" 



A coalition against 
him was inevitable, and 
in 1805 he took the field 
again. The campaigns 
that followed closely in 
the next four years in 
clude some of his most 
interesting military feats, 
the battle of Austerlitz, 
of which he was proudest 
himself; the campaign of 
Jena, by which he hum 
bled Prussia, increased 
French territory largely, 
and won the czar of Rus 
sia as an ally; the war on 
Spain, which ended in his 
own deserved defeat (Na 
poleon at St. Helena char 
acterized his attack on 
Spain as "unjust," "cyni 
cal," ^villainous"); the 
campaign of Wagram, 
which finally humbled his 
persistent enemy Austria. 
At the end of these 
four years Napoleon was 
himself the practical mas 
ter of Europe; the only 
nation not recognizing his 
power being England, 
which was at least tem 
porarily quiet. He had 
created an empire; but 
no heir. To provide for one he 
Empress Josephine 



what was he to do with it? He had 
carried out a plan long considered, he divorced 

and married again. The new empress was the daughter of the old and 
now humbled enemy of France, the emperor of Austria. Napoleon ap 
parently believed that on the birth of an heir France would accept him 
fully, and that Europe would cease to fear and resent his power. He was 
wrong. He had stripped too many of wealth and position, outraged too 
many social and religious conventions, set in motion too many ideas hos 
tile to those that Europe as a whole lived by. His demands on subjects 




NAPOLEON BONAPARTE 

From a portrait of the Emperor painted by Paul Delaroche. 



NAPOLEON 



BONAPARTE 



and allies were too heavy, and particularly the one that he had most at 
heart, that no continental nation should allow a dollar s worth of Eng 
land s goods to cross its borders. His punishment of those who displeased 
him and disobeyed his orders was too severe. A revolt against his mon 
strous assumption was inevitable. 

THE SETTING STAR 

It was with his ally, Russia, that the first break came. That Napo 
leon was startled by the idea of war with Alexander and sought to pre 
vent it, is certain; but Alexander refused to yield to his demand that the 
embargo against English goods be enforced. The embargo he had set down 
as the "fundamental law of the Empire." There was nothing to do but 
settle it by arms, and in the summer of 1812, with an army of over 
half a million men, he began a reluctant and hesitating march 
against Russia. It was a campaign of terrible disasters. The Rus 
sians retreated before him, letting cold and hunger do the work of battles. 
So effectively did they work that the French army was practically de 
stroyed. The Russian campaign is one of the most appalling in history. 
It was but the beginning of his overthrow. Alexander raised the cry 
"Deliver Europe!" Stein and other liberal minds rallied the youth of the 




THE BATTLE OF WATERLOO 

10 



NAPOLEON 



BONAPARTE 



LONGWOOD 

Napoleon s residence 

during his captivity 

at St. Helena. 



German states into a 
league, pledged to fight 
for national freedom. 
His allies and depend 
ences began to demand 
the return of lost ter 
ritories as a price of 
loyalty. France re 
volted at the prospects 
of continued blood 
shed. The campaigns 
thrust upon him by 
all these forces were 
fought; but frequently 
without his old genius. 
It was June of 1812 when Napoleon 
began the Russian campaign. Twenty- 
6ne months later Paris capitulated to 
his allied enemies, and a few weeks later 
he had lost the greatest empire modern 
Europe had seen gathered under one 
man, and w r as an exile in the little 
island of Elba. 

AN EXILE S GRAVE 

The , pot where Napoleon was burled in May. WATERLOO AND ST. HELENA 
1821. His body was removed to Paris in 1840. 

His dramatic escape from Elba; 

the scurry out of France at news of his arrival of all who had opposed 
him, leaving the coast practically clear for him ; the rally of the army and 
people to him; the immediate attack upon him by the allied powers of 
Europe; his defeat at Waterloo and speedy exile to St. Helena, these 
make perhaps the most dramatic succession of events in all history, and 
it was not he who lost by the record of them, though it ended in his cap 
tivity. Napoleon a prisoner on an island six hundred miles from land 
was Napoleon still. He was there because of his conquerors fear of him. 
No greater tribute to one man s power was ever paid than that of Europe 
when under English leadership she consented to confine Napoleon 
Bonaparte on the island of St. Helena. It was all that was needed to 
impress him forever on the world as one of heroic mold. 

SUPPLEMENTARY READING. "Short Life of Napoleon Bonaparte," Ida M. 
Tarbell; "The First Napoleon," John C. Ropes; "Napoleon Bonaparte, First Cam 
paign," H. H. Sargent; " Life of Napoleon," Las Casas; "Napoleon, the Last 
Phase," Lord Rosebery; "Letters and Papers of Napoleon;" "Napoleana," Fre de ric 
Masson. 




THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume I 



NOVEMBER 3, 1913 



Number 38 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1913, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER, R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT, W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

The present number of The Mentor ap 
pears in a new cover garb. It is not to set 
forth the glory of the First Emperor of 
France that we clothe the number de 
voted to Napoleon in royal red and gold. 
The subject and the enrichment of cover 
come together by mere coincidence. 



We have chosen this cover after a num 
ber of experiments. It has not been an 
easy matter to settle. The Mentor, as 
we have stated more than once, is not 
simply a magazine. It does not call for 
the usual magazine cover treatment. 
What we have always wanted and have 
always sought for from the beginning has 
been a cover that would express, in the 
features of its design, the quality of the 
publication. In the endeavor to make 
clear by dignified design the educational 
value and importance of The Mentor, the 
tendency would be to lead on to academic 
severity and that we desire least of all. 
On the other hand, it would be manifestly 
inappropriate to wear a coat of many 
colors. The position of The Mentor in 
the field of publication is peculiar its in 
terest unique. How best could its charac 
ter be expressed in decorative design? 



We believe that Mr. Edwards has given 
us in the present cover a fitting expression 
of the character of The Mentor. It is un 
usual in its lines that is, for a periodical. 
It has the quality of a fine book cover de 



sign at least so we think. It will, we be 
lieve, invite readers of taste and intelli 
gence to look inside The Mentor, and as 
experience has taught us, an introduction 
to The Mentor usually leads on to con 
tinued acquaintance. 



We want The Mentor to be regarded as 
a companion. It has often been said that 
books are friends. We give you in The 
Mentor the good things out of many books, 
and in a form that is easy to read and that 
taxes you little for time. A library is a 
valuable thing to have if you know how 
to use it. But there are not many people 
who know how to use a library. If you 
are one of those who don t know, it would 
certainly be worth your while to have a 
friend who could take from a large library 
just what you want to know and give it 
to you in a pleasant way. The Mentor 
can be such a friend to you. 



And since the word "library" has been 
used, let us follow that just a bit further. 
The Mentor may well become yourself 
in library form. Does that statement 
seem odd? Then let us put it this 
way: The Mentor is a cumulative library 
for you, each day, each week a library 
that grows and develops as you grow and 
develop a library that has in it just the 
things that you want to know and ought 
to know and nothing else. Day by day 
and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your 
mental growth. You add it as you add to 
your stature by healthy development; 
and the knowledge that you acquire in 
this natural, agreeable way becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly 
what you want to know, and you have it 
in an attractive, convenient form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, 
containing the varied things that you 
know. And you have its information and 
its beautiful pictures always ready to hand 
to refer to and to refresh your mind. 



So in time your assembled numbers of 
The Mentor will represent in printed and 
pictorial form the fullness of your own 
knowledge. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No 



1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OP AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON, THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OF MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SONG AND 

SCENERY 
CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 
LONDON 

THE STORY OP PANAMA 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 



No. 21. AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 



23. 
24. 

25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 

34. 
35. 



36. 
37. 
38. 



SPORTING VACATIONS 
SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OP 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 
AMERICAN NOVELISTS 
AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 
VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 
SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 
HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 
BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OP THE 

WORLD 

GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE CONTEST FORNORTH 

AMERICA 

FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 
THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 
THE MEDITERRANEAN 



THESE BACK NUMBERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 



THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

ANGELS IN ART 

Angel in St. Peter s, Melozzo da Forli; Angel Choir, Benozzo Cozzoli; Angels, 
Leonardo da Vinci; Playing Angel, Bellini; Angel Playing Lute, Carpaccio; 

St. Michael, Perugino. 

By J. C. VAN DYKE, Professor of the History of Art, Rutgers College. 
NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Nov. 24. FAMOUS COMPOSERS. Chopin. Men 
delssohn, Schubert, Schumann, Liszt, 
Brahms. 

By Henry T. Pinch, Author and Music 
Critic. 

Dec. 1. EGYPT. THE LAND OF MYSTERY 
Pyramids. Sphinx, Luxor. Alexandria, Kar- 
nak, Thebes. 
By DwithiL.Elmendorf, Lecturer and Traveler. 

Dec. 8. THE REVOLUTION 

Attack on Charlestowrt. Bunker Hill. Sur 
render at Yorktown, Bonhomme Richard. 



Declaration of Independence, Capture of 

Vincennes. 

By Albert Bushrtrll Hart. Professor of Gotvrn- 

tnent. Harvard University. 

Dec. 15. FAMOUS ENGLISH POETS 

Byron, Shelley. Keats. Wordsworth. Tenny 
son. Browning. 
By Hamilton W. Mabie, Author and Critic. 

Dec. 22. MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 

I. S. Copley, Washington Allston. Rem 
brandt Pcale, Gilbert Stuart. John Trura- 
bull, Benjamin West. 
By J. T. il iUing, Author. 



THE MENTOR 



The Plan 

THE purpose of The Mentor As 
sociation is to give people, in an 
interesting and attractive way, the 
information in various fields of 
knowledge that they all want and ought 
to have. The information is imparted by 
interesting reading matter, prepared un 
der the direction of leading authors, and 
by beautiful pictures, produced by the 

most highly perfected modern processes. 

t 

C, The object of The Mentor Association is 
to enable people to acquire useful knowledge 
without effort, so that they may come easily 
and agreeably to know the world s great 
men and women, the great achievements, and 
the permanently interesting things in art, 
literature, science, history, nature and travel 

C, The annual membership fee of The 
Mentor Association is Five Dollars. Every 
member upon accepting an invitation to 
membership, receives an engraved certificate 
of membership and becomes entitled to the 
privileges of the Association for one year, 
including fifty-two numbers of The Mentor. 



LEARN ONE THING 



NOVEMBER 1O 1013 

VOLUME 1 NUMBER 39 



THE 
MENTOR 

THE 
MEDITERRANEAN 



DEPARTMENT 
OF TRAVEL 






The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. FAN DYKE .... Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

EFFICIENCY AND KNOWLEDGE 

E MENTOR idea found its origin in a real human 
need. Heretofore, in this busy work-a-day world, 
knowledge has been very hard to get, for there is little time 
to read many books or long articles. We have all felt the 
need of some quick, easy, effective way of acquiring useful 
information. We have felt the need of that modern efficiency 
in acquiring knowledge which we have seen applied to other 
branches of endeavor. 

The Mentor supplies that need in art, literature, his 
tory, science, travel, and nature. It recognizes the value 
of the spare moment. It makes the spare moment count. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 



THE MENTOR 



THE MEDITERRANEAN 

BY 

DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF 

Lecturer and Traveler 



ALGIERS THE RI\ I ERA MOXTE CARLO 
X I C E - G E X O A - X A P L E S 



ACROSS the straits from Gibraltar is another and very different 
world. Start with Tangier (tahn-jeer ) and wander alone 
the Barbary coast, and you will find yourself in such contrast 
ing conditions, and in a civilization so different from those north of 
you in Spain and in France, that it will be hard for you to believe 
that you are separated from those countries by distances varying 
from the narrow straits of Gibraltar to a mere matter of t\\o or 
three hundred miles. 

You will seem to have been transported to the other side of the world. 
No traveler can find greater variety in scene and life, in language and habit, 
in climate and condition, than he gets in the course of a full Mediterranean 
tour. Few travelers make the whole circuit of the Mediterranean. This 
great inland sea is usually visited only in parts, and while the traveler is 
in transit from one point to another. There is no general description 
that can apply to the whole of this interesting body of water. On every 
shore there is something that is new and different, and somewhere on 
these shores there is something to delight each one. If scenery is desired, 
the French and Italian Riviera (ree-vee-ay -rah) will draw one irresisti 
bly. A life full of gaiety will hold him there. If historic associations 
interest him, he will turn naturally to the shores of Italy and Greece, and 
he will spend months pleasantly in the Adriatic or /Egean Sea. There 
is in those countries an endless amount to learn and a wealth of natural 
beauty. When you have cruised through the .Egean (ce-jee -an), visit 
the coast of Greece, and of Asia Minor. There you will know the 



THE 



MEDITERRANEAN 




ALGIERS 



feelings that stirred Lord Byron 
when he wrote: 

"Fair clime! where every season 

smiles 

Benignant o er those blessed isles, 
Which seen from far Colonna s 

height, 
Make glad the heart that hails 

the sight, 
And lend to loneliness, delight." 

The Mediterranean has been 
the arena of the w-orld s history 
for several thousand years. 

THE MEDITERRANEAN 
TRIP 



A street scene in Algiers near the mosque. 




As your eye traces the coast 
line on the map and you note the 
countries whose shores are w r ashed 
by the Mediterranean, you realize 
what a trip throughout that sea 
must mean in instruction as well 
as in delights of travel. Besides 
the countries I have named, 
there are Turkey, Asia Minor, 
Palestine, and Egypt, to say 
nothing of the great stretch on 
the African coast. The shore 
line is so extended, and the life 
and customs at different points 
vary so, that w r e think of the 
Mediterranean as not one thing, 
but many things. What is us 
ually called a "Mediterranean 
trip" rarely comprises more than ten or fifteen points. With limited time, 
the traveler naturally selects the points of which he has heard most. 

ALGIERS 

A Mediterranean trip to many travelers means Algiers (al-jeerz ), as 
far as the African coast is concerned, and the Riviera, with all the 
points on that beautiful north shore line. Then they must see Naples, 
of course, and after passing down the Italian coast they are likely 
to go straight on to Kgypt. After passing through the straits of 
Gibraltar the attention of the traveler is soon centered on Algiers. 



ALGIERS 

A scene near the busy market. 



THE 



MEDITERRANEAN 



From the entrance to the harbor Algiers appears like a white diamond 
set in a circle of emeralds. The town consists of two parts, the French 
and the Arab quarters. To the visitor from the west Algiers is most inter 
esting; for there he meets characters of all kinds, European peoples mix 
ing with those of North Africa. 
The French quarters show that 
the Frenchman, when com 
pelled to live in another coun 
try, takes a bit of Paris with 
him; for there is found the 
typical French cafe, with its 
little tables on the sidewalk, 
contrasting with the Arab cafe 
where natives, in their pictur 
esque white costumes, sit and 
sip their coffee and gossip with 
wild gesticulation. Even in its 
African population Algiers is 
oddly mixed. Each tribe has 
its own peculiar costume, 
the marketplace 
often looking like 
a stage of a comic- 
opera, only much 
more artistic and 
natural. 

The govern 
ment house, and 
in fact all the 
buildings except 
those in the 
French quarters. 




MOSQUEE DE LA PECHERIE, ALGIERS 

The" Mosque of the Fishery" was erected by Turkish architects in 

1660. It is a cruciform building, with a large central dome 

painted inside, and a square minaret, now a clock tower. 




TOMBEAU DE LA CIIRETIENNE 

This large tomb n- ar Algiers, 108 feet high, a. 
built a> a tomb for Juba II and his family. 
It serves as a landmark for sailors. Its present 
name is derived from the cruciform mold 
ings of the door panels. 








A STREET SCENE IN 
ALGIERS 

Showing three different style < 
of costume. 



are Moorish in 
design and gener 
ally whitewashed, 
so that they mas 
querade as glit 
tering white mar 
ble. The town is beautifully situated, and is surrounded by a very inter 
esting country filled with relics of Punic War times, and ruins of struc 
tures of even a more remote period. Near Algiers is the building called 
the "tomb of the Christian woman." This is really the tomb of Juba 
II, who married Cleopatra Selene (se-lee -nee), daughter of the celebrated 



THE 



MEDITERRANEAN 



Cleopatra and of Marc Antony. Juba II had a son, Ptolemy, and a 
daughter, Drusilla, who was the wife of Felix, procurator of Judea, 
who, it will be remembered, said to Saint Paul, "Go thy way for this time; 
when I have a convenient season, I will call for thee" (Acts xxiv, 25). 
All the coast about Algiers is filled with just such interesting relics 
of Biblical times. Perfect French roads now make it possible to reach 
the most interesting places by carriage or motorcar. 

THE RIVIERA 

Across the Mediterranean is a stretch of shore that no traveler in Eu 
rope should miss. It is called "The Riviera, " and it extends from Cannes 

(kahn) to Ventimiglia (ven- 
tee-meel -yah), thence to 
Spezia (spet -see-ah), be 
yond Genoa (jcn -o-ah); 
the former section French, 
the latter Italian. From one 
end to the other is a chain 
of health resorts, some most 
fashionable, others the very 
opposite; the latter on that 
account more desirable to 
those who wish peace and 
quiet. Even in the most re 
tired spots, however, there 
is no escape from the honk- 
honk of the motorcars ; for 
Riviera highways are the 
favorite touring roads of 
southern Europe. 
Beginning at Cannes, the necklace of the sea contains such jewels 
as Antibes (ong-teeb ), Nice (nees), Villefranche-sur-Mer (veel-frongsh- 
soor-mare ), Beaulieu (bo-lee-eh ), Monaco (mon -ah-ko), Monte Carlo, 
and Mentone (men-to -ne) . These are followed by the Italian section, 
Ventimiglia, Bordighera (bor-dee-gay -rah), Ospedaletti, San Remo 
(ray -mo), Alassio (ah-lahs -see-o), Savona (sah-vo -nah), Pegli (pel -yee), 
and Genoa. This section is called the Riviera di Ponente (po-nen -the), 
followed by Riviera di Levante (le-vahn -te) to the east of Genoa, 
Nervi (ner -vee), Recco (rek -ko), Santa Margherita Ligure (lih-goor -eh), 
Rapallo (rah-pahlMo), Sestri Levante, and Spezia. 

The French section is more fully developed, and therefore more com 
fortable and fashionable. The Italian section, while beautiful, leaves 
much to be desired bv the ordinarv tourist. 




LOOKING TOWARD MENTONE 

Mentone belonged to Monaco until 1861. It is beautifully situated on 

the Golfe df la Paix, consisting of two bays separated by a rocky 

promontory. 



THE 



M E D I 



ERRANEAN 




MONTt CARLO 

1 he front of iht Casino. 



There nestles in the southeast cor 
ner of France a tiny little principality 
called Monaco, the most remarkable 
place of its kind in the world. 

MONTE CARLO 

It is only about a half-square mile in 
area, and contains fifteen thousand in 
habitants. Strange as it may seem, there 
are no taxes there, as the Societe des 
Bains de Mer, which is simply a name 
for the society or company that runs 
the Casino gambling tables at Monte Carlo, pays the tribute-. From 
the millions of francs paid by this society to the Prince of Monaco and his 
government every year, the natural inference is that most of the visitors 
to Monte Carlo get nothing except experience. 

The Casino building is very theatrical in style, built expressly for 
its purpose, and superbly placed on a promontory overlooking the sea and 
town. It is surrounded by beautiful gardens, carefully kept. In fact, 
the whole place is a delight to the eye and the most beautiful spot on the 
Riviera. It is attractive enough to detain one for days, even if t he- 
great magnet, the Casino, was not there. On account of the gaming, tin- 
whole district is filled with characters that one had rather not meet ex 
cept in the Casino, where perfect order is assured by the presence of nu 
merous detectives, read} to check disorder when it threatens, or to notify 

politely anyone of sui- 
dical tendency to leave 
the Casino and the 
principality. There is 
no place in the world 
where arrangements 
are so well planned to 
satisfy the desire of 
human beings to get 
something for nothing. 
And it is not simply 
a gaming place. Tin- 
spectacle of Monte 
Carlo has a ere at fas 
cination even for those 
who never play at the 
tables, everything is so 
beautiful, so orderh , 




Ike 



MONACO 

of ttu Prince of Monaco, and in the background the " Tfte at 
Chien " or "Dog Head Mountain." 



THE 



MEDITERRANEAN 



THE CASINO, 
MONTE CARLO 

One of the beauti- 
>ul gaming rooms, 
the " S alle du 
Trentc-Quarante. 




and so well kept. Many who visit there prefer, however, to stop at 
Mentone, which is but a few minutes distant by trolley or motorcar. 

NICE 

The Nicsea (ny-see -a) of ancient times, founded by Massilians 
in the fifth century B. C., Nice is the birthplace of Massena (mah-say-nah ) 
and Garibaldi, (gah-ree-bahl -dee). Sheltered by the Maritime Alps, and 
because of the great limestone cliffs along shore, which absorb the heat rays 
of the sun, the temperature is so modified that flowers bloom the 
year round. Nice and its near neighbors have become a famous resort 
for invalids, especially of the English, who flee to this part of the 
world to escape their own disagreeable winter. In summer the temper 
ature is fifteen to twenty degrees lower than Paris. The best 
view of the town is obtained from Castle Hill, overlooking the shore of 
the Promenade des Anglais, constructed by the English in 1822, in order 
to give work to the unemployed. One of the secrets of the great 
success of Nice as a resort is the great variety of entertainment 
offered by the clever Frenchmen. Fine hotels, theaters, casinos, prom 
enades, and roads (the best in the world), especially the Petite and 
the Grand Corniche (kor-neesh ), together with a superb climate, 
are quite enough to attract people from all parts of the world. 
The business part of the town is a miniature Paris. Fine avenues, 
lined with shops filled with all kinds of attractive things, inveigle the 



THE 



MEDITERRANEAN 




THE CASINO. 
MONTE CARLO 

The richly decor 
ated " Salon df 
Conversation." 



tourist into extravagant expenditure; while casinos and gambling 
places relieve the venturesome of their spare cash most politely. 

GENOA 

From being a republic and a great naval power in the Middle Ages, 
and as such a rival of Venice, Genoa has come to be now a city of great 
enterprise and activity. It stands next to Marseilles (mahr-saylz l 
in importance as a seaport. It is advantageously situated, the Gulf of 
Genoa affording an attractive harbor, and the slopes of the Ligurian 
hills at the back offering man} spots of advantage for the display of the 
city s beautiful buildings. 

The city is finely constructed. As you enter the harbor you find 
just before you that part of the lower town that is on the level of the 
water. Beyond that and up the hillslopes beautiful structures have 
assembled themselves on the different levels of a great natural theater, as 
if to watch your coming and to greet you on your arrival. 

On landing at the pier the traveler quickly finds himself in the attrac 
tive Palazzo Doria, named after Andrea Doria, (do -ree-ah) the famous 
admiral of Charles V. It is well for the visitor, especially if an Ameri 
can, to take this course, following up the Via Doria to the square in 
front of the railway station; for there, surrounded by flowers and palms, 
stands a fine monument of Christopher Columbus; who, it will be re 
membered, was a native of the city. Genoa is full of stirring activity. 



THE 



MEDITERRANEAN 




MCK 



I he to jun and the promenade from Castle Hill 



It you have gone there from 
some of the quieter towns along 
the Riviera, you will, feel a 
change in spirit. You are in 
clined to move a little faster. 
Things are happening all the 
time. There is much to be 
seen, and all that you see tells 
a story of years of vigorous, 
successful civic life. The most 
notable physical features of 
Genoa are its fine medieval 
churches and its many splendid 
sixteenth century palaces. 
Follow up the Via Garibaldi, 

a magnificent street \\ith many beautitul palaces on both sides. To 
van- the impressions of fine architectural display take a ride in the 
tramway up to San Nicolo (nee-ko~lo ) and Castellaccio (cahs-tel-ah - 
cho), where you will find yourself over a thousand feet high, and 
commanding a superb view of the Bisagno (bih-sahn -yo) Valley and 
the Campo Santo (kahm -po sahn -to) below you. The cemetery called 
Campo Santo is one of the most interesting features of Genoa. It is 
beautifully situated, and is filled with remarkable monuments, some of 
them executed by the leading sculptors of Italy. In the burial spots of 
the Genoese, as well as in the homes where the) live, there is much ot 
luxury and elegance. In its business activities, its social life, its climate, 
and its customs, Genoa 
is attractive, and 
holds the visitor there 
tor sometime con t CM. 

N A V L L S 

On the most beaut i- 
tul site in Europe- 
stands Naples, the 
Xeapolis of the Athen- 
ian colonists. After 
;iie Romans conquer 
ed it, it still retained 
Greek culture and in 
stitutions. It became 
the favorite summer 
resort of the Romans, 




NICE 



A ice is a superb winter resort. In the summer it is less frequented. 



THE 



MEDITERRANEAN 



and the delight ot the poets Horace, Ovid, and Virgil. It was when 
living in Naples that Virgil wrote his famous verses on agriculture, 
the "Georgics." After many vicissitudes Roger de Hauteville formed t he- 
kingdom of Naples in 1130. 

Medieval Naples is trace 
able in its walls and great 
gates. The Porta Capuana is 
one of the best preserved. 

After the young Con- 
radin (kon -rah-deen), the 
last of the Norman dvnastv 





THE RAM. WAV STATION. C;KNO\ 




(JENOA 

Homes in the old town near the port. Th, 

old town is a network of narrow and steep 

. treeti ; but the newer quarters have brnad 

and traight thoroughfare*. 

in Naples, was executed, 
the country was ruled by 
the house of Anjou (En 
glish, an -jo; French, ong- 
/ho ), then by the French 
(Louis XII), and then by 
Ferdinand of Spain. Don 
Carlos improved the city 
and surrounding country. In 1806 the city was invaded by Napoleon, 
who established his government there for a short time. The Bourbon 
(boor-bong 7 ) rule came to an end in 1860, when Frances II was dethroned 
by Garibaldi. From the time it was founded till the present day poor 
Naples has been so torn to pieces by the many nations contesting for it 



CAMPO SANTO. <;KNOA 

I his cemetery toa> laid out by Resasco in 1844-5 * I h* central point 
is a rotunda, with a dome borne by column: of black marble. 



THE 



MEDITERRANEAN 



that there is but little left 
of its ancient beauty or 
grandeur, and it now de 
pends upon its wonderful 
situation, which, with the 
beautiful places about it, 
holds the visitor enchanted. 



THE BEAUTY 
NAPLES 



OF 




NAPLES 



The market street in the old quartc 



There are travelers of 
years of experience who 
have declared that the site 
and surroundings of Naples 
are not excelled in beauty 
anywhere in the world. You 
enter the Bay of Naples 
with the island of Ischia 
(es -kee-ah) on one side and on the other the island of Capri (kah -pree). 
Immediately before you lies Naples, stretching out from the water s edge 
up the hills beyond; the second largest city in Italy, with a population 
of over five hundred thousand. Back of it and to the southeast is 
Vesuvius. History has taught us to look with feelings of respect and 
awe upon that smoke-crowned cone. On the shore, to the south, Hercu- 
laneum (her-kew-lay -nee-um) and Pompeii (pom-pay -yee) are to be 
seen, and as the coast curves out to the peninsula you come to Sor 
rento (sore-ren -to) and the road along the mountainside that takes 

you on a scenic tour of 
matchless beauty, includ 
ing Amalfi (ah-mahl - 
fee), Vietri (vee-ay -tree), 
and Salerno (sah-ler -no). 
The interest in Naples 
is not only scenic, but 
historic. It is not the 
achievements of mon- 
archs nor the monuments 
of artists that attract you. 
In such matters Naples 
is poorer than other towns 
in Italy. But the relics 
rescued from the explor 
ations in Herculaneum and 




PORTA CAPUANA, NAPLES 

Capua Gate, one of the finest of Renaissance gateways, wa> built by tk 
Florentine Ciuliano da Maiano, with sculpture/ by Giovanni da Nola. 



T H E 



MEDITERRANEAN 



Pompeii afford an interest that is unique and compelling an interest, 
too, that is continually growing, for new discoveries are being made from 
time to time. 

Many are the scenic trips to be taken from Naples. It is a point 
of departure for pleasure tourists in almost every direction. The ascent 
of Mount Vesuvius is interesting; but that is the interest of curiosity. 
Where visitors find the greatest happiness is in the trips to outlying 
points, especially to the peninsula of Sorrento, to the island of Capri, 
and to Amalfi and Ravcllo. It is at these points that we find the 
greatest beauty of the Mediterranean. It seems indeed as if the great 
inland sea and mankind had joined there to make a pleasure ground 
beyond compare. 

It is in and about Naples that the traveler will care to linger 
longest. There is so much to be seen there and, when satisfied 
with pleasure jaunts and scenic trips, there is a serenity of life in 
Naples, and a soft, sunny climate that, to repeat Byron s words, "lend 
to loneliness delight." One friend of mine prolonged a trip, planned for 
a week, until it filled out twelve months. There is much to interest and 
delight one in all the seaport towns of the Mediterranean. After all has 
been said of its varied shores, however, one is apt to conclude by giving 
the palm of distinction in beauty and interest to Algiers, to Monte Carlo, 
and to Naples with its environs. 




NAPI.RS FROM TIIK BAY 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING" Mediterranean Winter Resorts," K. Reynolds- 
Ball; "Algeria and Tunis," Frances K. Nesbitt; "The Barbary Coast," H. M." Field; 
"The Garden of Allah," R. S. Hichens; "Servitude," Irene Osgood; Burckhardt s 
"Cicerone," translated by Mrs. A. H. Clough; "Afloat and Ashore on the Mediter 
ranean," Lee Meriwether; Mediterranean Trip," N. Brooks; "Italian Cities," 
E. H. and K. W. Blashfield. 

11 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East i9th St., New York, N. Y. 



Vol. i 



November 10, 1913 



No. 39 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE J1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE SI. 00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N. Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER COPYRIGHT, 1913. BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON: VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY. L. D. GARDNER 



Editorial 

The Mentor has reached the farm. We 
have heard of its work in cities and towns 
and small settlements. We have had as 
surance of its acceptance by professional 
men, business men, educators, reading so 
cieties, and of the place it has assumed in 
the home. We have been waiting to hear 
from the farm and wanting to hear, for 
it seems to us that a plan that carries in 
formation in a popular and interesting 
way to the public must be a welcome vis 
itor week by week to any intelligent farm 
family. 

* * * 

And now comes the first voice from the 
farm, and it is in its way the finest, fresh 
est, and cheeriest message that we have 
had. It is so full of simon-pure human 
notes that we are going to give it to the 
readers of The Mentor in full. We are 
sure it will interest all of our readers as 
much as it gratifies us: 

"The Mentor Association, Inc., New York 
City. 

Dear Sirs: Thank you so much for 
your offer for becoming a charter member. 
I think The Mentor is splendid and I de 
sire most keenly to accept, but alas, I am 
poor. My husband and I are young and 
struggling farmers. We are in a way of 
becoming comfortably situated, but at 
present, though we own quite a bunch of 
stock, implements, some property, etc., we 
really have little actual cash, and have to 
plan with economy and care to make every 



penny count. The grain in the bins means 
money, but must pay for labor and other 
expenses until another crop is harvested 
next year. The cream from the cows pays 
for food and clothing and incidentals. 

* * * 

"I have decided to save my dimes for 
The Mentor, and to forego a renewal of 
one of my magazines. My husband spends 
some of his dimes for tobacco; I will save 
mine for The Mentor, even if it takes 
fifty, and share my joy with him. When I 
read the list of previous numbers, I 
longed for a complete set; but I am of a 
cheerful disposition, so am consoling my 
self in thinking / will some time have 
some of them. Best wishes to you in your 
great plan, and many thanks also for the 
two blue coupons for my friends." 

* * * 

We have always claimed for The Men 
tor a "wide human reach." Surely it 
must have it when a single number can 
bring a message like this back to us from 
a far western farm. 



And now a word about the blue coupons. 
They are Mentor Presentation Coupons, 
and they have been prepared for the use of 
members of The Mentor Association. We 
believe that every member of The Mentor 
Association has many friends who would 
be delighted to know The Mentor, and to 
become acquainted with the advantages 
which the Association affords. In this 
busy work-a-day world people are often 
too busy to pass on a good thing to their 
friends. Sometimes it is not because they 
are too busy; it is simply because there 
is no convenient way of passing on the 
information. Some of our readers have 
told us that if we would supply them with 
convenient material for making The 
Mentor known to others it would be 
appreciated and used. 

* * * 

So we have prepared the blue coupon 
specially with the thought of interesting 
your friends. Send to us for some of these 
coupons. They will enable you to place 
free copies of The Mentor with friends 
that you think will appreciate them. You 
enjoy The Mentor. Give your friends a 
chance to enjoy it too. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No. 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 

20. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OP AMERICAN POETRY 
V. .v IIINGTON, THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OF MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SONG AND 

SCENERY 
CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES- 

THE DISCOVERERS 
LONDON 

THE STORY OF PANAMA 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 



. 21. 
22. 

23. 
24. 

25. 
2fi. 
2V. 
28. 
90. 
30. 
31. 

33. 

34. 
35. 



AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 



SPORTING VACATIONS 
SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OP 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 
AMERICAN NOVELISTS 
AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 
VENICE. THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 
SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 
HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 
BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OP THE 

WORLD 

GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES- 

IM!R C IC N A TESTFORKORTH 
FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 
THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 
THE MEDITERRANEAN 



THESE BACK NUMBERS WlLJ. BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 



THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

ANGELS IN ART 

Angel in St. Peter s, Melozzo da Forli; Angel Choir, Benozzo Gozzoli; Angels, 
Leonardo da Vinci; Piaying Angel, Bellini; Angel Playing Lute, Carpaccioj 

St. Michael, Perugino. 
By J. C. VAN DYKE, Professor of the History of Art, Rutgers College. 

NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Nov. 24. FAMOUS COMPOSERS. Chopin. Men 
delssohn. Schubert, Schumann, Liszt. 
Brahms. 

By Henry T. Pinck. Author and ifusic 
Critic. 

Dec. 1. EGYPT. THE LAND OP MYSTERY 
Pyramids. Sphinx. Luxor. Alexandria. Kar- 
nak. Thebes. 

By DwighlL.Elmendorf. Lecturer and Traveler. 

Dec. 8. THE REVOLUTION 

Attack on Charlestown, Bunker Hill, Sur 
render at Yorktown. Bonhomme Richard. 



Declaration of Independence. Capture of 

Vincennes. 

By Albert BuihneU Hart. Professor of Gottrn- 

menl. Harvard University. 

Dec. 15. FAMOUS ENGLISH POETS 

Byron. Shelley. Keats. Wordsworth. Tenny 
son, Browning. 
By Hamilton U . Mabie. Author and Critic. 

Dec. 22. MAKERS OP AMERICAN ART 

I. S. Copley, Washington Allston. Rem 
brandt Peale. Gilbert Stuart, John Trum- 
bul!. Benjamin West. 
By J. T. traUng, Author. 



THE MENTOR 





The Plan 

THE purpose of The Mentor As 
sociation is to give people, in an 
interesting and attractive way, the 
information in various fields of 
knowledge that they all want and ought 
to have. The information is imparted by 
interesting reading matter, prepared un 
der the direction of leading authors, and 
by beautiful pictures, produced by the 
most highly perfected modern processes. 

C The object of The Mentor Association is 
to enable people to acquire useful knowledge 
without effort, so that they may come easily 
and agreeably to know the world s great 
men and women, the great achievements, and 
the permanently interesting things in art, 
literature, science, history, nature and travel. 

C The annual membership fee of The 
Mentor Association is Five Dollars. Every 
member upon accepting an invitation to 
membership, receives an engraved certificate 
of membership and becomes entitled to the 
privileges of the Association for one year, 
including fifty-two numbers of The Mentor. 



LEARN ONE THING 
EVERY DAY 



NOVEMBER 17 1913 

VOLUME.l NUMBER 4O 



THE 
MENTOR 



ANGELS 
IN ART 

DEPARTMENT 
OF FINE ARTS 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 

A r*r\T*\s mm. 



The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W, MABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. FAN DYKE .... Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

"T^HAT is what The Mentor gives you- a library that grows 
-* and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 

NEW YORK 



ANGELS 



IN AR^T 

UAUAl 



By JOHN C. VAN DYKE 

Professor of the History of Art, Rutgers College 




THE MENTOR 

NOVEMBER 17, 1913 



DEPARTMENT 
OF FINE ARTS 




MENTOR GRAVURES 



ANGEL WITH VIOLIN . Melozzo da Forli 

ANGEL CHOIR Benozzo Gozzoli 

ANGEL OF ANNUNCIATION . Burne-Jones 



MADONNA AND CHILD WITH ANGELS Bellini 

ANGEL WITH LUTE Carpaccio 

SAINT MICHAEL Pcrueino 



PAINT an angel!" exclaimed Courbet (koor-bay ) the realist to a 
pupil who one day asked him how it should be done. "When did you 

ever see an angel?" The abashed pupil had to admit that he had 
never had the good fortune to see one. "Very well, then, you had better 
paint the portrait of your grandfather, whom you see every day." The 
advice to keep his head out of the clouds while his feet were on earth 
may have been needed by the pupil; but nevertheless angels have been 
painted time out of mind, and even such pronounced realists as Courbet 
and Manet (mah-nay ) have painted them. And they saw them, too; 
that is, they saw the pretty-faced models they turned into angels by add 
ing enlarged pigeon wings to their shoulder blades. But they were not 
very spiritual angels. Realism rather scorns things spiritual, and besides 
religious feeling and sentiment in art passed out several centuries before 
the coming of the modern realists. 

The early men the Fra Angelicos, the Benozzos (ben-ots-o), the 
Filippinos, of the fifteenth century believed in the Biblical scenes they 
painted, and sometimes stated their belief in letters of gold at the bottom 
of their pictures. They saw things with the eye of faith, saw Madonnas, 
saints, and angels in visions, and painted them, as the evangelists wrote, 
by the aid of inspiration. Perhaps it was their belief, their intense feel 
ing, that gave the fine religious sentiment to the work of these early men. 
Yet they did not invent or discover the angel in art. It had a more mate- 



N 



E 



N 



R 




PERUGINO; BAPTISM OF CHRIST (detail) 



rial and commonplace origin than in 
medieval belief and religious fervor. 

WINGED FIGURES IN 
ANCIENT ART 

There were winged figures in 
Egyptian, Chaldean, and Assyrian art, 
deities of the air, goddesses of the 
cloud and the heavens. The Hittite 
and the Persian produced the winged 
Sphinx, and the Greek the winged 
Victory that flew above the advancing 
host and pointed the way to glory. 
This winged Victory of the Greeks 
probably suggested the Christian an 
gel; though the immediate forerunner of the angel was found in the Cupid 
and Psyche of Roman art. The Christians, following the Romans, took 
over in their art much of the material of the old Roman world. They 
had to do this; for Christianity was without form in art, and the early 
Christians decried it as idolatrous. But later on there came a demand for 
telling the Bible stories in form and color, that people might see what they 
could not read. Then Christianity, answering the demand, took up 
Roman forms and gave them Christian significance. They took the 
Cupids of Roman art and turned them into Cherubs, and out of the 
winged Victories and Psyches they made ministering angels. 

The pagan form was soon forgotten in the Christian spirit, and 
the angels of the Gothic and early Renaissance periods developed 
a new meaning, a new soul. What beautiful sentiment, what pro 
found feeling, the early painters put into the angel of the Annunci 
ation! What a world of pathos and sadness they gave the angel 
seated by the tomb of Christ! What gladness and joy to the angels 
of the Nativity standing near the Madonna or singing the Gloria 
in Excelsis in the upper sky! According to tradition, the angels 
know neither gladness nor sadness, neither wrath 
nor pity. They are heavenly messengers obeying 
the mandates of the Most High, without emotion 
or feeling of any kind. But the old masters of Italy 
did not so regard them. They gave them human 
characteristics, made them emotional and sympa 
thetic, painted them in robes of blue, of red, of gold, 
of white, and gave them faces and forms that 
were human, it is true, but as near divine as 
earthly thought could render them. 




PERUGINO: CHERUB 
HEAD (detail) 



N 



G E 



N 



R 



CHERUBIM AND SERAPHIM 

The red- robed angels (they were painted red of face as well as of 
robe) were the Seraphim, the angels of love, and nearest to God. Often 
with the early painters only their heads were shown, with wings crossed 
in front of them, sometimes with four, six, or eight wings. The blue- 
robed angels were the Cherubim, the angels of knowledge, and they too 
were shown in their heads only, with many crossed wings. They appeared 
in groups and halos surrounding the presence of the Father, the Son, or 
the Virgin. The cherubs or putti of later Italian art, so frequently seen 
with the Madonna and Child, are the artistic descendants of the Seraphim 
and Cherubim. They are seen in the large aureoles of light that surround 
the Madonna ; for instance, in Raphael s " Sistine Madonna " and Titian s 
"Assumption of the Virgin." They recede into the background or come 
forward in clouds as the countless hosts of heaven. 

Frequently the Cherubs are given enlarged childlike or feminine forms 
with individual features, elongated wings, variegated colors. They are 
then shown hovering or standing or seated near the Madonna, and are 
usually playing on musical instruments making music for the glory of the 
Madonna and Child. They are seen in the pictures of Bellini (bel-lee -nee) 
and Carpaccio (kahr-pah -cho) near the foot of the throne; with Melozzo 
da Forli (for-lee ) they soar in the air; with Duccio (doo -cho) and Cima- 
bue (chee-mah-boo -ah) they stand about the throne, dressed in rich 
robes, singing, playing, or worshiping. Music and color were associ 
ated in the minds of 
the early Italians as 
though both were man- 
ifestations of senti 
ment in art. Especially 
was this true at Venice, 
the one great color 
spot in Italian art. 

MINISTERING 

AND GUARDIAN 

ANGELS 

The angels that 
sang the Gloria in Ex- 
celsis, or knelt near at 
hand at the birth of 
Christ, were usually 
larger than the putti, 
girlish in form, and 
very beautiful of face. 




DOMENICHINO. MADONNA OF THE ROSARY (detail) 



N 



E 



I 



N 



R 



They were dressed sometimes in colors, as with Correggio (kor-red -jo) ; 
sometimes in gold brocades of gorgeous pattern, as with the Vivarini (vee- 
vahr-ee -nee) ; sometimes in white and blue, as with Piero della Francesca 
(f rahn-ches -kah) . Again, they frequently had jeweled crowns or embossed 
halos or peacock-eyed wings. It was the idea of the old masters to make them 
decoratively beautiful as well as representative of purity and truth. And 
they carried out this idea still further in the faces, which were always of the 
most lovely types they could find or imagine. To us today these angel faces 
are perhaps the most attractive feature of this early church art of Italy. 
The same kind of angels, but clothed usually in white, appeared to the 
Shepherds, attended the Holy Family in their flight into Egypt, stood by 
the river bank at the baptism of Christ, were with Him in the wilderness, 
in the garden, at the crucifixion, watched by the tomb, and rolled away 
the stone from the door. Others of the angelic host appeared at times 
to warn Abraham, to present a message to Saint Joachim, to guide Saint 
Peter out of his prison. They were all ministering spirits, but without 
specific names. 

THE SEVEN ARCHANGELS 

On the other hand, certain 
deeds to be done were given to 





CORREGGIO; ANGEL GROUP (detail of fresco at 
Parma) 



FRA BARTOLOMMEO; MADONNA ENTHRONED 

(detail) 

certain angels who had definite 
names. These were the seven arch 
angels. It was Michael, captain of 
the Hosts of Heaven, that overcame 
the Demon and drove him into the 
Bottomless Pit; it was Jophiel with 
the flaming sword that drove Adam 
and Eve out of Paradise; it was 
Zadkiel that stayed the hand of 
Abraham, and Chamuel that wrestled 
with Jacob. These were all arch 
angels who appeared with their va 
rious symbols in Christian art. Uriel, 
guardian of the sun, is seen less 



N 



E 



N 



R 




GUIDO RENI; ST. MICHAEL AND THE DEMON 



frequently than the others; but 
Raphael, the chief guardian 
angel, is often seen in company 
with Tobit, and occasionally in 
the pictures of the Last Judg 
ment with Michael, blowing the 
dread blast of the great resur 
rection. 

But the angel Gabriel ap 
pears in art oftener than all the 
other angels put together. This 
is because he was the angel of 
the Annunciation and foretold 
the coming of Christ. He is seen 
a thousand times in Italian art, 
lilies in hand, kneeling and re 
peating the message to the Ala- 
donna. The theme was the most 
popular of all, and a thousand 
different types of beauty were 
created to impersonate Gabriel. 
Many of them are still existent, 
and some of them are the 
most lovely creations of the old 
masters. 



ANGEL IDEALS OF THE OLD MASTERS 

Of course the ideal of angelic beauty varied with each painter, 
chose for a model the fairest type he could find, 
and each differed from his fellow. Perhaps 
the most popular types of angels in the early 
Renaissance were painted byMelozzo da Forli. 
A notable group of them was painted in a 
cupola of the Church of the Apostles in Rome. 
They were angels of the Ascension, and sur 
rounded the rising figure of Christ. The fresco 
afterward became so damaged that it w r as 
taken down, and some of the angels w r ere 
transferred to the Sacristy of St. Peter s, 
where they are now to be seen. Our reproduc 
tion shows a detail of one of them, one with 
a fair face, abundant hair, a halo about the 
head made up of golden cubes of mosaic, and 
large expanded wings. The figure is seen 



Each 




VEROCCHIO (School of) ARCH 
ANGEL RAPHAEL (detail) 



N 



E 



I 



N 



R 




slightly foreshortened, and this, with 
the spread wings that seem really 
large enough to support an angel, 
gives the impression of flight, or at 
least a hovering movement. The 
wings are upraised, and seem to 
frame the beautiful head and its 
halo. This upward swing of the 
wings is counterbalanced by the 
downward sweep of the drapery 
from the waist line. Between the 
upward and the downward curves is 
a swirling cross line, made up by the 
shoulder, the arm, and the violin 




BOTTICELLI; MADONNA, CHILD. AND ANGELS 



VERONESE; ANNUNCIATION (detail) 

bow. All this is shrewdly worked 
out, and gives force and movement 
to the figure. The whole compo 
sition has nobility and loftiness 
about it, and is not a mere sweet- 
faced affair of the Carlo Dolci 
(dol -chee) kind. 

TYPES OF BENOZZO AND LEONARDO DA VINCI 

The angels of Benozzo Gozzoli (got -so-lee) are of similar characters. 
They have not a particle of sweetness about them, and would never be 
called "pretty"; but what fine sentiment and decided individuality they 
have! They are part of a famous fresco in the Riccardi Palace at Flor 
ence, one of the finest and best preserved frescos in all Italy. The little 
chapel where they are had its walls entirely covered by Benozzo with a 
fresco representing the Adoration of the Kings. The gorgeous procession 
of the kings and their attendants (made up of portraits of the Medici and 
their friends, with Lorenzo the Magnificent riding as one of the kings) 
covers three walls of the chapel. The splendid cavalcade winds along, 



N 



S 



N 



R 



and finally comes up to the fourth wall, where was once shown the 
Madonna and Child with Joseph. This group of the Holy Family has 
disappeared; but the band of worshiping angels is on the side wall, still 
intact. The angels are kneeling and standing amid flowers which one 
does not see at first because of the bright colors and the golden halos. 
What beautiful faces, naive forms, and praying hands are here! This is 
sincerity in art, and true enough sentiment into the bargain. One will 
travel far before seeing its better. 

A historic and even a sentimental interest attaches to Leonardo da 
Vinci s (lay-o-nahrd -o dah vin -chee) little angel in the Baptism of Christ 
by Andrea Verocchio (vay-rok -kee-o). Vasari (vah-sah -ree) recites the 
story of how Verocchio, when ill perhaps, told his pupil, the young Leon 
ardo, to finish this picture by painting in the second angel, and that 
Leonardo did it so well that it was superior to the other parts of the pic 
ture. "Perceiving this, Andrea resolved never again to take pencil in 
hand; since Leonardo, though still so young, had acquitted himself better 
in the art than he had done." This is a pretty story, which has been pooh- 
poohed and denied by recent criticism, but without reason. The angel 
with the profile was certainly done by a different hand than the angel with 
the full face. It is different from any other part of the picture, and there 
is every reason to believe it done by Leonardo as Vasari states. The 
charm of the angel, the type, 
the graceful contours, the light 
and shade, all foreshadow the 
later work of Leonardo. What 
a lovely creation, not only in 
face and feature, but in serenity 
and fine feeling! 

THE CHARMING 
ANGELS OF PERUGINO 

Perugino (pay-roo-jee -no) 
was in that same studio of 
Verocchio, a fellow pupil with 
Leonardo; but his angels are 
much weaker conceptions than 
Leonardo s. They are contem 
plative, full of wistful tenderness, 
lost in reverie; but they lack 
somewhat in mental grip. They 
make up for this, however, by a 
charming sentiment. The St. 
Michael, reproduced herewith, BOTTICINI; MADONNA AND CHILD (detail of anei) 




N G 



E 



N 



R 



shows it. He is hardly the ideal 
captain-general of the heavenly host, 
able to wield the sword in the front 
ranks; but on the contrary is a slight, 
boyish figure, full of fancy, and lost 
in day dreams. 

PERUGINO S SAINT MICHAEL 

In this picture he stands aloof 
from the figures about him, and, with 
his head inclined to one side, seems 
to be listening to the song of the an 
gels in the upper air. The brown eyes 
are full of earnestness; but the round 
face and slight mouth have no set pur 
pose other than to suggest sentiment 

and symme 
try. A very 
pretty type, 
no doubt; but 
not a strong 
one. A man of 





FRA ANGELICO; CORONATION (detail) 



FRA ANGELICO: TRUMPET- 
BLOWING ANGEL 



power like Michelangelo could have very little 
sympathy with it. Indeed, he sneered at the 
pretty face and called Perugino a dolt and block 
head in art. That was more than Perugino could 
bear, and, in a rage, he brought Michelangelo 
before the Council of Eight on a charge of slander. 
But it only resulted in a laugh at Perugino s ex 
pense. His action was perhaps foolish; but his 
pictures are not to be laughed at. They are ex 
cellent in color, and the pretty face that Michelan 
gelo scorned became the early model for Perugino s 
great pupil, Raphael. 

THE ANGELS OF FRA ANGELICO 

In sweetness of type and depth of feeling, 
the angels of Fra Angelico are more profound than 
Perugino s. Besides, they seem to have more sin 
cerity about them. The monk-painter in his cell 
saw visions of heavenly things, and as he saw so 
he recorded in art. All his faces seem filled with 
divine tenderness. He painted only one face, one 
type. His pictures show men with beards and monks 



N 



E 



N 



R 




in cowls, and angels in flowing robes with bright 
wings; but there is always the same face, the 
same sentiment. His trumpet-blowing angels, 
of which there are countless copies in existence, 
are epitomes of this conception and sentiment. 
They have great purity and beauty. Fra An- 
gelico was a man of pure thought to start with, 
and everything he touched reflected his purity. 



TYPES OF FILIPPINO 
BOTTICELLI 



AND 



FILIPPINO LIPPI; MADONNA AND 
ST. BERNARD (detail of angels) 



Filippino and Botticelli came later than 
Fra Angelico, and the Florence of their day 
had begun to draw away from medieval tra 
ditions in art in favor of more learned technical 
accomplishment; yet one can hardly see any 
waning of sentiment in the work of these men. 
In fact, the sentiment of Filippino is often per 
ilously near to sentimentality, so intense and 
earnest is the feeling of the man. His Madonna 
is always on the brink of tears, and his angels 
are in perfect sympathy with the Madonna. 
Botticelli is more of an intellectual force; but 
he too is sat 
urated with 



sentiment to a point of morbidity. His 
Madonnas have sad eyes, mouths that 
droop at the corners, hollow cheeks, 
and long, flowing hair. They bend be 
fore the Angel of the Annunciation like 
broken flowers, or agonize at the Cru 
cifixion like lost souls. Their sentiment 
is intense. Nor does it vary much when 
Botticelli dealt with classic subjects. 
His Venus in her seashell, his Pallas, his 
Spring, all have some of the same mor 
bidity, mingled with mystery, melan 
choly, tenderness, that we see in his 
angels surrounding the Madonna. This 
personal quality of the painter is very 
attractive, and has perhaps done more 
to make Botticelli popular than his fine 
qualities as a draftsman and a painter. 




SEPPI; ANGEL OF ANNUNCIATION 



N 



E 



N 



R 



PRERAPHAELITE ANGELS 

When the Preraphaelite movement started in England over half 
a century ago, with Rossetti, Holman-Hunt, and Millais as painters, 
and Ruskin for a prophet, it could think of no one better as a model 
to follow than Botticelli. The Botticelli look is quite apparent in the 
sad, rather unhealthy faces of Rossetti. 
This Rossetti influence was handed on to 
his pupil, Burne Jones. None of the Pre- 
raphaelite ardor was abated or its senti 
ment lessened with Burne-Jones. Indeed, 
he improved upon his master both tech 
nically and sentimentally. He was a much 
better draftsman and colorist than Ros 
setti, and presented the Preraphaelite idea 
with greater force and effect. 

THE ANGELS OF BURNE-JONES 

The Burne-Jones type had rounder, 
more inquiring eyes, thinner cheeks, a 
sadder mouth, a more willowy figure. It 
appears often in long, flowing hair, with 
swirling drapery, and dramatic action. At 
other times one sees it as a romantic 
type consumed by a fever of passionate 
sentiment. The Annunciation shown here 
with is not a very good illustration of 
this. The Madonna has a dull stare in 
her eyes as though she was something of 
an invalid, and even the angel has a semi- 
malarious look. But the melancholy, the 
sadness, the morbidity, so apparent in Bot 
ticelli are also apparent here. The picture 
is a fine example of the painter s decorative 
sense. It has been put together w r ith 
much skill. Notice the architecture, the 
passageway at back, the bas reliefs, the 
repeated lines of the draperies in both the 

Madonna and the angel. One could almost wish it in stained glass, 
so beautifully would it fill an upright window. 

Every painter of Botticelli s rank in Italy had a score or less 
of followers, and among them all there was never any dearth of 
sentimental Madonnas and pathetic angels. Florence held no monop 
oly of the subject. 




BURNE-JONES: THE ANNUNCIATION 



10 



N G 



E 



N 



R 




VEROCCHIO: BAPTISM (detail of Leonardo s Angel) 

times out of ten, the painter s own 
wife? And how better could he de 
pict the winged messengers of the 
sky than by painting them with the 
forms of those he loved here be 
low? It is only a step across the 
world from heaven to earth, and is 
not love the band that unites them? 



ANGELS OF BELLINI AND 
CARPACCIO 

At Venice in the early days 
were Bellini and Carpaccio, who 
produced famous Madonnas and 
most lovable angels. They are 
different angels from those of 
Botticelli. In fact, they are little 
more than handsome children 
naively making music for the 
Madonna and Child. Their un 
conscious quality is captivating. 
How very childlike, in their pure 
faces, their golden hair, their 
round legs and fat little hands! 
The models were perhaps the 
painter s own children. Why not? 
Was not the Madonna, nine 




MURILLO; GUARDIAN ANGEL 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING. "Sacred and Legendary Art," Jameson; "Life 
of Christ in Art," Farrar; "Christian Iconography," Didron; "Angels of God," 
Timpson; "Angels in Art," Clement. 



ii 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume I 



NOVEMBER 17, 1913 



Number 40 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POST AGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1913, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER, R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY. L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

We have just received the following let 
ter from a reader of The Mentor: "I 
have examined with great care and profit 
a copy of The Mentor just received. There 
is only one suggestion that I can make 
towards its improvement, and that is that 
on the back of the photogravures there 
should be a pronunciation scheme for all 
foreign names. Not everyone who reads 
is able to pronounce properly the Spanish, 
French, or Italian; particularly is this 
true of names and places. The pronuncia 
tion might be put in brackets right after 
the names, or made a sort of marginal 
affair." 

* * * 

This is the kind of letter we like to get. 
The suggestion is a good one. We wrote 
at once to the writer, saying that pro 
nunciation would be indicated wherever 
foreign names were used. We have done 
so in the text pages of The Mentor 
our readers know that. We have not 
been doing it in the stories printed on the 
back of The Mentor gravures. There was 
no reason for not doing it. The indication 
of pronunciations should accompany for 
eign names wherever they are used. The 
writer of the above has done us a real 
service in calling attention to the matter. 
We wish that readers would write to us 
whenever they have a suggestion that they 
think would add to the value and useful 
ness of The Mentor. 

* * * 

Half knowledge on any subject is not 
of much use. The case of a college pro 



fessor comes to mind. He was very strong 
on what he called "completing a thought 
and finishing a fact." He said that as a 
man walked through life or looked through 
books he was constantly in an atmos 
phere of information that facts were 
darting like meteors all about him. He said 
that the habit of mind of most people was 
slovenly. Such complete facts as come 
to their attention are perhaps absorbed. 
Half facts come along, and most people do 
not "follow them up to a finish." The 
habit of this professor was to carry a 
memorandum pad in his pocket, and when 
ever he would hear a statement or re 
ceive a bit of knowledge he would jot down 
a note and then, in some leisure moment, 
look the matter up in an authoritative 
reference book, thereby completing his in 
formation and, as he put it, "sewing it up 
good and tight" for future use. 

* * * 

The result is that that college profes 
sor knows what he knows thoroughly and 
accurately. He is never heard saying, as 
so many do when a subject is mentioned, 
" Oh, what about that. I have had bits of 
information concerning it from time to 
time. What does it mean?" The profes 
sor had looked up the matter when he 
got his first bit of information, and, as a 
result, he had digested the subject and in 
his way owned it. 

* * * 

We have planned The Mentor with the 
thought of giving members of the Asso 
ciation the essential information that they 
should have on different subjects. Every 
one is not fortunate enough to have a good 
reference library some are not even in 
touch with reference books. It is the 
purpose of The Mentor, therefore, to 
come like a good friend who is well in 
formed and spend a few minutes a day 
with you, telling you in simple language 
about the many interesting and important 
things, events, and people of the world. 

* * * 

And you don t have to make notes as 
the professor did. You don t have to go 
looking for books of reference on the sub 
ject. The Mentor not only gives you in 
an interesting way the essential facts about 
a thing, together with illustrations, but it 
gives you a list of the important reference 
books on the subject. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Ivlusic. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No. 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
1.9. 
20. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OF MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OP AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND. THE LAND OF SONG AND 

SCE N ER Y 
CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES- 

THE DISCOVERERS 
LONDON 

THE STORY OF PANAMA 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 



No. 21. 

22 - 

23. 
24. 

25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 

34. 
35. 

36. 
37. 
38. 

39. 



AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 

IN PICTURES = 



SPORTING VACATIONS 
SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OP 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 
AMERICAN NOVELISTS 
AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 
VENICE. THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 
SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 
HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 

BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES- 

IM!R C IC N A TESTFORNORTH 
FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 
THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 
NAPOLEON 
THE MEDITERRANEAN 



THESE BACK NUMBERS WILL BE S UPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

FAMOUS COMPOSERS 

Chopin, Mendelssohn, Schubert, Schumann, Liszt, Brahms. 
By HENRY T. FINCK, Author and Music Critic. 

NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Dec. 



Dec, 



1. EGYPT. THE LAND OF MYSTERY 
Pyramids. Sphinx. Luxor. Alexandria. K.ir- 
nak. Thebes. 

By DwightL.Elmendorf. Lecturer and Traveler. 
8. THE REVOLUTION 

Buttle of Lexington. Bunker Hill. Washing 
ton Crossing the Delaware, John Paul Jones. 
Uc-claration of Independence. Birth of the 
Flag. 

By Albert BushneU Hart. Professor of Gotern- 
ment. Harvard University. 
Dec. 15. FAMOUS ENGLISH POETS 

Byron. Shelley. Keats. Wordsworth, Tenny. 

son. Browning. 

By Hamilton W. Mabie. Author and Critic. 



Dec. 22. MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 

J. S. Copley. Washington Allston. Rem 
brandt Peale. Gilbert Stuart. John Trum- 
bull, Benjamin West. 
ByJ. T. Willing, Author. 

Dec. 29. THE RUINS OF ROME 

The Colosseum. The Forum from the Capi 
tol. The Forum toward the Capitol, The 
Campagna. The Arch of Titus. The Tomb 
of Hadrian. 

By J. Willis Botsford. Proftssar of Ancient 
History, Columbia University. 




THE MENTOR 




ie Plan 



Tof The Mentor 
and attract! 
-.1 various .fields 

and ought 
unpai 

int 

u thors 

res, produced by the 
ed modern p 

^ >r A.SSOCI 

ire useful knowledge 
it, so that they may come easily 

know the world s gv 
the great acl 

IP- things 

arc a i -cl. 

<t lual membership fee of 

.m is Five Dollars* Every 
upon accepting an invitation 
) ershi; s an engraved certific 

} and becomes entitled to the 
Association f( year, 

b nun <f The M 



LEARN ONE THING 
EVERY DAY 



NOVEMBER 24 19 13 
VOLUME 1 NUMBER 41 



THE 
MENTOR 

FAMOUS 
COMPOSERS 

DEPARTMENT 
OF FINE ARTS 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 



The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. FAN DYKE .... Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

AT is what The Mentor gives you a library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
NEW YORK 



FAMOUS COMPOSERS 

By HENRY T. FINCK 

Author of "Wagner and His Works," "Success in Music," "Chopin," 
"Grieg and His Music." etc. 




THE MENTOR 

NOVEMBER 24, 1913 

DEPARTMENT 
OF FIXE ARTS 



MENTOR GRAVURES 




FREDERIC FRANCOIS CHOPIN . . 18101849 
FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY, 1809-1847 
FRANZ PETER SCHUBERT . . . 1797-1828 



ROBERT SCHUMANN 
FRANZ LISZT . . . 
JOHANNES BRAHMS 



1810-1856 
181 1-1886 
1833-1897 



"V" 7"HILE it is generally understood that the three great musical coun- 
%/%/ tries are Italy, Germany, and France, it must not be forgotten that 
Poland revolutionized the music of the pianoforte, the most popu 
lar and universal of all instruments. That small country looms up very big 
indeed in the history of the piano. Paderewski, the greatest pianist of our 
time, and one of the best composers (although his day as such has not yet 
come), is a Pole, and so is the pianist who ranks next to him, Josef Hof- 
mann. Karl Tausig, in his day, was a piano giant; while three other 
Poles are well known to all music-lovers of our time, Moszkowski and 
the Scharwenka brothers, all of them composers for the same instrument. 

CHOPIN, THE SOUL OF THE PIANO 

Greatest of all the Poles, however, is Frederic Francois Chopin. While 
his name is usually printed with the French accents, and the French are 
inclined to claim him as their own because his father emigrated from 
France to Poland, he himself was as thoroughly Polish in all his sym 
pathies as his mother, and there is reason to believe that his paternal 
ancestors also came originally from Poland. Some of the traits that have 
endeared his music to all players and listeners its elegance, its charm, 
its polished style make it seem French; but the Poles also are noted for 
these same qualities; and in other respects Chopin s music is as thor 
oughly and unmistakably Polish as it is an expression of his unique genius. 



FAMOUS 



COMPOSERS 



This is true particularly of his polonaises and his mazurkas. Pol 
onaises seem to have been played originally at the coronation of Polish 
kings when the aristocrats were marching past the throne; while the 
mazurkas were quaint old folk dances. In Chopin s pieces the aristo 
cratic and the folk elements are artistically blended, and that is one of 
their principal charms. Like Luther Burbank s wonderful new fruits, they 
unite the raciness of the soil with the qualities of his own creative genius. 
Why does an audience invariably applaud a Chopin valse enthusiasti 
cally, provided it is well played? Because the Chopin valse is both popular 
and artistic. No one thinks of the ballroom while it is heard: it is enjoyed 
because of its enchanting melody, its rhythmic swing, its elegance, and 
its exquisite harmonic changes. Why are his etudes applauded with no 
less fervor? Because, though modestly called studies, they are dazzling 

displays of skill and at the same time lofty 
flights of poetic fancy, astonishing in their 
originality, like most of his works. "Pre- 

^^ hides," he called more than two dozen of his 

.; ^j short pieces; but they are so many precious 

stones, every facet polished by a master hand. 
His splendid sonatas were for a long 
time underrated, because he refused to cut 
them according to traditional patterns; but in 
these days of musical free thinking we laugh at 
such objections 
and applaud his 
sonatas as much 
as his short pieces. 
While the pub- 




FREDERIC CHOPIN 

From a portrait made by Stattler, after 
original by Ary Scheffer. 



lie loves Chopin 
for the reasons 
hinted at, experts 
hold him in highest honor also because he 
discovered the true language of the piano, 
which all the composers who came after him 
had to learn to speak. By his ingenious use 
of the pedal to combine "scattered" tones 
into chords he revealed an entirely new world 
of ravishing tone colors of extraordinary rich 
ness and variety. Quite new, too, were the 
dainty ornamental notes that here and there 
bedew his melodies like an iridescent spray. 
He created not only a new style of playing, 
but also pieces of new patterns, or forms; 




THE CHOPIN MONUMENT 



FAMOUS 



COM. POSERS 




CHOPIN PLAYING IN THE SALON OF PRINCE RADZIWILL (1829) 

whereas most of even the greatest masters had contented themselves 
with accepted traditional forms and simply enlarging or improving them. 
When Paderewski plays a Chopin mazurka, he varies the pace inces 
santly, with most enchanting, poetic effect. This is called "tempo 
rubato." It was used before Chopin, notably by opera singers; but it 
was through him that it became the accepted mode of interpreting all 
poetic music, not only for the piano, but for the orchestra. Thanks to 
Chopin s influence, combined with that of Wagner and Liszt, no good 
pianist or orchestral conductor of our time performs a piece of music in 
monotonous metronomic time, except in a ballroom. 

MENDELSSOHN S MUSICAL SUNSHINE 

When Mendelssohn s parents called him Felix they chose the right 
name for him; for Felix means happy, and throughout his life few things 
occurred to cast on him shadows of dark clouds like those which occa 
sioned the gloomy moods of Chopin, Beethoven, Schumann, and Liszt. 
While Chopin also had his happy moments, a vein of sadness twines 
through most of his pieces. It is significant that of these pieces the 
one most often heard is the funeral march from one of his sonatas; whereas 
of Mendelssohn s pieces the one most in vogue is the jubilant wedding 
march from his music to "A Midsummer Night s Dream." Evidently 
there dwells in most souls a love of both the sad and the cheerful in art. 



FAMOUS, 



COMPOSERS 



There was a time when Mendelssohn s 
popularity was second to that of no other 
composer. His short piano pieces known 
as "Songs without Words" in particular 
enjoyed unbounded popularity, thanks to 
their tunefulness, which all could appre 
ciate. The thing was overdone, and as in 
all such cases the inevitable reaction came, 
these pieces being looked on now as mere 
sentimental trifles. Paderewski, however, 
has shown that if played in the modern 
way they appeal as much as ever to music 
lovers. He has the audacity to use the 
tempo rubatOj which Mendelssohn would 
have none of; but there is reason to think 
he would like it as used by Paderewski. 




MENDELSSOHN S SONGS AND 
CHORAL WORKS 



THE MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY 
HOUSE IN HAMBURG 

Moses Mendelssohn, the father of Felix. 

was a banker. He added Bartholdy to 

the family name. 

While the songs of Mendelssohn en 
joyed for a generation as wide popular favor as his "Songs without 
Words," it is not likely that they will ever recover their lost ground, 
ground which they lost because, though tuneful, most of them are 
superficial. There is no doubt a good deal of "small talk" in many 

of Mendelssohn s works, and small talk has no 
enduring value. But while the songs of this 
master are now neglected, his choral works, "St. 
Paul" and "Elijah," still awe and thrill modern 
audiences, because in them, as in the oratorios of 
Handel and Bach, religious fervor is expressed 
in terms of noble music. 

It is a curious and somewhat paradoxical fact 
that, while Mendelssohn s personal sympathies 
were on the whole rather with the conservative 
classicists in the matter of form than with the 
modern progressives, by far the greatest of his 
works, particularly for orchestra, are those in which 
he heeds the modern craving for realism and pro 
gram music, as illustrated in his "Fingal s Cave" 
overture, the "Scotch" symphony, and the "Mid 
summer Night s Dream" music. The overture to 
this is one of the marvels of music; for it is amaz 
ingly original from every point of view, though writ- 




MENDELSSOHN- BARTHOLDY 



MONUMENT. LEipsic ten by him when he was only seventeen years old. 



FAMOUS 



COMPOSERS 



It is commonly assumed that Italy is the land of melody; but Theo 
dore Thomas used to maintain, and rightly, that the prince of melodists 
was the Austrian, Franz Schubert. Tunes flowed from his brain as 
spontaneously as water flows from a gushing well. He slept with his 
spectacles on, so as to lose no time when he jumped out of bed to jot down 
the melodies that came to him like inspirations from above. While he read 
a poem, the music suitable for it often sprang from his brain, Minerva-like. 

SCHUBERT, GREATEST OF MELODISTS 

It is this spontaneity of Schubert s melodies that explains their 
vogue, their universal popularity. 
Strange to say, during his life (which, 
to be sure, was pathetically short) his 
wonderful songs were, with a few 
exceptions, neglected, partly because 
with his melodies there were associa 
ted harmonics and modulations which 
to us are ravishing, but which to his 
contemporaries were "music of the 
future." The shrill dissonance of the 
child s cry when he thinks the Erlking 
is seizing him in the death-grip was 
as revolutionary and as far ahead of 
the times as any thing Wagner or Liszt 
ever wrote. It was Liszt, by the way, 
who directed the world s attention to 
the marvels of Schubert s songs by 
playing them in his matchless way on 
the piano. Seeing how they moved 
audiences, the singers then took them 
up, and more and more convinced 
the world that among song writers 
Schubert was indeed king. 

It is one of the strangest facts in musical history that the great 
masters who came before Schubert while some of them (Haydn, Mozart, 
Beethoven) wrote a considerable number of songs reserved their best 
inspirations for their operas, symphonies, and sonatas. Schubert was 
the first who was willing to put his best into a "mere song," and that 
helps to explain his appeal to all music lovers. 




FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY 
From a portrait painted by Horace Vernet. Thi* 
is considered an excellent likeness of the com 
poser. The face reflects his sunny disposition. 



SCHUBERT S INSTRUMENTAL PIECES 

W hile he put of his best into his songs, there was plenty of it left 
for his instrumental pieces. Rubinstein considered his short pieces 
for piano even more marvelous than his songs, and among his sym- 



FAMOUS 



COMPOSERS 



phonies there are two (the "Unfinished," in two 
movements, and the ninth) that are as popular 
with high-class audiences as the best of Bee 
thoven s, which they even surpass in richness and 
novelty of orchestral coloring and in variety and 
novelty of modulation, while their melodic charm 
is as great as that of his songs. 

SCHUMANN, CHIEF OF ROMANTICISTS 

While Schubert belongs to the romantic 
school, he did not follow all of its principal 
methods. In so far as he wrote chiefly short 
pieces and allowed them to crystallize into forms 
of their own (the variety of form in his songs 
is astonishing), he is a romanticist; but in writing 
instrumental pieces he did not associate poetic 
titles or stories with them. In this respect Schu 
mann went far beyond him in the direction of 
realism and program music, and for this reason 
he is considered the most thoroughly romantic of the German masters. 

In his early period, in particular, he seldom wrote a piece without 
suggesting in the title a poetic basis for it. It was his custom to issue 
his pieces in groups, with a general title for the group, like "Papillons" 
(Butterflies), "Kinderscenen," "Faschingsschwank," " Kreisleriana," 

and a special title for each piece in 
the group, suggesting its message. 




THE SCHUBERT MEMORIAL 
VIENNA 





FRANZ SCHUBERT 
From portrait sketch made in 1825, by W.A. Rieder. 



SCHUBERT S BIRTHPLACE. VIENNA 
The composer was born here in 1797. 



FAMOUS 



COMPOSERS 



To many lovers of Schumann these early pieces are still the dearest. 
He was more thoroughly romantic when he wrote them than he was in later 
years, when he came too much under the influence of Mendelssohn and the 
classical masters, and at the same time grew less original and spontaneous. 
It is not difficult for those who have read the romantic and pathetic 
story of his life to connect the w r aning of his originality with the gradual 
coming on of the mental disease to which he finally succumbed. For 
tunately the bulk of his works, including four admirable symphonies and 
some excellent chamber music,* notably the glorious quintet for piano 
and strings, was written before his creative power was weakened. 

It has been said that Mendelssohn would 
have made five pieces with the material Schu 
mann used for one. This highly concentrated 
quality of his music makes it more difficult to 
understand, and explains why his contempo 
raries did not appreciate him as they did Men 
delssohn. It also helps to explain the better 
"keeping qualities" of Schumann s music. 
While Mendelssohn s songs, for instance, 
have, as just stated, virtually disappeared from 
recital programs, Schumann s are more popular 
than ever, and seldom today is a program 
printed without one or a group of them. The 
best, by far, of his songs 
are among the hundred 
he wrote during the year 
when he married Clara 
Wicck, after a long con 
test with her father for 
the possession of her 

heart, though it had belonged to him for years. 
The popularity of Schumann s songs is due largely 
to their being the expression of this ardent love. 
Women have not yet written immortal songs; but 
they have inspired many of them. 

LISZT, THE MANY-SIDED 

Richard Wagner called Liszt "the greatest musi 
cian of all the ages." He certainly was the greatest 
pianist of them all, unequaled to this day; but he was 

very much more than that. In all departments of mu- THE SCHUMANN MEMO- 
sic, except the opera and chamber music, he created 




ROBERT SCHUMANN 




RIAL. BONN 



or any incident, scene, or poetic fancy associated with it by the composer. 




LISZT PLAYING AT THE HOME OF MADAME MUNKACSY 

This picture, by the artist Frederic Regamey, represents one of the brilliant assemblages in the salon 

of Madame Munkacsy, In Paris. In the picture are many portraits. Beside Liszt stands Madame Mun- 

kacsy. next to her Gounod, and grouped in the front are Saint-Saens, Portales, Daudet and other notables. 

Munkacsy, the celebrated painter, stands at the back on the extreme left. 



F A M O U 



O M P O 



E R S 



a new epoch or opened new and glorious vistas; and his influence on the 
musicians of his time and those who came after him was as great as Wagner s. 
The strangest thing in Liszt s extraordinary career is that when he was 
at the height of his fame as a pianist, and fabulous sums were offered him for 
recitals, he renounced his instrument, so far as concerts were concerned. For 
charity he would play occasionally, and for his friends and his pupils; but 
not for the paying public. This happened thirty-nine years before he died. 
Various motives prompted this action, one of them being that he pre 
ferred creative work. Thus it came about that the loss of his contem 
poraries in not hearing him play was our gain in enabling us to hear his 
songs, his piano pieces, his choral and orchestral compositions. Many 
of these are still "music of the future"; but their day is dawning. 
At piano recitals, in America as in Europe, no composer s pieces are 

now more favored than Liszt s. Pianists 

usually place them at the end of the pro 
gram; not only because they make a bril 
liant close, but because they prevent the 
audience from leaving before the end, as 
few or none \vant to miss these pieces. 

THE DYNAMIC EFFECTS OF LISZT 

The reasons why the public is so enam 
oured of Liszt are . 

not far to seek. 
While Chopin is, 
as Rubinstein 
called him, "the 
soul of the piano 
forte," because 




ROBERT AND CLARA SCHUMANN 



he makes it speak its own language as no 
one had made it speak before, Liszt s piano 
music is no less idiomatic, and at the same time 
it is even richer in color and more varied in 
tonal power, or what musicians call "dynamic 
effects." Not satisfied with the piano as such, 
Liszt converted it into a miniature orchestra, 
enabling the pianist to thunder or to whisper in 
tones not previously heard from that instrument. 
Much of Liszt s music, for both piano and 
orchestra, is program music: it tells its story 
in tones. In "St. Francis Walking on the 
Waves" one actually hears the waters, as in 
the orchestral "Mazeppa" one hears the gallop- 




FRANZ LISZT 

From a portrait of him in his youth 
painted by Ary Scheffer. 



FAMOUS 



COMPOSERS 





LISZT AT THE PIANO 
From a photograph made late in life. 



LISZT S HOME IN WEIMAR 

It was in this house that he 

spent his latter years. 

ing of the wild steed 
and the groans of 
the man tied on its 
back. The public 



likes music with such 

pictorial associations ; but it would never have taken 
to Liszt s program music as it has were it not at the 
same time good as music pure and simple, inter 
esting melodically, rhythmically, and harmonically. 

Musicians, as well as the public, admire in 
Liszt s orchestral works the same variety of new 
colors that enrich his piano music. They honor 
him for having created new forms of music in his 
symphonic poems, differing from symphonies as 
Wagner s music-dramas differ from opera. 

What the public likes best of all in Liszt s 
works, however, is his Hungarian rhapsodies, in 
which the gipsy songs of love and war and every 
phase of life are "pianized" with marvelous art, one of the greatest 
charms of which is that it is absolutely unfettered and unconven 
tional, a real improvisation, like the playing of gipsies themselves. 

BRAHMS, THE CONSERVATIVE 

Admirers of Liszt, and full-blooded Wagnerites, rarely care much 
for Brahms; while, conversely, the Brahmites look somewhat haughtily 
on those two composers, and all the other "progressives," except Schu 
mann, who is exempted, not only because there is a certain affinity be 
tween his music and that of their idol, but because he discovered Brahms, 




LISZT MONUMENT. WEIMAR 



10 



FAMOUS 



COMPOSERS 




proclaiming him the 
"musical Messiah." 
Brahms himself once 
signed a "protest"aim- 
ed against the Wagner- 
Liszt school; yet his 
bark was worse than 
his bite, for his works 
here and there show 
the influence of Wag 
ner, and he liked some 
of Wagner s operas. 
Johannes Brahms 
is the god of the con 
servatives. He aimed, 
half-consciously, to 
carry on the traditions 
of Beethoven, and he 
had no use for modern 
realism and program music. His symphonies the most delightful 
of which is the second are marked simply numbers one, two, three, 
and four; and for his piano pieces he has no poetic titles after the manner 
of Schumann: they make their appeal by their own beauty, unadorned 
and they have won a large audience of admirers. 

Some of his songs everybody likes. They are on most programs, and 
are often redemanded. The music goes well with the 
words, and they are usually written most effectively 
for the voice, which makes the singers favor them 
too. But it is in his chamber music trios, quar 
tets, or sextets, for strings, with or without piano 
that Brahms genius is most convincing. In this 
department he has composed many masterworks. 
In general, it may be said that, while Brahms 
iBPn i g melodically less spontaneous than some of the 

other masters, he excels most of them in the variety 
and originality of his rhythms. 



JOHANNES BRAHMS 
From a special photograph by Maria Fetlinger. 




THE BRAHMS MEMORIAL 
VIENNA 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING-"Chopin : The Man and 
His Music," James Huneker; "The Life of Chopin," Frederick 
Niecks; Articlein Grove sDictionary of Musicand Musicians, 
" Mendelssohn," S. S. Stratton; " Romantic Composers," S. 
G. Mason, " Songs and Song Writers," H. T. Finck; " Life 
of Schumann Told in His Letters," May Herbert; "Franz 
Liszt," James Huneker; " Life of Johannes Brahms," Flor 
ence May; Articles on the Composers in Grove s Dictionary. 

ii 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume i 



NOVEMBER 24, 1913 



Number 41 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK, N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1913. BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION. INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT, W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY. L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

A favorite phrase of ours has just come 
home to us in an oddly altered form. Its 
character has been completely reversed, 
and yet its value remains much the same. 
The phrase that we used referred to one 
of the advantages offered by The Mentor 
Association. We stated that The Mentor 
gives the facts that people ought to know 
and want to know about a subject, and we 
pointed out that a reader of The Mentor 
would find himself in a position to talk 
intelligently about many subjects that he 
had not understood before. Most people 
like to talk about things that they have 
come to know. We reckoned without one 
thoughtful reader, however, for he has 
come back at us with this: "I like The 
Mentor and it helps me. The more I read 
it the more I realize the value of having 
knowledge ready at hand. But it does not 
make me feel like talking more on various 
subjects, rather like talking less and lis 
tening more." 

* * * 

And so our phrase, completely changed 
in color, returns to us. \Ve are satisfied 
let our reader be assured of that for the 
phrase is just as valuable in the form in 
which it returns as in that in which we 
sent it out. We congratulate our reader. 
He is on the way to the greater benefits in 
the field of knowledge. He wants to know 
in order to grow rather than to show. 

* * * 

It is a great satisfaction to us to have 
readers bring home a phrase, especially 
when they amplify the idea themselves. 
Some time ago we called attention to the 



value of the odd moment, and we cited 
the case of a French woman who had em 
ployed so profitably her odd moments 
that in the course of a few years she had 
read during those moments an astonish 
ing number of standard works. This has 
brought to mind several other striking 
illustrations of industry in cultivating the 
odd moment. Madame de Stael was a 
keen minded woman, actively interested 
in the public affairs of her time and 
withal a very cultivated woman. In the 
midst of troublous social and political con 
ditions she was a vigorous, energetic 
figure, and during all her activities she 
managed to accumulate a fund of informa 
tion that was a source of amazement to 
her friends. "How do you gather all this 
knowledge?" she was once asked. "What 
time do you find to read ? You seem to us 
to be busily engaged through all your 
working hours." "You forget my sedan 
chair," was Madame de StaeTs answer. 
While being carried in her chair she had 
as a companion a book or some bit of 
profitable reading, with which she men 
tally capitalized those brief intervals in 
her busy day. 

* * * 

We have been informed that a very 
eminent American preacher read no less 
than one hundred books rn the course of 
three years, at his dining table. During 
that period of time he had always a book 
beside him at the table, and, whenever de 
lays occurred, he would advance a few 
pages. The inference from this is that the 
divrne was either a very fast reader, or 
that his table service was very slow; but 
in either case the results accomplished are 
an impressive demonstration of the value 
of the odd moment. 



Suppose, now, that the essential in 
formation from lengthy books should be 
put into an article of not over 2,500 words, 
by a competent authority, and this ma 
terial be put before you in a simple, read 
able manner, accompanied by illustrations. 
Would not that be the best possible men 
tal fare for the odd moment? That is 
what The Mentor does. In the course of 
a year a reader of The Mentor gets the 
substance of the contents of many books. 
And it takes only a jew minutes to read 
a single number of The Mentor. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No. 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OP MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SONG AND 

SCENERY 
CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 
LONDON 

THE STORY OP PANAMA 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
PARIS, THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 



No. 21. AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 

22. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES- 

THE EXPLORERS 

23. SPORTING VACATIONS 

24. SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OF 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 

25. AMERICAN NOVELISTS 

26. AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 

27. VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 
23. THE WIFE IN ART 

29. GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 

30. FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 

31. SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 

32. HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 

33. BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 

34. GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 

35. STORY OF AMERICA IX i < TURES: 

THE CONTEST FOR XORTH 
AMERICA 

36. FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 

37. THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 

38. NAPOLEON 

39. THE MEDITERRANEAN 

40. ANGELS IN ART 



SINGLE \T. TREKS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 
fPLETE SETS AT THE RATE OF TEN CENTS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 

Pyramids, Sphinx, Luxor, Cairo, Karnak, the Dam at Assuan 
By inriGHT L. ELMENDORF, Lecturer and Traveler 

NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Dec. 8. THE REVOLUTION 

Battle of Lexington, Bunker Hill, Washing 
ton Crossing the Delaware. John Paul Jones, 
Declaration of Independence, Birth of the 
Flag. 

By Albert Bushnell Hart, Professor of Govern 
ment, Harvard University. 

Dec. 15. FAMOUS ENGCISH POETS 

Byron, Shelley, Keats, Wordsworth, Tenny- 

. Browning. 
By Hamilton W. Mabie, Author and Critic. 

Dec. 22. MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 

J- S. C< :ington Allston. Rem 

brandt Pert tuart, John Trum- 

bull. Benjamin \\ 
By J. T. Willing, Author. 



Dec. 29, THE RUINS OP ROME 

The Colosseum, The Forum from the Capi 
tol, The Forum Toward the Capitol. TK- 
Campagna, The Arch of Titus. T!. 
of Hadrian. 

By J. Willis Botsford. Professor of Ancient 
History, Columbia University. 

Jan. 5. MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 
Verdi, Puccini, Gounod. 
Humperdinck. 
By E. II. Krchbitl, Author of "Wagner and 

ss in Mus: 
"Griesi and His Music," etc. 

Jan. 12. VIENNA, THE QUEEN CITY 

Palace from Gardens, Schi mbrunn. The 
Danube Canal, The Hofburg, Old 
The Grabeu. Hofburg Theater. By Dvight L. 
Elmendorf, Lecturer and Traveler. 







Fhe Plan 



T 



As- 



peopl 



jrestir 
information in 

that ;;ht 

eci by 

.iding n prepared nu 

de-, direction of 1-. ithors, and 

cautiful pi , produc he 

most highly perfected n 1 

ct 

to enable people to a; 

hout effort, so that they may come 

->ly t. 
women, the great ad 

ly inter 
jience, history, nature and 

C. 
il me -lip tee oi 

ociation is Five Dollars. Every 

ccepting an invitation 


entitled to the 









tor one 

c r \ 




LEARN ONE THING 




THE 

MENTOR 



DEPARTMENT 
OF TRAVEL 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 
FIPTCCXI r-cxTrc A 



The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 



JOHN G. HIBBEN . 
HAMILTON W. MABIE . 
JOHN C. FAN DYKE . 
ALBERT BUSHNELL HART 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY 
DW1GET L ELMENDORF 



President Princeton University 

. Author and Editor 

Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 

Professor of Government, Harvard University 

Director New York Zoological Park 

Lecturer and Traveler 



A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

THAT is what The Mentor gives you a library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
NEW YORK 




EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 

I By DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF 

THE MENTOR DECEMBER i , 1913 

DEPARTMENT OF TRAVEL 

> 
MENTOR GRAVURES 

CAIRO THE SPHINX KARNAK 

THE PYRAMIDS LUXOR THE DAM AT ASSOUAN 

IT is no wonder that the Egyptians through all their history have 
worshiped the Nile; for that marvelous river is the spine, the mar 
row, and the life of Egypt. Indeed, it is Egypt; for living Egypt 
is only a narrow strip twelve or fifteen miles wide, simply the banks of 
the Nile. Herodotus called Egypt "the gift of the Nile." The river 
nourishes and controls the land. All along that waterway are 
to be found wonders and mysteries of the past. The mind balks in 
contemplation of the monuments of Egypt. They whisper messages from 
so far distant a time that we stagger in trying to grasp their meaning. 

A visit through Egypt usually begins with Cairo. And it is just as 
well that it is so; for in Cairo there is much that is modern and much 
that is familiar to the English traveler. It is, therefore, a good way for 
the visitor to break into ancient Egypt. In Cairo modern people mingle 
with the sons of ancient Egyptians. The English soldier is to be seen 
almost everywhere, and in front of Shepheard s Hotel you may at times 
almost forget that you are in Egypt. 

That is because you are bound down in Cairo, mingling with your 
own fellow visitors and too close to hotel life. Get up early in the morn 
ing, and go to the top of the hill known as the Citadel, and there you 
will get an impression of an Egyptian city. Look at one of the greatest 



EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 





MUSKI CORNER AND MINARET. CAIRO 



TOMBS OF MAMELUKES. CAIRO 

buildings, the Mosque of Mehemet 
AH. It is called the Alabaster Mos 
que. There is a great deal in modern 
Egypt that is imitation. That is the 
reason that this building of pure 
alabaster is to be valued. Its interior is rich and beautiful in design. 

CAIRO AND ITS SURROUNDINGS 

Stand on the parapet of the Citadel, and look over Cairo, and see the 
sun rise. Far in the distance is a sandstorm. Many people in the United 
States think that the weather in Egypt is as clear as crystal always. That 
is a great mistake. The days there are rarely as clear as American clear 
days. In January, February, and March you are likely to have sandstorms, 
or the sirocco, or wind from the desert, which almost obliterate the sun. 

Down by the edge of the desert is the Dead City. The tombs there 
and their interiors are wonderful. The beautiful buildings have been 
allowed to decay. It is an oriental peculiarity not to repair anything. 

On the other side of the Citadel are the tombs of the Mamelukes. I 
advise anyone going to Cairo to visit these tombs; for they contain very 
curious sarcophagi, and the tomb mosques are interesting, each of them 
being surmounted by a picturesque dome. 

Our modern expositions and fair grounds would not be complete 
without "the streets of Cairo." As we know, a bit of street life is shown, 
more or less accurately chiefly less. A fairly correct impression of 
Egyptian street life is, however, created by such artificial reproductions. 
One of our pictures will no doubt recall these exposition impressions. 
The genuine old streets of Cairo are fascinating. Some are so narrow 
that the traveler must go on foot, or on a donkey. The shops are almost 
within arm s reach on both sides, and many of them are temptingly at- 



EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 



tractive. There on one side they make famous leather goods; on another 
they sell glassware. Be careful not to buy unless you know how to bargain. 

THE STREETS OF CAIRO 

You must go to these little streets to find the bazaars if you want 
to buy anything; for the great street of the Arab quarter, the famous 
Muski, is not any longer a thorough Cairo street. Big shops and depart 
ment stores have crept into it. 

Stand for a moment on the corner of this great street and see a little 
bit of the Arab life of old Cairo. It is a busy city. There goes a carryall 
(a camel), an entire family on its back, except the husband, who walks 
by the side. This man coming down with a strange sack on his back is 
a walking fountain. The sack is filled with something sweet and sticky 
which he calls "sweet water." It is not pleasant. The genuine water 
carrier of the old school goes to the river, fills his jar, and then goes through 
the streets shaking his cup in his hand with a chink. It is plain water 
that he peddles. I should not advise one to drink either of these bever 
ages. Then there are the bread venders of Cairo, who walk the streets 
carrying bread on their heads and crying out thoir wares. 

Cairo is full of interesting mosques. The oldest and most celebrated 
is the Mosque of Omri. It is one of the earliest of Mohammedan temples 
in Egypt. They have a service there but once a year, when the khedive 

himself comes. The interior seems a 
veritable forest of pillars. One of 
these is a most remarkable pillar. I 





BAZAAR STREET. CAIRO 
Where the most Interesting shops are found. 



THE CITADEL. CAIRO 
Built. 1176-1207. of stones taken from the Pyramids. 



EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 




THE OLDEST PYRAMID. SAKKARA 



will tell the story of it as 
my boy Mohammed Mousa 
told it to me: "This pillar 
very important one very 
holy. This pillar sent by 
Mahomet here; for when 
Omri come to build this 
mosque Mahomet so pleased 
he sent pillar from Mecca. 
The pillar come here. He find 
no other pillar from Mecca 
here; so he get lonely and fly 
back. Mahomet very angry, 
and send pillar back. Sec 
ond time he fly back. Mahomet then get very angry, draw his sword, 
and strike pillar, and tell Omri to put pillar in prison. So he put it 
in prison, and it stand there." That is the story that they all believe. 

THE PYRAMIDS 

The road leading down to the old Nile gate is a very beautiful one. 
Crossing the bridge there, we see the picturesque Nile boats, like the 
lateen boats of the Mediterranean. The avenue leads out to the pyra 
mids, and there in the far distance you can see them, those golden 
cones about which is wrapped so much of Egypt s history and mystery. 
The first sight of the pyramids naturally means much to any intelligent 
traveler. It makes no difference how much you have read, how much 
you have heard of them, you cannot be disappointed. It is said that the 
pyramids will last as long as the world, and they certainly look it. They 

represent to us the life of 
the world stretching back 
into the dim past; and, 
in their imposing solidity, 
they seem to give assur 
ance of lasting to eternity. 
There are four of the pyra 
mids in this group; though 
the mind naturally dwells 
on the largest, the Pyra 
mid of Khufu or Cheops. 
And to think that these are 
the works of man, and that 
they are tombs of the kings 
who lived and reigned some- 




DISTANT VIEW OF PYRAMIDS. WITH THE NILE 



EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 



where about fifty centuries ago! The Great Pyramid of Cheops is 480 
feet high and covers an area of thirteen acres, each side being 755 feet. 
The dimensions of this astounding work are almost mathematically 
exact. It is built of over two million blocks of limestone, and they are 
fitted together with the nicety of mosaics. How could these wonderful 
structures have been erected? that has been the question of modern 
engineers. It has been suggested that an inclined plane of earth was con 
structed, and that the blocks were dragged by men to the top, the inclined 
plane being added to and raised for each layer. Then, when the pyra 
mid was complete, the 
inclined plane of earth 
might have been taken 
away. This, however, 
is only a theory. Noth 
ing is known of the 
methods employed. 
Originally the sides of 
the pyramid were 
smooth, and a little of 
this outer facing is still 
in place. These prism- 
shaped blocks were 
taken away from time 
to time for building 
purposes in Cairo. 

People climb the 
pyramid, and also go 
inside. In the very heart of the Great Pyramid is a tomb chamber, 
where we see the empty coffin of Cheops or Khufu. The tomb 
was rifled long ago, and no one knows where the king s ashes are. 

Ascent to the summit of the Great Pyramid means arduous climbing; 
but it is worth while simply for the view it affords of the desert. Most of 
us imagine the desert as a level of white sand. I thought so until I saw 
it from the summit of this pyramid. The desert stretches off in long 
waves, and does not seem like a plain, but rather like the rolling ocean. 

THE SPHINX 

Not far from Cheops we see above the waves of sand a rough-hewn 
head that stirs us mightily. No one can forget the first impression of 
the Sphinx. It stands for something unique in history and in knowledge. 
No one with a spark of reverence in his nature can stand before that great 
stone face without a feeling of awe. There will be little that he can say- 
the most reverent ones say nothing. There before you is that half- 
buried, crouching figure of stone about which you have read and heard so 




GIZEH 
Great Pyramid. Sphinx, and Temple of Armachis. 



EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 




THE SPHINX 
From a drawing showing the front uncovered by sand. 

much. The paws are covered by sand. It is only by industrious shovel 
ing and digging that the desert is prevented from rising on the wings of 
the wind and completely burying the great figure. 

The Sphinx is the symbol of inscrutable wisdom, and its lips are sup 
posed to be closed in mysterious silence, knowing profoundly, but telling 
nothing. These are, however, mere impressions. Facts are the impor 
tant things. No one knows how old the Sphinx is. It is supposed to 
have been made during the middle empire; but later investigations seem 
to prove that the Sphinx existed in the time of Cheops, which would 
mean that it is even older than the Great Pyramid. The Sphinx was made 
out of living rock, and the dimensions 
are as follows: Body, 150 feet long; 
paws, 50 feet long; head, 30 feet long; 
face, 14 feet wide; and the distance 
from top of head to base, 70 feet. 

It must have been an imposing 
monument when constructed; for then 
it stood in position to guard the valley 
of the Nile, and about it was Memphis, 
the great city of Egypt Memphis now 
past and gone. Memphis was once 
the capital city of the Pharaohs, 
and is said to have been founded by 




FALLEN STATUE OF RAMESES. MEMPHIS 



EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 



Menes. In its day of glory it was a prosperous and well fortified 
city. About 1600 B.C. it was supplanted as capital by Thebes, and 
the glory of Pharaoh s court was transferred to the southern city. 

THEBES 

The most flourishing period in the history of Thebes was between 
1600 and noo B.C. Thebes in turn fell into decay, and is now only a 
small place visited in the course of 
a trip to Luxor and Karnak. The sit 
uation of Thebes is interesting. It lies 
in the widest section of the Nile Valley, 
with a broad plain on the west stretch 
ing off to the Libyan Mountains. On 
this plain are the famous statues known 




THE COLOSSI OF MEMNON 

These two gigantic statues stand near the approach of the 
Temple of Amenophis. One of them la known as the 
Vocal Memnon. Inscriptions on the vocal statue record 
the visits of those who were with Hadrian, and of others, 
and relate that they heard the voice of Memnon. The 
Colossi are of hard gritstone, monolithic, and forty-seven 
feet in height, with pedestals twelve feet high. They repre 
sent Amenophis III, seated on his throne, and are sixty 
feet apart. 







MEMPHIS 
Front of the second court of the Ramesseum. 

as the Colossi of Memnon. 
Across the Nile, on the east 
bank, stand the ruins of Luxor 
and Karnak, and beyond them 
to the east are the Arabian hills. 
Notable monuments on the 
west side are the temples of Seti 
I, Rameses II and III, which 
bear the names of El Kurna, 
the Ramesseum, and Medinet- 
Abu. Lying by the side of the 
Ramesseum is the fallen Colos 
sus of Rameses II, the largest 
statue in Egypt. It is made 
of pink granite, and is about 
sixty feet in height or length, 
we should now say, since the 
statue is prostrate. 

LUXOR 

Not far from Thebes is the 
village of Luxor: not much in 



EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 



itself, but just a place to stay while visiting the temples. It is pleasing to 
note that they have done a good work there in raising the embankment in 
the hope of keeping the Nile water out of the temples. The bank is steep; 
for the Nile rises high every year. In olden times these temples were 
evidently protected from the water by some means; but now it rises 
half up over them. The Temple of Luxor is one of the most beautiful 
and interesting in Egypt; though not so imposing as the Temples of 
Karnak. As you approach you can only see a part of it; for there is a 

fence up there, and if 
you want to go through 
you have to show a 
ticket. A so-called 
"monument ticket" 
can be obtained from 
the government for 
about six dollars a 
year, and this will en 
able a visitor to see 
every monument in 
Egypt. The fund thus 
raised is used to save 
the monuments, and 
every penny of it goes 
to that work. 

The beauty of the 
Temple of Luxor is in its 
splendid colonnade. It 
must have been superb when in good condition, with colors fresh and bright. 

KARNAK 

The Temple of Karnak, too, is a distinguished mass of columns, the 
most imposing structure of its kind in existence. It was erected by Seti 
I and his son, Rameses II. Amenophis also had a hand in the building 
of it. They were great builders in those days, and all their plans were 
conceived on a vast scale. The ruins of Karnak are magnificent. Some 
idea of the impressive character of their columns may be gathered from 
the following statement: There are 134 great columns forming the cen 
tral aisle, 12 of these 62 feet high and 12 feet thick, the rest of them 
42 feet high and 9 feet thick. You will notice traces of color, and can 
gather from that what the temple must have been in its full glory. 
On a recent trip I found some German artists at Karnak, and sug 
gested that if they would get some water and throw it over the col 
umns they would obtain the effect of the true coloring. A good color 
chart of these columns has now been secured, showing them as they 




RAMESES STATUES AT LUXOR 





MOONLIGHT ON THE NILE 
Reproduced from a night photograph taken near Luxor. 



EGYPT, THE LAND 



O F 



M Y S T E R Y 




LUXOR. FROM OPPOSITE BANK OF THE NILE 

were three thousand years ago. On its outside walls sculptures tell the 
history of the splendid conquests of the kings that erected the structure. 
Egypt is a country of impressive temples and monuments, the interest 
of which has not been exhausted by a library of books on the subject. A trip 
through Egypt is not complete without a visit to the Ramesseum and that 
unique monument, the Temple of Denderah. The latter is a building set 
apart in architectural and in historic interest. It is not imposing; but it has 
an appeal that the other temples have not. It was a place of mystery. Its 
inner chamber, the sanctuary of Denderah, was sacred to Pharaoh himself. 

THE GREAT DAM AT ASSOUAN 

As one goes up the river visiting these strange monuments, he finds 
at the first cataract of the Nile an imposing object of modern interest. 

This is the dam at Assouan, one of the 
greatest feats of engineering in the world. 
The dam, which was completed in 1902, 
is a mile and a quarter long. It holds 
back the waters of the Nile, and supplies 
the reservoir, from which the waters are 
led into irrigation canals. The benefits 
of this great dam are felt from its location 
at the first cataract all through the farms 
and fields that skirt the Nile clear to the 
delta, six hundred miles below. It has 
made acres fertile that had been barren. It 
also, of course, has relieved the burden of the 
poor workmen at the shadoofs who dipped 
water for irrigation. Moreover, the dam has 
improved the conditions of transportation 
on the Nile; for it has disposed of the first 
cataract, where boats formerly had to be 

-11 XT i 

puHed through the rapids by men. Psiow the 







, 

A iplendid example of the Egyptian 

square arch form. 



10 



EGYPT, THE LAND OF MYSTERY 



vessels go into a canal, and are conveniently and promptly lifted up 
through four locks to the level of the upper Nile. 

The visitor should not leave Egypt till he has seen Philae, with its 
beautiful temples, ruined walls, and colonnades. It is a sight for artists 
to draw and for us to dream of, Philae apparently afloat; for now the 
Nile water has penetrated the halls of its temples and surrounded its 
beautiful columns. 

On returning from the upper Nile a visitor should go to the new 
National Museum at Cairo. He may have visited this interesting place 
before he took the Nile trip; but he will know more on his return. The 
valuable collection of Egyptian antiquities there in the museum will mean 
more to him. Months could be spent with profit in this building. 
It contains one of the richest and most interesting collections of 
historic remains in the world the result of years of exploration, 
excavation, and the intelligent study of eminent scholars. There be 
fore you are the relics of ancient Egypt. There are the statues, 
mummies, and other antiquities that the government has collected. 
In them you may read the history of ancient Egypt and learn to 
appreciate the life, literature, and art of Pharaoh s time. 




THE ISLAND OF 

This picture (hows the beauty of Philjc before the waters of the Nile rose about It. Since the buildinf 
of the great dam at Assouan the temples of Philar are half under water. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING. " Modern Egypt and Thebes," Sir Gardiner 
Wilkinson; "A Thousand Miles Up the Nile," A. B. Edwards; k4 Egypt," S. Lane- 
Poole; A History of Egypt from the Earliest Times to the Persian Conquest," J. H. 
Breasted; "A Short History of Ancient Egypt," P. E. Newbeny and J. Garstang; 
" The Empire of the Ptolemies," J. P. Mahaffy; " Egypt in the Nineteenth Century," 
D. A. Cameron; "Modern Egypt," Lord Cromer. 



ii 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume I 



DECEMBER i, 1913 



Number 42 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE J1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK, N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT, 1913, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

It was no easy matter for Mr. Elmen- 
dorf to present the subject of Egypt in an 
article of only 2,500 words. He has con 
fined himself in his characteristic inter 
esting manner to the impressions of a 
traveler. Of the great store of archaeo 
logical treasures in Egypt, the monuments, 
statues, tablets, tombs, inscriptions in 
fact all that is comprehended under the 
name Egyptology Mr. Elmendorf could 
say nothing. These are subjects for the 
historical student rather than for the trav 
eler. And they will be taken up in turn 
in The Mentor of some later date when 
we will approach the subject of Egypt 
from the standpoint of the historical stu 
dent. There is, however, one question 
that readers of Mr. Elmendorf s article 
are apt to ask in fact ordinary curiosity 
would prompt the inquiry. The monu 
ments of Egypt are covered with historic 
records in the form of inscriptions. These 
records are hieroglyphic. They are what 
some people call "picture writings." The 
natural question is "How were these 
hieroglyphics deciphered." The answer 
is interesting, and it seems to us that 
both question and answer belong in the 
number of The Mentor with Mr. Elmen 
dorf s article. 



covered, in August, 1799, the key to Egyp 
tian hieroglyphics. It is called the Rosetta 
Stone, and it is now in the British Museum. 

* * * 

For years the hieroglyphic was an un 
known language, and the history of Egypt, 
except such as is contained in the Bible, 
was a blind book. The Rosetta Stone was 
found to contain an inscription in three 
different languages the Hieroglyphic, the 
Demotic, which was the common language 
of the Egyptians, and the Greek. When 
these inscriptions were examined, it was 
discovered that they were each a transla 
tion of the other. There, then, was the 
clue which opened up the whole field of 
Egyptian history. 

* * * 

Dr. Young, in 1814, began the work of 
deciphering hieroglyphics by this clue. He 
worked on various inscriptions, especially 
the pictorial writings on the walls of Kar- 
nak. The value of this discovery may be 
appreciated when we consider that its dis 
covery has enabled scholars to translate 
hieroglyphics almost as easily as they 
would any of the classic writings. The 
actual inscription on the Rosetta Stone is 
not so important in itself. It is a decree 
issued in honor of Ptolemy Epiphanes by 
the priests of Egypt assembled in a synod 
of Memphis on account of the remission 
of arrears on taxes and dues. It was put 
up in 195 B. C. Since the discovery of the 
Rosetta Stone other tablets containing 
more important inscriptions have been 
found, but the unique value of the Rosetta 
Stone lies in the fact that it contains a 
corresponding Greek inscription, thereby 
affording a clue to the meaning of the 
hieroglyphics. * * * 

The stone is black basalt, three feet 
seven inches in length, two feet six inches 
in width, and ten inches thick. After it 
was found by the French it was trans 
ferred to the British, and in 1802, it was 
brought to England, where it was mount 
ed and placed in the British Museum. 



The River Nile separates at its delta 
into two branches. The eastern stream en 
ters the Mediterranean at Damietta. The 
western stream enters the great sea at 
Rosetta. It was near this latter town 
that an officer in Napoleon s army dis- 



The Rosetta Stone is a corner stone 
of Egyptology. And the revelations of 
early Egyptian history and life, brought 
to light by means of it, have cleared some 
of the mystery of Egypt and have made 
known much of its history. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No. 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OF MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OP AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SONG AND 

SCEXERY 
CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 
LONDON 

THE STORY OF PANAMA 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 
AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 



No. 22. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES- 
THE EXPLORERS 

23. SPORTING VACATIONS 

24. SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OP 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 

25. AMERICAN NOVELISTS 

26. AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 

27. VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 

28. THE WIFE IN ART 

29. GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 

30. FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 

31. SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 

32. HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 

33. BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 

34. GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 

35. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE CONTEST FOR NORTH 
AMERICA 

36. FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 

37. THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 

38. NAPOLEON 

39. THE MEDITERRANEAN 

40. AN OELS IN ART 

41. FAMOUS COMPOSERS 



SINGLE NUMBERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 
COMPLETE SETS AT THE RATE OF TEN CENTS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

THE REVOLUTION 

Battle of Lexington, Bunker Hill, Washington Crossing the Delaware, John 
Paul Jones, Declaration of Independence, Birth of the Flag. 

By ALBERT BUSH NELL HART 

Professor of Government, Harvard University. 



NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Dec. 



1.-,. FAMOUS ENGLISH POETS 

Byron. Shelley, Keats. Wordsworth, Tenny 
son. Browning. 
By Hamilton W. Mabie, Author and Critic. 



Dec. 22. MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 

I. S. Copley, Washington Allston. Rem 
brandt Peale, Gilbert Stuart. John Trum- 
bull. Benjamin West. 
By J. T. Willing, Author. 

Dec. 29. THE RUINS OF ROME 

The Colosseum, The Forum from the Capi 
tol, The Forum Toward the Capitol, The 
Campagna, The Arch of Titus. The Tomb 
of Ha 

By J. Willis Botsford, Professor of Ancient 
History. Columbia University. 



Jan. 5. MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 

Verdi, Puccini, Gounod. Massenet, Strauss, 
Humperdinck. 

By E. II. Krehbiel. Author of "Wagner ami 
f.T in Music," "Chopin," 
"Grieg and His Music." etc. 

Jan. 12. VIENNA, THE QUEEN CITY 

Palace from Gardens SchOnbrunn, Votive 
Church, Reichsrath Gebaude. Old ^ 
The Graben, Hoch Brunnen Fount. . 
Prince s Palace. By Dwight L. Elmendorf, 
Lecturer and Traveler. 

Jan. 19. TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 
Diirer: Portrait of Himself; 
Young Woman, Hieronymus ! . 
Holbein: Erasmus, The Meier M . 
Queen Jane Seymour. 

/ . J. Mather, Professor of Art and Archae 
ology, Princeton University. 



The Plan 

THE purpose of The Mentor As 
sociation is to give people, in an 
interesting and attm. way, the 
information in various fields of 
knowledge that they all want and 
to have. The information is imparted by 
interesting reading matter, prepared un 
der the direction of leading authors, and 
by beautiful pictures, produced :he 
most highly perfected modern proci ^ f 

C The object of The Mentor Association is 
to enable people to acquire useful knowledge 
without effort, so that they may come easily 
and agreeably to know the world s great 
men and women, the great achievements, and 
the permanently interesting things in art, 
literature, science, history, nature and travel. 

C The annual membership fee of The 
Mentor Association is Five Dollars. Every 
member upon accepting an invitation to 
membership, receives an engraved certificate 
of membership and becomes entitled to the 



privileges of the Association for one year, 
including fifty-two numbers of The Mentor. 



LEARN ONE 

F.VF.RV DA^ 



NTO 




The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE ^ th n or *** Editor 

JOHN C. VAN DYKE .... Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . / Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L.ELMENDORF 



Lecturer and Traveler 



A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

THAT is what The Mentor gives youa library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. . , 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
NEW YORK 



THE STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES 

THE REVOLUTION 



By ALBERT BUSHNELL HART 

Professor of Government, Harvard University 



* 




GEORGE THE THIRD 



THE MENTOR 

DECEMBER 8, 1913 



DEPARTMENT OF 
HISTORY 



MENTOR GRAVURES 




GEORGE WASHINGTON 



BATTLE OF LEXINGTON BATTLE OF BUNKER HILL WASHINGTON CROSSING 
THE DELAWARE SIGNING OF THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE "I 
HAVE NOT YET BEGUN TO FIGHT" JOHN PAUL JONES THE BIRTH OF THE FLAG 

WORDS wear out after using them a thousand or a million times. 
"Liberty," "The Constitution," "The People s Government," 
people take those terms into their minds nowadays as they 
take a chocolate cream, without stopping to think of its contents. So 
with "Revolution." When we hear the word we feel a pleased 
sensation of a good, great, glorious time, intended by Providence 
to prepare the way for our various patriotic organizations. The Rev 
olution? Why, yes, that was when our forefathers tied the first hard 
knot in the British lion s tail! All the people were patriots, and all 
the patriots were as wise as college professors, and as brave as 
Albanians, and as great as a president. All the statesmen wore silk 
stockings and red velvet suits and powdered wigs. All the ladies were 
lovely, and spurned the offers of marriage made by British generals. 

THE MILITARY REVOLUTION 

What is a revolution but an overturning, a spinning of the wheel, left 
to right, and bottom come uppermost? Likewise, since the right believes 
itself right, and the top is sure that the world exists in order that it may 
be the top, most revolutions mean force, arms, big guns booming, troops 
marching, bullets flying, heads cut off with axes or caught in a hang 
man s noose; also arms and legs cut off, and the ground soaked with a 
crimson fluid. "You can t make an omelet without breaking some eggs," 



THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION 



and in a revolution there is bound to be breakage 
of heads and hearts, and banks and constitutions. 
We know that the American Revolution was 
a military contest, because the pictures in our first 
textbook of American history show General George 
Washington, in buff and blue, leading his Conti 
nentals up to within sixteen feet and eight inches of 
General Howe, in a magnificent red coat laced with 
gold, in vain trying to rally battalions of craven Hes 
sians wearing highly inconvenient bearskin caps. 
Commanding officers of opposing armies are 
not really so intimate as that; but Americans are 
justified in immense pride over the military success 
of the Revolution. The simple fact was that 
three million people, of whom about a fourth were 
negro slaves, put up a fight against a mother 
country having four times their population. 
They began without a single professional officer, 
except the traitor Charles Lee; and with only a 
thousand or two men who had not seen mili 
tary service except militia training day, and desul 
tory frontier warfare with French and Indians. 
They had not one ship of war, not a factory of 
arms. Yet they attacked the great British empire, 

though it was flanked 
right and left by the lion 
and the unicorn, trained by 
two centuries of European 
wars, thousands of troops 





THE BUNKER HILL 
MONUMENT 



GENERAL NATHANAEL 

GREENE 

His courageous work in the 
South greatly helped the 
American cause. (From 
painting in possession of the 
Historical Society of Penn 
sylvania.) 



under arms, officers successful in other fields, and 
they sailed into the greatest naval power on the sea. 
So far as power and prestige and experience 
decide wars in advance, the Revolution was due to 
be snuffed out at the end of 1776; Benjamin Frank 
lin was destined to be hanged, George Washington 
to be immured for life in a gloomy dungeon, dressed 
in a ball and chain. Were not the English every 
where successful? They captured New York, they 
captured Newport, they captured Philadelphia, 
they captured Savannah; they were driven away 
from Charleston by the palmetto forts, but returned 
and captured Richmond. They beat the Americans 
at Long Island, at the Brandywine, at Germantown, 
at Camden. Their cruisers and privateers swept 



T II E 



AMERICAN 



REVOLUTION 



the seas, until Nathaniel Tracy of Newburyport lost ninety of his hundred 
and twenty vessels. They drove the little American navy from the seas. 
Yet in the end they were beaten. It is easy now to criticize the 
strategy of Washington and Greene and the rest, and to show that by 
all the laws of war they laid themselves open to defeat. Nothing can 
alter the stubborn fact that the American militia at Bunker Hill for hours 
held off a British army and so damaged it that it never took the field 
again; then the Americans captured Burgoyne s army at Saratoga in 
1777, a humiliation seldom known in British annals. And this victory 
brought the French alliance, and the aid of Von Steuben the magnificent 
drill master, of d Estaing and his fleet, of Rochambeau and his army. 
With that aid, the Americans beat the second army at Yorktown, and 
that ended the war. General Cornwallis had to surrender his sword 
to an officer whom a few months before the British had addressed as 
"George Washington, Esq., etc., etc." 

EXTRAORDINARY AMERICAN SUCCESS 

In one way the Americans were too successful. Beginning with raw 
militia, ill-equipped, worse disciplined, the Americans made an army 
that beat the British. General Washington never ceased to implore 
Congress and the states to give him a better system for a real national 
army. Half the men and a fourth of the money expended would 




SURRENDER OF BURGOYNE AT SARATOGA 

This picture, from a painting by Trumbull, the famous American artist, shows the surrender of the 
English general John Burgoyne to the Americans at Saratoga. New York, on October IT, 1777. 



THE 



AMERICAN 



REVOLUTION 




SURRENDER OF CORNWALLIS 

The British general. Lord CornwalHs, surrendered to Washington at York- 
town. Virginia, on October 19, 1781. The victory virtually decided the 
Revolution in favor of the Americans. 

have done the job just as well, if the advice of 
Washington and other experts had been followed. 
On the sea also the Americans began a great 
career of naval success; or, rather, they repeated 
the methods of earlier wars by sending out a 
hornets nest of privateers, christened with such 
gallant and suggestive names as The Charming 
Peggy, The Fair Lady, The American Revenue, 
The Black Joke, The Fair America, The Scotch 
Irish, The Skunk, The Nimble 
Shilling, and The King Tamer. 
If they did not tame George III, 
they did tame the British mer 
chant and his representatives in 
Parliament; for American priva 
teers in the course of the war 
captured about seven hundred 
British merchantmen. 





SURRENDER MONUMENT 
YORKTOWN, VIRGINIA 



GENERAL LORD 
CORNWALLIS 



And then there was the American navy; or rather 
John Paul Jones, for in him the navy was concen 
trated. It was a painful surprise to the British to 
have the royal frigate Serapis taken in 1779 by the 
Bonhomme (Bo-nom) Richard, a condemned mer 
chant ship hastily fitted out in France. Jones is 
already a sort of mythical figure, partly because of 



THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION 



BuelFs imaginary so-called biography; but he is the naval father of Hull 
and Porter, and the grandfather of Farragut and another Porter, and the 
great-grandfather of Sampson and Devvey. 

THE CIVIL REVOLUTION 

A revolutionary overturning came whenever the Union Jack was 
hauled down and the Stars and Stripes hauled up. But the revolution 
ary army was not the Revolution: it was like the line in a football match, 
desperately holding back the other line while the backs get into play. The 
real Revolution was an overturning of governments, and charters, and 
political power. The revolving wheel whirled the old colonies out of 
existence, and cunningly framed and 
polished new state governments. The 
Revolution turned the British empire 
down, and pushed the United States of 
America up. The Revolution rolled to 
the bottom of the wheel Governor Gage 
of Massachusetts, and Governor Tryon 
of North Carolina, and Governor Dun- 
more of Virginia; and up to the top 
revolved Patrick Henry, and Benjamin 
Franklin, and John Adams. The Revo 
lution was like a religious conversion: 
it set the American people out of their 
old ways, and into a new upward path. 

All that seems natural to us; for 
we have been brought up on the tyranny 
of George III, and the misgovernment 
and plunder of the colonies by the Brit 
ish government. We realize the bad 
state of things much better than did the 
Americans at the beginning of the Rev 
olution. In truth the colonies were freer 
from harsh and arbitrary government 
than England, Scotland, and Wales, to 
say nothing of what was then the sep 
arate kingdom of Ireland. Every colony 
had its local assembly: not a single 
English county had one. In every 
colony any freeman who had the neces 
sary pluck and health could acquire 
land and become a voter: in England 
not a twentieth part of the adult men 
could vote. The colonists laid their 




JOHN PAUL JONES 

Commander of the first American navy. 
From the portrait by C. W. Peale. 




BIRTHPLACE OF JOHN PAUL JONES 
John Paul Jones, the "founder of the Ameri 
can navy." was born in this cottage at Kirk- 
bean, in Scotland, in 1747. He died in Paris 
in 1792. 



THE 



AMERICAN 



REVOLUTION 





OLD BELFRY. LEXINGTON 

MASSACHUSETTS 

From this belfry was rung out the 

alarm on the morning of April 19. 

1775, calling the minute men to 

assemble on the common. 



PAUL REVERE S HOME 
IN BOSTON 

The tablet that may be seen between 
the second and third stories of the 
house was placed there by the Paul 
Revere Chapter of the Daughters of 
the American Revolution 



own taxes and ex 
pended them for 
their own purposes: 
Englishmen paid 
taxes levied by a 
Parliament over 
which only a few of 
them had control. 
Apparently the 
main cause of the 
Revolution was that 
the colonists could 
do so much for them 
selves that there 
was no reason why 
they should not do 
substantially every- 
thing for them 
selves. They had a 
personal attachment for England, the king, and the English system of 
government, very like that now felt by the Canadians, and would have been 
quite satisfied with the degree of self government that England has since 
freely given to Canada. John Adams says, "That there existed a general 
desire of independence of the Crown in any part 
of America before the Revolution, is as far from 
the truth as the zenith is from the nadir." 
Then why revolt, especially when above a third 
of the thinking people in America were opposed to 
the Revolution, and had to be driven out or si 
lenced ? To the original grievances of the Revolu 
tion was added a stupid John Bull obstinacy, con 
centrated in George III, but shared by a good part 
of the British nation. These mistakes made by Eng 
land are a fine example of what comes to a country 
that falls into the hands of what are called the 
" Interests " ; for Parliament was really nothing but 
a combine of great titled families, who took in some 
representatives of the cities and the merchant class. 
One of the best results of the Revolution was that 
it shook up the British aristocracy; and the best 
proof that the Revolution was right is the admis 
sion of Lord North, when the war was all over, 
that it had been a great mistake, but that the nation 
had made it, and not simply the prime minister. 




PAUL REVERE 
From the painting by the 
famous American artist, Gil 
bert Stuart. 



THE 



AMERICAN 



REVOLUTION 



The Revolution was worth all the blood and treasure that it cost, 
because it lighted a new torch of popular government. There had been 
plenty of government of the people in ancient and medieval times; but 
at the epoch of the American Revolution the formerly democratic Swiss 
and Dutch, and the free 
citizens of the German and 
French and Spanish cities, 
had lost faith in them 
selves. It was fashionable 
to revere Demosthenes and 
Cato and Brutus and the 
Populus Romanus; but real 
republican government had 
about ceased on the earth 
when the new constella 
tion of the United States 
appeared on the horizon. 

The colonies had very 
tidy little governments, 
schools of politics, in which 
the speaker of the assem 
bly was commonly the 
leader of a healthy opposi 
tion to the governor; and 
on that foundation they 
built tidy little state gov 
ernments, which showed 
the prevalent belief that 
governors were dangerous 
creatures who ought to 
have as little power as pos 
sible; while legislatures 
were a reflection of the 
people s will which could 
not err. The wheel of rev 
olution has twirled back 
ward in our day; for we 
make governors and presidents great political leaders, and set our legis 
lators on a one-legged race against the initiative and referendum. In 
the midst of the confusion of the Revolution, when town after town was 
picked up by the British, and nobody knew whether the Revolution would 
win out, it is wonderful how well the state governments worked, and 
how successful they were in putting on record the great principle of 
the two kinds of law, fundamental or constitutional law, and statute law. 




PATRICK HENRY ADDRESSING THE VIRGINIA 

ASSEMBLY IN 1763. 

He is famous for Ms speech supporting the resolutions to resist 
the Stamp Act. At one point he exclaimed. "Caesar had his 
Brutus, Charles the First his Cromwell, and George the Third " 
"Treason! treason!" shouted the Speaker of the Assembly. 
"Treason! treason!" shouted the members "and." Henry con 
tinued. "George the Third may profit by their example. If this 
be treason, make the most of itl " 



THE 



AMERICAN 



REVOLUTION 




THE CHAIR AND TABLE USED AT THE SIGNING OF 
THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE 



The finest work of the Rev 
olution was the making of a na 
tional government; for which the 
army and the navy were in part 
responsible, because a central na 
tional power was all that could 
save the army from capture and 
the navy from destruction. The 
Continental Congress became a 
government before it knew it, 
authorizing an army and navy, 
borrowing money, issuing many 
times more paper notes than it 
could ever redeem, appointing 
George Washington commander 
in chief of the Continental forces, sending ambassadors to foreign countries. 

Were men greater on the average then than now? Would Speaker 
Clark and Senator Lodge of Massachusetts, and Senator Beveridge 
bulk as big as Patrick Henry and Sam Adams and John Dickinson, 
if revolution broke out now? "These are the times that try men s souls," 
said Tom Paine, and it was also a time that made men s souls! The one 
indispensable man in the Revolution was George Washington; for there 
was no other in the colonies who was so central, so immovable, a force. 
But the Revolution would also have failed but for Benjamin Franklin, and 
Thomas Jefferson, and the other civilians who built up the new government. 

THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE 

And they framed the Declaration of Independence! They framed it; 
but Thomas Jefferson wrote it. He was bent on proving that the Revolu 
tion was right. And, having taken an unpaid brief for his country, he found 

twenty-seven good reasons for in 
dependence, even at the cost of a 
bloody revolution. Those reasons 
are not the Declaration: the real 
pith of that splendidly written 
document is the brief statement 
of "self evident truths"; among 
them "that all men are created 
equal, that they are endowed by 
their Creator with certain una- 
lienable Rights, that among these 
are Life, Liberty and the pursuit 
of Happiness, that to secure these 
rights, Governments are insti- 





BENJAMIN FRANKLIN 



THOMAS JEFFERSON 

8 



THE 



AMERICAN 



REVOLUTION 





OLD STATE HOUSE IN BOSTON 
A crowd listening to the reading of the Declaration of Independence. 



THE SIGNING OF THE DECLA 
RATION OF INDEPENDENCE 
From the painting by John 
Trumbull. 

tuted among Men, 
deriving their just 
powers from the con 
sent of the govern 
ed." Some of the 
states made much 
longer and fuller 
statements of the 
same kind; but this 
is the bedrock of pop 
ular government in 
America. Time can 
not tarnish, use can 
not diminish, age 
cannot weaken, this 
splendid thought 
that God Almighty 
sends His children 
into the world with 



THE 



AMERICAN REVOLUTION 




SAMUEL ADAMS 

From the painting by the 

early American artist, J. 

S. Copley. 



equal political rights; that every human being has 
an interest in that mutual understanding with 
other human beings called society and government. 

SOCIAL AND COMMERCIAL REVOLUTION 

When Rip Van Winkle came back home he found 
a new set of neighbors who scoffed at good King 
George. The Americans lived in a changed world. 
In the South most of the political leaders who were not 
Englishmen took the patriots side, the Randolphs, 
and the Peytons, and the Carrolls, and the Rutledges, 
and the Pinckneys, and the Haynes, and when the 
war was over the wheel had revolved under them, but 
left them still at the top. In the North there was a 
greater change, Sam Adams, the untitled leader of 
the Boston town meeting, became leader of Massa 
chusetts; John Hancock, the merchant accused of 
smuggling, was governor; John Adams, the struggling 
lawyer, was minister to England. Where were the rich and fashionable peo 
ple who lived in the fine colonial mansions and drank too much Madeira? 
Hundreds of them gone, exiled, driven forth, farming in the eastern 
townships of Canada, waiting in the antechambers of the great in London. 

EFFECTS OF THE WAR 

That was a revolution that reached the wives and daughters, and the 
handsome sons w r ho inherited their fathers silken suits and had expected 
to inherit their dignities. It took the Americans thirty years to find 
out how great a revolution they had undergone 
in business; for when the war was over they had 
an unpatriotic 
hankering for the 
broadcloths and 
kerseymeres of old 
England. For 
their women folk, 
dealers still 
bought caliman- 
cos, and padua- 
soys, and oznabrig 
linens, and India 
muslins, through 
reliable English 
houses. Again 
Great Britain 





PARSON CLARK S HOUSE, 

LEXINGTON 

Here Samuel Adams and John Hancock 
were sleeping when aroused by Paul Re 
vere on his famous ride on April 19. 1775. 



JOHN HANCOCK S HOUSE 

IN BOSTON 

Interesting not only in its historic 
associations, but as an attractive 
example of colonial architecture. 



10 



THE 



AMERICAN 



REVOLUTION 




made the mistake of undervaluing the Americans; 
and when they became independent told them to 
be independent and suffer for it. Now that the 
United States of America was a separate nation, 
let it keep its vessels out of the trade with the 
former sister colonies! It took long years to open 
up other avenues of trade. 

REVOLUTION IN THE WEST 

Within the military and civic Revolution arose 
another territorial revolution. When in 1 778 George 
Rogers Clark with his few score frontiersmen slip 
ped down the Ohio River and picked up the little 
British towns of Kaskaskia, Cahokia, and Vincen 
nes, he was blazing the trail into the West, and 
opening that vast country to millions of Americans 
still to be born or adopted, till they would in the 
end rule the republic. Because of Rogers Clark, or 
rather of the westward vision of the great men of 
that time, Great Britain gave up the Northwest, and 
then yielded the South 



GEORGE ROGERS CLARK 
An American general who in 
ir78captured Vincennes from 
the British. It was soon re 
captured; but Clark took it 
again after a terrible march 
across country in midwinter. 
He then conquered all the 
country near the Wabash and 
Illinois rivers. 



west. With all its boldness and courage, ^ 
Revolution did not make a complete nation: 
to become a world power, it was necessary to 
cross the mountains and bind the Mississippi 
to the sea. And the man of that time, who 
was at the same time eastern and western, who 
fought the French and took up lands and 
planned roads and canals beyond the moun 
tains, was George Washington, the greatest 
soldier, best statesman, and most clear-sighted 
business man of the Revolution. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING. "American Rev 
olution," Claude H. Van Tyne; "American Revolu 
tion," John Fiske; "American Revolution" (3 vols.), 
George Otto Trevelyan; "Struggle for American Inde 
pendence" (2 vols.), S. G. Fisher; "George Washing 
ton " (5 vols.), John Marshall; "American Statesmen" 
series (16 vols.); "Literary History of the American 
Revolution" (2 vols.), Moses Coit Tyler; "Paul 
Jones," Norman Hapgood; "Letters and Memoirs," 
Madame Rediesel; "The Spy," James Fenimore 
Cooper; "Hugh Wynne," S. Weir Mitchell; "The 
Partisan," William Gilmore Simms; "Alice of Old 
Vincennes," James Maurice Thompson. 

ii 




MERIWETHER LEWIS 

Companion of William Clark in his 

western explorations. 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc, 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume I 



DECEMBER 8, 1913 



Number 43 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N.Y., AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT, 1913. BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER, R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

In the early part of the nineteenth 
century the United States Government 
realized the importance of having a record 
on canvas of the nation s great historical 
events, and several painters of that day 
produced pictures that hold places of 
honor in our Government buildings. John 
Trumbull was the foremost of these 
painters. 

There has been a demand for several 
years for new historic paintings. The 
feeling exists that the painters of one hun 
dred years ago could not have the per 
spective to portray the Revolution cor 
rectly, no more than a historian of the 
same period could write its history. The 
time has come for modern artists in 
American historic art. The World s Fair 
at Chicago gave an impetus to the work, 
especially in decorative form. As a re 
sult, public buildings erected within the 
past twenty years show many interesting 
and distinguished examples of historic art 
in mural decorations, by such artists as 
Blashfield, Kenyon Cox, C. Y. Turner, 
and others. There is a demand now from 
many sources from galleries, Federal and 
state governments, and from schools 
for historical pictures which shall be true 
and shall also be worthy examples of mod 
ern work. -*** 

This number of The Mentor contains 
four distinguished examples of modern 
historical art. Three of them are the 
work of Mr. Henry Mosler, and were 
painted within the past five years. 



Mr. Mosler has been known as an artist 
of great distinction for a long time. As 
early as 1874 ne won a rnedal at the Royal 
Academy of Munich, and he won the 
Thomas B. Clarke prize in the National 
Academy of Design, New York, in 1896. 
Mr. Mosler, therefore, brought the ripe 
powers of a master painter to the work, 
and he has produced four paintings of 
great art value and historic importance. 

* * * 

The first picture, which appeared four 
years ago, js entitled "Ring, Ring, for 
Liberty," and represents, with great 
strength and vigor, the old bell ringer in 
the cupola of Independence Hall, who 
sounded the note of liberty in July, 1776. 
Three years ago Mr. Mosler finished his 
painting of Betsy Ross and her compan 
ions making the first flag, which is re 
produced in this number of The Mentor. 
Mr. Mosler based his work on careful 
sketches made in the Betsy Ross house 
on Arch Street, Philadelphia. Our read 
ers will surely feel the grace and charm as 
well as the vital interest of this picture. 

* * * 

Many have said that our country 
needed a new painting of "Washington 
Crossing the Delaware." The familiar 
composition, by Leutze, is regarded as 
stiff and constrained and as lacking a sense 
of reality. Mr. Mosler s picture gives a 
true and spirited conception of the event, 
based on historical study and on sketches 
made in the winter time at the point of 
the Delaware where Washington crossed. 
The painting of Paul Jones is a vivid 
dramatic presentment of a historical sub 
ject that has never heretofore been pic 
tured in an adequate manner. 

* * * 

Another interesting picture in this 
group is the "Signing of the Declaration 
of Independence," by Miss Sarah Ball 
Dodson. The actual life and spirit of the 
scenes in Independence Hall during July, 
1776, have not been fully realized by other 
artists. Miss Dodson s picture is a striking 
presentment of the scene, distinguished 
not only for its art value but for its truth. 
Each figure is an actual portrait and 
takes an earnest, living part in the com 
position. Miss Dodson was a native of 
Philadelphia, and knew her subject at first 
hand. Her death some years ago was a 
distinct loss to American art. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in i 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



IBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13. 

20. 
22. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 

TRY 

THE CAP, 

. IN ART 

MAST; 

OF AMERICA 

PICTU ,V1TH 

THE T OF THF 

SCOTLAND. THE LAND OP SONG AND 

SCE 

CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OF . IN PICTURES: 

THE DIS( 
LONDON 
THE STOR 
AMERICAN BIR \UTY 

HLE 
[ON 



3. SPORT1 



24. 

28. 

27. 

30. 

33. 

34. 
35. 

36. 



iND OP 



swn 

PAINTERS 
ISLAND C, 
THE WIPE IN ART 



POTS OF AMERICA 

TIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

XLD 

E BIRDS OP AMEPI 
STOR. "RES: 

THE C RTH 

LPTORS 



SRY 



.ca 
THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The ill contai 

ENGLISH POI 

By r Tth, Ti ; 

By 






irr an 

: soptn, 



FHE MENTOR 





,vledg 
to ha Th 



by 



pictures 



most highly perfected 

O. The obje- 

to enable people to 

without effort, so that t 

and agrc 

men and wot 



M< 

me 







DECEMBER 15 1913 

VOLUME 1 NUMBER 44 




FAMOUS 
ENGLISH POETS 

DEPARTMENT 
OF LITERATURE 



v r 

9m 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 

A 




The Mentor Association 



AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 



JOHN G. H1BBEN . 
HAMILTON W. MABIE . 
JOHN C. VAN DYKE . 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY 
DWIGET L. ELMENDORF 



President Princeton Uni- 

. Author and Editor 

Professor History of Art* Rutgers College 

Professor of Government, Harvard University 

Director New York Zoological Park 

Lecturer and Traveler 



A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

THAT is what The Mentor gives you a library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 

NEW YORK 



FAMOUS ENGLISH POETS 



By HAMILTON W. MABIE, Author and Critic. 




THE MENTOR 

DECEMBER 15, 1913 



DEPARTMENT OF 
LITERATURE 



MENTOR GRAVURES 



BYRON 

SHELLEY 

KEATS 



WORDSWORTH 
TENNYSON 
BROWNING 




JOHN KEATS 



PERCY BYSSHE SHELLEY 



MODERN English poetry is rich not only in its quality, but in its 
variety, both of theme and of manner. The exuberant imagination 
and splendid profusion of Swinburne are in striking contrast with 
the restraint and clearness of style of Matthew Arnold; the fluency and 
narrative faculty of William Morris, with the strongly etched and power 
fully phrased work of Francis Thompson and Henley. The classical 
dignity of Landor, the humor of Hood, the seriousness of mood of Clough 
(kluff), the pictorial genius of Rossetti, the fresh invention of Stevenson 
and Kipling, suggest the range of poetic production of an age not 
matched in wealth of genius since the age of Shakespeare. Among the 
throng of poets who made lasting contributions to English literature 
during the nineteenth century, six may be regarded as most representative. 
Byron died ninety-one years ago; but, although there has been a 
great change in the way poets look at life and in their way of writing 
verse, he holds his place as one of the greater poets, not only in reputation, 
but in popular regard; and for two reasons, he was one of the born 
singers to whom men will always stop to listen, and he was also a poet of 
revolt. He is not read in this country as Browning and Kipling are read; 
nor, on the other hand, is he neglected as Milton and Landor are neg 
lected. His stormy nature and his tempestuous career add an element 
of personal interest to the claims of his poetry upon the attention of 
reading people today, and he is one of those men of genius about whom 
it is difficult to be judicial: those who like his work become his partizans, 
those who dislike him charge him with insincerity and immorality. 
It must be frankly confessed that Byron. had moments of insincerity, 
and that he often posed; but he was largely the victim of his tempera 
ment. Mr. Symonds has said of him that he was well born and ill bred. 



FAMOUS 



ENGLISH 



POETS 



He had noble impulses, and he had the strong passions that give energy 
of feeling and vitality of imagination to many of the greatest men and 
women; but he had neither clearness of moral vision nor steadiness of 
purpose. He had great genius; but he was neither intellectually nor 
morally great. And yet he had such force of mind and eloquence that 
Goethe, (gay -te) who was the greatest critic of his time, if not of all time, 
declared that the English could show no poet to be compared with him. 

BYRON S PLACE AMONG POETS 

What ground was there for an estimate which gave Byron a place by 
himself among English poets ? " English Bards and Scotch Reviewers " was 
a telling satire written by a confident boy of genius, effective in " hits " which 

the time understood, but 
defective in critical in 
sight; "Childe Harold," 
the early stanzas of which 
appeared after travel had 
inspired him, was a splen 
did piece of rhetoric which 
often attains a very noble 
eloquence. "The Giaour" 
(jow -er)," Manfred," the 
"Corsair," "Lara" (lah - 
rah), stirred an age which 
was in revolt against rigid 
and often artificial con 
ventions. "Don Juan" 
(hoo-ahn ), like "Childe 
Harold," is a poetic jour 
nal which lacks dramatic unity, but 
contains descriptions of compelling beauty. 
Some of the shorter pieces, like the "Pris 
oner of Chillon," "When We Two Parted," 
"She Walks in Beauty," have the power 
of deep feeling when it becomes eloquent; 
while such stanzas as "The Isles of Greece," 
scattered through "Childe Harold," make 
history as moving as poetry. 

Byron had richness of imagination 
rather than wealth of thought; he had a 
full-throated, operatic voice rather than 
purity of tone; he had splendor rather than 
clarity of mind; he had great natural force 





NEWSTEAD ABBEY 
Byron s Home. 



BYRON S MOTHER 

From the painting by Thomas Steward- 
son in possession of John Murray. 



FAMOUS 



ENGLISH 



POETS 




LADY BYRON 
The wife of the poet. 




LORD BYRON 

From the engraving by Lupton after the 
painting by Thomas Phillips. 



of genius rather 
than command of 
the resources of 
art. He was gen 
erous in impulse, 
enthusiastic in 
temper, and he 
loved liberty. It 
was the presence 
of these qualities 
in his nature, and 
his spirit of revolt, 
that led Mazzini 
(maght-see -nee), 

to predict," The day will come when Democ 
racy will remember all that it owes to Byron! 

SHELLEY 

Shelley, too, was a lover of freedom; 
but of a freedom that was the breath of 
the soul rather than social or political lib 
erty. He lacked humor, he bore no yoke 
in his youth, his father was a matter-of-fact and eccentric tyrant, and the 
boy of genius lost his way in a world w r hich nobody helped him to under 
stand. When one reads the story of his brief and confused career, of 
the shabby and immoral things he did, it must be remembered that 
he discovered how to fly, but nobody taught him how to walk. He 
was always a splendid, wayward child, to whom visions were more 
real than facts. He died at thirty, and his life was only a beginning. 

But what a splendid prelude it was! "Alastor," the "Stanzas 
Written in Dejection," the "Ode to the West Wind," "The Cloud," the 
immortal lines "To a Skylark," are flights of poetry which reflect the 
splendor of the sky under which they seem to move as if impelled by 
wings. "Prometheus Unbound," "The Revolt of Islam," and other long 
poems show his hatred of tyranny, whether human or divine, his ardent 
passion for humanity. He was only at times a great artist: his verse 
often lacks substance and reality, and has the beauty and remoteness of 
cloud pictures. His critical faculty was obscured by the spontaneity and 
facility of his creative moods; but he had the power of growth. His best 
work was at the end of his career, and he died at the moment the signs of 
maturity were showing themselves. He had no creed save that of resist 
ance to tyranny, and he defined nothing; but he had noble visions, a 
beautiful voice, a splendid faith. With all the faults of his youth, and 



FAMOUS 



ENGLISH 



POETS 






SHELLEY S BIRTH 
PLACE 

Here the poet was born 
August 4, 1792. 



SHELLEY AS A CHILD 

From a copy by Reginald Easton of 

the Due de Montpensier s minature 

of Shelley, in the Bodleian Library. 



THE SHELLEY MEMORIAL 
Designed by E. Onslow Ford. 



they were of tragic seriousness, there was 
something angelic about him, and he made 
life richer and more splendid. 

KEATS LOVE OF BEAUTY 

The poets of the first quarter of the last 
century died young: Byron at thirty-six, 
Shelley at thirty, Keats at twenty-six. What 
Byron s future would have been no one will 
venture to predict; but Shelley and Keats 
were rapidly gaining in power when the 
end came. The first was the fiery leader of revolt, the second was 
the idealist, concerned, not with present oppressive traditions, but with 
untrammeled freedom of thought and of life. 

Keats cared for none of these things: he was in love with beauty. 
One must go back to Spenser to find an Englishman of his sensitiveness 
to beauty, and he was much simpler than Spenser, whose moral idealism 
expressed itself in a refined symbolism. Keats was the son of a stable 
keeper, went to school for a few years, and was conspicuous chiefly for his 
pugnacious disposition. The impression that he was a weak, sentimental 
boy and man is without foundation. He became the victim of a heart 
breaking disease; but his was essentially a brave and manly nature. 

His later work is notable not only for its beauty, but for its solidity 
of texture. He became an apprentice to a surgeon. Through his acquaint 
ance with a family of cultivated people he became a reader of good books, 
and discovered his vocation when he opened the "Faerie Queene." That 
poem did not make him a poet: it opened his eyes to the fact that he was 



FAMOUS 



ENGLISH 



POETS 




KEATS AT HOME 



all things." He not only loved it, but gave 
it illustration in short poems of unsurpassed 
perfection. "The Eve of St. Agnes," the 
"Ode to a Nightingale," the "Ode to Au 
tumn," the "Ode on a Grecian Urn," have 
a deathless loveliness and are stamped by that 
finality of shape which marks the best pieces 
of Greek sculpture. Matthew Arnold said 
of these shorter poems that they had "that 
rounded perfection and felicity of loveliness 
of which Shakespeare is the great master." 

WILLIAM WORDSWORTH 

While these poets died before maturity, 
Wordsworth, Tennyson, and Browning had 
ample time in which to harvest all the 
fruits of their genius. Wordsworth s life 
was in striking contrast to the lives of 
his brilliant contemporaries. Born before 
them, he lived twenty-seven years after the 
oldest of them died. Byron was an exten 
sive traveler, Shelley lived five years in 
Italy, and Keats last months were spent in 



a poet. "Endymion," published when he was 
twenty-three years old, was immature in con 
struction and diction; but it was the first 
bloom of a beautiful genius. "Hyperion," 
which came near the end, is a fragment, for 
he was still very young in knowledge of life 
and the practice of art; but it has nobility 
and a certain largeness of handling that pre 
dict strength as 
well as art. The 
first line of "En 
dymion " showed 
where he stood as 
a poet, "A thing 
of beauty is a joy 
forever," and on 
his deathbed he 
said, "I have 
loved the princi 
ple of beauty in 




THE GRAVE OF KEATS 
Keats died in Rome on February 23. 
1821. and was buried in the Protestant 
cemetery. His last request was that 
on his tombstone there be carved. 
"Here lies one whose name was writ 
in water." 





THE LIFE MASK OF KEATS 
Attributed to Haydon by the artist 
Joseph Severn. From a cast made in 
New York, presumably from a cast of 
the original. An electrotype of the 
mask is in the National Portrait Gal 
lery. London. 



FAMOUS 



ENGLISH 



POETS 



the same country. Byron died in 
Greece, Shelley was drowned in the 
Gulf of Spezia (spet -see-eh), and 
Keats came to the end of his suffer 
ings in the little room that looks out 
on the Spanish steps which are gay 
with flowers in the Roman spring. 
With the exception of a brief 
residence in France and Germany, 
Wordsworth spent eighty years on 
English soil, and mainly in the 
Lake Country. He was born in the 
North, went to school in a little 
village near Lake Windermere, and 
spent his life at Grasmere and at Rydal 
Mount only three or four miles distant. 
His life was free from struggles, either 
mental or material, and was one of medi 
tation and quiet growth. In contrast with 
Byron, he was a poet of reflection; unlike 
Shelley, he saw Nature as the intimate 

companion of 
the spirit; 
and he sought 
beauty in the 
simplicity of 
obscure lives 
and daily ex 
perience rath 
er than in the 
richness of 




WORDSWORTH S BIRTHPLACE IN THE 
LAKE REGION 





DOVE COTTAGE 
At Town End, Grasmere. 




GRASMERE CHURCH 



WORDSWORTH S MOTHER 
By Margaret Gillies. 

imagination 

or in that fairy land of mythology which 
laid its spell on Keats. He was deeply re 
ligious, and saw Nature as a revelation of 
the divine mind; a visible and material 
creation, penetrated and filled by the divine 
spirit. His years of inspiration were few; 
but his conscientious industry was untiring. 
In his creative moods he wrote some of the 
noblest and most perfect poetry in English; 
in his moods of faithful industry he wrote 
much thoughtful but unpoetic verse. In 
the latter class fall his long poems; in the 



FAMOUS 



ENGLISH 



POETS 




RYDAL MOUNT 
Wordsworth s home. 



former class fall many of his shorter pieces, in which lofty thought and 

deep feeling are fused in an art of exquisite simplicity and purity. The 

Prelude" and "The Excursion" contain passages of great beauty; but 

they are valuable chiefly to stu 
dents. In the ten years which 

followed the publication of the 

"Lyrical Ballads" in 1798 he 

wrote many poems which are 

for all people and for all time. 

Such poetry as "Lucy," "To a 

Highland Girl," "The Solitary 

Reaper," "To a Cuckoo,"^ "I 

Wandered Lonely," " She Was a 

Phantom of Delight," "Three 

Years She Grew in Sun and 

Shade," ought to be planted in 

the minds of children as refuges 

from the commonplace, and as 

a protection from all that is 

cheap and inferior in life and art. 

In the "Ode to Duty," that on 

"Intimations of Immortality," 

in many stanzas from the long 

poems, and in a group of son 
nets, Nature and Life are in 
terpreted in an art w r hich is 

both commanding and beautiful. 

At his 
best, in 
depth 

of thought, loyalty to truth, spiritual insight, 
purity of feeling, and that simplicity which is 
the last achievement of art, Wordsworth belongs 
among the half-dozen great poets of England. 
It is too soon to assign their permanent 
places to Tennyson and Browning; but there 
is little doubt of their survival among the 
singers whom the world will not forget. Both 
were fortunately born and well educated, though 
in different ways; both were happily situated 
in life; both had ample time in which to give 
full and rounded expression to their genius. 
Fame did not come early to either; but it dis 
covered Tennyson in middle life, and for three 





ALFOXDEN HOUSE 
Wordsworth s temporary home as It is now. 



WILLIAM WORDSWORTH 



FAMOUS 



ENGLISH 



POETS 





TENNYSON S BEAUTIFUL HOME 
Aldworth. at Haslemere, Surrey, England. 

or four decades it invested him with 
immense authority. Both were think 
ers and students as well as singers, 
and both had ample intellectual re 
sources. Tennyson was the finer 
artist; he was, indeed, one of the 
most perfect artists in the history of 
poetry. He had command of both 
harmony and melody; in other words, 
he could build a poem on strong con 
structive lines, and he could make it exquisitely musical. He mastered 
the resources of words; he knew how to use consonants and vowels 
so as to make his lines sing in the ear; he understood what can be done 
with assonance (resemblance in sound), repetition, alliteration. He 



ALFRED. LORD TENNYSON 
From the etching by Rajon. 






ALFRED, LORD TENNYSON 
Photographed by Mrs. H. H. Cameron. 



LADY TENNYSON 
From painting by G. F. Watts. 



HALLAM, LORD TENNYSON 
The son of the poet. 




ALFRED. LORD TENNYSON 
From a mezzotint by T. A. Barlow, after the painting by Sir John E. Millait. made in 1881. 



FAMOUS 



ENGLISH 



POETS 





ROBERT BROWNING 

From a portrait painted at Rome In 

1859 by Field Talfourd. 



was an expert workman ; but never a mechanic 
alone. The stream of thought was not locked 
in poetic forms : it flowed freely through them. 
His art is so perfect that it conceals itself. 
He was not only a poet of exquisite skill, but 
he was a vigorous and independent thinker. 
The future historian of the intellectual and 
spiritual history of the nineteenth century will 
find "In Memoriam" what is called "an orig 
inal authority" of far greater value than the 
formal records of the time. Some of the early 
short poems which captivated young readers 
in the ? 3o s and 4o s of the last century seem 
somewhat thin and artificial today; but the 
great mass of Tennyson s poetry has sub 
stance as well as quality, and such poems as 
" Ulysses," " Sir Galahad," 
the "Two Voices," have a 
noble reach of thought as 
well as a compelling music, 

w r hile the magic which lives in "Break, Break, Break," 
the songs from "The Princess," "Crossing the Bar," 
does not lose its spell. In power of thought, in deep relig 
ious feeling unbound by dogmatism, in faith in or 
dered liberty, in love of home, and in passion for beauty, 
Tennyson is the central figure of the Victorian Age. 
Browning is not so broadly representative of the 

movement of the age. 
He gave dramatic ex 
pression to one aspect of 
its experience; but that 
aspect was of thrilling 
interest. Tennyson did 
not miss the significance 
of individual impulse; but 
he saw men in ordered 
ranks, in social relations. 
He felt and expressed the 
collective experience of 
his age. Browning felt 
and expressed the ex 
perience of individual 
souls, of "Paracelsus," 




BROWNING S HOME. 

1887-9 

De Vere Gardens. Ken 
sington. London. Eng 
land. 



THE PALACE IN VENICE WHERE 

BROWNING DIED 

It was in this house, surrounded by all the 

beauties of Venice, that the poet breathed 

his last on December 12. 1889. 



10 



FAMOUS 



ENGLISH 



POETS 




" Luria." He is the interpreter of exceptional 
experiences and natures, of "Abt Vogler," 
Andrea del Sarto, the Renaissance Bishop. 
He knew secrets of great and mean souls, 
of Pompilia and the Pope, of "Half Rome" 
and Caponsacchi (kah"-pahn-sock -kee), 
in "TheRing and the Book,"of "The Patriot," 
and of the husband of "The Last Duchess." He 
was a psychologist of penetrating intelligence, 
and his passion for analysis and dealing with 
problems sometimes ran away with him, to use 
a colloquialism; hence the perplexities which 
beset the student of some of his work and 
the organization of clubs to interpret him. 
Browning was often a very effective 
artist; but he was often very indifferent to 
form, and there are long productions of his 
which are intensely interesting but are not 
in any proper sense poetry. Time will sep 
arate the experiments in psychology from the achievements in art, and 
there will remain a body of poetry which appeals powerfully to men and 
women of intellectual interests and habits; a poetry notable for its reading 
of the secrets of individuality, its splendid optimism based on faith in the 
individual soul and in the purpose and power behind the universe, in the 
sense of freedom to take and use life daringly, in the impulse to action and 
spiritual venture, for its bold imagery and strong phrasing. Such poems as 
"Prospice," "Rabbi Ben Ezra," "Childe Roland to the Dark Tower 
Came," are not only impressive poetry, 
but have the note of the bugle in them. 



ELIZABETH BARRETT BROWNING 

From a portrait painted at Rome in 

18S9 by Field Talfourd. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING. " Life of 
Wordsworth," Professor Knight; "Words 
worth," F. W. H. Myers (English Men of 
Letters Series); "Life of Shelley," Medwin; 
"Shelley," J. Addington Symonds (English Men 
of Letters Series); "Life, Letters and Literary 
Remains of John Keats," Richard Monckton 
Milnes; "The Works of Lord Byron, with His 
Letters and Journals and His Life," Thomas 
Moore (17 volumes); "The Real Lord Byron," 
J. C. Jeafferson (2 volumes); "The Life and 
Letters of Browning," Mrs. Sutherland Orr; 
" Browning," G. K. Chesterton (English Men 
of Letters Series); "Alfred, Lord Tennyson: a 
Memoir," Hallam, Second Baron Tennyson; 
"The Life of Lord Tennyson," G. C. Benson. 

n 




MRS. BROWNING S TOMB 

IN FLORENCE. ITALY 

Elizabeth Barrett Browning was herself a poet 

of exceptional genius: she was born in 1806. 

married to Robert Browning in 1846. and 

died in 1861. 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume I 



DECEMBER 15, 1913 



Number 44 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK, N.Y., AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT, 1913, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

Some of the numbers of The Mentor 
have been used as the subject matter for 
reading clubs. That is a use of The Men 
tor that we most heartily welcome. We 
have information from one reader that the 
number of The Mentor on "Spain and 
Gibraltar" is to be used at the next 
meeting of a literary club in the home of 
the writer. This number is to be read 
in conjunction with a study of Washington 
Irving s books on Spain "The Alham- 
bra" and "The Conquest of Granada." 
Another club has used the article on 
"Dutch Masterpieces" as the core of its 
evening s study, and we have it from a 
reader that he knows that number of 
The Mentor "almost by heart." No 
better thing could be said of The Mentor 
than that it is worth knowing by heart. 
It means that The Mentor has become to 
some readers at least a fund of important 
information a fund that they can literally 
absorb and make their own. 

* * * 

The New York Sun called attention 
editorially, a short time ago, to the yearly 
report of Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler, 
president of Columbia University, in 
which he deplores "too much slovenly 
reading matter" as an obstacle to educa 
tion, "the substitution of quantity for 
quality," and recalls the fact that the 
great lawyers of the Colonial period and 
the makers of the Constitution had few, 
but the fittest, books; knew well a few 
first rate books. 



"One reason, aside from insufficient or 
incompetent instruction in the schools, for 
the so often complained of illiteracy, so 
to speak, of students, is probably to be 
found in the mass of stories which the 
Carnegie and other libraries feed to them, 
and which they skim through at the 
double quick, getting no permanent im 
pression. Their great-grandfathers read 
over and over and assimilated a handful 
of books. The little dingy or tattered 
home collection was often their school, 
college and university. 



"Let us read over again Nicolay and 
Hay s description of Abraham Lincoln s 
boyhood studies: His reading was nat 
urally limited by his opportunities, for 
books were among the rarest of luxuries 
in that region and time. But he read 
everything he could lay his hands upon, 
and he was certainly fortunate in the few 
books of which he became the possessor. 
It would hardly be possible to select a 
better handful of classics for a youth in 
his circumstances than the few volumes 
he turned with a nightly and daily hand 
the Bible, VEsop s Fables," "Robinson 
Crusoe," "The Pilgrim s Progress," a his 
tory of the United States, and Weems 
"Life of Washington." These were the 
best, and these he read over and over till 
he knew them almost by heart." 



"Almost by heart!" Fortunate is he who 
has lived with a few books. In a world of 
volumes swollen to intolerable dimensions 
there are still but a few real books. They 
are those we make our own; that shape 
the mind, store the memory, are the foun 
dation and discipline of our intellectual 
life. 



The purpose of The Mentor is to give 
the gist of knowledge to be found in the 
world s best books, and to give that knowl 
edge in a form that is easy to retain. A 
number of Mentors thoroughly absorbed 
as we might say, "learned by heart "- 
what a mental equipment it would mean! 
And the practical side, too, should be 
considered. Most people haven t time to 
read even the world s best books. The 
Mentor can be read in a few minutes. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the 
of having every number. Each number is complete in i 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, Histor 



MS ALP. 



7. 
8. 
. 

10. 

II. 

12. 
13. 

14. 

15. 
16. 
17. 

20. 
21. 



TIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
PRY 

CAPITAL 
ART 

DERS OF 

PICTURES WE LOVE TO I. 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PE, 

.THE LAND Oi 
:ERY 

CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STOR , 

RERS 

VUTY 
BLE 

;OR 

. r.\ PICT; 









:ERS 
AN IK 



DS OP AMF 

TERR 

r ART 



WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIF1 
COMPLtJ r THE RATE 01 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT \\ 

t. number will contain six beautiful ph. 

\KERS OI 

Allston, Charles V. - U art, 

i Trumbull, Benjamin V. 









BERS TO FOLLOW 



r of Ancient 






Qt 







THE MENTOR 




For Christmas 

A MEMBERSHIP IN THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION 



A library of the world s knowledge, which 
grows more valuable ever) week. Fifty-two mag 
azines a year. 

A beautiful art collection for the home. Three 
hundred and twelve Mentor Gravures (six every 
week) . 

An intimate acquaintance, through pictures, 
with famous works of art, interesting places, nature 
subjects, scenic wonders of the world, and the no 
table men, women and events of history. 

A daily reading course for one year, carefully 
arranged under the advice of the Advisory Board. 

A year s course in education which can be ac 
quired at home in your spare moments. 

The price is FIVE DOLLARS. 

You could hardly select a holiday gift more 
certain to give keen enjoyment and solid educational 
value. Give your friend a year s membership in The 
Mentor Association, It will last a year, and will be 
a daily reminder of your good will. 

Send us the names of the friends you wish to re 
member in this way, and we will see that each one 
receives an engraved Certificate of Membership with 
your name engrossed as the giver. 




THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. 



52 East Nineteenth Street, 



NEW YORK 



LEARN ONE THING 
EVERY DAY 




DECEMBER 22 1913 

VOLUME I NUMBER 45 






\\ 



ENTOR E 



MAKERS OF 
AMERICAN ART 



DEPARTMENT 
OF FINE ARTS 




m 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 

FIFTFFN PFMTS A POPV 



The Mentor Association 



AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 



JOHN G. H1BBEN . 
HAMILTON W. MABIE . 
JOHN C. VAN DYKE F . 
ALBERT BUSHNELL HART 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF 



President Princeton University 

Author and Editor 

Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 

Professor of Government, Harvard University 

Director New York Zoological Park 

Lecturer and Traveler 



A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

THAT is what The Mentor gives you a library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 

NEW YORK 



MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 



By J. THOMSON WILLING 





WEST 



COPLEY 



STUART 



THE MENTOR 

DECEMBER 22, 1913 DEPARTMENT OF FIXE ARTS 



MENTOR GRAFURES 



LADY WENTWORTH 

By John Singleton Copley 1737-1815 
CHRIST REJECTED 

By Benjamin West 1738-1820 
GEORGE WASHINGTON 

By Charles Willson Peale 1741-1827 



ALEXANDER HAMILTON 

By John Trumbull 1756-1843 
DOLLY MADISON 

By Gilbert Stuart 1755-1828 
A SPANISH GIRL 

By Washington Allston 1779-1843 



EARLY art in America was distinctly commercial, in that it conformed 
to the law of demand and supply. In those prephotographic days 
records were desired of the appearance of people who were gradually 
coming into an easier mode of living than their ancestors, the hardy pio 
neers, had been able to acquire. The Colonial official, the landowner, the 
merchant, all wished to emulate in little the great folk of the Old World, 
and have family portraits. The craftsmen to supply the demand were 
few, and the quality of their art far from fine. The Colonial period was 
barren of good production. It is marvelous that in this pictorially un 
cultured time, without the stimulus of good examples to be seen and of 
fellow strivers to instruct, such wonderfully good workers in art should 
arise as Copley in Boston and West in Pennsylvania, and a little later Mai- 
bone in Newport, who in miniature work outclassed anyone then working. 
After study in Europe these men s work was broader and better; but yet 
much of their early work indicates their caliber. 



MAKERS 



OF AMERICAN ART 




MR. and MRS. IZARD (Alice DeLancey) 
By Copley, in Boston Museum of Fine Arts. 



EARLY AMERICAN 
PORTRAITS 

After the proclamation of 
peace the people were more 
prosperous and the portrait 
market was good. Not only 
family portraits were wanted, 
but portraits of political he 
roes. The commercial artist 
was there to take orders and 
deliver the goods. The goods 
he delivered were of a very 
high grade of workmanship. 
After the individual portrayal 
came the order for the histor 
ical picture, the celebration of 

the dramatic moment and the great event. Further^ than these two 
classes of pictures the earliest art did not go ; The life of the day in 
all its human aspects of picturesqueness was ignored. The genre pic 
ture did not come until about the middle of the nineteenth century. 
In England, Benjamin West, who had gone there about his twenty- 
fifth year, was painting biblical and mythological subjects, inspired by 
his stay in Italy; for Italy was yet the field for art inspiration. He 
received extended patronage from King George, and succeeded Reynolds 
as president of the Royal Academy. "Christ Healing the Sick," in the 
Philadelphia Hospital, and the "Death 
on the Pale Horse," in the Pennsylvania 
Academy, are two of his best known works 
in America. The latter is an immense 
canvas, melodramatic in character, and 
carrying no direct message to modern 
observers. West seems to have wished to 
impress by size and industry. In regard 
to color he always remained a Quaker. 

THE GENEROSITY OF WEST 

Perhaps West s best contribution to 
the art development of America was the 
splendid generosity of his welcome to his 
young compatriots when they came to 
London to study. His was the hand that 
gave them greeting, his the studio and the 
home that were at their service, and his 




JOHN QUINCY ADAMS 
By Copley, in Boston Museum of Fine Arts. 



MAKERS 



OF AMERICAN 



ART 



the mind that directed their work. To him came Matthew Pratt of Phila 
delphia, though his senior, and stayed four years, returning then to his na 
tive place and carrying on his profession there. The Peales, father and son, 
were indebted to him for their training. Dunlap and Trumbull and Stuart 
all studied under his tutelage. Allston sat at his feet as a devout disciple, 
becoming a veritable legatee of his mode of thought and of his manner. 
This manner was evolved from a contemplation of grand subjects, alle 
gorical, religious, mythical, and historical. Neither he nor West was an 
observer of the life of their day; though West did a radical thing, a great 
service to natural art, when he painted the Death of Wolfe with all the 
figures therein clad in the regimentals they then wore, and not in classic 





MRS. DANIEL DENISON ROGERS 
By Copley. 



MRS. FORD 
By Copley, in Hartford Athenaeum. 



garb, as historic happenings had hitherto been painted. His work had little 
beauty of color, little atmosphere, and no spontaneity. It has not held its ap 
preciation as have other more natural paintings of that time. To Boston, in 
1725, had come John Smybert, from London, a protege of Bishop Berkeley. 
He there painted many portraits until his death in 1 75 1 ; though his work 
had little merit. He was the forerunner of Copley, the first able native artist. 

THE DISTINCTION OF COPLEY 

In his youth Copley had the slight advantage of some instruction from 
his stepfather, Peter Pelham, the engraver; but early acquired a style of 



MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 




THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 
By Matthew Pratt, in the Metropolitan Museum, New York. 



his own. His technic was 
not very fluent; but his 
design was good, his draw 
ing remarkably true, and 
his characterization unus 
ual. A dignified formality 
pervaded his canvases, as 
befitted the sitters of his 
native Boston. It is said 
that a Copley portrait in 
a New England family is 
a certificate of aristocracy 
and social standing. He 
painted textures well, 
though somewhat labor 
iously. "Large ruffles, 
heavy silks, silver buckles, 
gold-embroidered vests, and powdered wigs are blent in our imagination 
with the memory of patriot zeal and matronly influence," writes Tucker- 
man. But those adjuncts to the personality would not be so associated 

with the patrician Colonials had not 
Copley rendered them so well. None 
of the early painters so accurately 
gave the spirit of their time as he. 
As we can glean from Lely s por 
traits of the beauties of the Car- 
olean Court the free and easy man 
ners that were its atmosphere, so 
from Copley s portraits we get the 
moral atmosphere of that Colonial 
time, with the reserve and self- 
respect of its men and the virtue 
and propriety of its women. He did 
not go abroad until he was thirty- 
seven years old. In England he was 
well received, and had many com 
missions. He was made an A. R. 
A. in 1777, and a full academician 
in 1779. Shortly after this he was 
commissioned to paint "The Siege 

of Gibraltar." His son, Baron Lynd- 

BENJAMIN WEST hurst, became lord chancellor, and 

By Sir Thomas Lawrence, the English portrait painter. Collected many of his father s 




MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 



THE PEALES, A FAMILY OF PAINTERS 

Charles Willson Peak s fame is almost wholly derived from his por 
traits of Washington, of which he painted fourteen from life, extending 
in time from 1772 to 1795. His earliest shows Washington in the uniform 
of a British Colonial colonel, and is now in the possession of Washington 
and Lee University. 

Washington is known to have sat forty-four times to various painters. 
Based on these comparatively few sittings have been more portrayals on 
canvas than have been accorded to any man in history, with the possible 
exception of Napoleon. A collection of engraved portraits of him has 
been made which included over four thousand plates. Rembrandt Peale, 
a son of Charles Willson Peale, contributed a cumulative fame to the 
name, as he also painted Washington, as well as Jefferson, Dolly Madison, 

and other political and t 

social leaders. He, as 
well as his father and 
his uncle, James Peale, 
all worked at times in 
miniature. In the work 
of father and son there 
was little merit, little 
invention, but a cred 
itable craftsmanship. 
They recorded the ap 
pearance of the people 
of their day with un 
inspired fluency. 



THE ART OF 
TRUMBULL 




KING LEAR 
By Benjamin West, in Boston Museum of Fine Arts. 



John Trumbull s 
standing, like Peale s, 
is attained largely on 
his renderings of Washington. He had much opportunity for observing 
the general, and this contributed much to the accuracy of his compositions, 
but little to the fineness of his art. He is fortunate in having many of 
his works gathered together in the Yale School of Fine Arts; for in the 
aggregation they are impressive, as being a dignified and graphic pre 
sentment of the important events of the Revolutionary period. These 
canvases are not large. Indeed, much of his work was in the nature of 
miniatures in oil. He made many careful studies from life of those persons 
he introduced into his historical compositions. His picture of the signing 
of the Declaration of Independence was painted in 1791, when most of 



MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 



the _ signers were yet living, and from all of these he obtained sittings. 
Claim has been made that he was the greatest of the early painters in 
America. He was, in the sense of having made the truest record. But in 
the sense of being the best according to our latterday conception of art, as 
being something other than a labored and literal rendering of a fact, he was 

inferior to both Copley and Stuart. 




GILBERT STUART, MASTER 
IN PORTRAITURE 

InGilbert Stuart we had the most 
valuable art worker. His portraits, 
while good records, had also beauty 
and charm. His color was fresh and 
brilliant. He gave his subjects poise 
and personality. His pictures were 
vital. He had not the faculty for de 
sign and composition to the extent 
of the great Englishmen, Reynolds 
and Gainsborough; but he had a 
technic that was not inferior. For 
tunate has been the nation that has 
known its heroic founders through 
the medium of Stuart s picturing. 
Indeed, much of our modern regard 
for those heroes has been engen 
dered by these dignified yet very 
human presentments. Of Philadel- 

phia families he WaS the tTUC hlS- 

torian, and of Boston society he 
w r as the splendid chronicler that outshone its own Copley. In England, 
after studying with West, he ranked high for several years in that, the 
greatest period of English art. He returned to America in 1792, and after 
spendingtwo years in New York went to Philadelphia to paint Washington. 
Apart from the several celebrated pictures of the first president, his 
best work was done in the decade in which he resided in that city. It 
has been the policy of the Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts to acquire 
as many of these works as possible. More than a score are now in its 
possession, including portraits of Presidents Monroe and Madison, and 
the famous Dolly Madison canvas. Stuart painted as many as three 
sets of the first five presidents, one of which was destroyed by fire in 
Washington. One set is now privately owned in Boston. What is known 
as the Lansdowne portrait is in the Philadelphia gallery. In design and 
general impressiveness, though not in features, it is one of the most sat 
isfactory of all the presidential picturings. The Gibbs-Channing portrait, 



c w PEALE 

Portralt by the painter. In the Pennsylvania Academy. 



MAKERS 



O F 



AMERICAN 



ART 





JOHN TRUMBULL 
Painted by himself. 



WASHINGTON TAKING LEAVE OF HIS GENERALS 
By Trumbull, In the Yale School of Fine Arts. 

now in the Metropolitan Museum, New York, is 
the finest in facial modeling. Stuart made many 
replicas of the few Washingtons he painted from 
life especially was this so of the Athenaeum head. 
Much controversy has arisen as to which of the 
many Washington portraits is the most accurate. 
The fact of the absolute dimensions of any feature 
is of little moment to later generations. What is 
of greatest moment is the poise, the nobility, the 
grandeur, the serenity, the faith, the wisdom, the 
Homeric mold, of the man, and these a grateful 
people has come to think were intimated more 
fully by Stuart than by any of the other portrayers. 



STUART S PORTRAITS OF WOMEN 

Stuart is quoted as saying "Houdon s bust is the best, and after that, 
my portrait." We can well be content to accept these as the two ideal 
renderings. It has been claimed that he was not very successful in por 
traying female beauty. This is a contention that is hard to controvert. 
He did not prettify his sitters in the way Lawrence did; but he surely 
made them humanly lovely. Rebecca Smith, Anne Bingham, Frances 



MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 






ELIZABETH BEALE BORDLEY 



MRS. WM. JACKSON 
Women s portraits by Stuart. 



FRANCES CADWALADER 



Cadwalader, Elizabeth Bordley, and Sallie McKean, all reputedly hand 
some in the written testimony of that period, have certainly not suffered 
in that repute by Stuart s painting of them. And Betsy Patterson, she 
of the wilful temperament and romantic career, who married the brother 
of an emperor, lives for all time as a beauty because of the ability of 
Stuart. Of this handsome woman a contemporary writes, "Mme. Jer 
ome Bonaparte is a model of fashion, and many of our belles strive to 
imitate her; but without equal eclat, as Madame has certainly the most 

beautiful back and shoulders that ever were 

seen," and again, "To her mental gifts 
were added the beauty of a Greek, yet 
glowing, type, which not even the pencil of 
Stuart adequately portrayed in the ex 
quisite portrait that he wished might be 
buried with him: not yet on his other can 
vas which, with its dainty head in triple- 
pose of loveliness, still smiles in unfading 
witchery." Whether or no he painted her 
as lovely as life, he produced a canvas 
that has great individuality and charm. 

THE CULTURE OF ALLSTON 

Washington Allston had a great reputa 
tion in his day; but his product was incon 
siderable and not of a quality to justify 
the standing he then had. He had greater 
culture and a finer intellectuality than 




THE GIBBS-CHANNING PORTRAIT OF 

WASHINGTON 
By Stuart, In Metropolitan Museum. N. Y. 



MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 




perhaps any other artist in the United States in its first century. 
His was a sensitive nature. He lived in the spirit. For the high, the 
lovely, the perfect, he strove all his days. Yet that high ideality and that 
earnest Driving had little effect on the art of his time. He was honored 
by his literary contemporaries; but his work was not emulated to any ex 
tent by his fellow artists. His work was an intellectual expression. Its 
tradition was continued by Thomas Cole, who painted landscape 
as an allegorical message. 

Allston was born near Charles 
ton, South Carolina, spent his 
youth at Newport, where he be 
came intimate with Malbone, 
and after graduating from Har 
vard went abroad to study. The 
Italians attracted him; but he 
found his way to London, where 
he associated with Coleridge and 
other literary celebrities. He 
was made an A. R. A.; but 
returned soon thereafter to Bos 
ton, working there from 1818 
to his death in 1843. He laid 
much stress on his technical 
processes in painting. His pic 
tures had none of the spon 
taneous quality of his sketches 
and studies. His was an art 
totally at variance with the 
mode of the present day. We 
feel in Copley s canvases a 
very modern quality, and in most of Stuart s, but not in Allston s. 

VANDERLYN AND SULLY 

A more modern man, though not so celebrated, was John Yanderlyn, 
a native of Kingston, New York, who spent many years in Paris. He 
had aspiration after beauty for its own sake. His Ariadne, owned 
by the Pennsylvania Academy, was really the first important 
nude painted here. Such subjects in those days caused much protest. 
This artist s life was a stern struggle against ad verse conditions; though he 
greatly deserved success. In the rotunda of the Capitol at Washington 
is his Landing of Columbus, a work that docs not well represent his 
ability. His portrait work carried through the traditions of the Revo 
lutionary days to that period of the early half of the nineteenth century 
when Thomas Sully and Henry Inman were the leaders. The latter was 



ELIZABETH PATTERSON. 

MME. JEROME BONAPARTE 

By Stuart. 



MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 




WASHINGTON ALLS TON 

Miniature by Malbone, Boston 

Museum of Fine Arts. 



born in Utica in 1801, and lived but forty-five 
years. His work was uneven, but at its best, 
as in the Henry Pratt portrait in the Pennsyl 
vania Academy, is comparable to Raeburn. He 
painted Wordsworth, Macaulay, Dr. Chalmers, 
and other men of mark in England, on com 
missions from their American admirers. Though 
Sully was a pupil of Stuart, he entirely lacked the 
master s authority of manner. His was a timid 
technic, without freshness of color or firm char 
acterization. His life was a long and successful 
one, spent chiefly in Philadelphia, and he had 
many celebrities as sitters, Queen Victoria, 
Fanny Kemble, and General Jackson are among 
his best known canvases. Of the work of 
Sully the Pennsylvania Academy has, besides several portraits of 
the artist himself, a large number of his canvases. This policy of the 
chief galleries of Boston, New York, and Philadelphia, of acquiring works, 
of the several worthy artists of the older time, has become a more diffi 
cult one to follow as the years go 
on, and the ancestral portrait, the 
family heirloom, becomes precious 
beyond price. 

THE BEGINNING OF AMERICAN 
MINIATURE PAINTING 

Treasured with even greater 
reverence is the old time min 
iature. There was no produc 
tion of this form of art in the 
Colonial days, but its practice 
developed after the Revolution, 
and had its chief exponent in Mai- 
bone, who, though living but from 
1777 to 1807, is to this day one of 
the very best artists of the portrait 
in little. Excellent draftsman 
ship as well as good coloring gave 
his work a structural firmness un 
usual even in Cosway s produc 
tions. His best known picture was 
an imaginative composition en 
titled "The Hours," which is now 
in the Athenaeum at Providence, 




DEAD MAN RESTORED TO LIFE BY TOUCHING 

BONES OF PROPHET ELISHA 
By Allston. Pennsylvania Academy. 



10 



MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 




EDWARD G. MALBONE 



JOHN VANDERLYN 
Painted by himself. Metropol 
itan Museum. N. Y. 



R. 1. Through his friend 
ship with Allston, Malbone 
accompanied him to Charles 
ton in 1800, and there 
painted miniatures of promi 
nent South Carolinians, in 
cluding Mrs. Ralph Izard, 
the beautiful Alice Delan- 
cey, who had been previously 
pictured by both Copley and 
Gainsborough. Other beau 
tiful women he painted were 
Rachel and Rebecca Gratz 
of Philadelphia, the latter 
being the inspiration for Re- 
Sir Walter Scott s "Ivanhoe." Allston 
He had the happy talent of 




becca in 

wrote of Malbone, 

elevating the character without impairing the like 
ness. This was remarkable in his male heads, and 
no woman ever lost beauty under his hand." In Charleston at that 
time was Charles Fraser, a miniaturist of much ability, whose work 
is now sought by collectors. As the nineteenth century progressed 
the portrait gradually lost its preeminence, and the landscape, the 
story telling picture subject, and later the composition painted for 
its own sake became the chief expressions of the American artist. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING 



ART IN AMERICA 

By S. G. W. Benjamin. 
1880 Harper & Bros., New York. 

AMERICAN PAINTING 

By Samuel Isham. 
The Macmillan Co. 1910. 

The most complete and modern work on the 

subject. 

ARTIST LIFE 

By Henry T. Tucker man 

D. Anpleton & Co. 1847. 

Not so much biographical as laudatory esti 
mates. 

PORTRAITS OF WASHINGTON 

By Elizabeth Bryant Johnston 
A most complete work of reference. 

HEIRLOOMS IN MINIATURES 

By Anne Hollingnvorth If harton. 
J. B. Lippincott Company. 1898. 

The standard work on the subject of American 
Miniature Art. 



LIFE OF BENJAMIN WEST 

By John Gait. 

Published shortly after the death of the artist 
and long out of print. 

THE DOMESTIC AND ARTISTIC LIFE OF 
JOHN SINGLETON COPLEY, R. A. 

By M. B. Amory. 
Houphton, Miffllin & Co., Boston 1882. 

The st?ndard work on Copley. Difficult to 
procure. 

LIFE AND WORKS OF GILBERT STUART 

By George C. Mason. 
Charles Sctibner s Sons 1879. 

An elaborate work now out of print. 

LIFE AND LETTERS OF WASHINGTON 
ALLSTON By Jared B. Flagg. 

Charles Scribner s Sons 1902. 

Interesting from a literary standpoint. 

LIFE PORTRAITS OF GEORGE WASHING 
TON By Charles Henry Hart. 
McClure s Magazine February, 1897. 



ii 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume I 



DECEMBER 22, 1913 



Number 45 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE Jl.OO EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK, N.Y., AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1913, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY. L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

We have been asked more than once 
how the schedule of The Mentor is planned 
and how our subjects are selected. The 
question is a good one, for in the answer 
is to be found the basic idea on which The 
Mentor plan is established. If the sched 
ules were prepared hastily and without due 
thought, and if the subjects were selected 
solely with consideration to the interest of 
the passing moment, The Mentor plan 
would have no more claim upon thought 
ful and intelligent people than the most 
ephemeral journalistic enterprise. As a 
matter of fact, however, the schedule of 
The Mentor is prepared for more than a 
year in advance, and the plan is worked 
out on broad lines of general education 
and not with the thought of merely re 
flecting the interest of the hour. 



Of course in some matters we observe 
timeliness. Our article on Abraham Lincoln 
will be published during the week in which 
Lincoln s birthday occurs. Professor Mc- 
Elroy s article on George Washington 
will appear on February 23rd. The 
advantage of selecting proper dates for 
these articles is obvious. In general, how 
ever, we arrange the schedule so as to give 
a just balance of subjects, and we endeavor 
to follow a certain mental logic in dis 
tributing the subjects through the year. 
* * * 

And now we are asked how the schedule 
is made up. The selection of subjects be 
gins with the editors. After considerable 



study a list is made that is large enough 
to form the basis of more than a year s 
reading. This list is divided into depart 
ments, and the subjects in each depart 
ment are submitted to the member of our 
Editorial Board who has that department 
in charge. In a number of cases changes 
are made and new subjects are suggested 
by the members of the Advisory Board. 
Not only are the subjects of the articles de 
termined under their supervision, but the 
names of the writers are often suggested by 
them, and in many cases the illustrations 
are selected under their direction. The 
association of the members of the Advisory 
Board with the Editors of The Mentor is 
close and continuous. We give the read 
ers of The Mentor the direct benefits of 
this association. 



But our answer would be incomplete if 
it failed to include mention of a most in 
teresting source of suggestion the reader 
of The Mentor. It is a great pleasure 
to say this, for it is the best evidence in 
the world of the co-operative spirit that 
exists in The Mentor Association. That 
is the spirit we seek. 

* * * 

We have had some of the most valuable 
suggestions from Mentor readers. Only 
last week we received a letter from an in 
terested reader who had been following 
the historical articles in The Mentor. She 
wanted to know what we had in store for 
a lover of history. She suggested that it 
would be interesting to take up history 
from several special points of view the 
great historic rivers for example. The idea 
is good. Think of the historic value and 
of the human interest in the story of the 
Rhine; the story of the Nile; the story of 
the Danube; the story of the Mississippi! 
The great rivers of the world have borne 
some of the most important historic events 
along on their currents. We are planning 
a set of articles on this subject. 

* * * 

This is but one case in which a reader of 
The Mentor has helped us. We could cite 
many others. And in acknowledging them 
we want to express our heartfelt appre 
ciation of the earnest interest shown by 
our readers in The Mentor. Our mail 
brims over with it every day. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No. 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 



11. 
12. 
13. 

, 
14. 

15. 
16. 
17. 
IS. 

10. 

on 

H? 

21. 

22. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OF MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND THE LAND OF SONG AND 

CHERUBS IN ART 

STATUES WITH A STORY 

STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

inJirTxT 
LONDON 

THE STORY OP PANAMA 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 



.,,, 

AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 

STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 
THE EXPLORERS 



No. 23. 
24. 

25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 

29 - 



33 
34 
35 | 



36. 
37. 
38. 

*- 

** 

42 
43. 

44. 



SPORTING VACATIONS 
SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OP 

SCENIC-SPLENDORS 
AMERICAN NOVELISTS 
AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 
VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
ITS MAKERS 



BUILDINGS OF THE 

GAME BIRDS OP AMFRIPA 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE CONTEST FOR NORTH 

AMERICA 

FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PO. 
NAPOi 
THE MEDITERRANEAN 



EGYPT, THK LAND QP MYSTERY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE REVOLU i 
FAMOUS ENGLISH POETS 



S/.VCLE NUMBERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CEXTS EACH 
COMPLETE SETS AT THE RATE OP TEN CENTS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

THE RUINS OF ROME 

The Colosseum, The Forum From the Capitol, The Forum Toward the 
Capitol, The Campagna, The Arch of Titus, The Tomb of Hadrian. 

By J. WILLIS BOTSFORD 

Professor of Ancient History, Columbia University 



MBERS TO FOLLOW 



Jan. 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 

cini. Gounod, Massenet, Strauss, 
k : ...... . .. , , . , 

*^&3Z6i* 

Jan. 12. TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 

rtrait of Himself . f a 

Holbein: Erasmus. The ,nna. 

lour. 

J. Miukft f Art and Archa- 

ology. Princeton University. 



Jan. 19. VIENNA. THE QUEEN CITY 

; SchOnbrunn Votive 
Church. Reichsraths GcbSudc. O \ 

gi-ria 

Brunnen Fountains and Schwarzcnberg 
Prince s Palace. By Dwighi L.Elmf 
<rer and Traveler. 



Jan. 26. 



-opolis Areopagus 
vsius * 

History. Columbia 




THE MENTOR 




For the New Year 

A MEMBERSHIP IN THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION 



A library of the world s knowledge, which 
grows more valuable every week. Fifty-two mag 
azines a year. 

A beautiful art collection for the home. Three 
hundred and twelve Mentor Gravures (six every 
week) . 

An intimate acquaintance, through pictures, 
with famous works of art, interesting places, nature 
subjects, scenic wonders of the world, and the no 
table men, women and events of history. 

A daily reading course for one year, carefully 
arranged under the advice of the Advisory Board. 

A year s course in education which can be ac 
quired at home in your spare moments. 

The price is FIVE DOLLARS. 

You could hardly select a gift for New Year s more 
certain to give keen enjoyment and solid educational 
value. Give your friend a year s membership in The 
Mentor Association. It will last a year, and will be 
a daily reminder of your good will. 

Send us the names of the friends you wish to re 
member in this way, and we will see that each one 
receives an engraved Certificate of Membership with 
your name engrossed as the giver. 

THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. 



52 East Nineteenth Street, 



NEW YORK 




LEARN ONE THING 




m 




DECEMBER29 1913 
VOLUME 1 NUMBER 46 




ROM 



DEPARTMENT 
HISTORY 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 

FIFTFFN PFTsJTS A POPV l(r\ 




The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. VAN DYKE . P.ofessor History of Art, Rutgers -College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL, HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DW1GHT L. ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

THAT is what The Mentor gives you a library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient ^form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
NEW YORK 



AMONG THE RUINS OF ROME 

By GEORGE WILLIS BOTSFORD 

Professor of History, Columbia University. Author of " The 
Story of Rome" "A History of Rome." 




ONE OF THE CAMPAGNA AQUEDUCTS 

THE MENTOR 

DECEMBER 29, 1913 DEPARTMENT OF TRAVEL 



MENTOR GRAVURES 

THE CAMPAGNA THE FORUM TOWARD THE CAPITOL 
THE FORUM FROM THE CAPITOL THE COLOSSEUM 
THE ARCH OF TITUS THE TOMB OF HADRIAN 

SHORTLY after sunset the express train, speeding north from Naples, 
emerges from the mountains and begins winding its way down 
grade. The expectant visitor to the Eternal City sees below him 
through the car window a broad expanse of plain, sloping imperceptibly 
on the left to the sea, in front to the Tiber River. It is an ocean of green, 
here quietly level, there billowed in ridges or headed up in round hillocks. 
This is the Campagna, the broad flat belt which borders the Tiber 
on the left. At first sight it reveals to us its solitude. In early Roman 
times it had swarmed with peasants who owned the lands they tilled. As 
the city grew wealthy the district fell into the hands of lords, who cov 
ered it with their luxurious villas, peopled by multitudes of slaves. Still 
later, when Rome was declining, these villas fell to ruins, the slaves dis 
appeared, and Malaria stalked lonely and terrible over the beautiful 
country she had made her own. Even now she rules it, scarcely weak 
ened by modern progress. The dwellings of her few wretched tenants 
are miles apart. Herds of sheep and of fierce long-horned cattle pasture 
on the abundant grass, and along the well-made roads that span the 
plain an occasional ox-team wearily drags an awkward cart. 

But the Campagna has its attractions. It fascinates imaginative 
tourists and draws them to its heart. Three or four together, their 
knapsacks filled with food and drink, often take long trips through this 
wild region, whose eternal quiet speaks peace to the weary mind, whose 
delicate, ever-changing tints of sky and field appeal to the taste for natural 



AMONG THE RUINS OF ROME 




EMPEROR CLAUDIUS 



beauty, whose ruined villas and towns awaken 
historical memories of the rise of Rome from 
a little settlement on the Tiber to a world 
wide power and a fame that cannot die. 

THE APPIAN WAY 

The most impressive features of the 
Campagna as we view it from the car win 
dow or in a stroll along either the old Appian 
Way or the modern Appian Way, are the 
ruins of aqueducts. The one here illustrated 
is the Claudia, named after Emperor 
Claudius, who completed it. Its sources 
were more than forty miles distant ; while 
crossing the Campagna the water flowed in 
a channel supported by a series of gigantic 
arches. It provided Rome not only with 
her best water, but her most abundant 

supply, amounting to more than 400,000 cubic meters daily. All the 
aqueducts together poured into the city each day more fresh water than 
the Tiber now empties into the sea. 
As we view this work of great util 
ity, we naturally wonder what sort of 
man was the builder. At the time of 
his accession he was fifty years old, 
and had devoted his earlier life zeal 
ously to study and writing. Grotesque 
in manner and eccentric in his habits, 
he was generally considered a learned 
fool; and yet he made an admirable 
ruler. When acting as judge he often 
slept during the pleas of the lawyers, 
waking at the close of the trial to give 
his decision in an equitable and humane 
spirit. It was unfortunate for the case, 
however, if he chanced to smell any 
thing good cooking in a neighboring res 
taurant; for he would adjourn court to 
refresh himself. He was far more liberal 
than his predecessors in bestowing 
Roman citizenship on subject peoples. 
To keep the city population sup 
plied with cheap food, he subsidized and 
insured grain ships at the cost of the 




THE TEMPLE OF CASTOR AND POLLUX 

The ruins of this famous temple stand in 

the Forum. 



AMONG THE RUINS OF ROME 




Temple of Julius Caesar 



HOW THE FORUM PROBABLY LOOKED 

Palace of the Caesars 



Basilica Julia 



Temple of Vesta 



Temple of Castor and Pollux. 



government; and his activity in erecting public works is illustrated by 
the completion of this magnificent aqueduct. It is a fact of great im 
portance that the early emperors, whatever their private characters, 
almost uniformly devoted themselves to the public good. Personal ser 
vice to the empire was their chief title to office and the basis on which 
successive rulers built up their power. 

THE FORl/M 

The city of Rome itself abounds in places and objects of interest 
more easily reached than the Campagna. It requires at least a teaspoonful 
of information to appreciate the features of Rome; and to those who are 
mentally equipped no spot furnishes keener enjoyment than the Forum. 
An impressive view can be had looking eastward from the Capitol, one 
of the "seven hills" on which the early city sat. It can be seen that 
the Forum lies in a valley nearly surrounded by hills. In the tenth and 
ninth centuries B. C. these hilltops were occupied by villages and the val 
leys between them were marshes. In the eighth century the villages 
united to form one city, Rome, and the marshes were gradually drained 
by means of sewers. The low area became at that time the Forum, 
"marketplace" of the new city. It is an approximate oblong, on the 
north side of which one of the kings marked off a space, the comitium 



AMONG THE RUINS 



O F 



ROME 



in 



(assembly-place), in which all the citizens met to vote on questions of 
public importance. Adjoining the comitium was the senate-house. 
King (afterward two consuls), senate, and popular assembly constituted 
the government. The Forum was therefore the political center of Rome, 
and from this circumstance it derives all its interest. When one reflects 
that for nearly five centuries after the downfall of the kings (509-27 B. c.) 
Rome was a republic, that during that time she conquered and organized 
her empire practically the whole Mediterranean basin, we begin 

to understand that this spot 

must have been the scene of 
stupendous political conflicts, 
the birthplace of far-reaching 
legislative and administrative 
measures. Here worked the 
brain of the best organized 
and most enduring empire the 
world has known. 

An essential feature of the 
Roman government was re 
ligion, which the senate and 
magistrates well knew how to 
operate for practical ends. It 
is not surprising, therefore, to 
find about the Forum the 
ruins of many temples. There 
is the temple of Saturn, now only a group of columns. It rests on an 
unusually high foundation. Within this basement were chambers which 
contained the treasury of the state. It was largely by the control of 
the treasury that the senate long maintained its political supremacy. 
A few steps from the temple is the pavement of a great oblong build 
ing, of whose superstructure there are but scant remains. This was the 
Basilica Julia, erected by Julius Caesar, and rebuilt, after a destructive 
fire, by Augustus. A basilica was used for law courts and for business 
purposes. The style of building was borrowed from Greece; but the 
architect at Rome wrought in the spirit of her people. He left the ex 
terior plain and unattractive, to devote his whole attention to the interior. 
It is essentially a vast hall, with aisles separated from nave by a row of 
arched piers in this case, in other basilicas by colonnades. The designer 
molded, as it were, the interior space, so as to express in the language 
of art the grandeur of the empire, and in the severe harmony of the lines 
the orderliness and symmetry of Roman law. No other architectural type 
so well embodied the imperial idea. 

Of the other buildings connected with the Forum the most conspicu 
ous is the temple of Castor and Pollux, just beyond the Basilica Julia. 




CLOACA MAXIMA 



AMONG THE RUINS OF ROME 




TRIUMPHAL PROCESSION ON THE ARCH OF TITUS 



The ruins consist of three 
slender columns, standing on 
a high foundation and sup 
porting a fragment of the 
entablature. These remains 
belong to the reconstruction 
of the temple under Augustus. 
The worship of the twin gods, 
Castor and Pollux, patrons of 
cavalry, had been introduced 
from Greece into Rome in 
the early republic. The front 
porch of the temple often 
served as a platform for party 
leaders while addressing the 
crowd in the Forum. On such 
occasions it sometimes became the center of violent political conflicts out 
of keeping with the beauty of the surroundings. This temple and nearly 
all others at Rome are of the Corinthian order of architecture, distin 
guished by the capital of clustered acanthus leaves surmounting the 
graceful fluted column. It is one of the best of its class; and the three 
columns with their entablature form the most beautiful architectural 
fragment still preserved from classical Rome. 

The present level of the Forum is many feet lower than that of its 
immediate surroundings. During the three thousand years that separate 
us from the beginnings of the city the valleys have been gradually filling 

through the accumulation of debris of ruined 
buildings, the washings of earth from the sur 
rounding hills, and various other means. Recently 
scholars have excavated nearly the whole Forum 
down to the earliest level, laying bare the lower 
parts of buildings, the earlier pavements, altars, 
a primeval cemetery, and many other objects. 
Nearly everything found has been identified and 
clothed in the historical imagination with the 
associations of the time when it had a purpose 
and a meaning. But the spot, once the abode of 
intense life, is now still; it seems the burial place 
of a dead society and government; state officials 
keep drowsy guard over the remains. Tourist and 
scholar walk undisturbed through this sepulcher 
of a mighty empire, their senses awakened to the 
ancient life only by the rush of waters through 
EMPEROR TITUS the subterranean Cloaca Maxima, and to the life 




AMONG THE RUINS 



O F 



ROME 




THE COLOSSEUM FROM THE NORTH 



of our day by the roses, 
geraniums, and wild Italian 
flowers that grow luxuriantly 
wherever a bit of soil is left. 

THE ARCH OF TITUS 

Beyond the Forum and 
on the summit of the ridge 
known as the Velia is the Arch 
of Titus. We can read the in 
scription: SENATUSPOPU- 
LUSQUE ROMANUS DIVO 
TITO DIVI VESPASIANI 
F. VESPASIANO AUGUSTO 
(The senate and people of 
Rome (dedicated this arch) to 

the deified Titus Vespasianus Augustus, son of the deified Vespasianus.) 
Consider this inscription. Both the Greeks and the Romans propitia 
ted the spirits of the dead with sacrifice and prayer. The founder 
of a city or any specially great benefactor of the community they 
venerated after death as a hero, a being intermediate in dignity and 
power between man and the gods. 

It was with this idea that the senate by decree deified (more strictly, 
heroized) a deceased emperor who seemed to that body to have been a 
specially worthy ruler. Thus they had deified Vespasian, and after him 
his son and successor Titus. This arch, therefore, was dedicated by the 
senate and people to the memory of Emperor Titus after his death. 
A monument of the kind commemorated a victory so great as to en 
title the general to a triumph, a procession of the victorious com 
mander and his army along the Sacred Way, past the Forum, and up 
the Capitol to the temple of Jupiter on the summit. The spoils of war 
were carried in the procession, while games and other festivities rejoiced 
the hearts of the populace. 

This arch is a memorial of the war waged by Titus against the Jews, 
in which he besieged and destroyed Jerusalem, their holy city. During 
the conflict the Jews resisted with superhuman energy; and when every 
thing was lost they killed one another and their wives and children 
as the lot determined, in order not to be slaves. The fame of their 
heroism is as imperishable as the military renown of the conqueror. 
The triumphal arch, accordingly, represents the slaughter of innocent 
people, the crushing of national liberty, the brutal sacking of cities, the 
merciless sale of captives into slavery. While casting this gloomy shadow, 
it reflects on the sunlit side the glory of victory and the extension and 
solidification of Roman power. 



AMONG THE RUINS OF ROME 



THE COLOSSEUM 

This immense amphitheater was built by Vespasian and dedicated 
by Titus. It is a gigantic oval four stories in height. From the north 
side, which is still nearly intact, the first three stories present simply a 
series of arcades; the fourth story is a closed wall. Four entrances lead 
into the arena; seventy-six others into vaulted corridors, whence the spec 
tators passed up various stairways to their seats, which extended in tiers 
from near the floor to the top of the highest story. The seats have dis 
appeared, but careful measurement places the capacity at 45,000, with 
standing room for perhaps 5,000 more. Hidden from view were the cages 
of wild beasts and the cells for gladiators, and beneath the arena were 
machines for elevating animals to the surface. 

The dedication in 80 A. D. was accompanied with games lasting through 
a hundred days. A Roman "game" involved a contest; and those offered 
by Titus at the dedication included the baiting and slaughter of savage 
beasts, fights of gladiators, and a sham naval battle, the arena being flooded 
for the purpose. It is difficult to understand how a ruler such as Titus, 
who abhorred bloodshed and would condemn no man to death during his 
administration, provided the city populace with this bloody, brutalizing 
sport. But love of popularity has always been a powerful motive among 
men ; and some emperors and patriotic citizens tried to excuse the sport on 



** 4* " Qfifc. 




INTERIOR OF THE COLOSSEUM ON A FETE DAY 

7 



AMONG THE RUINS OF ROME 



THE BASILICA 

JULIA 

A drawing show- 
Ing the reconstruct 
ed Interior of this 
building, which for 
merly stood in the 

Forum. 




the foolish supposition that it fostered the military spirit. As a matter of 
fact, the populace who attended these shows grew more and more unwilling 
and unfit to defend their country and homes against invading barbarians. 
It was not till some years after Titus that the spectators began to 
experience a new kind of pleasure in seeing Christians thrown living to 
the wild beasts of the arena. Many thus perished as witnesses of a better 
faith and a higher morality. When, however, Christianity triumphed 
and became the religion of the empire, an effort was instituted, first by 
Constantine, to stop the degrading shows. But the people were so fran 
tically addicted to them that they were scarcely abated by government 
edicts till Emperor Honorius succeeded in abolishing gladiatorial 
fights in 404. Long afterward the hunting of wild beasts continued. 
The massive structure remained scarcely impaired by time till about 
the middle of the fourteenth century, when the greater part of the 
southern half collapsed, probably through an earthquake. The ruin 
piled up a "mountain of stone," which for the next five centuries served 
the Roman nobles as a quarry. 

THE GRANDEUR OF THE COLOSSEUM 

Some of the most imposing palaces which lend dignity to the modern 
city have been built with this material. Although fully half the stone has 
been thus removed, the part of the structure which still remains is the 
most impressive of all the ruins of the city a monument of the grandeur 
and of the moral degradation of Rome. It is an especially rich experience 
to visit the Colosseum by moonlight, where, seated on a stone at the edge 
of the arena, we may in imagination, with the aid of the tranquil light, 



AMONG THE RUINS OF ROME 




THE BASILICA OF 

TRAJAN 

One of the build 
ings of the Forum 
of Trajan. The In 
terior as it looked 
in the days of an 
cient Rome. 



reconstruct the vast interior and repeople it with a Roman multitude 
breathlessly awaiting the opening of the games or exulting over the tri 
umph of a popular favorite. On certain nights the municipal authorities 
illuminate the interior with colored lights, whose weird spell awakens 
the imagination to sights of bloody conflict amid a yelling, savage mob. 

THE TOMB OF HADRIAN 

The most versatile and perhaps the ablest of all the emperors an 
artist, poet, philosopher, general, and statesman was Hadrian. Two- 
thirds of his reign of twenty-one years (117-138 A. D.) he devoted to 
travel throughout his vast empire. The object of these journeys was 
not, like that of our presidents, to explain policies and secure votes for 
reelection to a second term; for the emperor s lease of power was 
lifelong. His purpose was rather to discover and meet the needs 
of his people. We find him accordingly improving the organization, 
equipments, and discipline of the army, fortifying exposed points of 
the frontier, negotiating treaties of alliance with border states, 
building roads, providing the cities he visited with temples, theaters, 
and aqueducts, carefully overseeing the complex system of adminis 
trative officers, or finding relaxation in conversation with architects, 
authors, and philosophers. 

In the period of the decline the tomb was converted into a 
fortress, and this character it has retained to the present day. Dur 
ing the Middle Ages and early modern times, a period of fifteen hun 
dred years, it was the center of nearly all the factional strife and of 



AMONG 



THE 



RUINS 



O F 



ROME 




HADRIAN S TOMB 
Now known as the Castle Sant Angelo. 



the civil and foreign wars that raged in and 
about the city. During this time it experi 
enced the greatest changes in appearance by 
the removal of decorations and facings and 
the substitution of ramparts, turrets, and 
other elements of military defense. 

Its present name, Castle of Sant Angelo, 
was given it in the time of Pope Gregory the 
Great. The story is told that in 590, when 
leading a procession to Saint Peter s in an 
attempt to check by prayer a dreadful pes 
tilence, "as he was crossing the bridge, even 
while the people were falling dead around 
him, he looked up at the mausoleum and 
saw an angel on its summit, sheathing a 
bloody sword, while a choir of angels around 
chanted with celestial voices the anthem since 
adopted by the Church in her vesper service." 




EMPEROR HADRIAN 



10 



AMONG THE RUINS OF ROME 



In commemoration of the miracle a statue of the Holy Angel Michael 
stands on the summit with wings outspread. 

This castle unites the memories of nearly two thousand past years 
with the living present. Having stood as a fitting tomb of a noble 
emperor, and again as the storm center of divisional strife, let it 
bide henceforth as a durable monument of Italian unity and freedom. 




THE APPIAN WAY 
Showing the Ruined Roman Tombs. 

SUPPLEMENTARY READING 



HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT WORLD 
G. W. Botsford. 

(The Macmillan Co.) It includes a brief his 
tory of Rome. 

TOPOGRAPHY AND MONUMENTS OF AN 
CIENT ROME S. B. Plainer. 

(Second edition, Allyn & Bacon.) The best 
treatment of the subject in English. 
Rl INS AND EXCAVATIONS OF ANCIENT 
ROME Rudolfo Lanciani 

(Houghton, Mifflin Co.) By the greatest liv 
ing authority on Roman topography. 
THE ROMAN FORUM C. Huelsen. 
(Stecheit & Co.) By a great scholar. 



THE ART OF THE ROMANS tf. B. Walters. 
(The Macmillan Co.) Treatment of the ele 
ments by a well known authority. 

ROME DESCRIBED BY GREAT WRITERS 
Editor, Esther Singleton. 

(Dodd, Mead & Co.) Instructive and inspiring 
sketches by Maeterlinck, Crawford, Dickens, 
and other famous authors who have visited 
Rome. 

A SOURCE BOOK OF ANCIENT HISTORY 
C. W. W L. S. Botsford. 

(The Macmillan Co.) Extracts from ancient 
writers relating to the Romans. 



ii 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Vol. I 



DECEMBER 29, 1913 



No. 46 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE Jl. 00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK, N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1913, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION. INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT, W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

The present number of The Mentor is 
the last of the calendar year not that of 
The Mentor year, for that will end in 
February next. The turn of the calendar 
year, however, brings with it the inevita 
ble moment of retrospection. This is 
merely a habit of the human mind, for the 
New Year is only a human establishment. 
In a sense it may be said that every day 
is the beginning of a new year and the 
ending of an old year. The real new year 
for a human being, it seems to us, begins 
with his birthday, for that is the beginning 
of all things for him. Our new year will 
begin with the number of The Mentor on 
which we print for the first time Volume 
II and that will be next February. But, 
indulging for a moment in the mood of 
retrospection that the season brings, we 
look back to that day last February when 
we sent out the first number of The Men 
tor to our readers. We had readers even 
then, for the mere announcement of the 
publication brought a gratifying response. 
Many thousands, attracted by the plan, 
invited The Mentor to their homes be 
fore the first number had been printed. 
* * * 

We thank these early readers, for they 
showed us that there was a public ready 
for The Mentor. These first friends have 
stayed by us from the beginning, and we 
hope that during the months gone by we 
have gained in their esteem. Their num 
ber has been many times doubled since 
our first number appeared, but our hearts 
are warm toward them, for they took our 



word for the plan before we had any pub 
lication to show. And it means a great 
deal to us to note that they have stayed 
with us through the weeks of our growth. 

* * * 

It means, too, a great deal in a practical 
way to us, for it shows that the interest in 
The Mentor plan is an enduring one. 
There has been so much enthusiasm over 
some of the beautiful gravure pictures 
that it was only natural to speculate at 
times as to the motive that impelled some 
to subscribe. We know now to our own 
great satisfaction that it is not simply a 
picture-loving public that takes The Men 
tor. The serious interest in the subjects 
that we have published, the earnest desire 
to know what subjects would be forth 
coming, the intelligent suggestions that 
we receive concerning various subjects 
that might be included in The Mentor 
plan all these, and then the numerous 
evidences in our mail that The Mentor is 
bringing something new into the home 
life, convince us that when we shaped our 
plans on the broad lines of a comprehen 
sive, popular education we builded well. 

* * * 

This is the season for resolutions. We 
registered our resolution when we founded 
The Mentor Association. We could only 
re-affirm it now. So, at the turn of the 
year, instead of a resolution, we offer a 
promise. We will give during the year of 
1914 a full measure of the interesting mat 
ter that has made friends for The Mentor 
in the past and we will give more. We 
will add to the wealth of information that 
we have supplied in the fields of history, 
art, literature, travel, and science, and 
we will broaden our scope so as to include 
articles that will be helpful as well as 
instructive. 

* * * 

We mean to make every number count 
in value and in interest. Our wish is that 
each member of our Association shall say, 
on laying down a number of The Mentor, 
that he is richer in the knowledge that 
cultivates or in the information that is 
helpful, and that he has at all times been 
interested and entertained. 

* it * 

May the year of 1914 be one of pleasure, 
profit and progress to the members of The 
Mentor Association! 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No. 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 

23. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OP AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON, THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OF MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND. THE LAND OF SONG AND 

SCENERY 
CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 
LONDON 

THE STORY OF PANAMA 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
PARIS, THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 
AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE EXPLORERS 
SPORTING VACATIONS 



No. 24. SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OP 
SCENIC SPLENDORS 

25. AMERICAN NOVELISTS 

26. AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 

27. VENICE. THE ISLAND CITY 

28. THE WIFE IN ART 

29. GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 

30. FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 

31. SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 

32. HISTORIC SPOTS OP AMERICA 

33. BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 

34. GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 

35. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE CONTEST FOR NORTH 
AMERI 

36. FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 

37. THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 

38. NAPOLEON 

39. THE MEDITERRANEAN 

40. AXGKLS IN ART 

41. FAMOUS COMPOSERS 

42. EGYPT. THE LAND QF MYSTERY 

43. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE REVOLU ; 

44. FAMOUS ENGLISH POETS 

45. MAKERS OP AMERICAN ART 



SINGLE NUMBERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 
COMPLETE SETS AT THE RATE OF TEN CENTS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 

Verdi, Puccini) Gounod, Massenet, Strauss, Humperdinck. 

By H. E. KREHBIEL 

Author of "How to Listen to Music," "Studies in ihe Jf a^ierian Drama etc. 



NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Jan. 12. TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 

Durer: Portrait of Himself; Portrait of a 
Young Woman, Hieronymus Holzschuhcr; 
Holbein: Erasmus. The Meier Madonna, 
Queen Jar. 

By F. J. Mather. Professor of Art and Archae 
ology. Princeton University. 
Jan. 19. VIENNA. THE QUEEN CITY 

Palace fron, Schcinbrunn. Votive 

Church, Reichsraths Gebaude, Old Vienna. 

Theresa Monument 
:-n Fountains and Schwarzenberg 
By Dui&ht L. Elm;ndarf, Lecturer 
and Traveler. 



Jan. 26. ANCIENT ATHENS 

.The Parthenon, The Acropolis. Mars Hill 
Areopagus. Theater of Dionysius. These- 
ura. Stadium. 

By G. Willis Botsford, Professor of A 
History. Columbia University. 

Feb. 2. THE BARBIZON SCHOOL 

asseau; 
The Old 
let. 
By Arti. .tr Hoeber. - .til and Critic. 




THE MENTOR 




For the New Year 

A MEMBERSHIP IN THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION 



A library of the world s knowledge, which 
grows more valuable every week. Fifty-two mag 
azines a year. 

A beautiful art collection for the home. Three 
hundred and twelve Mentor Gravures (six every 
week). 

An intimate acquaintance, through pictures, 
with famous works of art, interesting places, nature 
subjects, scenic wonders of the world, and the no 
table men, women and events of history. 

A daily reading course for one year, carefully 
arranged under the advice of the Advisory Board. 

A year s course in education which can be ac 
quired at home in your spare moments. 

The price is FIVE DOLLARS. 

You could hardly select a gift for New Year s more 
certain to give keen enjoyment and solid educational 
value. Give your friend a year s membership in The 
Mentor Association. It will last a year, and will be 
a daily reminder of your good will. 

Send us the names of the friends you wish to re 
member in this way, and we will see that each one 
receives an engraved Certificate of Membership with 
your name engrossed as the giver. 

THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION, ING. 



52 East Nineteenth Street, 



NEW YORK 




LEARN ONE THING 
EVERY DAY 





JANUARY 5 1914 

VOLUME 1 NUMBER 47 




MAKERS OF 



OPERA 



MODERN 



DEPARTMENT 
FINE ARTS 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 
FTFTEF.TM TENTS A COPY 



The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton- University 

HAMILTON W. MAB1E Author and Editor 

JOHN C. FAN DYKE . . . . Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L ELMENDORF Lecturer and Trader 

A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

THAT is what The Mentor gives you a library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, con venie reform. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
NEW YORK 






MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 



By H. E. KREHBIEL 

Author and Music Critic 




WAGNER 



THE MENTOR 

JANUARY 5, 1914 



DEPARTMENT OF 
FINE ARTS 




VERDI 



VERDI 
MASSENET 



MENTOR GRAVURES 

PUCCINI 
STRAUSS 



GOUNOD 
HUMPERDINCK 



THE form of entertainment called opera had its origin a little more 
than three centuries ago in an effort made by a company of scholars 
and musical amateurs in Florence to rescue music from the arti 
ficiality into which the composers, who were all churchmen, had forced it. 

The Florentine group had convinced themselves by study that music 
had been effectively linked with poetry and action in the Greek stage- 
plays, and in striving to imitate these they created the art-form which in 
time came to be called "opera" though at first it was known bynames 
all more or less closely connected with the terms which the composers of 
today use to describe their dramatic works, lyric dramas, musical dramas, 
and so forth. The new style quickly spread over Europe, and inasmuch 
as Italy was the home of music, it retained for a time the Italian language 
and the style of musical composition evolved by its creators. Soon other 
nations, impelled by a desire to hear the new lyric plays, began to translate 
the Italian books into their own languages. This brought with it a recog 
nition of the incongruity between Italian music and the French, German, 
and English languages, and the dramatic poets and musicians of these 
countries began to seek more satisfactory idioms in which to express 
their ideals. Thus there came into existence the three great schools of 
operatic composers whose latterday representatives are here considered. 

Two men mark the point of departure of the lyric drama of today 
from the general style which characterized opera all the world over during 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 





GAETANO DONIZETTI 



GIOACHINO ROSSINI 



the first two centuries following 
its invention. They are Verdi 
(vair-dee), the Italian, and Wag 
ner (vahg -ner), the German; and, 
strangely enough, they were both 
born in 1813. The latter exercised 
an influence which was universal, 
and Verdi fell under it. 

THE GLORY OF VERDI 

But neither in precept nor 
in practice was the great Italian 
brought to disavow the native 
genius of his people. That is the 
great glory of Verdi. For decade after decade he kept pace with his 
German rival in the march toward truthfulness and variety of expression 
in the lyric drama; but never did he forget that the first, the elemental, 
appeal which music makes is through melody. His conception of melody 
changed as his artistic nature grew and ripened; but song, vocal melody, 
is as dominant a factor in his first successful opera, "Nabuco," performed 
in 1842, as it is in "Falstaff," which he gave to the world fifty-one years 
later. Verdi s music illustrates every step of progress which Italian opera 
has taken, from the time when Rossini overcame the taste formed by the 
last masters of the eighteenth century till the advent of the impetuous 
champions of realism who disputed popularity with him in the closing years 
of the nineteenth. His ideals when he wrote "Oberto" in 1839 were those 
of his immediate predecessors, Bellini (bel-lee -nee) and Donizetti (don-nee- 
dzet -tee) ; but his voice was ruder, so rude, indeed, as to lead Rossini (ros- 
see -nee) to describe him as a "musician with a helmet." This rudeness 
was the first expression of his desire for passionate and truthful expression, 
a desire which at the height of his spontaneous creative powers reached 
its finest flower in the final trio of "II Trovatore" and final quartet of 
" Rigoletto," two examples of operatic writing which are as good 
in their way as 
any that French 
or German op 
era has to show. 
It is no de 
preciation of the 
mature and per 
fect Verdi of 
"Otello" and 
"Falstaff "to say 




- 




VERDI S BIRTHPLACE AND HIS HOME 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 





LA SCALA OPERA HOUSE 
Where many of Verdi s works had their first performance. 

that he reached the climax of his melo 
dic inventiveness in "II Trovatore" 
(tro-vah to -re), "Traviata" (trah-vee- 
ah -tah), and "Rigoletto" (ree-go-let - 
to), and that "Aida"(ah-ee -dah), which 
is now his most universally admired 
work, is such because it is a product of 
his combined melodic inspiration and 
his marvelous judgment, skill, and taste, 
developed by study and reflection. The 
greater charm which "Ai da" exerts now 
is due as much to the advanced ideals 
of the public, which Wagner was largely 
instrumental in creating, as to the refined 
and deepened sense of dramatic pro 
priety and beauty which Verdi discloses in its melody, harmony, and 
instrumentation. 

If his mind was more impetuous in the sixth decade of the last century 
than in the tenth, it was of infinitely finer fiber at the last. When his cre 
ative impulses came to wait upon reflection his music showed much nicer 
adjustment of the poetical and musical elements than had prevailed in his 
works thitherto, his harmonies became richer, the blatancy of his orches 
tration disappeared, and his instruments became more beautiful and 
truthful associates in expression w r ith the singers of the drama than they 
had ever been. When he reached "FalstarT" and "Otello" the last bit 
of slag which had vulgarized his earlier works was cast aside, and he 
stepped forth as full an exemplar of national art as Wagner. In this last 
incarnation of the Italian spirit he was helped by his collaborator Boito 
(bo-ee -to), a poet as well as a composer, and therefore a type of the true 
dramatic artist as he existed in ancient Greece, and as \Vagner conceived 



GfUSEPPI VERDI 
From a painting by Millicovitz. 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 



him when he projected his 
Artwork of the Future. It 
was Verdi s association 
with Boito which was 
largely responsible for the 
fact that he became the 
successor as he had been 
the predecessor of Mas- 
cagni (mahs-kahn -yee). 
After the death of 
Verdi nobody was readier 
to concede how much he 
had meant to Italian art 
than Mascagni, who had 
been the first to profit by 
the revolt against Verdi 

which came with the advent of Wagner s art in 
Italy. When "Lohengrin" (lo -en-grin) made its 
way into Florence and other places many pupils 
at the conservatories forsook Verdi and followed 
Wagner. The effect may have been a good one. 
There can scarcely be a doubt but that it was to turn his hotheaded young 
countrymen back to the path which he knew to be the only correct one 
for them that Verdi made his supreme effort in his last two works. 
Under the new influence the young Italians 
had plunged headforemost into realism of the 
crassest sort, and that they might follow a 
vulgar bent for lurid expression they went 
to the Neapolitan slums for their subjects. 




RUGGIERO LEONCAVALLO 
Composer of Pagliacci. 



PIETRO MASCAGNI 

Composer of Cavalleria 

Rusticana. 



REALISM IN OPERA 

Some of the first fruits of the tendency 
toward realism are plays whose plots can 
scarcely be narrated without moral and even 
physical nausea. Compared with them Mas- 
cagni s "Cavalleria Rusticana" (kah-vahl- 
lay-ree -ah rus-tee-kah -nah) and Leonca 
vallo s ( lay-own- kah-vahl -o) "Pagliacci" 
(pahl-yah -chee) are sweet and sane. After 
the taste for hot blood had been measurably 
satiated and the failure of scores of operas 
in which lurid orchestration, violent shriek- 
ings, and rough harmonies had supplanted 




Copyright, A. Dupont. 

GIACOMO PUCCINI 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 



the old national ideal there came back again the reign of dramatic melody, 
albeit in a new form, as we have it in the works of Mascagni, Leoncavallo, 
and Puccini (poot-chee -nee). 

Puccini s operas are not entirely purged of artistic coarseness (as wit 
ness "Tosca" and "The Girl of the Golden West"); but he has been true 
to his Italian mission as a melodist, and has besides widened the Italian 
canvas to receive the new element of local color, which is an essential 
element in "Madame Butterfly," the most extraordinary feature of which 
is the degree in which such stubborn material as Japanese melody has 
been made to yield up a charm which it does not 
at all possess in its native state. 

Fifty years ago, so far as Americans were 
concerned, French opera was practically summed 
up in "Les Huguenots" and "Faust." Meyer 
beer (my -er-bare) was not a Frenchman, but 
the embodiment of merely sensuous tendencies 
which belonged no more to one people than to 
another, but which found its fittest expression 
in the glamour of Parisian life. That Gounod 
(goo-no ) should have prevailed against these 
tendencies is to the great credit of the man and 
the people from whose loins he was sprung. 

GOUNOD S MUSIC 

Amiability was as marked a characteristic 
of Gounod s music as it was of his personality. 
He was graceful and winning, but not strong. 
He was an emotionalist and a mystic. When 
his expression of passion ran out into ecstasy 
he was at his best, and he could give expression 
to an emotional state better than he could depict 
its development. Essentially, therefore, he was a lyrical rather than a 
dramatic composer. The two most perfect products of his genius both 
disclose the climax of their beauty in scenes wherein ecstatic utterance 
asserts its right. The gems in Gounod s crown are the garden scene of 
"Faust" and the balcony scene of "Romeo et Juliette." Critics have 
placed a high estimate upon the latter opera, and the lovers of senti 
mental church music are fond of Gounod s religious ballads (they are 
nothing else), one or two of his masses, and the oratorio "The Redemp 
tion"; but to the historian and the people of the future it is not likely 
that he will be more than the composer of "Faust," an opera which has 
a history that is unique in operatic annals. It had been in the repertory 
of the Theatre Lyrique ten years when it was transferred to the Academic 
Nationale (or Grand Opera, as it is popularly called) in 1869. When the 




GIACOMO MEYERBEER 

1791 1864 
Composer of Les Huguenots. 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 



transfer was made it had already been performed four hundred times in Paris, 
and before Gounod died in 1 893 it had been performed nearly seven hundred 
times more. No opera has had a record comparable with this, and there 
is yet no evidence of loss of popularity in France, England, or America. 
As a musician Gounod may be described as an eclectic. Though his 
genius was essentially lyrical, his models were the kings of dramatic 

music, Mozart, Weber (vay -ber) 
and Wagner. To his love for the 
first of these he raised a lovely 
monument in a book on "Don 
Giovanni" (jo-vahn -nee), which 
opera, he said, had influenced his 
whole life like a revelation, and 
had remained from the beginning 
the embodiment of dramatic per 
fection. He was one of the first of 
Wagner s disciples in France; but 
his lyrical trend did not permit him 
to follow the German poet-com 
poser to the logical outcome of his 
theories. Wagner s influence upon 
him stopped with "Lohengrin." 
Thereafter, as Gounod himself 
expressed it, he and Wagner 





GOUNOD S RESIDENCE IN PARIS 



CHARLES FRANCOIS GOUNOD 
18181893. 

traveled in diametrically opposite 
directions, he seeking to grow more 
simple in his manner and more de 
sirous to achieve his ends by unaf 
fected means and truthfulness of feeling. At the end he was disposed to 
consider Wagner an aberration of genius, a visionary haunted by the 
colossal, unable longer to estimate aright his own intellectual powers, 
one who had lost the sense of proportion. 

So far as American people are concerned the operatic Gounod lives only 
in "Faust" and "Romeo et Juliette." There have been a few fitful per- 




formances of "Mireille" 
(mee-ray ) and "Philemon 
et Baucis" (Anglicized: 
fy-lee- mon and baw-sis); 
but all the other operas 
on his list are a blank. 
Very different is the 
case of the most popularof 
his successors, Massenet 
(mahs-nay ); though it 
is more than likely that 
he too will become a two- 
opera man. Massenet 
is the most popular of 
Gounod s successors, but 
not the greatest. A 
greater musical drama 
tist than he was Bizet 

(bee-zay ); a greater musician and almost also CAMILL SAJNT SANS 
as prolific an opera writer was, or is, Saint- Compo . erof5 . ni .on.ndD.iiuh. 
Sae ns (sahng-song ). These two men are repre 

sented in current opera lists by a single opera each; but of Massenet s 
works New Yorkers have heard no less than eleven, "Werther" (vare- 
ter) and "Manon" (mah-nong ), which are likely to endure, and "Le Cid" 
(lay sid), "La Navarraise," "Le jongleur de Notre-Dame" (translated: 
The juggler of no -tr dahm), "Thai s" (tah-ees ), "Herodiade," "Sapho" 
(sah-fo ), "Griselidis," and "Cendrillon" (sang-dri-yong ) which are not 
likely to endure long. QUALITY QF MASSENET 



AMBROISE THOMAS 
Composer of Mignon. 





LEO DELIBES 
Composer of Lakme. 



So many operas ought to speak well of Mas 
senet s versatility, as it surely does of his pro 
ductiveness and industry; but the individuality 
of this composer, which is incontestable, is an in 
dividuality of style which leans heavily on same 
ness. The French wits who thought it clever to 
dub him "Mademoiselle Wagner" twenty years 
ago never got the opportunity to call him Madame 
Wagner. He never grew up to that estate. He 
did not grow older in thought or riper in creative 
ability; but only more facile in expression. 

All of Massenet s operas are essentially illus 
trative of the sentimental spirit of French art. 
Whether Gounod attempts to write an oratorio on 
so sublime a subject as the fall and redemption 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 



of man, or Massenet tries to picture the touching faith and piety of an 
honest mountebank, it is all one: the music is bound to run out into a 
strain of religious balladry. But French music as represented by Gounod 
and Massenet is ingenuous also in its persistent pursuit of beauty. The 
northern ideal of strength before beauty, or truth before convention, is 
not for the French, with their devotion to elegance of utterance, and this 
fact has saved their lyric stage from the deplorable tendency exhibited 

by the most notable, and probably greatest, 
German composer since Wagner, namely, Rich 
ard Strauss (strous). Oscar Wilde, though 
English, wrote his "Salome" in French; but 
it had to wait for the coming of a German for 
a musical glorification of its morbid attraction 





7,. 



MASSENET IN HIS STUDIO IN 1891 



JULES MASSENET. 1842-1913 

toward dead bodies. Nor 
is Electra s bestial feroc 
ity, as pictured by HofT- 
mansthal and Strauss, 
likely soon to find favor 
among the French. Thus 

much must be said in favor of the artistic tendency of a people who are 
still willing to hark back to a miracle-tale like that of "Our Lady s Jug 
gler," or to a legend like that of "The Patient Grizel," for operatic material. 
Between Gounod and Massenet there stands at least one French 
dramatic composer who accomplished much, but promised more in respect 
of the development of the lyric drama. Bizet s "Carmen" has won 
heartier recognition in Germany than even Gounod s "Faust." Perhaps 
the qualities which conquered this distinction were against it when it 
first appeared in its native land. It may have been a feeling of its ap 
proach to an extra-national ideal which made the French people, who with 
all their enthusiasm for art are yet strongly predisposed in favor of their 
own ideals, scent an objectionable Teutonism in " Carmen " and give it only 
tardy recognition; perhaps also more than a touch of jealous patriotism. 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 




GEORGES BIZET 1838-1875 
Composer of Carmen. 



The Franco-Prussian War had a twofold 
effect upon music in France, it threw the 
people back upon an appreciation of some of 
their own composers, Berlioz (bear-lee-oze), 
for instance, and also turned them against 
not only the German, but also all of their own 
composers in whom they thought they recog 
nized German influences. The feeling was not 
only strong to taboo Wagner, but everybody in 
whose music they scented Wagnerisme. Their 
conception of the term was amusingly vague. 
They did not recognize it in the freedom 
of form manifested in "Faust"; but felt 
it in the truthful and forceful dramatic ex 
pression which marked "Carmen," and espe 
cially in Bizet s use of the typical phrase, 
the Leitmotiv. Wagnerism had to be purged 
by time before Charpentier (shahr-pong-tee-ay) could triumph with 
"Louise," and Debussy (day-boos-see ) with "Pelleas et Melisande" 
(pale-lay-ahs ay may-lee-sahnd ), works in which the Wagnerian sys 
tem is much more extensively and frankly used than in "Carmen." 

THE INFLUENCE OF WAGNER 

French, German, Italian, Russian, and Eng 
lish composers have for half a century been 
under the domination of Wagner s influence. In 
France and Italy he put 
a new spirit into opera; 
but the composers did 
not attempt to follow him 
slavishly in both practice 
and precept. In Germany, 
on the other hand, many 
of his disciples made 
the attempt and failed. 
Two only have created 
living works Engelbert 
Humperdinck (hoom - 
per-dingk) and Richard 
Strauss. The more inter 
esting phenomenon of the 
two is presented by Hum 
perdinck, who has not only 





GUSTAVE CHARPENTIER 
Composer cf Louise. 



CLAUDE DEBUSSY 
Composer of Pelleas et Melisande. 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 




ENGELBERT HUMPERDINCK 



applied Wagner s theories to the 
musical score of his masterpiece, 
"Hansel und Gretel" (hen -zeloont 
gray -tel), but has extended their 
application to dramatic material. 

HUMPERDINCK AND 
WAGNER 

Wagner held myth to be the best 
subject for the lyric drama; Hum- 
perdinck has extended the principle 
to include fairy tales, which, in a 
sense, may be said to be decayed 
myths. Taking the German form of 
the story of the Babes in the Wood, 
he has turned it into an opera which 
illustrates the methods Wagner em 
ployed in his great mythological 
tragedy, "The Nibelung s Ring," 
and has given the methods a peculiar 
charm by making his musical symbols (Leiimotiven) out of nursery 
jingles and tunes like them. Notwithstanding that he was thus hew 
ing to a line drawn by another, the opera has a melodic fluency and 
freshness which have scarcely a parallel in mod 
ern opera. A later work "Konigskinder" (Royal 
Children), though full of beauty, lacks the spon 
taneity and charm of its predecessor largely be 
cause its book is stilted in language, its symbolism 
too much in evidence and not sufficiently sym 
pathetic, and its construction faulty. 

RICHARD STRAUSS 

Richard Strauss reflects the tendency of the 
times away from all ideal things. Physical, moral, 
and mental degeneracy are the subjects which he 
has attempted to glorify in "Salome" and "Elek- 
tra," and shameless immorality in "Rosenkava- 
lier" (ro -zen-kahv-ah-leer ). To the celebration 
of such things and to the promotion of his 
material interests he is prostituting the finest 
musical gifts possessed by any composer known to 
the present day. 

Not all the men who deserve to be called 
makers of modern opera have been mentioned 




RICHARD STRAUSS 



10 



MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 



as yet. There are Frenchmen whose works have shown more vitality 
than those of Charpentier and Debussy, though these two, representing 
a more individual tendency, are generally singled out for comment 
when the talk is of latter-day men. 

OTHER MODERN COMPOSERS 

There is still a strong feeling among the lovers of French opera 
for Ambroise Thomas because of his "Mignon," 
and Delibes because of his "Lakme" and his 
ballets. The dramatic, or pantomimic, dance is 
getting a stronger hold on the stage every day, 
and nothing has yet been produced in this line 
more graceful or in all artistic elements more ele 
gant than "Coppelia." Saint-Saens s " Samson 
et Delilah," though better fitted for the concert- 
room than the theater, has also won its way to 
recognition in America and England; while Ger 
many, forgetting that Berlioz was pitted against 
Wagner by the characteristic spirit after the 
Franco-Prussian War, continues to pay deep 
respect to "Benvenuto Cellini." Wolf-Ferrari, 
half German, half Italian, has fought his way to 
the fore with two works in which- his genius shows 
at its best ("II Segreto di Susanna" and "Le 
Donne Curiose"), and lately a Russian, Mous- 
sorgsky, has come crashing through the veneer of conventional art 
with his Boris Godounov" in a way which justifies the cry raised long 
ago by this writer in the concert-room: "Beware of the Muscovite!" 




ERMANO WOLF-FERRARI 

Composer of The Jewels of The 

Madonna. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING 



CHAPTERS OF OPERA 
A BOOK OF OPERAS 



By H. E. Krehbifl. 



By H. E. Krehbifl. 

Mr. Krehbiel s books are admirable commen 
taries, written with authority and in a most 
readable style. 

MEMOIRS OF THE OPERA 

By George Hogarth. 
\ standard work long recognized. 

HISTORY OF THE OPERA 

By Sutherland Edwards. 
A valuable work by an English authority. 



THE LYRICAL DRAMA 

By H. Sutherland Edwards. 

THE OPERA, PAST AND PRESENT 

By W. F. Apthorp. 

Brilliant writing and critical taste characterize 
Mr. Apthorp s work. 

SOME FORERUNNERS OF MODERN 

OPERA By W. J. Henderson. 

A thoughtful, scholarly and well written book. 

THE STANDARD OPERA 

By George P. Upton. 

An excellent book by a well known Chicago 
critic. 



II 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume I 



JANUARY 5, 1914 



Number 47 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT, 1913. BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION. INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT, W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY. L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

The new year is here and with it the 
forward look. It is the time for an 
nouncements, and the magazines of the 
day are filled with them. The Mentor 
Association does not lay down a definite 
and fixed program for a year ahead, week 
by week. It is important that our sched 
ule should be elastic. But we want our 
readers to know the plans of The Mentor 
for 1914, and so we print herewith a list 
containing some of the subjects sched 
uled. The articles may not appear in the 
exact order of this list. Definite dates 
will be announced later. We print the 
list for the purpose of giving our readers 
an idea of the scope and variety of the 
year s program. 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS. DURER AND 
HOLBEIN. Portrait of Himself, Durer; Portrait of 
Young Woman, Durer; Hieronymus Holzschuher, Durer; 
Erasmus, Holbein; The Meier Madonna, Holbein; Queen 
Jane Seymour, Holbein. By Professor F. J. Mather, 
Princeton University. 

VIENNA, THE QUEEN CITY. Palace from Gardens 
Schonbrunn, Votive Church, Reichsrats Gebaude, Old 
Vienna, Maria Theresa Monument, Hoch Brunnen Foun 
tains and Prince s Palace. By Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

ANCIENT ATHENS. Parthenon, The Acropolis, Mars 
Hill (Areopagus), Theseum, Stadium, Theater of Diony- 
sius. By Professor George Willis Botsford, Columbia Uni 
versity. 

THE BARBIZON PAINTERS. Evening, by Daublgny; 
The Holy Family, Diaz; Meadow Bordered by Trees, Rous 
seau; Landscape with Sheep, Jacque; The Wild Oak, 
Dupre"; The Gleaners, Millet. By Arthur Hoeber. 

ABRAHAM LINCOLN. Lincoln, the Boy. Lincoln as 
a Rail Splitter or Flatboat Man, the Douglas Debates, 
President Lincoln, Emancipation Proclamation, Assassina 
tion. By Professor Albert Bushnell Hart. Harvard Uni 
versity. 

MEXICO. Mexico City. The Cathedral. The Palace, 
Popocatapetl, Chapultepec. Scenic View. By Frederick 
Palmer, Author and Journalist. 



GEORGE WASHINGTON. The Surveyor, Braddock s 
Army, Taking Command of American Army, Valley Forge, 
Farewell Address, Inauguration as President. By Professor 
Robert McNutt McElroy, Princeton University. 

AMERICAN PROSE WRITERS. Benjamin Franklin. 
Jonathan Edwards, Charles Brockden Brown, Washington 
Irving, James Fenimore Cooper, James Kirke Paulding. 
By Hamilton W. Mabie. 

COURT PAINTERS OF FRANCE. Parnassus. 
Claude Lorrain; The French Comedy, Watteau; Shep 
herds in Arcadia, Poussin; Louis XIV, Rigaud; Marie 
Leczinska (wife of Louis XIV) Van Loo; Music Lesson, 
Lancret. By W. A. Coffin. 

GLACIER NATIONAL PARK, MONTANA. Morn 
ing Eagle Falls, Shore Line of Lake St. Mary, Iceberg Lake. 
Two Medicine Camp on Two Medicine Lake, McDermott 
Falls, Gunsight Lake and Mount Jackson. By William T. 
Hornaday. 

GRECIAN MASTERPIECES. Venus de Milo, Disk 
Thrower, The Three Fates, From Parthenon Ptdiment; 
Samothracian Victory, Hermes, Pericles. 

EARLY ENGLISH POETS. Geoffrey Chaucer, Ed 
mund Spenser, John Milton, John Dryden, Alexander Pope, 
William Cowper. By Hamilton W. Mabie. 

FLEMISH MASTERS OF PAINTING. Rubens and 
Isabella Brandt, Rubens; The Lion Hunt, Rubens; Helene 
Fourment and Daughter, Rubens; Duke of Buckingham 
with Horse, by Van Dyck; William II of Orange and His 
Bride, Van Dyck; Duke of Richmond and Lenox, Van 
Dyck. By Professor John C. Van Dyke. 

HISTORIC AMERICAN HIGHWAYS. Boone s Wil 
derness Road, Cumberland Road, Braddock s Road, Old 
Natchez Trail, Sante Fe" Trail, Oregon Trail. By H. Ad- 
dington Bruce. 

Other subjects for the year are as follows: 

BERLIN. By Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

MASTERS OF THE PIANO. By Henry T. Finck. 

AMERICAN POETS OF THE SOIL. By Burges 
Johnson. 

FAMOUS AMERICAN WOMEN PAINTERS. By 
Arthur Hoeber. 

OUR FEATHERED FRIENDS. By E. H. Forbush. 

HOLLAND. By Dwight L. Elmendorf. 

THE CONQUEST OF THE AIR. By Henry Woodhouse. 

FATHERS OF THE CONSTITUTION. By Professor 
Albert Bushnell Hart. 

THE CELESTIAL WORLD. 
INDIA. By Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
RUGS AND RUG MAKING. By J. K. Mumford. 
FAMOUS EUROPEAN WOMEN PAINTERS. 
MASTERS OF THE VIOLIN. By W. J. Henderson. 
GREAT RIVERS. Story of the Rhine. 
GREAT PULPIT ORATORS. 
JAPAN. By Dwight L. Elmendorf. 
WOMEN OF THE FRENCH COURT. 
FOUNDERS OF ENGLISH PAINTING. By Arthur 
Hoeber. 

AMERICAN COLONIAL FURNITURE. 
HISTORIC AMERICAN HOMES. 
CHINA AND CHINA COLLECTING. 



These titles are not representative of all 
the departments in the interesting course 
that The Mentor is developing. Had we 
four times the space we could fill it with 
equally attractive features. What we 
print, however, will afford some idea of 
the wealth of material that has been 
planned for early publication. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



fBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No. 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 
13. 

14. 

15. 
16. 
17. 

20. 
21. 
22. 

23. 



BEAUT1FTTL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
TIPUL W< VRT 

EC IRELA 

: ;RS OF MUSIC 

5 OF AME! 
WE LOVE TO I, 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PE 
SCOTLAND. THE LAND OF 

CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STOR 1 IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 

ON 
THE STORY OF PANAMA 

BIRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIECES 
PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 

RICAN SEA PAINTERS 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE EXPLORERS 
SPORTING VACATIONS 



No. 24. SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OF 

-TERS 

ITY 

28. THE WIFE IN 

29. GREAT AMEK RS 

30. FURNITURE AND 

31. SPAIN AND GIBRAI 
HISTORIC SPOTS ( 

33. BEAUTIFUL BUILDi:: 

34. GAME BIRDS OP , 

35. STORY OF AM; 

THE CONTEST FOR NO 

RICAN SCULPTORS 
f OF THE POLES 



\RT 
43. STORY OF 






RES: 



ART 



BERS WILL BE S UPPL1ED AT FIFTEEN CE.VTS EACH 
COMPLETE SETS AT THE RATE OP TEX CEXTS EACH 

IE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 

Durer: Portrait of Himself; Portrait of a Young Woman, I lU s Holzs- 

chuer; Holbein: Erasmus, The Meier Madonna, Queen Jane Seymour. 

By F. J. MATHER 

Profes. d Archaology, Princeton 

\IBERS TO FOLLOW 



sn. 19. VI : 






Feb. 2. TH 2 BAR BIZ 










THE MENTOR 




A GIFT FOR ALL 
THE YEAR 

YOU could hardly provide for your 
family or for any of your friends an 
advantage more certain to give keen 
enjoyment and solid satisfaction every day 
during the coming year than a membership 
in The Mentor Association. 

It provides: 

A library of the world s knowledge fifty- 
two issues a year. 

A beautiful art collection for the homey- 
three hundred and twelve art prints in 
sepia gravure. 

A daily reading course throughout the year. 

An education under the direction of the 
foremost educators of this country in 
art, literature, science, nature, history, 
and travel. 

The Association has prepared an attrac 
tive presentation card in red and gold, on 
vellum, which readers may sign and attach 
to the engraved certificate of membership 
when presenting a membership in the 
Association. 

The annual membership fee of the 
Association is Five Dollars. 

THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION, ING. 

NEW YORK 




LEARN ONE THING 
PX/PRV DAY 




& x 



JANUARY 12 1914 

VOLUME 1 NUMBER 48 



/ _ 



DURER 
AND HOLBEIN 

DEPARTMENT 
OF FINE ARTS 



n 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 



FTFTFFXI 



r\ 



The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE Author and Editor 

JOHN C. VAN DYKE . Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLiAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

THAT is what The Mentor gives you a library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 

NEW YORK 



Two EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 

DURER AND HOLBEIN 

By FRANK JEWETT MATHER, Jr. 

Marquand Professor of Art and Archeology, Princeton University 



THE MENTOR 

JANUARY 12, 1914 





DEPARTMENT OF 
FINE ARTS 



MENTOR GRAVURES 

PORTRAIT OF HIMSELF .... Durer ERASMUS Holbein 

PORTRAIT OF YOUNG WOMAN . Durer MEIER MADONNA Holbein 

HIERONYMUS HOLZSCHUHER . Durer QUEEN JANE SEYMOUR . . . Holbein 

ALBRECHT DURER 

A GREAT painter gives us much more than skilfully arranged lines 
and colors. These are only the symbols by which we may share 
his vision of the world. What we must try to find in any work of 
art is the soul of a great man. This is particularly true of so serious an 
artist as Albrecht Diirer (doo -rer) of Nuremberg, who was born in 1471, 
a little before the outbreak of the Protestant Reformation. In that move 
ment he shared heartily, but without bitterness for the Catholic Church, 
in which he had been bred. He was a broad-minded Christian, a thought 
ful and thorough craftsman. In the little drawing he did of himself at 
thirteen we see the serious, worried lad already a competent draftsman. 
We may see him again in the Madrid portrait, the confident young painter 
of twenty-seven; at Munich, the mature and dignified artist of thirty- 
six; and finally, in the haggard woodcut profile, as a man grown old with 
unabated ardor of spirit. 

The accent of study and concentration is present at every stage. 
He painted so carefully that such work did not pay him. The engravings, 
of which he did about 100 with his own hand, brought him in a comfort 
able fortune. They are marvels of faithful observation and of minute 
execution. When old age and illness made painting and engraving diffi 
cult, he wrote books on the proportions of the human body and the art of 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 



fortification. We must not ex 
pect a man of such stern and 
high ideals to be charming. 
He may, however, have many 
true things to tell about life 
and character that it behooves 
us to know. 

THE ENGRAVINGS 

At fifteen Diirer was ap 
prenticed to the painter and 
woodcutter, Michael Wohlge- 
muth. The lad saw the ad 
vantages of the new process of 
woodcutting and copperplate 
engraving, by which a design 
might be multiplied. Then 
the good wife Agnes, whom he 
married by parental arrange 
ment at twenty-three, came 
to be a thrifty saleswoman for 
the prints. The work was of 
the most taxing kind, being all 
done under a magnifying lens. 
When the firm lines had been 
graven in the copper they were filled with ink, which under heavy pres 
sure from a roller press was transferred to paper. The lines of Diirer were 
so fine and closely spaced that the whole print got a charming pearly 
quality w r hich is well represented in our reproductions. Bible stories, the 
life of Christ and the Virgin, popular customs, portraits of his learned 
friends, and a strange series of plates having a moral meaning may be 
specially noted. In 1513 and 1514 he engraved 
what are called the four master plates, two of 
which are reproduced. 

THE KNIGHT, DEATH, AND THE DEVIL. Upon a 
splendid steed an armored knight rides through a 
rocky defile, high above which is seen his goal, an 
imposing castle. Forms of horror beset tne trav 
eler. The horse sniffs impatiently at a skull in 
the road. King Death himself, mounted on a jaded 
nag, holds up an hourglass. The Knight s hours 
are measured. Behind the horse stalks a swinelike 
form, which may represent the lower temptations 
that assail a warrior of the Lord. Regardless of these 




THE KNIGHT, DEATH. AND THE DEVIL, by Durer 




MICHAEL WOHLGEMUTH 
By Diirer 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 



nightmare shapes, the Knight 
holds his restive horse in the 
road. Fortitude has overcome 
sin and fear of death. Such 
seems the large, informing idea 
of a picture which would be 
exquisite if regarded merely as 
minute delineations of forms 
of rocks and trees, and tex 
tures of hair and armor. 

SAINT JEROME IN His 
STTDY. In depicting the Car 
dinal Saint, who in the late 
fourth century translated the 
Holy Scriptures into eloquent 
Latin, Diirer may well have 
wished to emphasize the en 
viable serenity of the schol 
ar s lot in contrast with the 
perilous course of the Knight. 
Everything in this study 
speaks of peace and steady, 
satisfactory endeavor. The 
light shimmers upon wall, 
floor, and ceiling like a bless 
ing. It seems as if no sight or sound of troublous or unworthy sort could 
enter this scholar s sanctuary. The skull and hourglass are no longer 
symbols of dread. The saint is oblivious of the passage of time, and 
looks forward to death as the opening of fuller knowledge. The elab 
orate and beautiful details of the room assure us that this is no mere 

dream of an idealist, but an actual place that a 
student of the divine mysteries might inhabit. A 
different kind of peacefulness pervades the small 
engraving of the Hermit Saint, Anthony of Egypt, 
behind whom rise the picturesque walls and roofs 
of Diirer s own Nuremberg. 




SAINT JEROME IN HIS STUDY, by Darer 




THE ARTIST S FATHER 
By Durer 



THE WOODCUTS 

The engravings are by Diirer s own hand; the 
woodcuts are copies of his designs by capable as 
sistants. As early as 1499 he had published the 
impressive illustrations for the Revelation of Saint 
John. For terror and ferocity the print repre- 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 



senting the four riders who begin the de 
struction of mankind before the last day 
has never been equaled. For twelve years 
he worked at the designs for the Life of 
the Virgin, and a large and a small series 
of the Passion of Christ. One woodcut 
from the Little Passion, Christ in Geth- 




THE FOUR HORSEMEN OF THE APOCALYPSE 
By Durer 

semane with the sleeping apostles, is re 
produced. He has used the small scale of 
the plate to indicate a peculiar heartless- 
ness in the disciples calmly sleeping so 
near their agonized Lord. The postures 
of vehement prayer and of complete ex 
haustion are affectingly truthful. The 
basis of such designs is the artist s own 
pen drawing, which is pasted or traced 




THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN 
By Durer 




THE DESCENT FROM THE CROSS 
By Durer 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 



on a pear-wood plank. All the blank spaces are cut away with a 
knife, leaving the lines in relief. This wood block may be set up with 
type pages and printed on an ordinary press. It is thus better adapted 
to book illustration than engraving, which requires special printing. 
About 1511 Durer reprinted the Revelation, and published the three 
new books. They were justly popular, and from that time he painted 
only when he pleased. The woodcuts, which faithfully represent draw 
ings made with a coarse quill 
pen, will look rude to eyes 
accustomed to the often 
meaningless finish of modern 
illustrations. It will require 
patience toseehowdirect, sin 
cere, and vigorous is the ex 
pression. With so coarse a tool 
nothing can be left to chance 
or smoothed down. Every 
line must tell, and every line 
in the Durer woodcut does 
tell its story of structure and 
feeling. Diirer s woodcuts 
are as fine in their way as 
his more popular engravings. 

THE PAINTED POR 
TRAITS 

From the first Durer re 
vealed in portraiture an in 
flexible curiosity as to form 
and insight as to character. 
The earlier portraits, those 
of his master W T ohlgemuth, 
and of his own father, have 
a speaking lifelikeness. But 
the very endeavor to omit nothing and say everything with resolute 
truthfulness makes some of the early portraits stiff and forbidding. This 
defect is hardly noticeable in the three admirable portraits of his matur 
ity, which are our special theme. 

They were all painted after his Venetian visit of 1506. There he saw 
portraiture as faithful as his own, but softer and more agreeable. Open- 
minded student that he always was, he readily learned the lesson. The 
charming head of a young woman represents the fruits of this new experi 
ence. With a comeliness that is by no means merely pretty, one gets 
the sense also of character and of capacity. The tightly drawn hair, the 





JOHN AND PETER 



By Durer. 



PAUL AND MARK 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 





EMPEROR MAXIMILIAN I 
By Diirer. In the Imperial Gallery, Vienna. 



DURER. by himself 
In the Prado, Madrid. 

head held alertly a little for 
ward, tell of aggressiveness 
with self-control, of perfect 
physical and mental well- 
being. It was such strong 
mothers as this that bore the 
men who in finance, manufactures, commerce, and scholarship made the lit 
tle city of Nuremberg famous. Initials on the bodice suggest that this may 
be the wife Agnes, who was an efficient business partner and a terror to cer 
tain easygoing friends. Firm yet minutely varied lines, modeling soft and 
lifelike but also decisive, such are the technical merits of this masterpiece. 

Among Diirer s portraits of himself, the head in which the master 
gave himself the aspect of a Christ is the favorite of many people. The 
workmanship is of extraordinary carefulness and beauty. Every detail 
of the fur, of the flowing hair, of the powerful, slender hand, is there; 
but the effect remains large. There is in the face a sense of dignity, reserve, 
decision, and sympathy. Other portraits are probably much more like 
Diirer as Nuremberg saw him. This presents his own ideal of himself as cre 
ative artist, exemplifying a spiritual beauty that he ever strove to attain. 
Despite an old inscription reading 1500, we must date this portrait after 
that Venetian visit which brought to Diirer new power and self-confidence. 

Efficiency was the trait Diirer most admired. His merchant friend 
Hieronymus Holzschuher possessed this quality in a high degree, as his 
portrait shows. He still directs toward an admiring world the bluest, 
brightest, steadiest eyes ever painted. The silvery hair and beard glisten 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 





HOLBEIN S WIFE AND CHILDREN 
In Basel Museum. 



HOLBEIN, by himself 
At 25 years of age. 

like a halo before a blue sky. 
The firm, thin lips under the 
scant, well kept mustache 
still tell of the sagacity and 
persistence that won for 
Hieronymus a fortune and 
the mayoralty of a proud 
city. Nor is this power and rectitude without kindness. One feels the liv 
ing presence of a man absolutely just, but also quick to see another man s 
side, and withal humorous. Of an old age not too frosty and wholly vig 
orous, this picture is a most remarkable embodiment. That Diirer s genius 
is as marked in a slight sketch as in elaborately executed works, wit 
ness the charcoal study which he did of his old mother just before her 
death. Have a few lines ever told more piteously of resigned decrepitude? 

THE FOUR APOSTLES 

In his last years Diirer painted as a legacy to his native town the 
stately figures of the apostles Paul, Mark, Peter, and John. Already 
the Protestant movement which he held so dear was breaking up into 
wrangling sects. Diirer wished to recall men to the founts of Christian 
wisdom and unity. The apostles wear their grand robes with Roman 
dignity. The heads are sharply distinguished by temperament. The 
burning determination of Saint Paul is very unlike the excitability of 
Saint Mark; the inward serenity of Saint John most unlike the care 
worn pensiveness of Saint Peter. These are men to move a world. 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 



On the 6th of April, 1528, he passed away, only fifty-seven years old, 
but exhausted by constant effort. The great bankers, merchants, schol 
ars, and craftsmen of Nuremberg knew that a notable citizen had gone. 
He had known familiarly Melancthon and Luther. Raphael had been 
glad to exchange drawings with him. His engravings and woodcuts were 
admired throughout Europe. After four centuries he remains the finest ex 
emplar in art of the peculiar steadfastness and thoroughness of the German 

race. Goethe, the greatest 
of German poets, has writ 
ten the finest tribute to 
Germany s greatest artist: 




Wholly unsoftened and un- 
quibbled, 

Naught prettified or vainly 
scribbled, 

The very world thou shalt 
descry 

As seen by Albrecht Diirer s 
eye 

Her sturdy life and manhood 
strong, 

Her inward might enduring 
long. 

HANS HOLBEIN 

Whoever understands 
the art of Diirer needs lit 
tle introduction to that of 
Holbein (hole -bine). Hans 
Holbein was born in 1497, 
when Diirer was just be 
ginning to be famous, at 
the imperial city of Augsburg, which was merely a larger Nuremberg. 
Holbein s father was a painter, and the lad was early perfected in the craft. 
By his seventeenth year he was working at Basel, where for some ten 
years he practised book illustration, designing for metal and glass, 
religious subjects, wall painting. Such versatility he renounced later 
for the better paying branch of portraiture. In 1526 some German 
merchants called him over to London. There he soon became court 
painter to Henry VIII, and there he remained for the most part until 
his death by the plague in 1543. He was one of the first of those cos 
mopolitan portrait painters who follow their market, a homeless man, 
separated from wife and children, a completely detached person. That 
he was fitted for the part, the sturdy, confident portrait of himself shows. 



PORTRAIT OF GEORG GYZE. By Holbein. In the Berlin Gallery. 



i^Hu nJlfvlir 













STUDIES FROM LIFE. IN THE WINDSOR COLLECTION 
By Holbein. 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 




SIEUR de MORETTE, by Holbein 



As a painter Holbein was Diirer s 
superior, though inferior to him as 
a man. Where Diirerset his bright 
colors in rather harsh combinations, 
Holbein worked out arrangements 
of mosaiclike depth and brilliance. 
Usually the background is pale blue, 
green, or other solid tone, against 
which the pale flesh tints, with crim 
son, green, or black of the rich 
costumes, glow like some precious 
enamel. He is as accurate in his draw 
ing as Diirer, with less sense of effort. 
Holbein painted the profile por 
trait of the scholar Erasmus about 
1523. Erasmus was not merely very 
learned but also a wit, and Holbein 
has combined with the self-control 
and concentration of the face a sense 
of astuteness. The set lips would 
readily break into a smile. The gentle and careful pose of the hands is 
noteworthy. It is as if the great stylist caressed the paper to invite a 
happy phrase. Very effective too is 
the setting of the figure in the frame. 
Everything forms a beautiful pattern. 
Cut off the margin ever so little, and 
the figure will seem out of balance. 
Finely composed again is the fa 
mous Madonna of the Meier family. 
The kneeling figures make the base 
of a pyramid, the lines of which are 
carried up by the Madonna s cloak 
and the Christ Child s outstretched 
hand. Perhaps the formal arrange 
ment and the stately niche are a little 
out of keeping with the evident sim 
plicity of all the people. In fact, the 
greatness of the picture lies mainly 
in its vitality, in the sense of strength 
and devotion it conveys. Holbein, 
like Diirer, conceives the Virgin sim 
ply as a German mother, none too 
intelligent, and rather ungraceful, 
but wholly wrapped up in the Divine 




DUKE OF NORFOLK, by Holbein 



TWO EARLY GERMAN PAINTERS 



Child, who is after all much like an ordinary German baby. The gentle 
ness of Mary s clasped hands is one of the many beautifully studied details. 

A consummate example of his work is the Jane Seymour of 1536. 
In the third wife of Henry VIII Holbein had only a moderately good 
subject. She seems a stolid person. Yet a certain shrewdness is also in 
the face. The setting in the frame is perfect, and the gold- embroidered 
robes and jewelry are done with a quiet dexterity that simply takes one s 
breath away. The sketch for the portrait is preserved. Holbein always 
made a careful crayon drawing for every portrait, introducing slight tints, 
or even writing down the color of hair, eyes, etc. From such a study, 
which was made in a few hours, the picture was painted. We have then 
the most lifelike portraits known to art painted 
with the model absent. Today artists plague 
themselves and the sitter to poorer purpose. 
By utmost concentration upon the original 
drawing, Holbein seems to have omitted all 
unimportant or merely general traits of his 
subject, fixing upon the few that were really 
characteristic. Moreover, he stood upon his 
first reading of the character. 

At any rate, these splendid sketches are 
the finest flower of Holbein s genius. Scores of 
them are preserved at Windsor Castle. I re 
produce only the rather vain and weak face of 
the poet, warrior, and dandy, the Earl of Sur 
rey. I must repeat that Holbein was less of a 
man but in some ways more of an artist than 
Diirer, unqualifiedly superior as a mere painter. 
Diirer was full of profound ideas about religion and life. His work is truly 
a criticism of the life of his age. Holbein had virtually no ideas, and 
genially accepted his world as very good to live and paint in. He 
brought not a great mind to his art, but a tolerant temper, a most dis 
cerning eye, and a magnificently sure hand. 




HOLBEIN, by himself 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING 



LIFE OF ALBRECHT DURER (Translated 
from the German.) By Moritz Thausing. 
The standard biography. 

ALBRECHT DURER ("Classics of An"). 
Complete collection of reproductions of Durer s 
works in half tone. 

ALBRECHT DURER By Una Eckstein. 

(Popular Library of Art.) A concise but read 
able epitome of the main facts. 

ALBRECHT DURER By T. Sturgt Moore. 
(Scribner s.) Somewhat fuller and of excellent 
literary quality. 



ALBRECHT DURER By Frederick N uchter. 
(Macmillan.) Especially recommended as a 
biography and for excellent cuts of good scale 
at a moderate price. 

HANS HOLBEIN AND HIS TIMES. (Trans 
lated from the German) By A. IVoltmann. 
The standard biography. 

HANS HOLBEIN By G. S. Danes. 

A recent and thorough work, in folio, with 
many illustrations. 

HANS HOLBEIN ("Classics of Art") . 

Useful collection of half tone cuts of all his 
work at a moderate price. 



ii 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East iQth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume i 



JANUARY 12, 1914 



Number 48 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1913. BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION. INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY. L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

In the letters that we have received 
from members of The Mentor Association 
we have had appreciation in full measure 
from readers of mature minds. The young 
people were yet to be heard from. 



It meant a great deal to us, there 
fore, to receive a letter from a teacher 
concerning the work that she was doing 
with The Mentor. She had under her 
charge a class in High School, the pupils 
varying in age from 14 to 18 years. The 
teacher has been using The Mentor regu 
larly. She distributes the pictures and the 
pupils read Monday s Daily Reading on 
Monday, and so following, day by day 
throughout the week. On Friday after 
noon she gives an hour to The Mentor. 
The article in The Mentor is read aloud 
to the class and also the Saturday Daily 
Reading. The teacher then reviews the 
subject with the pupils and asks them 
questions. In this way, she tells us, her 
class thoroughly absorbs each weekly 
subject in turn. Since receiving this let 
ter we have made inquiry, and we find 
that a number of teachers are doing the 
same thing. We call the attention of 
teachers generally to this. It is a plan 
worth trying. 



So much for the reading matter and the 
profit to be obtained for children there 
from. We have said nothing about the 
pictures, and surely it is not necessary 



to lay stress on the appeal made to chil 
dren by beautiful pictures. And it is not 
merely a dull, crude interest that it 
arouses. It is in many cases an intelligent 
taste, that readily responds to cultivation. 
A writer in one of our daily papers called 
attention recently to an impressive scene 
that may be observed every Saturday 
morning at the Metropolitan Museum. 
It is a gathering of school children, who 
are assembled with open eyes and ears 
and eager and hungry minds to see and 
hear and know the things of beauty and 
of curious interest in the museum. These 
pupils are invited by the Metropolitan 
Museum itself, and under the sponsorship 
of The School Art League of New York. 

* * * 

When this was started the Museum 
people, it is said, doubted whether it 
would work. They were afraid perhaps 
that the school children would feel that 
they were being "done good to" and 
wouldn t come. As a matter of fact, how 
ever, those who came first told the others 
that the visit was simply wonderful, and 
more and more came, until now you may 
see 600 children at the Metropolitan on 
Saturday morning, hanging on the lips of 
the people who are telling them about the 
art of the pictures and the stories that go 
with them. It is a most inspiring sight 
for those who are interested in education. 

* * * 

Most children are born with a certain 
understanding of the beautiful and a long 
ing for it. They "want to know," and 
they listen eagerly as long as anyone can 
tell them something that is interesting as 
well as informing. That is the attitude of 
mind that The Mentor addresses itself to, 
whether it is the mind of a child or of a 
grown-up. We have had plenty of assur 
ances that The Mentor has interested and 
helped older readers. It is most gratify 
ing to learn of the benefit that The Mentor 
is bringing to young readers to have 
word from our readers that the children 
in the school or in the home are enjoying 
The Mentor. One reader tells us that he 
is taking The Mentor particularly for his 
children. "I want them to grow up with 
it," he says. That interests us deeply. 
We want The Mentor to be a real factor 
in the life of the home, and a real part of 
the education of the young generation. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No. 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 

12. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 

18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 



24. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART No. 25. 

MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 20. 
WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 

MASTERS OP MUSIC - 

NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 30. 

PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 31. 

THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 32. 

SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SONG AND 33. 

SCENERY 

CHERUBS IN ART 34. 

STATUES WITH A STORY 35. 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 

LONDON 36. 

THE STORY OF PANAMA 37. 

AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 38. 

DUTCH MASTERPIECES 39. 

PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 40. 

FLOWERS OF DECORATION 41. 

MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 42. 

AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 43. 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE EXPLORERS 44. 

SPORTING VACATIONS 45. 

SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OF 46. 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 47. 



AMERICAN NOVELISTS 
AMERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 
VENICE. THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 
SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 
HISTORIC SPOTS OF AMERICA 
BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 

GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE CONTEST FOR NORTH 

AMERICA 

FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 
THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 
NAPOLEON 

THE MEDITERRANEAN 
ANGELS IN ART 
FAMOUS COMPOSERS 
EGYPT. THE LAND QF MYSTERY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE REVOLUTION. 
FAMOUS ENGLISH POETS 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN ART 
THE RUINS OF ROME 
MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 



SINGLE NUMBERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 
COMPLETE SETS AT THE RATE OP TEN CENTS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

VIENNA, THE QUEEN CITY 

Palace from Gardens Schonbrunn, Votive Church, Reichsrats Gebaude, Old 

Vienna, Maria Theresa Monument, Hochstrahl Brunnen Fountains 

and Schwarzenberg Palace. 

By DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF 
Lecturer and Traveler. 

NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Jan. 26. ANCIENT ATHENS 

The Parthenon. The Acropolis, Mars Hill 

or Areopagus. Theater of Dionysius. These- 

um, Stadium. 

By G. Willis Botsford, Professor of Ancient 

History. Columbia University. 
Feb. 2. THE BARBIZON PAINTERS 

Evening. Daubigny; Holy Family. Diaz; 

Meadow Bordered by Trees. Rousseau; 

Landscape with Sheep, Jacque; The Old 

Oak, Dupr^; The Gleaners, Millet. 

By Arthur Hoeber. Author. Artist and Critic. 



Feb. 9. ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

President Lincoln, Lincoln s Birthplace. 
Memorial to Lincoln. Lincoln the Lawyer, 
Head of Lincoln by Borglum, Signing the 
Emancipation Proclamation. 
By Albert Bushnelt Hart. Professor of Gov 
ernment, Harvard University. 

Feb. 16. MEXICO 

The Cathedral, The Palace. Popocatepetl. 
Mexico City. Chapultepec. Scenic View. 
By Frederick Palmer. Author and Journalist. 




THE MENTOR 




The Plan 

HE purpose of The Mentor As 
sociation is to give people, in an 
interesting and attractive way, the 
information in various fields of 
knowledge that they all want and ought 
to have. The information is imparted by 
interesting reading matter, prepared un 
der the direction of leading authors, and 
by beautiful pictures, produced by the 
most highly perfected modern processes. 

The object of The Mentor Association is 
to enable people to acquire useful knowledge 
without effort, so that they may come easily 
and agreeably to know the world s great 
men and women, the great achievements, and 
the permanently interesting things in art, 
literature, science, history, nature and travel. 

The annual membership fee of The 
Mentor Association is Five Dollars. Every 
member upon accepting an invitation to 
membership, receives an engraved certificate 
of membership and becomes entitled to the 
privileges of the Association for one year, 
including fifty-two numbers of The Mentor. 




LEARN ONE THING 
FX/FRY DAY 




JANUARY 19 1914 

VOLUME 1 NUMBER 49 



VIENNA, 
THE QUEEN CITY 

DEPARTMENT 



OF TRAVEL 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 
FIFTEEN CENTS A COPY 



The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




JOHN G. HIBBEN . 
HAMILTON W. MABIE . 
JOHN C. FAN DYKE . 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY 



THE ADVISORY BOARD 

President Princeton University 
. Author and Editor 
Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
. Professor of Government, Harvard University 
Director New York Zoological Park 



. ELMENDORF LectureT and Travfler 



DWIGHT L 



THAT is what The Mentor gives you a library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. , 

Dav by day and week by week you add with eacn 
number" of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient ^orm. t be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
vour mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed "and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 

NEW YORK 



VIENNA, THE QUEEN CITY 



By DWIGHT L. ELMENDORF 

Lecturer and Traveler 



JAN 



THE 

JANUARY 19, 1914 



M E N T O R 

DEPARTMENT OF TRAVEL 



Mentor Gravures 
OLD VIENNA 
VOTIVE CHURCH 

REICHSRATS 
GEBAUDE 

MARIA THERESA 
MONUMENT 




Mentor Gravures 

HOCHSTRAHL 
BRUNNEN FOUN 
TAINS AND 
SCHWARZENBERG 
PALACE 

THE PALACE 

FROM 

THE GARDENS 

SCHONBRUNN 



PALLAS ATHENA FOUNTAIN 



ON the banks of the Danube lies Vienna, the fourth in size of the 
capitals of Europe. The river is called the "Beautiful Blue 
Danube" by Johann Strauss, the world-famed Viennese waltz 
king. The waltz is more beautiful than the Danube is blue at least so 
it seems to me; for the river, whenever I have seen it, has been not blue, 
but a muddy brown. It is a sturdy stream, however, and it has afforded 
advantages to Vienna that have made it an active commercial center, 
where the trade and industries from the West meet and exchange with the 
agricultural products of the East. Vienna is the great grain and cattle 
market of Austria, and her Exchange is one of the most important in 
Europe. The city is situated on the west bank of the Danube, or at least 
near it; for the Danube there has several channels. A part of the river 
goes through the city in the form of two canals. One, called the Donau 
(do -now) Kanal, which was made in the early yo s, winds through an 
important part of the city, and is joined by the waters of the river Wien 
(veen), which also runs through the city under bridges and culverts. In the 
later yo s the main stream of the Danube was turned into a canal eight 
miles long and three hundred and twelve yards broad. These changes cost 
great sums of money; but they were necessary as protection against floods 
and floating ice, for the Danube, in the spring, was often a refractory thing. 



VIENNA 



THE QUEEN CITY 



So located, Vienna has developed in the course of years until now, 
with a population of over two million people, it is one of the most brilliant 
and beautiful cities of the world, rivaling Paris in attractiveness, and sur 
passing it in some of its imposing vistas and magnificent parks. It is 
natural to compare Vienna with Paris; for there are similarities in^their 
histories, in their geographical situations, the Danube being to Vienna 
what the Seine is to Paris, and somewhat in their character. And yet to 

the observing traveler strik 
ing contrasts between these 
two great capitals are appar 
ent. Both cities are full of life 
and activity, and of fashion, 
and both are famous for their 
beautiful women and brilliant 
men. The Parisian, however, 
shows more vivacity and more 
sparkle. The Viennese type is 
happy ; but in his happiness he 
is more self-contained, and 
shows something of the easy 
temperament of the people of 
the Orient. 

LIFE-LOVING VIENNA 

The life of Vienna is most 
inviting, the spirit of the peo 
ple most hospitable, their 
greetings most sincere. They 
are an art-loving, music-lov 
ing, life-loving people. Many 
travelers declare that the Vien 
nese women are the most beau 
tiful to be found in Europe. 
The attractiveness of the peo 
ple and of the city impresses even the most casual observer. The 
traveler who spends but a few days there is caught in a whirl of pleasure. 
It is easy to find enjoyment there too; for the city is so constnicted that 
it offers a wealth of beautiful scenes and pleasure spots. 

The buildings of Vienna are magnificent, and they are so set in parks 
and public squares that their effect is most imposing. The attractiveness 
of Vienna has been largely achieved in the last forty years. Before that 
there was an inner city dating far back in time; historically interesting, 
but claiming no splendor. Old Vienna was one of the earlier cities in 
Europe, and it held a position of vital political importance, opposing its 




THE INTERIOR OF SAINT STEPHAN S 

This wonderful Interior is 355 feet long. 115 feet wide, and 
nave 74 feet high. Over one hundred statues adorn the eigh 
teen massive pillars supporting the rich groined vaulting. 



VIENNA 



THE QUEEN CITY 




KARL S CHURCH 

This edifice was begun in 1715, after the cessation of the 
plague, and was consecrated in 1737. 



strength as a frontier town 
against the encroachments of 
the Moslem empire. Strongly 
fortified, it pressed back the 
advance of the races of the 
PLast, and preserved the relig 
ious and political integrity of 
Europe. Vienna began with a 
little Roman town called Vin- 
dobona, distinguished chiefly 
by the fact that Emperor 
Marcus Aurelius died there in 
the year 180. 

In the years of its growth 
a population developed there 
that blended varied national characteristics and brought forth what we 
know today as the Viennese, courageous, happy-hearted, hospitable, 
loyal in friendship, and enterprising in business. The great majority of 
the inhabitants of Vienna today are German, and that is the language 
spoken. There is, however, a considerable representation of Hungarians, 
Slavs, and other nationalities. 

THE RINGSTRASSE 

The way to see Vienna is to traverse the length of the Ringstrasse. 
This, in some ways, is the most remarkable street in the world. It fills a 
space formerly occupied by the fortifications surrounding the old city. It 
begins at the Maria Theresa Bridge that crosses the canal at the north of 

the city, and it encircles old Vienna like a 
belt, joining the Donau Canal again at the 
Aspern Bridge. The old wall that ran there 
was leveled to make way for this magnifi 
cent boulevard. Together with the Donau 
Canal it completed a circle of protected 
area, and for many years it afforded a suffi 
cient bulwark against the assaults of hostile 
forces. About sixty years ago, however, a 
new civic spirit became apparent in Vienna, 
a broader and more far-reaching spirit. And 
with it came a desire for expansion, for 
progress, and for modern improvements. 
There was an insurrection in 1848, which 
was firmly repressed by Emperor Francis 
Joseph, and thereafter Vienna, having ob- 






THE DOOR OF THE VOTIVE CHURCH 



VIENNA 



THE QUEEN CITY 



tained the right of self-government by elective representatives, took on a 
new life and inaugurated an era of finer things. 

The removal of the old Vienna Wall in 1857 led to active, ener 
getic building enterprises which were still further stimulated by the 
exhibition of 1873. The buildings, parks, and boulevards constructed 
in the last forty years of Vienna s history are examples of a civic 
enterprise that cannot be surpassed in Europe, and find a parallel only 
in the Napoleonic periods of activity in Paris. 







THE VOLKSGARTEN 
This beautiful park is much frequented in summer by the Viennese. 

There are now two Viennas, the inner city and the outer city; the 
former holding the venerable structures associated with the city s earlier 
years, the outer city, constructed of magnificent buildings, surrounded by 
beautiful parks and public squares, identified with the various depart 
ments of the modern city and state governments. And between this outer 
city and inner city runs that unique and impressive thoroughfare, the 
Ringstrasse. The best way to begin a visit to Vienna is to follow one s 
way leisurely from the north end of the Ringstrasse at the point where it 
leaves the Donau Canal all around the old city until the street joins the 
canal again. In this way you will have the old city on one side, and on 
the other an array of magnificent modern public buildings. And at every 



VIENNA 



THE QUEEN CITY 




THE GARDENS OF SCHONBRUNN 

In the middle foreground is the Neptune Fountain. The Gloirette (glwahr-et ). built in 1775. may be 

seen in the upper background. 

point through this interesting trip the art of the landscape gardener is 
shown in the lovely public parks. 

The Ringstrasse is three miles long, and, in the course of encircling 
the city it takes a number of turns. From Maria Theresa Bridge to the 
Maximilian Platz it is known as the Schottenring; but from there it turns 
and passes the Rathaus Park under the name of the Franzensring. An 
other turn to the left and it is called the Burgring; then the Opernring. 

Following on, it is known as the Karntner- 
ring until it turns sharply again to the left 
and makes its way back to the Donau Canal 
under the names, successively, of the Kolow- 
ratring, the Parkring, and the Stubenring. 
In this way and under these varied names 
the Ringstrasse completes its course. As a 
visitor makes his way along the Schottenring, 
his attention is arrested at the Stiftungshaus. 
A story will be told him there. This benev 
olent institution has an expiatory chapel, 
which was built by Francis Joseph, on the 
spot where the ill-fated Ring Theater was 
destroyed by fire in 1881. It was the night 
of December 8, and the occasion was the 
first performance of Offenbach s last opera, 
"The Tales of Hoffmann." The opera had 
made a signal success in Paris, and it opened 




THE SCHONER BRUNNEN FOUNTAIN in Vienna to a crowded house. Scarcely 



VIENNA 



THE QUEEN CITY 




THE COURTHOUSE 



had the music begun when 
there was an alarm of fire, 
and in the panic that fol 
lowed five hundred and 
eighty people were killed. 
But Offenbach knew noth 
ing of this. He had died a 
year before. He had never 
heard his last opera, which 
he regarded as his master 
piece, and he was spared 
the shock of knowing the 
tragic circumstances that 
attended its first performance in Vienna. The incident cast a cloud over 
the fortunes of the opera, and it was only after a quarter of a century that 
the "Tales of Hoffmann " found general representation and popularity. 
To the west of this spot and across the Maximilian Platz is to be seen 
the Votive Church, the first important modern church in Vienna. This 
building is constructed in the Gothic style, from designs by the architect 
Ferstel, and commemorates the escape of the emperor from an assassin 
in 1853. 

THE VOTIVE CHURCH 

The Votive Church was in the course of building for twenty-three 
years, and it is distinguished for its dignity and its architectural beauty. 
The towers are finely designed, and are three hundred and fifteen feet in 
height, embellished with many statues. 

Nearby is a great square building in the Italian mid-Renaissance style. 

This is the University of Vienna, and 
it contains a library of 783,00x3 vol 
umes and the collections acquired in 
the course of the city s history. The 
university was founded as early as 
1365; so that it is the oldest German 
university next to that of Prague. It 
was reorganized in 1752 by Maria 
Theresa, and it occupied another 
building up until 1857, when the 
present structure was completed. 
There are over 450 professors and 
lecturers, and nearly 7,000 students. 
The building is at one end of the 
Rathaus Park. At the other is 
the impressive Reichsrats-Gebaude, 




STATUE OF PRINCE EUGENE 

Prince Eugene, who died In 1736, was commander 

of the imperial armies against the French and 

the Turks. In the background is the new wing 

of the Hofburg. 



VIENNA 



THE QUEEN CITY 






THE RATHAUS 

This imposing building was built in 1872-82. It covers an area 

of 25.000 square yards. Its tower is 328 feet high, and is crowned 

with a banner-bearer in copper. 



which is the Parliament 
building, and was built in 
the years between 1874 
and 1883. The architect 
has followed the Greek 
style, and has made an 
effect which is magnificent, 
both in size and in style. 
Enter the portico and pass 
into the peristyle. You 
will find yourself in the 
midst of twenty-four huge 
marble columns. Thereon 
one side is the Chamber of 
Deputies, and on the other 
the Chamber of Nobles. 
It is the building of the state government. Across the park to the north 
west is the building in which the city government is administered. It is 
called the Rathaus, which means City Hall, and is one of the most impres 
sive buildings in Vienna. This, like the Votive Church, is Gothic in style. 

VIENNA S VARIED ARCHITECTURE 

The visitor has progressed far enough now to be in the midst 
of modern Vienna. As he turns from the Rathaus he can see across 
the park the beautiful Hofburg Theater richly and ornamentally built 
in the late Renaissance style. This was completed in 1886, and is an 
object of great admiration. At this point one is surrounded by varied 
examples of architecture. Two of the structures are Gothic, one is 
Italian, another classic; while the Burg or Royal Theater is Renais 
sance. And there to the right, 
in the center of the Volksgarten, 
is the beautiful little Temple of 
Theseus, as pure an example of 
Greek architecture as can be found. 
This charming building is the shrine 
in which is inclosed the celebrated 
statue of Theseus, sculptured by 
Canova. 

At the turn of the Ringstrasse, 
where it becomes known as the 
Burgring, another set of fine build 
ings greets the eye. There is the 
Natural History Aluseum and the 




THE HOFBURG THEATER 
Built in 1880-86 in the late Renaissance style. 



VIENNA 



THE QUEEN CITY 



Museum of Fine Arts, with a fine, large square between them, in the center 
of which rises the beautiful Maria Theresa monument. This is a most 
elaborate and enthusiastic art expression of the affection of the Viennese 
for their beloved empress. It is virtually the story of her brilliant 
reign told in marble and bronze. 

Across the way is another fine square, back of which is the Hofburg, 
or the Imperial Palace, a group of most impressive and interesting build 
ings. In a few minutes we 
find that we are on the 
Opernring, and we see the 
reason for that name in 
the Royal Opera House, 
which fills a small block by 
itself. From that point on 
the Ringstrasse is skirted 
chiefly by fine mansions. 




VIENNA HOMES 

As the visitor looks at 
them he is apt to wonder 
how the Viennese live. 
These large mansions are 
finely equipped apartment 
houses, not imposing in 

THE IMPERIAL HOFBURG 

t exterior appearance, many 

This building, founded by Duke Leopold VI, in place of the old rr _ J 

castle Am Hof, has been the residence of the Hapsburg sovereigns of them quite plain. But 

within their walls are to 

be found all the comforts and luxury in home living that wealth can 
command. Following along we turn back again to where the Ringstrasse 
rejoins the Donau Canal. There, too, we find a vista of great interest and 
attractiveness, the streets spanning the stream with bridges and the banks 
lined with substantial buildings. The visitor who pursues this course has 
now encircled the city. Let him go at once, then, to the center of Old 
Vienna. He will find much to attract him there. 

Go down to the Graben. It is one of Vienna s most important busi 
ness streets. It was once part of the moat outside the fortifications, 
and down to the thirteenth century it formed the southwest boundary of 
the city. Many of its buildings stand on the site of the old city battlements. 

In the center of the Graben rises the Trinity Column. This monu 
ment was designed by Burnacini (bur-nah-chee-nee), and was erected in 1693 
to commemorate the end of the plague. It is adorned by many works of 
sculpture, and is very ugly. Clouds, men, angels, animals, and devils are 
mingled in confused array. One traveler remarked about it, "At the first 



VIENNA 



THE QUEEN CITY 




THE GRABEN 
The business center of Vienna. 



glance it seemed to me the petrified 
result of an explosion of dynamite be 
neath the monkey cageof a menagerie. 
One almost regrets that the architect 
did not succumb to the epidemic." 

On the corner of Kartnerstrasse 
and the Graben is the famous " Stock 
im Eisen." This is the stump of an 
old tree, securely fastened to the wall 
by an iron band. The iron band 
bears the date 1575 and the monc- 
gram "H. B." The "Stock imEisen," 
or "Iron Stick," is so called because 
it is completely covered with nails. 
These were driven into it in accord with some old custom. This tree was 
held sacred, and is said to have marked the end of the great Vienna Forest. 

A little to the north of the Graben is the Church of Saint Peter, the 
second oldest church in Vienna. It was founded by Bishop Arno of Salz 
burg (750-821), and reerected by Fischer von Erlach in 1702-13. 

SAINT STEPHAN S CATHEDRAL 

Also near the Graben is Saint Stephan s Cathedral. This is the very 
heart of Vienna. It is the finest Gothic edifice in Austria, and occupies so 
central a position in Vienna that the streets are numbered from it in all 
directions. Its spire is 450 feet high, and leans to the north, three feet 
from the perpendicular. In a sense St. Stephan s has been for years the 
heart and soul of Vienna. 

When the inner city has been seen, and the great buildings of the outer 
city visited, the visitor will spend many easy, agreeable hours in the parks. 
These are too numerous to mention in detail, and all of them are attrac- 





THE DONAU CANAL 

The Danube Canal flows through a part of Vienna, 
where it receives the waters of the Wien. 



KARL S PLATZ 

Showing a station on the underground railway, 
an attractive example of commercial architecture. 



VIENNA 



THE QUEEN CITY 




THE ART HISTORY MUSEUM 

This is one of the greatest art galleries in the world. It houses 
many valuable works of art. 

tive. The greatest of all the parks is the 
Prater, which lies across the Donau Canal to 
the northeast of the city. It is a wonderful 
pleasure ground covering 4,000 acres, and is 
more than three miles in extent. There is 
much there to invite the leisurely visitor. 

SCHONBRUNN PALACE 

No one will leave Vienna until he has 
visited the Palace of Schonbrunn. This is the 
summer residence of the imperial family of 
Austria, and is situated not far from the 
city, a distance of only about two miles. Go 
there as you would go to Versailles when vis 
iting Paris. And be sure that you pick out a 
pleasant day: for that will add tenfold to your Erected in i 8 9 6 in memory of the 

rrn T i r r- i i famous composer. 

pleasure. The Park of Schonbrunn is exquis 
ite. The grass, foliage, and flowers are not surpassed anywhere in 
the royal estates of Europe. You will not only find there, too, the 
enjoyment of outdoor nature and the interest attaching to an 
imperial residence, but also you will learn of many things that had 
to do with the destinies of Europe in the last hundred years. It was 
here that Napoleon established himself after the brilliant Austrian 




STATUE OF MOZART 



10 



VIENNA 



THE 



QUEEN CITY 



campaign of 1809, which culminated in his decisive victory at Wagram. 
He had his quarters at Schonbrunn while he arranged the terms of his 
treaty with Austria. He came near being assassinated at that time. It 
was at Schonbrunn that the pathetic little son of Napoleon and Marie 
Louise, who was called both the ".King of Rome" and the "Duke of 

Reichstadt," lived like a royal prisoner, and 
died at the age of twenty-one. There is 
plenty to entertain and hold you at Schon 
brunn. The very walls whisper of the past. 
It has been the scene of numerous historic 
and romantic events. It was the home of 
the ill-fated Maximilian, brother of the em 
peror, whose brief, tragic career as ruler of 
Alexico forms one of the saddest stories in 
history. MariaTheresa often lived there, and 
many of the attractive features of the palace 
and its surroundings were planned by her. 
Schonbrunn delights you with its many 
varied beauties, and especially with its 
quiet charm. 

If you would have an ideal day at 
Vienna, spend seven hours in the sunlight, 
dreaming, at Schonbrunn; and then return 
to the gaiety, the life, the bright lights, and 
the laughter of the Ringstrasse; listen to a 
concert by the Strauss Orchestra in one of 
the parks, and enjoy the delightful associa 
tion with hospitable Viennese friends. It is 
an experience that you may repeat until the 

days grow into weeks and until your heart grows so warm to this beauti 
ful, gay, pleasure-loving city, that you cherish it as you do your home. 




MONUMENT TO EMPRESS ELIZABETH 

This statue was erected la the Volks- 

gartcn in 1907 in memory of Empress 

Elizabeth, who died in 1898. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING 



THE HOLY ROMAN EMPIRE 

By James Bryce. 

The Macmillan Co. The authoritative gen 
eral history. 

AUSTRIA (Story of the Nations Series) 

By Sidney Whitman. 

G. W. Putnam s Sons. A book written in an 
interesting popular style for the general reader. 

THE REALM OF THE HAPSBURGS 

By Sidney Whitman. 

Eighth edition, London, 1893. The story of 
Austria. 



AUSTRO-HUNGARIAN LIFE IN TOWN AND 
COUNTRY 

By F. E. H. Palmer. 

London, 1903. Impressions of Austrian life 
told in an attractive style. 

THE WHIRLPOOL OF EUROPE 

By Archibald R. and Ethel Colquhoun. 
An interesting book by a famous journalist. 

THE DANUBE WITH PEN AND PENCIL 
By Captain B. Granville Baker. 
London, 1911. Impressions and sketches done 
in an attractive manner. 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume I 



JANUARY 19, 1914 



Number 49 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT, 1914, BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER, R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

The phonograph has been called "min 
iature music." Experience convinces us 
that the truth of that depends on what 
needle is used, but that point aside, it is 
true that the phonograph is a miniature 
presentment of music. It reduces great 
musical compositions to a scale suitable 
for the home. The remark, therefore, of 
one of our readers that The Mentor did 
for the world of knowledge what the 
phonograph does for the world of music, 
is not far amiss. It seems to us, however, 
that he did not carry the thought far 
enough. Our reader had in mind merely 
the fact that The Mentor gives informa 
tion in miniature. An equally important 
point is that The Mentor also furnishes 
an enduring record. You can make The 
Mentor give you its information without 
delay, and as often as you want. 



There are some peopie who are thought 
ful and studious enough to keep index 
books, so that they can go without diffi 
culty to the very page in the book in their 
library that contains the information they 
want, at a particular time. But such peo 
ple are few in number. Most of us read 
and remember part of what we read. 
When we want the rest we don t know 
where to go back and get it. There are 
very few that know how to get quickly at 
the riches of a library. And the incon 
venience of getting all there is to be had 
from a library on any given subject dis 



courages the ordinary individual. Unless 
he happens to have a book devoted par 
ticularly to the subject that he is inter 
ested in, he will have to go through dozens 
of books and put together the facts to be 
found in each of them. The Mentor does 
this work for its readers. 



We know how The Mentor does its 
work, for we have been told so by many. 
Last week a reader found himself in a 
house that a friend had just finished re 
fitting. The walls of the hall were covered 
with fine carbon photographs of famous 
art subjects. He said that while the sub 
jects had been familiar to him for several 
years, he examined them on this occasion 
with a very particular interest because he 
had read about them in The Mentor. At 
length, in one portion of the hall, a photo 
graph of an equestrian statue faced him. 
"Tell me what that is," his host asked. His 
memory slipped and all he could answer 
was: "Art critics pronounce that to be the 
finest equestrian statue in the world. It 
was designed by two persons one of them 
Verocchio, who was a teacher of Leonardo 
da Vinci; I forget the name of the other. 
And, for the life of me, I cannot remember 
the name of the man on the horse or where 
that statue is located." On his return 
home he went immediately to the number 
of The Mentor, "Statues with a Story," 
and refreshed his memory with the fact 
that the equestrian figure is that of Bar- 
tolommeo Colleoni and that the statue is 
in Venice. 



This simple incident illustrates not only 
the ease and convenience with which facts 
can be found in The Mentor, but also how 
it stimulates an interest in art. A natural 
question arises here: "What about the 
future years, when there will be a great 
many numbers of The Mentor to be con 
sulted?" The one satisfactory answer 
to this is an index, and we are going to 
make one at the end of the year. We 
mean by this the end of The Mentor 
year, which will be the middle of Feb 
ruary. It is our purpose to prepare a 
full index, containing subjects, titles, and 
cross references, so that by its use the 
wealth of information in The Mentor 
may be drawn upon readily. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No 



1. 
2. 
8. 

4. 
6. 

6. 
7. 

8. 
0. 
10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
1!). 
20. 
21. 
22. 

2:?. 
21. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN 1 ART No. 25. 

MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 26. 

WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 27. 

BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 28. 

ROMANTIC IRELAND 

MASTERS OF MUSIC 30. 

NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 31. 

PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 

THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 33. 

SCOTLAND, THE LAND OF SONG AND 

SCENERY 34. 

CHERUBS IN ART 35. 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES 

THE DISCOVERERS 36. 

LONDON 37. 
THE STORY OF PANAMA 
AMERICAN BIRDS OF BEAUTY 

DUTCH MASTERPIECES 40. 

PARIS, THK INCOMPARABLE 41. 

FLOWERS RATION 42. 

MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 43. 
AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 

STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 44. 

THE EXPLORERS 45. 

SPORTING VACATIONS 46. 

SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OF 47. 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 48. 



AMERICAN NOVELISTS 

iCAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 
VENICE, THE ISLAND CITY 
THE WIFE IN ART 
GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 
FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 
SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 
HISTORIC SPOTS OP AMERICA 
BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 

GAME BIRDS OF AMERICA 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE CONTEST FOR NORTH 

AMERICA 

FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 
THE ;T OF THE POLES 

NAPOL 
THE MEDITERRANEAN 

. ART 

COMPOSERS 

EGYPT. THE LAND QF MYSTERY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE REVOLU I 
FAMOUS E: 

MAKE ART 

THE RUT 

MAKERS OF MODERN OPERA 
DURER AND HOLBEIN 



IE NUMnERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CEXTS E.lCfl 
COMPLETE SETS AT THE RATE OP TEN CE\TS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

ANCIENT ATHENS 

The Parthenon, The Acropolis, Mars Hill or Areopagus, Theatre of Dionysius, 

Theseum, Stadium 

By G. WILLIS BOTSFORD 
Professor of History, Columbia :ty 

NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Feb. 2. THE BARBIZON PAINTERS 

Evemr . Diaz; 

.usseau ; 
;-je: The Old 
Oak J, Millet. 

:ur Uoeber, Author. Artist and Critic. 
Feb. 9. ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

..incoln. Lincoln s R : rthplace, 

Head of Lincoln by Borglum, Signing the 
Emancipation Proclamation. 
By Albert Rushnetl Hart, Professor of Gov 
ernment, Harvard L nirersily. 






ral. The Palace, Popocatepetl. 
-. Chapaltepec. Scenic 
ilmer. Author and Jottrnalist, 

TON 

:.i of the De- 




THE MENTOR 




A GIFT FOR ALL 
THE YEAR 

YOU could hardly provide for your 
family or for any of your friends an 
advantage more certain to give keen 
enjoyment and solid satisfaction every day 
during the coming year than a membership 
in The Mentor Association. 

It provides: 

A library of the world s knowledge ^fifty- 
two issues a year. 

A beautiful art collection for the home 
three hundred and twelve art prints in 
sepia gravure. 

A daily reading course throughout the year. 

An education under the direction of the 
foremost educators of this country in 
art, literature, science, nature, history, 
and travel. 

The Association has prepared an attrac 
tive presentation card in red and gold on 
vellum, which readers may sign and attach 
to the engraved certificate of membership 
when presenting a membership in the 
Association. 

The annual membership fee of the 
Association is Five Dollars. 

THE MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. 

NEW YORK 




LEARN ONE THING 
EVERY DAY 




JANUARY 26 1914 

VOLUME 1 NUMBER 5O 



r~ 
^ 



ANCIEN ATHENS 



DEPARTMENT 
OF TRAVEL 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 

FTFTPFN PFTsITS A TOPY 




The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. H1BBEN President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MABIE Author and. Editor 

JOHN C. VAN DYKE .... Professor History of Art, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DW1GHT L ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

THAT is what The Mentor gives you a lib rary that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 

NEW YORK 



ANCIENT ATHENS 

By GEORGE WILLIS BOTSFORD 

Professor of History, Columbia University 



THE MENTOR DEPARTMENT OF TRAVEL 
JANUARY 26, 1914 




"THE FATES" East pediment of the Parthenon 

MENTOR GRAVURES 

AREOPAGUS ACROPOLIS PARTHENON THESEUM 
THEATER OF DIONYSUS STADIUM 

A the Letimbro plows her way round the southernmost cape of Greece 
in her voyage toward Athens the sun sets in a splendor of gold that 
shades into a pageant of purple, orange, white, blue, and unnamed 
colors endlessly various and ever changing. It is thus that for the first 
time we enter the portals of Greece, in a glory that no poet could describe 
or painter set on canvas. 

In the morning, after sailing past many a spot alive with historic in 
terest, we steam into the harbor of Piraeus (py-ree -us), and the hotel row- 
boats are swarming about us like hungry birds, while the din of Greek 
voices seems to our ears a concert of buzzsaws. The porters scale the 
ladder and seize their victims, bag and baggage. The Grand Hotel takes 
us as its share of the prey. Fees, fees, and hurrying through the streets of 
Piraeus to catch the next train to Athens, four and a half miles distant; a 
semisubterranean ride to the city, more fees, and a carriage to the Grand 
Hotel, what a drop from the clouds! 

Thus was accomplished the last stage in our journey of thousands of 
miles from New York to radiant Athens. To appreciate what this city 
stands for in civilization, we must pass backward nearly twenty-five hun 
dred years to the Age of Pericles (per -i-kleez). The change is made, and 
we are walking the narrow, crooked, unpaved lanes that serve as streets. 
To our right and left are rows of small huts of sun-dried brick, mostly low 
and flat, the best but two stories high. In such homes reside not only the 



N 



E N 



H E 



N 



plain citizens, but even the wealthy and the great. "In private life they 
practised such moderation that if any of you knew which was the house of 
Aristides (ar-is-ty -deez) or Militiadcs (mil-ty -a-deez) or any of the famous 
men of old, you would find it no more pretentious than any of its neigh 
bors." This quotation from Demosthenes (de-mos -the-neez) epitomizes 
the character of the men of that earlier generation, who merged their per 
sonality in the state, and strove only to make their city great and beautiful. 

THE AREOPAGUS 

In our random walk we approach the Areopagus (a-ree-op -a-gus), 
a hill best described as a low, irregular mass of rock. The word seems to 
mean "Hill of the Curses" (Arae) or Furies, whose shrine was a cave in the 
northeast declivity, though a popular etymology has connected it with 
Ares, God of War; hence the name has been mistranslated Mars Hill. 
On its summit, above the rock-cut stairs shown in the picture, sat the 
Council of the Areopagus as a court for the trial of murder in the first 
degree. Its members were servants of the Furies who guarded the hill, 
and demanded blood for blood and death for death. The proceedings 
were solemn, and so well guarded and fair, and so filled with religious awe, 
as to make this council the most august criminal court known to the 
ancient world. This stronghold of tradition, and of paganism, looms 
conspicuous in the history of early Christianity. Five centuries after 
Pericles, Saint Paul, coming to Athens as a missionary of a new gospel, 
stood in the midst of the Areopagus and said, "Ye men of Athens, I 
perceive that in all things ye are too superstitious. For as I passed by, and 
beheld your devotions, I found an altar with this inscription, TO THE 
UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore ye ignorantly worship, him declare I 
unto you. God that made the world and all things therein, seeing that he 
is Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands." 

The council has been dissolved, the temples are in 
ruins; but the religion of the man whom the Epicur 
eans and Stoics of Athens termed a babbler still lives. 

THE MARKET PLACE 

Turning to the north, let us descend, in our dream 
walk, to the market place, an irregular area nearly sur 
rounded by porticos and public offices. Whereas in the 
southern half of this space centers the political life of 
the State, the northern part is devoted to trade. Deal 
ers in bread, cheese, garlic, fish, wine, and other food 
stuffs, in pots and pitchers, in oils, perfumes, and books, 
have their several wicker booths closely crowded here; 
and the noises of hawkers and customers, as they bar 
ter and jangle, resemble the uproar of pandemonium. 




PERICLES 



ANCIENT 



ATHENS 




THE ACROPOLIS 



THE "TEMPLE OF THESEUS" 

Emerging from the Babel by a westerly pathway, we see, on a slight 
elevation before us, a beautiful little temple, miscalled by the moderns 
Theseum (the-see / -um),shrineof Theseus (thee- seoos orthee -se-us). It is 
indeed a curious fact that the best-preserved of all Greek temples has for 
gotten its own name. Provisionally we may agree with many recent 
scholars that it was the home of Athena (a-thee -nah) and Hephaestus 
(he-fes -tus), the artisan god, whose shrine certainly stood in the 
vicinity, looking down upon the metal market. It is built of marble 
from Mount Pentelicus (pen-tel -i-kus), in the Doric style, the more 
severe and chaste form of Greek architecture. Traces of color still 
extant suggest the general scheme of ancient architectural painting. 
In the great spaces, as the columns and the architrave, the marble 
was allowed to retain its natural color, while the detailed work was 
painted, chiefly red and blue. The great importance of this building, 
however, lies in the fact that on account of its excellent preser 
vation it shows us better than any other how a Greek temple 
actuallv looked. 



N G I E N 



H 



E N 




EXTERIOR OF THE PARTHENON (Restored) 

THE ACROPOLIS 

In our ramble through the city our attention is gradually directed to 
its center, the Acropolis (a-krop -o-lis). Ancient Athens was a rough 
wheel, with the wall of defense serving as a rim and the Acropolis as the 
hub. From the beginning this height was the stronghold of the city. For 
a long time, too, the king had his palace there; and after the monarchy 
passed away it remained the dwelling place of Athena, the great protecting 
deity of Athens. Her temple, along with the entire city, was laid in ruins 
by the invading Persians. 

When the Greeks had repelled this enemy, Cimon (sy -mon) began to 
prepare the summit of the Acropolis for a larger and more beautiful temple 
than the goddess had ever possessed before. With the proceeds from the 
spoils of his naval victories he built the great wall along the southern rim, 
which gives the Acropolis its present steep appearance on that side.^ The 
space within the walls was then filled with the ruins of earlier buildings 
and sculptures. His chief object was to widen the summit, so as to form a 
large level area for the temple. Before he could carry out his plan, how 
ever, he lost his place as the leading statesman of Athens; and it was left 
to Pericles to continue his building policy. 

LABOR AND TRADE IN ANCIENT ATHENS 

Before examining the Parthenon (pahr -the-non), the new temple to 
Athena erected under the supervision of Pericles, it may be well for us to 
make the acquaintance of the men whose hands performed the actual work 
on it. With this object in view we enter the yard of a stone mason. There are 



N C I E N 



HEN 



no large shops or factories in the Athens of Pericles. Business is on a diminu 
tive scale, conducted by individuals of small means, and the yard of our mason 
is perhaps merely a space behind his dwelling. Here the proprietor works 
with his own hands, initiating his sons into the mysteries of his trade, and with 
the expansion of his business he hires or buys a few slaves as further aids. 
A marked feature of the shop in Periclean Athens is the spirit of 
equality between employer and employed, between freemen and slaves. 
This happy atmosphere is a condition essential to the production of work 
of high merit. The skilled laborer is proud of his profession. Whether 
slave or free, he works not for mere subsistence or gain, but in a true 
artistic spirit for the creation of the beautiful; in other words, the Greek 
mechanic is an artist. Hence it is that the products of his craft, from 
tombstones to pots and pitchers, are all works of genuine art. A thing 
inseparable from true art is individuality; and in our modern age of 
mechanical production it is difficult for us to appreciate the fact that the 

Greek apprentice aim 
ed not at a servile imi 
tation of the master, 
but at the creation of 
something new, some 
thing with a character 
and a beauty of its own. 
The Greek love of 
individual liberty pre 
vented the formation 
of industrial compan 
ies. Hence, when the 
State projected a great 
public work like the 
Parthenon, its com 
mittee of supervisors, 
elected in a general as 
sembly of the citizens, 
had todivide theentire 
labor into a multitude 
of diminutive parts, 
and let out the several 
parts by contracttothe 
masters of the shops 
here described. The 
contractor agreed in 
writing to bring with 
him a specified number 




INTERIOR OF THE PARTHENON (Restored) 



N 



I E N 



HEN 



of laborers, to do work of a quality satisfactory to the committee, and to be 
responsible for damages to the material. In the grant of the same daily 
wage to slave and citizen, to underling and contractor, may be found fur 
ther evidence of the lack of distinction between artist and artisan, and a 
further expression of the democratic spirit. 

THE PARTHENON 

In 447 B. C. the Athenian citizens in general assembly resolved upon 
building the Parthenon, and elected a committee of supervisors to engage 
the artists and laborers and to oversee the work. Pericles was chairman 
of the committee. His chief adviser for the decoration was Phidias (fid - 
i-as), the most famous sculptor of all time. In nine years the building in 
Doric style and of Pentelic (pen-tel -ic) marble was substantially com 
pleted; though the decorative work continued half a dozen years longer. 

The temple extends east and west, and is divided into two rooms. 
The smaller, on the west, is a store chamber, and the larger, on the east, 
is the dwelling place of the goddess. From each room a door opens upon 
a porch supported by a row of six columns, and an outer colonnade ex 
tends round the entire temple. These columns, which contribute to the 
building its chief element of beauty, are a perfect blend of strength and grace. 

SCULPTURED DECORATIONS OF THE PARTHENON 



The decorative sculptures of the temple are all connected with ^ 
goddess, and represent chapters, so to speak, in the history of her relations 




ATHENIAN KNIGHTS PARTHENON FRIEZE 
6 



N 



E N 



HEN 




LAPITH AND CENTAUR 
Parthenon Metope. 



with the city. The metopes (met -o- 
peez) show us athletic forms in intense 
action, conflicts between men and 
monsters or gods and giants; in gen 
eral, the powers of order battling with 
chaos. It is the first chapter in the re 
ligious history of Athens, the period an 
terior to Athena s present orderly rule. 
The second chapter is filled with 
the birth of Athena from the head 
of her father Zeus (zeoos). An event 
of primary importance in the relig 
ious history of Athens, it occupies 
the most conspicuous place, the 
east pediment (gable) above the door 
of Athena s chamber and facing the 
rising sun. The goddess stands full 
grown and armed by the throne of 
her father amid a group of deities. In the third chapter, presented by the 
west pediment, Athena strives with the sea-god Poseidon (po-sy -don) for 
supremacy over Athens. He strikes the earth with his trident, causing a 
spring to bubble forth. Athena, however, by creating the olive tree, wins 
the victory in the presence of a throng of gods who fill the pediment. She 
becomes accordingly queen of the city and first-born of the citizens. The 
fourth and final chapter is filled by the frieze, a continuous band of low 
reliefs extending entirely round the temple walls within the colonnade. 
The subject is the Panathenaic (pan-ath-e-nay -ik) festival held in July 
in honor of the goddess, and symbolizes the prosperity and happiness of 
her peaceful sway. In various preparations for the procession to the 
temple we see, for example, magistrates and priests in their official attire, 
men leading animals for the sacrifice, youths bringing jars of water, girls 
carrying baskets, knights with their spirited horses, and groups of deities 
seated, inspecting the changing scene. Within the temple stands the 
colossal statue of the goddess in ivory and gold, made by Phidias. Such 
is the building as Pericles completed it. 

ATHENIAN ART AND EDUCATION 

The sculptors who wrought these decorations, who in more quiet times 
worked in the humble shops formerly described, did not aim to produce, 
in any popular sense, the utmost grace or physical loveliness: in these 
qualities they were surpassed by later artists. Their object was a beauty 
that would appeal to the highest intellectual perception of the age, which 
would make the spectators think of pure and noble things. Primq requi 
sites were dignity, sobriety, and self-restraint, the qualities of the 



N C 



E N 



HENS 



men of that age, who brought their city to the forefront of the world s 
civilization, whose Parthenon stands for all time as the embodiment of 
architectural perfection. 

Far from being a bookish people, the Athenians got most of their 
education in actual business and in public life, on the farm, in the shop, 
in the popular assembly and the offices of administration. But practical 
education, in itself narrow and sordid, ought to be broadened and elevated 
by ideals. The Athenians needed the teachings and inspiration of their 
great poets; and such instruction they received in the theater. This 
building lies in the southern declivity of the Acropolis, near its eastern end. 
It is entirely open to the sky, and the plays were always presented in 

the day time. It was 
not till a hundred 
years after Pericles 
that the theater was 
provided with stone 
seats, as shown in 
the picture. The 
building was dedi 
cated to Dionysus 
(dy-o-ny -sus), pri 
marily god of life. 
The dramatic fes 
tivals were in his 
honor, and were 
therefore a religious 
service. Sitting on 
these benches, the 
Athenians heard the 
plays of Sophocles 

AN ANCIENT MARKET SCENE / r/ i i \ i r 

(sot -o-kleez) and or 

their other great poets, whose task was to inspire the audience with 
grand intellectual and moral ideals. It would be presumptuous on 
our part to say that we moderns can find in their dramas no lesson 
for ourselves in human duty, patriotism, reverence, and righteousness. 

THE ERECHTHEUM 

About twenty years after the death of Pericles the Athenians finished 
another temple on the Acropolis inferior only to the Parthenon in beauty. 
This was the Erechtheum (e-rech-the -um), named after Erechtheus 
(e-rech -theus), a mythical king of the city. The western half of the new 
shrine was devoted to him as a dwelling, in which he received the wor 
ship of the citizens. In the eastern half abode the Athena who, repre 
sented by an ancient log rudely carved in human form, was the especial 





NORTH PORCH OF THE ERECHTHEUM 



N 



E N 



HEN 



guardian of the city, and was therefore more highly venerated than were 
any of the beautiful statues of more recent times. While lacking the 
simplicity, the regularity, and the artistic proportions of the Parthenon, 
this temple is superior in the delicacy of the ornamental sculptures. The 
carved decorations of the base and the capital of the Ionic columns, of 
cornice and door frame, have never been equaled in the history of art. 
Attractive, too, is the Porch of the Maidens. Though bearing heavy 
weights on their heads, the maidens stand at perfect ease. In dignified 
grace of posture and drapery they are little inferior to the sculptures of 
the Periclean age. Whereas the Parthenon is the best example of the 
Doric order of architecture, the Erechtheum, as an expression of the 
Ionic style, is equally above competition. It is a remarkable fact that 
within a period of fifty years Athens produced her most splendid models 
of architecture, sculpture, history, comedy, and tragedy in a word a 
great part of her contributions to literature and art. 

A SOUND MIND AND BODY THE GREEK IDEAL 

The Greek states were exceedingly small, comparable not with our 
own, but rather with our townships and counties. This very smallness, 

however, proved a most potent 
stimulus to the development 
of mind and body, because 
the state required for her pro 
tection intelligence combined 
with the utmost physical 
strength and agility. Hence 
arose the great interest in 
athletics. Every city had gym 
nasia and a stadium, and 
nearly every festival included 
athletic competitions. The 
promising winners in these 
local contests were sent to the 
great natiorTal games, the most 
famous of which were the 
Olympic; and the simple olive 
wreath that rewarded the vic 
tor brought glory to his family 
and state. Long after Greece 
had become part of the Roman 
empire a wealthy Athenian 
built for his city a magnificent 
marble stadium. It fell to 
ruins, as did Athens and the 




A GREEK ATHLETE 



10 



N 



C I E N 



HEN 



empire; and the Turk, who held Greece in desolating bondage for four 
hundred years, used the Parthenon sculptures as pistol targets. 

Early in the nineteenth century the Greeks shook off the yoke of 
slavery and became a free people. Recently they revived the Olympic 
games, for which they rebuilt the splendid stadium, whose marble seats 
accommodate fifty thousand spectators. It was a good omen, too, for the 
reborn country, that the first Marathonian winner was a Greek. Still 
more recently the nation has passed through a terrible war, guided by a 
statesman like those of old, and fought to victory on bloody fields by 
men of as enduring frame and valiant heart as those who defied Persia 
at Marathon. While regretting the horrible cruelties and sufferings of the 
war, we may trust that its outcome means for the rejuvenated nation 
an awakening to a future worthy of her glorious past. 






THE WEST PEDIMENT OF THE PARTHENON 
Drawn by Carey. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING 



A HISTORY OF GREECE By G. W. Botsford. 
The Macmillan Co. 

A brief study of Greek history and civilization. 
THE GREEK COMMONWEALTH 
Oxford University Press. By A. E. Zimmern 

An inspiring study of Greek public life and 

economy; of great value, though not in every 

respect authoritative. 

LIFE IN ANCIENT ATHENS By T.G. Tucker. 
The Macmillan Co. 

Private, social, and public life; interesting and 

accurate. 

A HANDBOOK OF GREEK ARCHEOLOGY 

By H. N. Fowler and ]. R. Wheeler. 
American Book Co. 

Authoritative treatment of the elements.^ 



ANCIENT ATHENS 

9y E. A. Gardner. 
The Macmillan Co. 

An attractive study of the topography and 

monuments, by a famous scholar. 

THE ACROPOLIS OF ATHENS 

By M. L. D Oogf 
The Macmillan Co. 

The most minute treatment in the English 

.language. 

A SOURCE BOOK OF ANCIENT HISTORY 

By G. W. andl.S. Botsford. 
The Macmillan Co. 

Extracts from ancient authors relating to the 

Greeks. 



II 



THE MENTOR 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc, 

52 East 19th St., New York, N. Y. 



Volume i 



JANUARY 26, 1914 



Number 50 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK. N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1914. BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION, INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT, W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY. L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

When anyone sets out to give informa 
tion, he ought not to assume that his hear 
ers have any more than an ordinary 
amount of knowledge. Many articles 
written for magazines and newspapers in 
a spirit of instruction fail in their purpose 
because the writers are too familiar with 
their subjects. They use special and tech 
nical words without definitions, and make 
statements without explanations. They 
cannot believe that some of the things 
that seem so simple to them are not 
within the knowledge of those whom 
they are addressing. The special writers 
for newspapers frequently make this 
mistake. A man was overheard saying, 
some time ago: "I wish that somebody 
would sit down and tell me in simple 
language all about the Referendum. I 
have been meeting that word daily in the 
newspapers, and in every case the news 
paper assumes that I know all about it. 
As a matter of fact, I have a very imper 
fect notion of what the Referendum im 
plies, and I find so many people using the 
word that I am almost ashamed to ask 
for information." 

* * * 

That, we believe, is the attitude of 
thousandsof people. They want somebody 
or some publication to tell them in simple 
language what they would like to know 
and ought to know, and what in many 
cases they feel a bit ashamed to ask about. 
It is for these people that The Mentor 
Association was founded. And the wide 
and interested recognition that it has had 
from the public shows that the basis on 
which it was built is sound. 



An interesting feature of our work is 
the response that we get from cultivated 
people. We address The Mentor to the 
reader of average intelligence, without 
assuming any unusual knowledge on his 
part, and in return we get a generous 
recognition from people who are highly 
educated. We have occasionally been 
asked whether the simplicity of utterance 
in The Mentor, the indication of pronun 
ciations, and the other features of an ele 
mentary character, do not arouse a certain 
amiable resentment on the part of culti 
vated folks. That question has been 
answered again and again since we have 
been publishing The Mentor. 

* * * 

Our correspondence shows that edu 
cated people find the information in The 
Mentor to be a very valuable reminder of 
the things they knew, and many of them 
take a keen delight in The Mentor plan 
and in the manner in which we are working 
it out. One of the most appreciative let 
ters that we have had came from the head 
of a celebrated educational institution in 
New England. He sent in a subscription 
with the statement that The Mentor was 
a refreshing thing, and that it made him 
feel young to read it. 

* * * 

We are going to carry some of the fea 
tures of The Mentor still further, for by 
so doing we can be more helpful. We are 
going to indicate pronunciations in every 
case where there is a variation in the pro 
nunciation in different localities, or, for 
any other reason, an uncertainty about it. 
We have added to the supplementary 
reading list in a way that will increase its 
value. Under each book title we insert a 
line describingor characterizing the book, 
so that a reader may select books with in 
telligent discrimination. Whenever we 
print a reproduction of a painting or other 
art subject, we are going to give the name 
of the gallery, palace, or place where the 
original is to be found. It is apparent that 
our readers want to know where the great 
works of art are located, and hereafter 
we mean to give them this information, 
in all cases where possible. That leads on 
to the thought that it would be interesting, 
some time later, to take up some of the 
great galleries of the world and to present 
the important works of art to be found 
there. We are considering that in our 
schedule for the future. 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of The Mentor will certainly make you feel the need 
of having every number. Each number is complete in itself, 
but each number is an integral part of one of the various 
Departments of Travel, Art, History, Literature, or Music. 



NUMBERS ALREADY ISSUED 



No. 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13. 

14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 

23. 
24. 



BEAUTIFUL CHILDREN IN ART 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN POETRY 
WASHINGTON. THE CAPITAL 
BEAUTIFUL WOMEN IN ART 
ROMANTIC IRELAND 
MASTERS OF MUSIC 
NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA 
PICTURES WE LOVE TO LIVE WITH 
THE CONQUEST OF THE PEAKS 
SCOTLAND. THE LAND OF SONG AND 

-ERY 

CHERUBS IN ART 
STATUES WITH A STORY 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE DISCOVERERS 
LONDON 

THE STORY OF PANAMA 
AMERICAN I3IRDS OF BEAUTY 
DUTCH MASTERPIT 
PARIS. THE INCOMPARABLE 
FLOWERS OF DECORATION 
MAKERS OF AMERICAN HUMOR 
AMERICAN SEA PAINTERS 
STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE EXPLORERS 
SPORTING VACATIONS 
SWITZERLAND: THE LAND OP 

SCENIC SPLENDORS 



No. 25. AMERICAN NOVELISTS 

\MERICAN LANDSCAPE PAINTERS 

27. VENICE. THE ISLAND CITY 

28. THE WIFE IN ART 

29. GREAT AMERICAN INVENTORS 

30. FURNITURE AND ITS MAKERS 

31. SPAIN AND GIBRALTAR 

32. HISTORIC SPOTS OP AMERICA 

33. BEAUTIFUL BUILDINGS OF THE 

WORLD 

34. GAME BIRDS OP AMERICA 

35. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE CONTEST FOR NORTH 
AMERICA 

36. FAMOUS AMERICAN SCULPTORS 

37. THE CONQUEST OF THE POLES 

38. NAPOLK 

THE MEDITERRANEAN 

40. ANGELS IN ART 

41. FAMOUS COMPOSERS 

42. EGYPT, THE LAND QP MYSTERY 

43. STORY OF AMERICA IN PICTURES: 

THE REVOLUTION. 

44. FAMOUS ENGLISH POJ 

45. MAKERS OP AMERICAN ART 

46. THE RUINS OF ROME 

47. MAKERS OP MODERN OPERA 
DURER AND HOLH 

49. VIENNA. THE QUEEN CITY 



SINGLE NUMBERS WILL BE SUPPLIED AT FIFTEEN CENTS EACH 
COMPLETE SETS AT THE RATE OF TEN CENTS EACH 

THE MENTOR FOR NEXT WEEK 

The next number will contain six beautiful photogravures 

THE BARBIZON PAINTERS 

Evening, Daubigny; Holy Family, Diaz; Meadow Bordered by Trees, Rous 
seau; Landscape with Sheep, Jacque; The Old Oak, 
Dupre*; The Gleaners, Millet. 

By ARTHUR HOEBER, Author, Artist and Critic 
NUMBERS TO FOLLOW 



Feb. 9. ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

nt Lincoln, Lincoln s Birthplace, 
Memorial to Lincoln. Lincoln the Lawyer, 
Head of Lincoln by Borglum, Signing the 
Emancipation Proclamation. 
By Albert Bushnell Htsrl. Professor of Gov 
ernment, Han-ard University. 
Feb. 16. AMERICAN PIONEER PROSE 

WRITERS 
Benjamin Franklin, Jo nathan E : 

ing. James Fenimore Cooper, Janu 

By Hamilton IT . Mabie. Author and Critic. 



Feb. 23. GEORGE WASHINGTON 

.gton the Surveyor, Braddock s 

ican Army. Washington at Valley Forge, 
Farewell Address. Inaugur > 
By R -ad of the De- 

Hisiory and Politics, Princeton 



Mar. 2. MEXICO 

The Cathedral. The Palace. Popocatepetl. 

Mexico City. Chapultepec. 

By Frederick Palmer, Autkor and Journalist. 







THE MENTOR 




The Plan 

HE purpose of The Mentor As 
sociation is to give people, in an 
interesting and attractive way, the 
information in various fields of 
knowledge that they all want and ought 
to have. The information is imparted by 
interesting reading matter, prepared un 
der the direction of leading authors, and 
by beautiful pictures, produced by the 
most highly perfected modern processes. 

The object of The Mentor Association is 
to enable people to acquire useful knowledge 
without effort, so that they may come easily 
and agreeably to know the world s great 
men and women, the great achievements, and 
the permanently interesting things in art, 
literature, science, history, nature and travel. 

The annual membership fee of The 
Mentor Association is Five Dollars. Every 
member upon accepting an invitation to 
membership, receives an engraved certificate 
of membership and becomes entitled to the 
privileges of the Association for one year, 
including fifty-two numbers of The Mentor. 



LEARN ONE THING 



/ r? l~> XT 




LEARN ONE THING 
EVERY DAY 



THE BARBIZON 



PAINTERS 



DEPARTMENT 
OF FINE 



FIVE DOLLARS A YEAR 
n)) F7FTFFN TF.NTS A COPY 




iSTf 



The Mentor Association 

AN INSTITUTION OF LEARNING ESTABLISHED FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF A POPULAR INTEREST IN ART, LIT 
ERATURE, SCIENCE, HISTORY, NATURE, AND TRAVEL 




THE ADVISORY BOARD 

JOHN G. HIBBEN ....... President Princeton University 

HAMILTON W. MAB1E Avthor and Editor 

JOHN C. VAN DYKE .... Professor History of An, Rutgers College 
ALBERT BUSH NELL HART . . . Professor of Government, Harvard University 
WILLIAM T. HORN AD AY .... Director New York Zoological Park 
DW1GHT L. ELMENDORF Lecturer and Traveler 

A CUMULATIVE LIBRARY 

THAT is what The Mentor gives you a library that grows 
and develops as you grow and develop a library that 
has in it just the things you want to know and ought to know 
and nothing else. 

Day by day and week by week you add with each 
number" of The Mentor something to your mental growth. 
You add it in a natural, agreeable way. It becomes a per 
manent possession. You gather weekly what you want to 
know, and you have it in attractive, convenient ^form. It be 
comes thus, in every sense, your library, containing the varied 
things that you know. You have its information and its beau 
tiful pictures always ready to hand to refer to and to refresh 
your mind. In time your Mentor Library represents in print 
ed and pictorial form the fullness of your own knowledge. 

The Mentor Association, Inc. 

FOURTH AVENUE AT NINETEENTH STREET 
V YORK 






THE BARB1ZON PAINTERS 



By ARTHUR HOEBER 

Author, Artist, and Critic 



THE MENTOR 

FEBRUARY 2, 1914 DEPARTMENT OF FINE ARTS 



MENTOR 

GRAVURES 

THE GLEANERS 

By J. F. Millet, i8i4->5 

MEADOW BORDERED 

BY TREES 
By P. E.T.Rousseau, i8i2- 67 




THE HOLY FAMILY 

By X. DIAZ, i8o9- 6o 

EVENING 

By C. F. Daubigny, 18 17^78 

LANDSCAPE AND SHEEP 
By C. E. Jacque, iSij- go 

THE OLD OAK 

By Jules Dupr, iSn- Sg 



J. FRANCOIS MILLET, by himself 

THERE lies alongside the Forest of Fontainebleau (fong-tane-blo ), 
in France, a straggling little village which consists of a single long 
street, a few peasants houses, and a modest auberge, or inn. There 
are no industries in the place, nothing ever happens, and, save for the oc 
casional visit of someone bent on an art pilgrimage, few strangers ever 
reach the town. It is called Barbizon (bahr-bi-zong ); but its fame is 
worldwide, its name being associated with a group of distinguished FVench 
painters of the figure, the animal, and the landscape, men whose names 
stand out brilliantly in the annals of art, whose work today is sought by 
the collector, and whose canvases are included in most of the galleries of 
Europe and America. 

The history of these men is full of interest and pathos; for they had 
more than their share of vicissitudes, struggles, and early neglect. Yet 
they vanquished all obstacles, finally emerging triumphant, and forcing 
the world to acknowledge their talent, even if they did not reap the re 
wards that were their due; for since their deaths their pictures, for which 
they asked absurdly modest sums, have sold for great fortunes, single can 
vases in frequent cases bringing amounts that would have kept anyone 
of the painters in the greatest luxury all his life. 

We speak of this group of Barbizon men as "The Men of Thirty"; 
for it was about 1830 that the town began to be the working place of a 



THE 



BARBIZON 



PAINTERS 




JEAN FRANCOIS MILLET 



coterie of artists. Six years before that two French 
painters from Paris had gone down to Fontaine- 
bleau to visit a friend who was director of the 
porcelain factory there, and, wandering about 
sketching, they lost their way in the forest. A 
cowherd they met directed them to the little vil 
lage of Barbizon, where they passed the night in a 
cowshed. When daylight broke they were charmed 
to discover a primitive country, quite unspoiled by 
city folk, and, enthusiastic, they took back to their 
brother painters glowing accounts of their find. 
Thither flocked a crowd of artists, at various 
times, Jean Francois Millet (zhong frong-swah 
mee-lay ), Theodore Rousseau (roo-so ), Narcisse 
Diaz (nahr-sis dee-ahth ), Charles Francois Daubigny (do-been-yih ), 
Jules Dupre (doo-pray ), and Charles Jacque (zhahk), with Corot (ko- 
ro ) occasionally, and many more men since distinguished. 

THE FONTAINEBLEAU SCHOOL 

The gorgeous trees, glades, and deep recesses of the adjoining forest of 
Fontainebleau (these men founded what is also known as "the Fontaine- 
bleau school ") offered them the most engaging themes for pictures ; life was 
primitive and inexpensive, and far from the haunts of men, they worked 
out their problems, painted their canvases, and lived close to nature. 

The place is partic 
ularly identified with 
the namesof Millet and 
Rousseau; although it 
was not until 1849 
that Millet found his 
way to the small vil 
lage. Along with his 
friend Charles Jacque, 
the sheep painter, 
both of them with 
their families, they 
went by diligence 
from Paris, and on to 
Fontainebleau. From 
there these two con 
genial souls explored 
the splendid woods, 
walking through the 




SHEPHERDESS KNITTING 
By J. Francois Millet. Metropolitan Museum, N. Y. 



THE 



BARBIZON 



PAINTERS 



glades until they found Barbizon, to which they came through a cow 
gate that is now famous; for here, fastened on a great rock, is a double 
medallion portrait in bronze of Millet and Rousseau, executed by one 
of the great French sculptors 
to commemorate the associa 
tion of these painters with 
this place. 

It is Millet who first 
comes to mind when Barbizon 
painters are thought of in any 
way. When Millet arrived 












THE ANGELUS. by J. Francois MUlet 
Museum of the Louvre. 




THE MAN WITH THE HOE. by J. Francois Millet 
Van den Eyndc Collection. Brussels. 



THE SOWER 

By J. Francois Millet. Metropolitan 
Museum. New York. 

with his family he went afoot, 
holding his two little girls on 
his broad shoulders; while his 
wife trudged behind with their 
infant, a few months old, in 
her arms, and a sturdy Nor 
mandy servant followed with a basket of provisions. A peasant who 
saw them took them for strolling actors. Though Millet went to 
Barbizon expecting to stay but a few brief months, he remained until 
his death, twenty-seven years later. Here he lived in a modest little 
house, where a large north window made a possible room for the painter 
to work in, and here he produced those masterpieces that were to 
bring him immortal fame. 



THE 



B A R B I Z O N 



PAINTERS 



Never a man of great cheerfulness, by the severe work, the struggle 
against poverty, against lack of recognition, and against a physical weak 
ness that manifested itself in continual headaches, Millet s entire nature 
was saddened, and he labored under the greatest difficulties, his pictures 
reflecting the depressed mood that almost continuously remained with 
him. Yet he never faltered, and even in the darkest periods he kept at 
his easel, producing splendid canvases. 

MILLET S CAREER 

The son of a Normandy peasant farmer, Millet was born at Gruchy, 
a little hamlet along the shores of the English Channel, in October, 1814. 
For one so lowly born he received a reasonably good education, being fa 
miliar with Latin at thirteen. Virgil remained one of his favorite authors 
through the rest of his life. As a lad he was always sketching, and, though 
he was obliged to assist at the farmwork, he found time to make many 
drawings. Finally these so impressed themselves on the notice of his 
father that, poor as he was, he felt impelled to make some effort to have 
the lad take up the profession of painting, and to that end he made every 
sacrifice, took him to Cherbourg (share-boor 7 ), where he entered him in 

the studio of one Bon 
Demoucel. Here he 
remained for only two 
months, for his fath 
er died and he came 
back but now his 
grandmother inter 
vened, and again he 
was sent to Cher 
bourg to study with 




THE CLOSE OF DAY. by Theodore Rousseau 

Langlois (long-glwah ). This teacher was so im 
pressed with his talent that he interested the 
mayor and members of the common council, who 
voted Millet an annuity of eighty dollars to send 
him to Paris for study. 

The awkward country lad in Paris, big of 




THEODORE ROUSSEAU 



T H E 



B A R B I Z O N 



PAINTERS 




IN THE FOREST OF FONTAINEBLEAU. by Theodore Rousseau, now in the Louvre 

frame, with his great shock of hair, shy manner, and sensitive nature, 
put off for a long while entering any studio, contenting himself with 
wandering about the public galleries, w r here he studied mainly the 
old masters. When he did finally enroll himself under Paul Delaroche 
(de-lah-rosh ), the fellow students dubbed him "the man of wood. 1 
For the academic system of drawing Millet had no possible use; yet 
even his first attempts were taken seriously by his comrades, who 
quickly discovered that he was a genius in the rough. But he soon 
left Delaroche as he had quitted other masters, and thereafter blazed a 
way for himself, living in a little attic with a comrade, and occasionally 
attending a night school where he drew from models. Neither then nor 
at any subsequent time did he lose confidence in his ability; for he 
always took himself and his talent with great seriousness. During this 
period he married twice. The first wife lived but two and a half years. 
The second remained with him to the end, was a helpmate in every sense 
of the word, sharing his troubles and his short triumph, and she bore 
him several children. 

When one recalls that his famous pictures of recent years have 
brought sums all the way from ten thousand to two hundred and fifty 



THE 



B A R B I Z O N 



PAINTERS 




thousand dollars, it is almost un 
believable that Millet sold work 
in the early part of his career for 
just enough to keep the family 
from starvation. 

MILLET S POVERTY 

Indeed, in 1848, acknowl 
edging the receipt of one hun 
dred francs (twenty dollars), he 
wrote, "They came in season. 
We have not eaten for two days." 
About this time he painted signs, 
and it is recorded that he gave 
six beautiful drawings for a pair 
of shoes. His first farm scene, a 
theme that was to make him 
eventually famous, was painted 
in 1848, and was of a man win 
nowing corn. He sold it for one 
hundred dollars. Shortly before 
Millet finished his now famous 
picture of "The Angelus" he 
wrote to his friend Sensier, "We 
have wood enough for only two or three days more. I am suffering." The 
American painter, William M. Hunt, who knew him at Barbizon, went to 
see him, and tells how " he was desperately poor, but was doing tremendous 
things." This picture of "The Angelus" Millet had difficulty in selling for 

twenty- five hundred francs ($500). In 1889, at 
the famous Secretan (sek-ray-tahng ) sale, it 
brought five hundred and fifty-three thousand 
francs, and the next year was sold again for no 
less than eight hundred thousand francs. 

Millet painted picture after picture, generally 
tillers of the soil, themes of farm life, shepherd 
girls, workmen about the farm, with occasionally 
a nude, and these last he did no less well. In each 
composition there was a rugged simplicity, a di 
rectness, and a force never for a moment to be 
misunderstood, invariably ringing true. There 
was no suspicion of a model posed, never pre 
conception; but always the picture seemed a leaf 



LANDSCAPE, by Charles Francois Daubigny 
Metropolitan Museum, N. Y. 




. FRANCOIS DAUBIGNY out of the day or night work of the farm, of 



THE 



B A R B I Z O N 



PAINTERS 




the fields, the dignity of labor, or 
motherhood. When his brother 
artist Rousseau came into his 
good fortune and began to sell his 
work for large prices he bought 
paintings by Millet secretly, giv 
ing it out that a rich American 
had become the owner, so his 
friend might be encouraged. 
Happily, a modest success came 
to Millet before his death in Jan 
uary, 1875: he sold his work at 
prices that enabled him tobequite 
free from financial care. Like the 
genuine artist he was, conscious 
he was nearing the end, he ex 
claimed a month before he passed 
away, " I die too soon. I disap 
pear at the moment when I begin 
to see clear in nature and art." 

ROUSSEAU, PAINTER 
AND NATURALIST 

Pierre Etienne Theodore 
Rousseau (pyare ay-tyen ), to 
give the great French landscape painter his full baptismal name, was 
one of the greatest painters of nature the world has ever seen, a man who 
was not only a master in pigment, but one who knew the anatomy of the 
earth in a truly scientific way. He had made the most profound studies out 
of doors : there was not a tree he did not know by 
heart, not a growth unfamiliar to him. The only 
child of a prosperous merchant tailor, he was born 
in Paris. There was never any doubt as to his fu 
ture career, and at the age of twelve his father sent 
him to study with Remond, a fairly well known 
painter. At nineteen Rousseau had a picture in 
the exhibition of the Royal Salon in the Louvre, 
and when he arrived at man s estate a picture of 
his so attracted the critics in the exhibition that 
he was pronounced one of the coming men. Then 
he became more or less revolutionary, changed 
his style of painting, and was in great disfavor 
with the classicists. As they had refused his Salon 
picture of 1836, he quit Paris for Fontainebleau, 



STUDY OF TREES, by Narclssc Diaz 
Metropolitan Museum, M. Y. 




NARCISSE DIAZ 



THE 



B A R B I Z O N 



PAINTERS 



whither he went and came into the Barbizon group. But he suffered 
none of the disappointments of the rest of his friends there; for after 
a few years not only did he sell his work, but honors piled up on 
him thick and fast. In the year of his death, 1867, at the Universal 
Exposition, he was awarded a medal of honor. 

There was no department of landscape painting that Rousseau did not 
know thoroughly. Nothing he ever did was the result of happy accident; 
for, even while men sometimes do stumble on certain results, as a distin 
guished American painter once said, " no work of art ever really happened." 

ROUSSEAU S METHOD OF PAINTING 

One of his friends, Alfred Sensier, wrote of a visit to his home 
when Rousseau was engaged on one of his masterpieces, "The Charcoal 
Burner s Hut." Rousseau had laid it in with the right general effect, at 
the first painting on a canvas prepared in gray tints, and, having placed 
his masses of trees and the lines of his landscape, he was taking up with 
the delicacy of a miniaturist the sky and the trunks of the trees, scraping 
with a palette knife to half the depth of the painting, and retouching the 
masses with imperceptible subtlety of touch. It was a patient labor, 
which finished by being disturbing, it was so imperceptible. 

"It seems to you that I am only caressing my picture, does it not," 
the painter asked, "that I am putting on nothing but magnetic flourishes? 

I am trying to 
proceed like the 
work of nature 
itself, by ad 
ditions which, 
brought togeth 
er, or united, 
become forces, 
transparent at 
mospheric ef 
fects, into w r hich 
I put afterward 
definite accents 
as upon a woof 

OT Tl 6*11 f Frll VSlllf* 
LANDSCAPE SUMMER, by Jules Dupre. Metropolitan Museum. N. Y. 

I hese accents 

are to painting what melody is to harmonic bass, and they determine 
everything, either victory or defeat. When I have exhausted the resources 
of the colors I use a scraper, my thumbs, a piece of cuttlebone, and even 
my brush handles. They are hard trials, these last moments of the 
day s work, and I often come out of them worn, but never discouraged." 




THE 



B A R B 1 Z O N 



PAINTERS 




SHEEPFOLD. by Charles Jacque. Metropolitan Museum. N. Y. 

Daubigny was the lyric poet of the little group, a painter of delight 
ful, peaceful scenes, who glorified everything he touched with his graceful 
charm of manner, his tender sentiment, and his cheerful optimism. He 
came of a family thoroughly imbued with artistic notions; for his father 
was a painter and a teacher of drawing in Paris. At the age of twenty- 
one he made his first appearance at the Salon in Paris, with an effort at 
classic work; for France at that time was given over to classicism. He 
broke away from these traditions, however, shortly afterward, and thence 
forward gave himself over to nature and his own personal manner of 
interpretation, quickly gaining favor of both the critics and the public. 
Although grouped with the Barbizon men, he is not known to have passed 
much if any of his time at that village, being rather associated with them 
in spirit and the manner of work; for he was of their school and in close 
sympathy with their ideals. He had a home at Auvers (o-vares ), on the 
Oise (wahz), and to facilitate his sketching on the wet banks of the river 
he devised a houseboat in which he moved from place to place, painting 
as his fancy moved him, along the Oise, the Seine (sane), the Marne 
(mahrn), and many tributary streams. 

DIAZ, THE BOHEMIAN 

The real Bohemian of the Barbizon men was the Spanish-born French 
man Diaz, the most joyous, devil-may-care of the crowd, artist by the 
grace of God to his very fingertips, whose life was like some romance. 
Deserted by his father, his mother made her way to Paris by teaching 
and undertaking all sorts of work, settling in Sevres (saver), where young 
Diaz grew up in the midst of dreams and art work handicapped by a 



THE 



B A R B I Z O N 



PAINTERS 




STUDY OF A WHITE COW 
By Constant Troyon, Metropolitan Museum, N. Y. 



misfortune which cost him one of 
his legs. Showing a taste for art, 
he was apprenticed to a maker of 
porcelains, where he had for a com 
panion Jules Dupre. He helped to 
decorate china; but his indepen 
dence in breaking away from careful 
detail cost him his place. Nothing 
daunted, he left and gave himself 
over to the making of pictures that 
suited his taste better. These he 
managed to sell at a price, or ex 
change with dealers for pieces of 
bric-a-brac, rugs, and carvings, with 
which his studio was subsequently crowded. He painted scenery too, and 
life went merrily with him ; for he was carefree and delighted in his painting. 
Somewhere about 1836 he drifted down to Barbizon, where helmet 
Rousseau, who had a serious effect upon him, and, from doing trifling 
sketches, he gave himself to a more profound study of the landscape. Yet 
he could not long remain serious. Application was irksome to him, and 
he went his way unrestrained, passionate, versatile, unequal, ^but rarely, if 
ever, uninteresting. With his many failings, he rose at times to great 
heights, his color instincts being more or less inspired. 

He had his weaknesses; but, as a writer has said of him, in art asm 
music, literature, and even in humanity itself, there are enduring qualities 
that are above and beyond laws. As there are melodies that defy the 
rules of harmony and stir us to the very depths, so there are simple bits 
of poetry that go straight to the heart, where classic finish leaves us cold. 
And there are contradictory natures, passionate, illogical, selfish at times, 
yet which wind themselves about our affections in some strange manner. 
So with Diaz and his work. We are aware of his shortcomings, and yet 
the inborn genius, rising higher than training, than accepted rules and 
authorities, fascinates us by the bewitching personality with which his 
canvases glow, the brilliance of color, the charm, grace, and lovely 
harmonies of his inspired work. 

The German art historian Muther (moo -ter), calls Dupre peculiarly 
the tone poet of the group, who sounds the most resonant notes in the 
romantic concert, a man who revels in contrasts, who delights in rain, 
night, and storm, who painted the sea in its rage, muttering like some 
hoarse old monster, who celebrated the commotion of the sky, nature in 
her angry majesty, and the most brilliant phenomena of atmospheric 
life. He was a melancholy spirit, and he passed a lonely existence, 
absorbed in his work. Born in 1812, after he quitted the Sevres 



10 



THE 



B A R B I Z O N 



PAINTERS 



porcelain works he went to England, where he met Constable, who had a 
strong influence on him. He sent his first picture to the Salon of 1835, 
and it was not long before he joined the Barbizon group, where he worked 
for many years. 

Intimate of Millet, closer than any of his friends, Charles Jacque 
makes the sixth of this Barbizon group, and was the painter of sheep, as 
Constant Troyon (trawh-yong ) was the authority on cattle. He first 
attracted attention with his etchings, having started his career as a wood 
engraver, working for some years in England. But he too drifted to 
Barbizon, where he remained until 
his death. He painted poultry and 
sheep, his landscapes as back 
grounds for the latter being unusu 
ally fine. 

Constant Troyon was another 
of the group who began his art 
career in a porcelain factory in his 
native town of Sevres. He may 
be said to have had no art biog 
raphy; since he was without mas 
ters, making his way self-taught, 
although he is, by general consent, 
considered the greatest of the mod 
ern animal painters. He is said 
to have been a most unaffected, simple soul, entirely occupied with 
his art, an enormous worker, and had a splendid success, artistic and 
financial, during his life. Cattle, sheep and horses, as well as goats, he 
painted with the greatest authority, always against admirable landscape 
settings. Since his death his pictures have increased enormously in value 
and are sold at immense sums, being eagerly sought after by the collectors. 




BRONZE TABLET AT BARBIZON 
To the memory of Rousseau and Millet. 



SUPPLEMENTARY READING 



A HISTORY OF FRENCH PAINTING 

C. II. Stranahan. 

(New York, Charles Scribner s Sons.) Com 
plete biographical account of the artists. 

MODERN FRENCH MASTERS 

Written by American Artists. 
Edited by Prof. John C. Van Dyke. 
(New York, The Century Company.) Esti 
mates of the artists, with anecdotes and bio 
graphical data sympathetically set forth. 

ART IN FRANCE Louis Hourtiq. 

(New York, Charles Scribner s Sons.) "ArsUna; 
Species Mille," series: general history of art, 
copiously illustrated and most comprehensive. 



THE PAINTERS OF BARBIZON, Millet, Diaz, 
Rousseau. 

John W. Mollet. 

(London: Sampson, Low & Co.) Biographies of 
Great Artists series. 

BARBIZON DAYS Charles Sprague Smith. 

(New York, A. Wessels Company.) Artist s 
account of a summer passed in Barbizon, with 
anecdotes of the Barbizon painters. 

ART LIFE OF WILLIAM MORRIS HUNT 

Helen M. Knotclton. 

(Boston, Little, Brown & Co.) Hunt was a 
personal friend of the Barbizon men, and painted 
in that village some time. 



II 



ISSUED WEEKLY BY 



The Mentor Association, Inc. 

52 East igth St., New York, N. Y. 



Vol. I 



FEBRUARY 2, 1914 



No. 51 



ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION. FIVE DOLLARS. SINGLE 
COPIES FIFTEEN CENTS. FOREIGN POSTAGE $1.50 
EXTRA. CANADIAN POSTAGE $1.00 EXTRA. ENTERED 
AT THE POST OFFICE AT NEW YORK, N.Y.. AS SEC 
OND-CLASS MATTER. COPYRIGHT. 1914. BY THE 
MENTOR ASSOCIATION. INC. PRESIDENT AND TREAS 
URER. R. M. DONALDSON; VICE-PRESIDENT. W. M. 
SANFORD; SECRETARY, L. D. GARDNER. 



Editorial 

This is a composite answer to a dozen 
or more letters that have recently come 
in from Mentor readers. They all relate 
to the number of The Mentor on "Angels 
in Art," and the gist of them all is as fol 
lows: "Where did the pictures that illus 
trate that number come from? Most of 
them are not complete paintings, but de 
tails. We would like to know where the 
original paintings are." 

* * * 

When a number of readers have been in 
terested enough to write in for this in 
formation, it is clear that all the readers 
should have the benefit of it. The pic 
tures for this number were carefully se 
lected by Professor Van Dyke, and the 
original paintings from which they were 
taken are all of them important and in 
teresting works of art. We give below a 
list of the titles of the pictures and the gal 
leries from which they were taken. 

* * * 

The two relief placques on the first page 
of the number on "Angels in Art" were 
designed by the sculptor, Air. Daniel Ches 
ter French. The present owner is un 
known to us. 

The Baptism of Christ, by Perugino, is 
in the Pinacoteca Collection, Perugia, Italy. 
The head at the bottom of the second page 
is a detail of the same picture. 

The Madonna of the Rosary is in the 
Gallery of Bologna, Italy. 

The Madonna Enthroned, by Fra Bar- 
tolommeo, is in the collection of the 
Louvre, Paris. 

Saint Michael and the Demon, by Guido 



Reni, is to be found in the Church of the 
Capuchins, Rome. 

The Archangel Raphael, by Verocchio, 
and the Baptism, by the same painter, 
also the Saint Michael by Perugino which 
is reproduced in gravure are in the Acad 
emy at Florence. 

The Veronese Annunciation is in the 
Academy at Venice. And there also is to 
be seen the original of the gravure picture 
Angel with Lute, by Carpaccio. 

The Botticelli Madonna and Child and 
Angels may be seen in the Kaiser Fried- 
rich Museum at Berlin. 

The Botticini Madonna and Child is in 
the Pitti Gallery, Florence. 

The Fra Angelico Trumpet Blowing 
Angel, and the Coronation, are in the 
Uffizi Gallery at Florence. 

The Madonna and Saint Bernard, by 
Filippino Lippi, is in the Badia Gallery. 
Florence. 

The Riccardi Palace at Florence holds 
that exquisite gravure picture of the An 
gel Choir, by Benozzo Gozzoli. 

The Madonna and Child with Angels, 
by Bellini, is in the Church of the Frari, 
Venice. 

The Angel with Violin, by Melozzo da 
Forli, is in the Sacristy of St. Peter s, Rome. 

Finally, the Angel of Annunciation, by 
Burne-Jones, which is reproduced in part 
in gravure and complete in the pages of 
The Mentor, is in England, in the private 
collection of the Earl of Carlisle. 
* * * 

In printing this list we want to assure 
a number of readers who have expressed 
a desire for such information as this that 
we shall hereafter give full information in 
reference to the origin of the pictorial 
material in The Mentor whenever it is 
possible to do so. "Why may it not be 
given in every case" that is the question 
asked by one of our readers. Gently! 
The limits of our information will be 
only those of possibility. In some cases 
we cannot locate the original picture 
no information having been transmitted 
with the reproductions of it. In a ma 
jority of cases, however, we shall be able 
to give this information to our readers, 
and we will endeavor to make it, in every 
case, as full as possible. So much for the 
future numbers. At present it is a satis 
faction to give our readers the informa 
tion they have asked for in reference to 
the "Angels in Art." 



The Mentor Week by Week 

The value of r j ntor will certainly m; 

of having every number. Each number is complete in i 
but each number is an integral part of one of t; >us 

Departments of Travel, Art, History, 1 re, or 

MBERS ALREADY ISSU 

No. i. BEAUTIFUL CHILDRE: 

4. i US 

5. !< 
8, M 

8. Pi 

10. SCO IE LAND v 34. HDS OF AMEI 

35. 

A RT 

A STORY 
13. STOR i IN PICTURES: 36. 

THE DISCOVERERS 
14. 

15. THE STORY OP PANAMA i^AN 

1. AMERICAN i: >EAUTY 

IOR 

21. AM; 

22. STORY TURES: 

23. 47! 
AND OP 

VELISTS 

"RS WILL I 

f THE RA. 

["OR FOR NEXT V 

The next number will contain six beautiful photograv 

ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

President I >ln s Birthplace, Memor 

, Head of Lincoln by B< 
Emancipation Proclamat 

ALBERT BUSH NELL II.IRT 
Government, IIu 

NUMBERS TO POLL- 






M PIONEER PR 










THE MENTOR 




The Plan 

HE purpose of The Mentor As 
sociation is to give people, in an 
interesting and attractive way, the 
information in various fields of 
knowledge that they all want and ought 
to have. The information is imparted by 
interesting reading matter, prepared un 
der the direction of leading authors, and 
by beautiful pictures, produced by the 
most highly perfected modern processes. 

The object of The Mentor Association is 
to enable people to acquire useful knowledge 
without effort, so that they may come easily 
and agreeably to know the world s great 
men and women, the great achievements, and 
the permanently interesting things in art, 
literature, science, history, nature and travel 

The annual membership fee of The 
Mentor Association is Five Dollars. Every 
member upon accepting an invitation to 
membership, receives an engraved certificate 
of membership and becomes entitled to the 
privileges of the Association for one year, 
including fifty-two numbers of The Mentor. 




MAKE THE SPARE 

MOMFNT